Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 10, 2020

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



CASPER SLEEP INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2510
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  46-3987647
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Three World Trade Center
175 Greenwich Street, Floor 39
New York, New York 10007
Telephone: (347) 941-1871

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Jonathan Truppman
General Counsel
Casper Sleep Inc.
Three World Trade Center
175 Greenwich Street, Floor 39
New York, New York 10007
Telephone: (347) 941-1871

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:
Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Adam J. Gelardi, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Telephone: (212) 906-1200
Fax: (212) 751-4864
  David Goldschmidt, Esq.
Ryan Dzierniejko, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Telephone: (212) 735-3000
Fax: (212) 735-2000



APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS DECLARED EFFECTIVE.



           If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

           If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

           If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

           If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý   Smaller reporting company o

Emerging growth company ý

           If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate
offering price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee

 

Common Stock, $0.000001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,980

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes the offering price of shares of common stock that may be sold if the option to purchase additional shares of common stock granted by the Registrant to the underwriters is exercised.

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

    ii  

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

    ii  

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

    iii  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    26  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    70  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    72  

CAPITALIZATION

    73  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    76  

DILUTION

    77  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    79  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    81  

LETTER FROM PHILIP KRIM, CO-FOUNDER AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

    100  

BUSINESS

    129  

MANAGEMENT

    172  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    180  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    197  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    201  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

    204  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    206  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    213  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

    216  

UNDERWRITERS

    220  

LEGAL MATTERS

    228  

EXPERTS

    228  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    228  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  



        Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any related free writing prospectuses. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of common

i


stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospectus may have changed since that date.

        For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. See "Underwriters."


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

        As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us," "our," the "Company," "Casper," and similar references refer to Casper Sleep Inc. together with its subsidiaries. "Net Promoter Score," or "NPS," refers to our net promoter score, which can range from a low of negative 100 to a high of positive 100, that we use to gauge customer satisfaction. NPS benchmarks can vary significantly by industry, but a score greater than zero represents a company having more promoters than detractors. NPS reflects client responses to the following question—"On a scale of zero to ten: How likely are you to recommend Casper to a friend or colleague?" Responses of 9 or 10 are considered "promoters," responses of 7 or 8 are considered neutral or "passives," and responses of 6 or less are considered "detractors." We then subtract the number of respondents who are detractors from the number of respondents who are promoters and divide that number by the total number of respondents. Our methodology of calculating NPS reflects responses from customers who purchase products from us in our direct-to-consumer channel and choose to respond to the survey question. In particular, it reflects responses given between January 1, 2019, and September 30, 2019, and reflects a sample size of 11,537 responses over that period. NPS gives no weight to customers who decline to answer the survey question.

        Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.


TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

        This prospectus includes our trademarks, and trade names, including but not limited to Casper®, A New Day in Sleep®, Bedtime is Back®, Great Minds Sleep Alike™, and It's Bedtime Somewhere®, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws. This prospectus also contains trademarks, trade names, and service marks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names, and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, ™, or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names, and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other parties' trademarks, trade names, or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

ii



MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

        Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning the industries in which we operate, competitive position, and the markets in which we operate is based on information from independent industry and research studies and reports, including the Frost & Sullivan Global Total Addressable Market (TAM) Assessment for the Sleep Economy, or the Frost & Sullivan Assessment, which was commissioned by us in 2019, other third-party sources, and management estimates. This information involves many assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates and information. Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of any third-party information, we believe the information in this prospectus concerning the industries in which we operate, competitive positions, and the markets in which we operate is reliable. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and other third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data, and our experience in, and knowledge of, such industries and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. In addition, projections, assumptions, and estimates of the future performance of the industries and markets in which we operate and our future performance are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

iii


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

        People spend more time sleeping than on any other single activity throughout their lives. When we sleep better, we experience better hours awake, making us more productive, creative, happy, and healthy. We believe sleep is rapidly becoming the third pillar of wellness and is poised to undergo the same massive transformation that fitness and nutrition have as they became major consumer categories.

        As the wellness equation increasingly evolves to include sleep, the business of sleep is growing and evolving into what we call the Sleep Economy. We are helping to accelerate this transformation. Our mission is to awaken the potential of a well-rested world, and we want Casper to become the top-of-mind brand for best-in-class products and experiences that improve how we sleep.

        As a pioneer of the Sleep Economy, we bring the benefits of cutting-edge technology, data, and insights directly to consumers. We focus on building direct relationships with consumers, providing a human experience, and making shopping for sleep joyful. We meet consumers wherever they are, online and in person, providing a fun and engaging experience, while reducing the hassles associated with traditional purchases. We are building a universal, enduring brand that is already embraced by over 1.4 million happy customers.

        We do all of this because we understand the consumer. Shopping for sleep is a highly considered and personal decision. Today's consumers research their purchases and move freely back and forth from online to offline. At Casper, we put the consumer first in everything we do and invest to ensure long-term valuable relationships where consumers return again and again to shop for more sleep products and services.

        We believe great brands win over the long-term and have the ability to change the culture around them. We have endeavored to build a brand that is genuine, trustworthy, and approachable, as well as fun and playful. Through our investment in a sophisticated and integrated marketing strategy, we engage consumers across the entire consumer journey, from our iconic public transit advertising campaigns, to our "Napmobiles" and experiential retail store concepts, to our category-leading social media presence. We see the Casper brand as an immeasurably valuable asset that we are utilizing to help capture a large share of the Sleep Economy.

        Product innovation and excellence lie at the heart of our business. Since the release of our first product, the award-winning Casper mattress, we have expanded into pillows, sheets, duvets, bedroom furniture, sleep accessories, sleep technology, and sleep services. We design and engineer our products in-house at Casper Labs. We believe this state-of-the-art research and development facility puts Casper on the cutting edge of sleep innovations. We employ a team of data-driven researchers, designers, and engineers focused on building a better night's sleep through innovative new products such as our Wave mattress with hyper-targeted support technology and the revolutionary Glow Light, which is designed to synchronize with the body's circadian rhythm and was named one of Time Magazine's Best Inventions of 2019. We believe that no other company catering to the Sleep Economy has our level of product development talent, resources, data-driven insights, or expertise.

1


Table of Contents

        We seek to deliver a joyful shopping experience, regardless of sales channel. Our consumer experience includes knowledgeable and consultative sales associates, appealing and thoughtfully curated stores, immersive in-store trials, engaging and convenient online shopping, and fast and flexible delivery. The Casper experience allows consumers to seamlessly navigate between online and offline channels, eliminating boundaries, and reducing the friction associated with traditional purchases. Currently, we distribute our products directly to customers in seven countries through our e-commerce platform, 60 Casper retail stores, and 18 retail partners.

        In our first five years, Casper has experienced rapid growth. We believe our consumer focus, innovative products, and multichannel go-to-market strategy differentiate us both from legacy competitors and new entrants. For the years 2018, 2017, and 2016, our net revenue was $357.9 million, $250.9 million, and $169.1 million, respectively, representing a 45.5% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, our net revenue was $312.3 million and $259.7 million, respectively, representing 20.3% year-over-year growth.

2


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

The Sleep Economy

        We believe that the Sleep Economy represents a rapidly growing and traditionally fragmented market.

GRAPHIC

        Consumers are increasingly recognizing quality sleep as a key component of a healthy lifestyle. There are many factors affecting sleep quality, including light, sound, temperature and humidity, mattress and bedding selection, as well as bedtime and wake-up rituals. Importantly, we believe that sleep consists of more than just the act of sleeping, and instead, includes the entire set of human behaviors that span from bedtime to wake-up and affect sleep quality—this is what we refer to as the Sleep Arc. With outspoken proponents, from CEOs and business leaders to celebrities and professional athletes, the concept that high-quality sleep is critical to health and wellness is becoming well known. Further, as consumers become educated around the serious potential health consequences of poor sleep, they are poised to spend more on sleep products in the same way that they have increased spending in other areas of health and wellness. However, unlike other categories of health and wellness, historically there were no powerful brands that provided holistic solutions to the Sleep Economy. Instead, the Sleep Economy has traditionally been characterized by a fragmented set of providers across different products, services, and use cases.

        Our approach is to offer products and services across the entirety of the Sleep Arc under one brand. Our offerings encompass traditional sleep categories for consumers, such as mattresses, soft goods, and bedroom furniture, and are increasingly focused on non-traditional categories, including products that promote the ideal ambience for sleep, such as lighting, sound, scents, temperature, and humidity; sleep technology, such as tracking devices, medical machines, bedside clocks, and connected devices; sleep supplements, such as sprays, pills, and vitamins; and sleep services, such as digital apps, meditation, sleep programming, and counseling. Beyond the daily sleep needs of adults, we aim to meet a range of use cases with unique product and service needs, such as for travel, children and babies, and

3


Table of Contents

pets. We believe we are the first company that understands and serves the Sleep Economy in a holistic way.

The Sleep Economy is Large and Growing

        The Frost & Sullivan Assessment forecasts the global Sleep Economy to be $432 billion in 2019, growing at a CAGR of 6.3% to $585 billion by 2024, and forecasts the U.S. Sleep Economy to be $79 billion in 2019, growing at a CAGR of 3.6% to $95 billion by 2024.

Global Sleep Economy, 2019-2024

GRAPHIC

4


Table of Contents

        The global Sleep Economy is comprised of a variety of products, services, and applications.

Global Sleep Economy by Product Category, 2019
$432bn

GRAPHIC

5


Table of Contents

        The total market size of the categories and geographies we currently address is $67 billion in 2019, leaving significant opportunity for growth.

Casper's Sleep Economy Opportunity in 2019

GRAPHIC

Growth of the Sleep Economy is Driven by Attractive Trends

6


Table of Contents

 

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe we are changing the way that people shop for sleep by transforming what has historically been an impersonal, highly-pressured, one-time transaction into a rewarding and long-term relationship. Sleep products are highly personal and purchases of sleep products can require substantial consumer time and research. We understand that the path to purchase typically includes multiple touchpoints across both physical and online sales channels and can span weeks or months of education and deliberation.

        We have built a company based on this understanding of our consumers' purchasing behavior, with a focus on building long-term relationships where consumers return again and again to shop for more sleep products and services. We believe our trusted brand, continued investment into the consumer experience, innovative products, multi-channel approach, and relentless focus on data have resulted in strong customer relationships with significant lifetime values. We have compelling experiences with customers making repeat purchases despite the fact that the traditional replacement cycle of many of our products is longer than Casper's existence. From Casper's beginning through September 30, 2019, we have seen more than 16% of customers who have purchased at least once through our direct-to-consumer channel return to purchase another product. Importantly, 14% of our customers returned within a year of their original purchase (excluding those customers whose original purchase date was less than one year prior to September 30, 2019 and had not made a repeat purchase as of that date). Further, 20% of customers in our direct-to-consumer channel during the first nine months of 2019 were repeat customers.

        The following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and drive our success.

A Transformational, Consumer-Centric Sleep Brand

        We see Casper's powerful brand as a market-defining opportunity and an immeasurably valuable asset. Our brand is genuine, trustworthy, and approachable, as well as fun and playful. With $422.8 million invested in marketing from January 1, 2016 through September 30, 2019, we have elevated our brand through a sophisticated, data-driven, and integrated marketing strategy. The success of this strategy has helped us build our brand into a household name and created a large and highly engaged consumer following.

In just five years, our consumer-centric focus has allowed us to achieve the following milestones as of September 30, 2019:

8


Table of Contents

        Our customers are brand champions and serve as a valuable source of referrals to friends and family, a built-in market as we further develop new products and services, and a source of future growth as they replace previously purchased Casper or competitor products. Based on a recent survey of Casper customers, we are proud that the largest source of new customers for Casper is referrals from happy, satisfied customers to their friends and family. Additionally, our brand attracts new retail partners looking to diversify their consumer profile and increase in-store foot and web traffic. We believe the strength of our brand is integral to the growth of our business, and we will continue to focus on enhancing our brand to maintain and further our competitive advantage.

An Innovative Products and Services Platform Built for Better Sleep

        Since our founding in 2014, Casper has delivered innovative products and services that enable our customers to achieve a better night's sleep. Our story started with our first product, the award-winning Casper mattress, which was rated America's number one mattress in October 2018 and named one of "The Most Influential Products of the Past Decade" by Consumer Reports in December 2019. We subsequently developed a range of mattresses and expanded into pillows, sheets and duvets, bedroom furniture and accessories, sleep technology, and related services.

        Product innovation and excellence lie at the heart of our business. Based in San Francisco, Casper Labs has over 25,000 square feet of fabrication and test space, featuring state-of-the-art capabilities to test against a wide range of factors affecting sleep quality. We employ over 40 dedicated researchers, designers, engineers, and support staff focused on building a better night's sleep through innovative new products and services development and the continuous improvement of existing offerings. We believe that no other company in the category has our level of product development talent, resources, or expertise.

        Our products seek to address real life sleep challenges by addressing a variety of factors that impact sleep including: the microclimate under the covers, through the regulation of humidity and temperature; comfort and support, through the use of high-quality materials and ergonomic designs; and lighting in the sleep environment, through smart devices that provide sleep-conducive lighting. We also work to address "the little things" in our products, offering innovative features to make the sleep experience better and less stressful. These features range from simple solutions such as head and foot markings on bed sheets for ease of placement, to our gesture-controlled Glow Light.

        We also offer sleep-related services that complement our sleep products. Such services are currently focused on providing a seamless purchase and delivery experience, a range of financing options and extended warranties, online sleep content, and an app that accompanies the Glow Light. For instance, we offer various delivery options, in-home setup services, mattress removal, no-hassle returns, and product warranties that focus on providing fast and quality service options to consumers. With the launch of The Sleep Channel, a social media offering that includes meditations, bedtime stories, and soothing sounds to help you fall asleep, we are broadening our offerings across the Sleep Economy.

9


Table of Contents

        We believe the high-quality nature of our products and continual iterative improvement have helped drive Casper's strong repeat customer business—from Casper's beginning through September 30, 2019, we have seen over 16% of our customers who have purchased at least once returning to make a repeat purchase, with the repeat customer rate reaching 20% for the first nine months of 2019. These repeat consumers most frequently return to purchase the same product—for example, a mattress customer returning to purchase a second or third mattress, which indicates our customers are looking for sleep solutions for other bedrooms and, in some cases, have shortened traditional replacement cycles for their existing sleep products. We believe that, as existing customers return to Casper for additional bedroom solutions, we have the opportunity to offer these customers more holistic sleep solutions in adjacent categories, particularly as our product portfolio and cross-sell capabilities grow.

A Joyful Consumer Experience

        We believe a joyful consumer experience differentiates us from legacy competitors. Our consumers benefit from knowledgeable, consultative sales associates, appealing and thoughtfully curated stores, immersive in-store trials, engaging and convenient online shopping, and fast and flexible delivery.

        Our approachable and transparent shopping experience is achieved through:

        Our business is dependent on our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers through a joyful consumer experience.

A Synergistic, Multi-Channel Go-to-Market Approach

        Sleep products are personal, often significant investments that can require substantial consumer consideration and research. Our data shows that the path to purchase may include multiple touchpoints across both physical and online sales channels and can involve weeks of education and deliberation.

10


Table of Contents

Consumers research online, test products in stores, consult friends, and speak with customer service teams, and they expect the companies with whom they interact to facilitate this journey. We believe our multi-channel expansion creates synergies and that these channels, to date, have proven to be complementary, not cannibalistic. In fact, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our direct-to-consumer sales in cities where we have opened retail stores have grown over 100% faster on average than cities without a Casper retail store.

GRAPHIC

        We distribute our products through a flexible, multi-channel approach, combining our direct-to-consumer channel, including our e-commerce platform and retail stores, with our retail partnerships. We strive to ensure a consistent look, feel, and approach across our channels, product and service offerings, pricing, return policies, warranties, inventory availability, and brand presentation. We believe that consumers increasingly expect consistency between digital and physical retail, and Casper is focused on ensuring the best possible experience for consumers throughout their journey, regardless of channel.

        Our e-commerce sales are generated through casper.com, which has country-specific functionality, and a best-in-class guided user experience supported by Sleep Specialists available through phone, chat, email, and social channels. We have also invested in large digital product and technology engineering teams who develop and maintain our desktop and mobile platforms. Our digital platforms also allow for constant experimentation and rich data collection that enable us to improve key business variables such as pricing offers and promotions, upsell incentives, responsiveness, conversion efficiency, and advertising effectiveness, all of which help inform our marketing mix and attribution models and further

11


Table of Contents

our business. Across our e-commerce channel, our average order value, or AOV, which is defined as net revenue divided by total orders placed, increased from $583 in 2017 to $686 in 2018 and to $710 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. From 2017 through September 30, 2019, while growing our e-commerce channel, we have maintained 'first purchase profitable' e-commerce economics, defined as gross profit dollars, less marketing dollars, over a specific time period.

        We currently operate 60 retail stores in the United States and Canada. As of September 30, 2019, our existing stores that have been operating for one year or longer are all four-wall profitable, calculated as gross profit, less operating expenses (excluding one-time build-out costs and non-allocable marketing and overhead expenses), for each store. In addition, as of September 30, 2019, our stores that have been operating for one year or longer have averaged approximately $1,600 in annual net sales per sellable square foot, which we believe is reflective of our high volumes of consumer traffic, our ability to successfully engage with consumers to drive sales, and an effective pricing strategy. Consistent with our experience to date, we target for our future retail stores a cash-on-cash payback period ranging from 18 to 24 months. Consumers have proven to be highly engaged when they experience our retail stores and spend, on average, more than 25 minutes in store when they visit. Across our retail channel, our AOV increased from $437 in 2017 to $720 in 2018 and to $820 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our presence in physical retail stores has proven complementary to our e-commerce channel, as we believe interaction with multiple channels has created a synergistic "network effect" that increases system-wide sales as a whole. Driving continued success in our retail store expansions will be an important contributor to our future growth and profitability.

        Additionally, our retail partnerships allow us to further grow our brand reach as we selectively pursue partnerships with like-minded retailers. Currently, we have 18 retail partners including Amazon, Costco, Hudson's Bay Company, and Target, among others. Casper works with each retail partner to enhance the consumer experience and to best showcase select Casper sleep products. We tailor our approach to each retail partner with a variety of options, including unique floor positioning, visual merchandising, inventory availability, flexible packaging options, training, and marketing support while maintaining consistent brand, pricing, and product offerings across our business.

Agile, Data-Driven Business

        We believe we have more data on consumer sleep behavior than any other competitor, and we use it to enhance all areas of our business. We gather data from a variety of sources including webpage visits, retail store analytics technology, retail points of sale, delivery partners, retail partners, media partners, social media, consumer reviews, inbound consumer interactions, returns, and a variety of third-party data sources. Our in-house teams of data scientists and analysts leverage this data for insights to enhance various areas of our business including new product development, current product improvements, casper.com user experience optimizations, pricing, and delivery improvements.

12


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

        Data and analytics are at the heart of our marketing strategy, and we constantly test and experiment to further grow our business. We leverage sophisticated proprietary marketing decision models to inform both our absolute spend and our relative spend allocation among marketing channels, as well as the pacing of spend by part of day and week. The bulk of our data models have been built in-house by a team of data scientists, statisticians, and engineers. We believe this level of insight has not been brought to bear on the Sleep Economy prior to Casper.

A Visionary, Founder-led Team

        Our story began in 2014 with five founders who shared a common vision: bring sleep to the forefront of the wellness conversation. That same spirit of innovation and consumer-focused attitude guides Casper to this day and extends to all members of the organization. We are currently led by a team of experienced executives with diverse industry backgrounds and who have worked for companies such as Amazon, Google, H&R Block, IDEO, Kate Spade, Ralph Lauren, Tesla, Tory Burch, and Wayfair. Our management team has proven track records of generating results through developing powerful consumer insights, designing best-in-class products, and building scalable global operations, all while preserving the same entrepreneurial spirit that drove Casper from the start.

        Our leadership team is supported by a world-class board of directors with experience successfully investing in, building, and running high-growth, consumer-focused global companies. Further, our leadership team is supported by a Sleep Advisory Board assembled from experts in the fields of sleep research, clinical psychology, and integrated medicine who are all committed to Casper's vision.

Our Growth Strategy

        We have achieved rapid growth, generating 45.5% net revenue CAGR from 2016 to 2018, and 20.3% year-over-year net revenue growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. We have also expanded our gross margin from 42.8% in 2016 to 44.1% in 2018 and to 50.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2019, while making significant long-term investments in human capital, research and development, brand-building, and distribution. Our continued investment in, and expansion of, the Casper brand, distribution, and product offerings will further increase opportunities to acquire new customers and expand relationships with our existing customer base.

13


Table of Contents

        We believe we are creating a meaningful future customer asset. As of September 30, 2019, over 16% of customers who have purchased at least once since Casper's inception have made a repeat purchase, despite the fact that the traditional replacement cycle of many of our products is longer than Casper's existence. This demonstrates that customers are returning to Casper to expand the number of products they own, not merely to replace them—we expect this rate to grow further as we expand our product and consumer offerings for our customers. Importantly, we are also able to acquire these returning customers more efficiently than new customers. While we are proud of our accomplishments to date, we believe the most exciting opportunities for Casper's growth story lie ahead, and we intend to pursue the following strategies to help us achieve this growth.

Increase Brand Awareness and Equity to Acquire New Customers

        Increasing brand awareness and growing favorable brand equity among consumers in both existing and new markets has been, and remains, central to our growth. We believe brand familiarity and preference will continue to have a significant role in winning customers as the decision to buy sleep products and solutions is thoughtful and personal.

        Our investment in marketing initiatives from 2016 to September 30, 2019 totaled $422.8 million. In just five years, as of September 30, 2019, we have achieved 31% aided brand awareness amongst the general U.S. population according to YouGov BrandIndex. Additionally, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, Casper's brand awareness is approximately 36% higher on average than the nearest direct-to-consumer competitor. We are excited about the opportunities that we believe will follow as awareness continues to grow.

        We drive brand awareness through a combination of sophisticated, multi-layered marketing programs, word-of-mouth referrals, experiential brand events, retail expansion, and ongoing product usage. A core tenet of our brand growth strategy is offering consumers increased ways to engage with our products and services, both online and offline through our direct-to-consumer channel and our retail partners.

Expand Direct-to-Consumer Presence and Network of Retail Partnerships

        We complement our strong online presence by expanding our physical retail footprint to deliver additional consumer touchpoints and increase sales and margin. A greater physical retail presence helps us to not only increase consumer awareness and education, but also to offer convenient product trial opportunities, multiple purchase options, and flexibility in delivery.

        We plan to continue the rollout of new Casper retail stores to strengthen our footprint in existing cities, while selectively entering into new cities in the United States, Canada, and other international markets. Our new store opening process is highly scalable, and we believe there is a significant opportunity for us to further expand our retail store base. We expect that our typical new stores will have between 1,750 and 2,250 square feet of selling space. Over time, we believe there is an opportunity to have more than 200 Casper retail stores in North America alone. We believe our multi-channel expansion creates synergies and that these channels, to date, have proven to be complementary, not cannibalistic. In fact, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our direct-to-consumer sales in cities where we have opened retail stores have grown over 100% faster on average than cities without a Casper retail store. From 2017 through September 30, 2019, while growing our e-commerce channel, we have maintained 'first purchase profitable' e-commerce economics.

        Casper works with each retail partner to enhance the consumer experience and to best showcase select Casper sleep offerings in their physical environments and their online platforms. We tailor our approach to each retail partner with a variety of options, including unique floor positioning, visual merchandising, inventory availability, flexible packaging options, training, and marketing support while maintaining consistent brand, pricing, and product SKU offerings across our business. We believe we have an opportunity to increase sales by adding new locations, with both existing and new partners, and increase volume in existing locations.

14


Table of Contents

 

        We will continue to invest in e-commerce technology, talent, and marketing to complement our physical retail strategy.

Invest in New Products and Services

        We plan to continue to offer products and services that span and work together across the entire Sleep Arc. We believe this expansion will attract new customer segments and retail partners, as well as enhance average order value, increase attachment rate opportunities, and deliver higher overall customer lifetime value.

        Casper Labs sits at the center of our ability to continue bringing innovative and enhanced performance-driven products to market with both speed and excellence. Casper's powerful products increasingly cover the entire Sleep Arc, profoundly impact sleep performance, introduce us to new markets and distribution partners, and increase the lifetime value of our customer relationships.

        We anticipate that growth of our products and services will span entirely new categories of the Sleep Arc, including:

Drive Continued Operational Excellence

        We are committed to improving productivity and profitability through a number of operational initiatives designed to grow our revenue and expand our margins. To date, Casper has had significant results improving gross margins, achieving 50.7% in gross margin for the three months ended September 30, 2019, up from 42.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016. Overall business profitability will be driven by continued net revenue growth in conjunction with gross margin improvements, continued marketing efficiencies, and generating operating leverage. We believe there is opportunity for continued improvement in gross margins, marketing efficiencies, and operating leverage through these key initiatives:

15


Table of Contents

Expand into New Countries

        Our vision of becoming the world's most loved and largest sleep company leads to further global growth opportunities. Casper currently operates in seven countries—the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and France—with product and service offerings tailored to each market by channel but maintaining a consistent brand and consumer experience. We carefully balance brand, creative consistency and global standardization—including leveraging back and middle office, and technology support—balancing local preferences and market tastes in product, sizing, and distribution in order to both ensure strong consumer relevance and maximize company synergies. We intend to expand into new international markets organically, through acquisitions, and through other partnership opportunities, depending on the best product and channel strategy for each country or region. We envision expanding our total international footprint to more than 20 countries.

Summary Risk Factors

        Participating in this offering involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our strategy is also subject to certain risks. The risks described under the heading "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this prospectus may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the most significant challenges and risks include the following:

16


Table of Contents

        Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading "Risk Factors."

Our Corporate Information

        Casper Sleep Inc., the issuer of our common stock in this offering, was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on October 24, 2013 under the name Providence Mattress Company, and subsequently changed its name to Casper Sleep Inc. on January 10, 2014. Our corporate headquarters are located at Three World Trade Center, 175 Greenwich Street, Floor 39, New York, New York 10007. Our telephone number is (347) 941-1871. Our principal website address is www.casper.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, any of our websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As a result:

17


Table of Contents

        We may take advantage of these reduced reporting and other requirements until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. If certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual gross revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced requirements. We have elected to adopt the reduced requirements with respect to our financial statements and the related selected financial data and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" disclosure. We have also elected to take advantage of the extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards. As a result, the information that we provide to stockholders may be different than the information you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity.

18


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Shares of common stock offered by us

              shares (            shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

            shares (            shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

Over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock

 

            shares.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $        million (or $        million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, to fund growth and for other general corporate purposes, including the repayment of approximately $        million of borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Facility. We will have broad discretion in the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

Dividend policy

 

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness, and therefore we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with contractual restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness. Any such determination will also depend upon our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, industry trends, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See "Dividend Policy."

Risk factors

 

See the section titled "Risk Factors" and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Trading symbol

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "CSPR."

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                        shares of our common stock outstanding as of                        , 2019, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of (i) our Series Seed preferred stock and Series A preferred

19


Table of Contents

stock into                shares of our Class A common stock and (ii) our Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, and Series D preferred stock into                 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case immediately after the pricing of this offering, referred to herein as the Preferred Conversion, and the reclassification of all of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and our Class B common stock (including shares issued upon the Preferred Conversion) into                shares of our common stock, immediately prior to the closing of this offering, referred to herein as the Reclassification, and excludes:

        Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

20


Table of Contents



Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

        The following tables present the summary consolidated financial and other data for Casper Sleep Inc. and its subsidiaries. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data and consolidated statement of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019 from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections titled "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

21


Table of Contents

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
  2019   2018   2018   2017  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss:

                         

Revenue, net of $80,085, $57,659, $80,695 and $45,656 in refunds, returns, and discounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

  $ 312,319   $ 259,687   $ 357,891   $ 250,909  

Cost of goods sold

    157,342     143,556     200,139     134,038  

Gross profit

    154,977     116,131     157,752     116,871  

Operating expenses

                         

Sales and marketing expenses

    113,994     92,705     126,189     106,809  

General and administrative expense

    106,126     88,166     123,523     81,323  

Total operating expenses

    220,120     180,871     249,712     188,132  

Loss from operations

    (65,143 )   (64,740 )   (91,960 )   (71,261 )

Other (income) expense

                         

Interest (income) expense

    1,355     (503 )   (248 )   (307 )

Other (income) expense, net

    841     (51 )   341     2,415  

Total other (income) expenses, net

    2,196     (554 )   93     2,108  

Loss before income taxes

    (67,339 )   (64,186 )   (92,053 )   (73,369 )

Income tax expense

    60     44     39     23  

Net loss

    (67,399 )   (64,230 )   (92,092 )   (73,392 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                         

Currency translation adjustment

    75     (1,288 )   (1,077 )   279  

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (67,324 ) $ (65,518 ) $ (93,169 ) $ (73,113 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (6.40 ) $ (6.22 ) $ (8.91 ) $ (7.22 )

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    10,530,262     10,320,666     10,335,986     10,164,450  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

                    $    

Pro forma weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributed to common stockholders, basic and diluted

                         

 

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)
  2019   2018   2018   2017  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:

                         

Net cash used in operating activities

  $ (29,706 ) $ (44,934 ) $ (72,255 ) $ (84,015 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (39,631 )   (7,249 )   (12,035 )   (10,085 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    95,808     183     14,840     169,294  

22


Table of Contents


 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
  2019   2018   2018   2017  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Select Other Data(1):

                         

Gross margin

    49.6 %   44.7 %   44.1 %   46.6 %

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ (53,807 ) $ (57,458 ) $ (82,399 ) $ (70,549 )

 

 
  As of September 30, 2019  
(in thousands)
  Actual   Pro Forma(3)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(3)(4)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(5)

  $ 54,901   $     $    

Total assets

    192,509              

Total liabilities(6)

    169,767              

Additional paid-in capital

    15,716              

Accumulated deficit

    (299,619 )            

Stockholders' deficit

    (284,247 )            

(1)
See the definitions of key operating and financial metrics in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

(2)
Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of our performance that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss before interest (income) expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization as further adjusted to exclude the impact of stock-based compensation expense, impairment and restructuring, and costs associated with legal settlements. We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by our competitors, because not all companies and analysts calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider them to be important supplemental measures of our performance and believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. Management believes that investors' understanding of our performance is enhanced by including this non-GAAP financial measure as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results of operations.

Management uses Adjusted EBITDA:

as a measurement of operating performance because it assists us in comparing the operating performance of our business on a consistent basis, as it removes the impact of items not directly resulting from our core operations;

for planning purposes, including the preparation of our internal annual operating budget and financial projections;

to evaluate the performance and effectiveness of our operational strategies; and

to evaluate our capacity to expand our business.

23


Table of Contents


Due to these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using these non-GAAP measures only supplementally. As noted in the table below, Adjusted EBITDA includes adjustments to exclude the impact of stock-based compensation expense and material infrequent items, including but not limited to the costs of this initial public offering, impairment/restructuring, costs associated with legal settlements, acquisitions or divestitures, among other items. It is reasonable to expect that these items will occur in future periods. However, we believe these adjustments are appropriate because the amounts recognized can vary significantly from period to period, do not directly relate to the ongoing operations of our business and may complicate comparisons of our internal operating results and operating results of other companies over time. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA includes adjustments for other items that we do not expect to regularly record following this offering. Each of the normal recurring adjustments and other adjustments described in this paragraph and in the reconciliation table below help management with a measure of our core operating performance over time by removing items that are not related to day-to-day operations.
 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)
  2019   2018   2018   2017  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Net loss

  $ (67,399 ) $ (64,230 ) $ (92,092 ) $ (73,392 )

Income tax expense

    60     44     39     23  

Interest (income) expense

    1,355     (503 )   (248 )   (307 )

Depreciation and amortization

    4,804     2,394     3,426     1,675  

Stock-based compensation(a)

    5,648     4,573     5,716     1,423  

Impairment/reorganization(b)

    681         490      

Legal settlements(c)

    138     264     270     29  

Transaction costs(d)

    906              

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (53,807 ) $ (57,458 ) $ (82,399 ) $ (70,549 )

(a)
Represents non-cash stock-based compensation expense.

24


Table of Contents

(b)
Represents costs associated with reorganizing our international organizational structure, including severance, contract termination costs, and other exit activities. There were no impairment charges in either period presented.

(c)
Amounts related to litigations settlements.

(d)
Represents expenses incurred for professional, consulting, legal, and accounting services performed in connection with this offering, which are not indicative of our ongoing costs and which we expect will discontinue following the completion of this offering.
(3)
Gives effect to (i) the Preferred Conversion, (ii) the Reclassification, and (iii) the related reclassification of the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to permanent equity prior to the closing of this offering.

(4)
Gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote (3) above and (ii) the issuance and sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash, total assets and total stockholders' equity on a pro forma basis by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(5)
Includes $0.3 million of restricted cash.

(6)
Includes $25.0 million of long-term debt consisting of our Subordinated Facility and $15.9 million of short-term debt consisting of our Senior Secured Facility, of which approximately $            million of borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Facility will be repaid in connection with this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

25


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We operate in highly competitive industries, and if we are unable to compete successfully it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Our business is rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and we have many competitors across what we define as the Sleep Economy, including in the mattress, soft goods, and bedroom furniture industries, as well as in non-traditional sleep categories, such as sleep technology, sleep services, and sleep supplements. Our competition with respect to these offerings includes: department and furniture stores, big-box retailers, specialty retailers, and online, direct-to-consumer mattress, and other home goods retailers and online marketplaces. Our core offerings compete with new and established manufacturers, direct-to-consumer companies, and white label in-house brands offered by some large retail chains, online retailers, and department stores. We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

        In addition, retailers in the United States and internationally have integrated vertically in certain of the industries in which we operate, particularly as it relates to mattresses, and it is possible that such vertical integration may create circumstances that would negatively impact our net revenue and results of operations. Although we are pursuing a strategy to vertically integrate, we may not be successful in pursuing this strategy, which may make our products less desirable than products produced by our competitors who have complete control over the manufacturing process and the quality of their products. The highly competitive nature of the industries in which we operate means we are continually subject to the risk of loss of market share, loss of key retail partners, reductions in margins, and the inability to acquire new customers.

        Also, some of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater resources and technical

26


Table of Contents

capabilities, faster and less costly shipping, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater net revenue and profits from their existing customer base, capture market share from us, acquire customers at lower costs, or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer preferences or habits. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more impactful marketing campaigns, and adopt more aggressive pricing strategies, which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate net revenue from their customer bases more effectively than we do. For example, we compete with large retailers, such as Amazon and Wal-Mart, who have house brands that offer competing sleep products and who also have significantly greater scale and more sophisticated distribution operations than we do, a longer track record of successfully building trusted brands, greater technical capabilities and significantly more financial resources. Failure to successfully compete in the industries in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business depends on the strength of our brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, we may be unable to sell our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Our brand name and image are integral to the growth of our business and to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. We believe that our brand image has significantly contributed to the success of our business and is critical to maintaining and expanding our customer base. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments in areas such as research and development, marketing, e-commerce, and customer experience and these investments may not be successful.

        We anticipate that, as our business expands into new markets and new product categories, and as the industries in which we operate become increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brand may become difficult and expensive. For example, consumers in any new international markets into which we expand may not know our brand and/or may not accept our brand, resulting in increased costs to market and attract customers to our brand. Further, as we grow our retail partnerships, it may be difficult for us to maintain control of our brand with our retail partners, which may result in negative perceptions of our brand. Our brand may also be adversely affected if our public image or reputation is tarnished by negative publicity, including negative social media campaigns or poor reviews of our products or customer experiences. In addition, ineffective marketing, product diversion to unauthorized distribution channels, product defects, unfair labor practices, and failure to protect our intellectual property rights are some of the potential threats to the strength of our brand, and those and other factors could rapidly and severely diminish consumer confidence in us. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to be a leader in the industries in which we operate and to continue to offer a range of high-quality products as well as a leading end-to-end experience to our customers, which we may not execute successfully. Failure to maintain the strength of our brand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we do not successfully implement our future retail store expansion, our growth and profitability could be harmed.

        We intend to continue to expand our existing direct-to-consumer channel by opening additional retail stores. Over time, we believe there is an opportunity to have more than 200 Casper stores in North America alone. Our ability to open new retail stores in a timely and efficient manner and

27


Table of Contents

operate them profitably depends on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

        In order to pursue our retail store strategy, we will be required to expend significant cash and human capital resources prior to generating any sales in these stores. Delays in new store openings or an inability to generate sufficient sales from these stores to justify such expenses could harm our business and profitability. The substantial management time and resources which any future retail store

28


Table of Contents

expansion strategy may require could also result in disruption to our existing business operations which may decrease our net revenue and profitability.

If we are unable to successfully implement our growth strategies related to launching new products, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Each year we invest significant time and resources in research and development to improve and expand our product offerings, introduce new technologies to customers, support our sales channels, and generate consumer interest and engagement. In 2019, we launched several new products, including our Casper and Wave Hybrid mattresses, Glow Light, Down Pillow, and Upholstered Bed Frame. In addition, from time to time, we also update existing product lines. Launching new products can involve a significant investment in advertising and public relations campaigns. There are also certain risks involved in launching new products, including increased costs in the near term associated with the introduction of new product lines and training of our employees in new manufacturing processes and sales techniques, development delays, failure of new products to achieve anticipated levels of market acceptance, the possibility of increased competition with our current products, and unrecovered costs associated with failed product or service introductions. Implementation of these plans may also divert management's attention from other aspects of our business and place a strain on management, operational and financial resources, as well as our information systems. Launching new products or updating existing products may also leave us with obsolete inventory that we may not be able to sell or we may sell at significantly discounted prices. Further, as we expand into new markets, we may not accurately predict consumer preferences in that market, which could result in lower than expected sales.

        Additionally, launching new products requires substantial investments in research and development. Investments in research and development are inherently speculative and require substantial capital and other expenditures. Unforeseen obstacles and challenges that we encounter in the research and development process could result in delays or the abandonment of plans to launch new products and may substantially increase development costs.

        If we are unable to maintain the high product-quality standards expected by our customers when we launch new products, or if our competitors are able to produce higher quality or more accessible products, our sales may be harmed. Should this occur, we may need to increase our investments in research and development and manufacturing processes, lower our prices or take other measures to address any loss of sales, which could increase our expenses, reduce our margins and/or negatively impact our brand and our ability to execute our overall pricing and promotion strategy.

        We may not be successful in executing our growth strategy related to launching new products, and even if we achieve such plan, we may not be able to achieve profitability. Failure to successfully launch new products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our future growth and profitability depend on the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing programs.

        We are highly dependent on the effectiveness of our marketing programs and the efficiency of our related expenditures in generating consumer awareness and sales of our products. We rely on a combination of paid and nonpaid advertising and public relations efforts to market our products.

        Our paid advertising efforts consist of online channels, including search engine marketing, display advertising, and paid social media, as well as more traditional forms of advertising, such as direct mail and television advertisements. These efforts are expensive and may not result in the cost-effective acquisition of customers. We cannot assure you that the net profit from new customers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. We also utilize non-paid advertising. Our non-paid advertising efforts include search engine optimization, non-paid social media and email.

29


Table of Contents

        Moreover, we rely in part upon third parties, such as search engines, social media influencers, and product reviewers, for both paid and unpaid services, and we are unable to fully control their efforts. We obtain a significant amount of traffic via search engines and, therefore, rely on search engines such as Google. Search engines frequently update and change the logic that determines the placement and display of results of a user's search, such that the purchased or algorithmic placement of links to our site can be negatively affected. Moreover, a search engine could, for competitive or other purposes, alter its algorithms or results in a manner that negatively affects our paid or non-paid search ranking, and competitive dynamics could impact the effectiveness of search engine marketing or search engine optimization. We also obtain a significant amount of traffic via social networking websites or other channels used by our current and prospective customers. As e-commerce and social networking continue to rapidly evolve, we must continue to establish relationships with these channels and may be unable to develop or maintain these relationships on acceptable terms. If we are unable to cost-effectively drive traffic to our sites, our ability to acquire new customers and our financial condition would suffer.

        In addition, the number of third-party providers of consumer product reviews, consumer recommendations, and referrals is growing across industries and may influence consumers. Negative or no reviews from such third parties may receive widespread attention from consumers, which could damage our reputation and brand value and result in lower sales. Influencers with whom we maintain relationships could also engage in behavior or use their platforms to communicate directly with our customers in a manner that reflects poorly on our brand and may be attributed to us or otherwise adversely affect us. It is not possible to prevent such behavior, and the precautions we take to detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. If we are unable to effectively manage relationships with such reviewers to promote accurate reviews of our products, reviewers may decline to review our products or may post reviews with misleading information, which could damage our reputation and make it more difficult for us to sustain or improve our brand value. Moreover, if any of the third parties on which we rely were to cease operations, temporarily or permanently, face financial distress or other business disruption, we could suffer increased costs and delays in their ability to provide similar services until an equivalent service provider could be found, or until we could develop replacement technology or operations, any of which could also have an adverse impact on our business and financial performance.

        We continue to evolve our marketing strategies, adjusting our messages, the amount we spend on advertising and where we spend it with no assurance that we will be successful in developing future effective messages and in achieving efficiency in our marketing and advertising expenditures. Our marketing activities and the marketing activities of any third parties on which we rely are subject to various types of regulations, including laws relating to the protection of personal information, consumer protection and competition. In addition, the regulatory environment surrounding the use of data is increasingly demanding. In recent years, lawmakers and regulators have expressed concern over the use of third-party cookies and similar technologies for online targeted advertising, and laws in this area in the European Union have been strengthened and are also under reform. Moreover, user data protection and communication-based laws may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and these laws continue to develop in ways we cannot predict and that may adversely affect our business. Complying with these varying requirements could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner with adverse effects on our business, and violations of privacy-related laws can result in significant penalties. These developments, including in the way these laws are interpreted, could impair our ability, or the ability of third parties on which we rely, to collect user information, including personal data and usage information, that helps us provide more targeted advertising to our current and prospective consumers, which could adversely affect our business, particularly given our use of cookies and similar technologies to target our marketing and personalize the consumer experience. See "—Failure to comply with federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, or the

30


Table of Contents

expansion of current or the enactment of new laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition."

        If our marketing programs and related expenditures are ineffective or are inefficient in creating and increasing awareness of our products and brand, in driving consumer traffic to our websites and stores and in motivating customers to purchase our products, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have grown rapidly in recent years. If we are unable to manage our operations at our current size or to manage any future growth effectively, the pace of our growth may slow.

        We have expanded our operations rapidly since our founding in 2014. In 2014, we launched our e-commerce platform in the United States and Canada, followed by the European Union, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom, in 2016. We launched our first retail concept in Los Angeles in 2015, followed by permanent retail stores in San Francisco and New York in 2017 and 2018, respectively, and we now have 60 retail stores across the United States and Canada. Our revenue increased from $250.9 million for 2017 to $357.9 million for 2018, an increase of 42.6%.

        If our operations are to continue to grow, of which there can be no assurance, we will be required to continue to (i) expand our sales and marketing, digital and technology teams, research and development, customer and commercial strategy, product offerings, supply, and manufacturing and distribution functions, (ii) upgrade our management information systems and other processes, and (iii) obtain more space for our expanding administrative support and other personnel. Our continued growth could increase the strain on our resources, and we could experience operating difficulties, including difficulties in hiring, training, and managing an increasing number of employees, finding manufacturing capacity to produce our products, and delays in production and shipments. These difficulties may result in the erosion of our brand image, divert the attention of management and key employees and impact financial and operational results. In addition, in order to continue to expand our direct-to-consumer presence and retail partnerships, we expect to continue to add selling and general and administrative expenses to our operating profile. If we are unable to drive commensurate growth, these costs, which include lease commitments, headcount and capital assets, could result in decreased margins.

We have a history of losses and expect to have operating losses and negative cash flow as we continue to expand our business.

        We have a history of losses. We incurred net losses of $92.1 million and $73.4 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively, and $232.2 million in accumulated deficit through December 31, 2018. Because we have a short operating history at scale, particularly in our own and third-party retail sales channels, it is difficult for us to predict our future operating results. As a result, our losses may be larger than anticipated, and we may not achieve profitability when expected, or at all. Also, we expect our operating expenses to increase over the next several years as we further increase marketing spend, open additional retail stores, hire more employees, continue to develop new products and services, and expand internationally. These efforts may be more costly than we expect and may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. Any failure to increase our revenue sufficiently to keep pace with our investments and other expenses could prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability or positive cash flow on a consistent basis. Furthermore, if our future growth and operating performance fail to meet investor or analyst expectations, or if we have future negative cash flow or losses resulting from our investment in acquiring new customers or expanding our business, our business, financial condition, and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

31


Table of Contents

We have a limited operating history and, as a result, our past results may not be indicative of future operating performance.

        We have a limited operating history with the current scale of our business, which makes it difficult to forecast our future results, particularly with respect to our own and third-party retail channels, which we have only recently developed. You should not rely on our past annual or quarterly results of operations as indicators of future performance. You should consider and evaluate our prospects in light of the risks and uncertainty frequently encountered by companies like ours. See "—We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations due to seasonality and other factors, which could make sequential quarter to quarter comparison an unreliable indication of our performance."

If we fail to attract new customers, or retain existing customers, or fail to do either in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to increase sales.

        Our success depends, in part, on our ability to attract new, and retain existing, customers in a cost-effective manner. We have made, and we expect that we will continue to make, significant investments in attracting and retaining customers, including through traditional, digital, and social media and through developing original Casper content. Marketing campaigns can be expensive and may not result in the cost-effective acquisition, or retention, of customers. Further, as our brand becomes more widely known, future marketing campaigns may not attract new or retain customers at the same rate as past campaigns. If we are unable to attract new customers, and retain existing customers, our business will be harmed.

The market for sleep products and services as a retail category is still emerging and if it does not continue to grow, if it grows more slowly than expected or if it does not achieve the growth potential we expect, or if we do not succeed in becoming a leader or maintaining our leadership in this category, our brand, business, financial condition, or results of operations could be adversely affected.

        The market for sleep products and services as a distinct retail category continues to evolve, and it is uncertain whether the demand for our sleep products and services will continue to grow and achieve wide market acceptance. Our success will depend in significant part on the willingness of consumers to continue to invest in sleep products and services as a retail category and to view these products and services as part of a distinct business category that we call the Sleep Economy. If consumers do not continue to accept sleep as a wellness and a retail category or perceive our products to be beneficial, whether as a result of experiences with our product line or otherwise, then the market for sleep products and services may not develop further, may develop more slowly than we expect, or may not achieve the growth potential that we expect, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations. Moreover, even if the market for sleep develops, we may not succeed in our plan to become the category leader.

Use of social media and influencers may materially and adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

        We use third-party social media platforms as marketing tools, among other things. For example, we maintain Instagram, Snapchat, Facebook, Twitter and Pinterest accounts, as well as our Casper Sleep Channel on YouTube and Spotify. We also maintain relationships with thousands of social media influencers and engage in sponsorship initiatives. As existing e-commerce and social media platforms continue to rapidly evolve and new platforms develop, we must continue to maintain a presence on these platforms and establish presences on new or emerging popular social media platforms. If we are unable to cost-effectively use social media platforms as marketing tools or if the social media platforms we use do not evolve quickly enough for us to fully optimize such platforms, our ability to acquire new consumers and our financial condition may suffer. Furthermore, as laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees, our network of

32


Table of Contents

social media influencers, our sponsors or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices or otherwise could subject us to regulatory investigations, class action lawsuits, liability, fines or other penalties and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

        In addition, an increase in the use of social media for marketing may cause an increase in the burden on us to monitor compliance of such materials, and increase the risk that such materials could contain problematic product or marketing claims in violation of applicable regulations. For example, in some cases, the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, has sought enforcement action where an endorsement has failed to clearly and conspicuously disclose a material relationship between an influencer and an advertiser. While we ask influencers to comply with the FTC regulations and our guidelines, we do not regularly monitor what our influencers post, and if we were held responsible for the content of their posts, we could be forced to alter our practices, which could have material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Because a significant portion of our revenue is derived from our mattress products, a decrease in sales of such products could seriously harm our profitability and financial condition.

        While we have expanded and continue to expand our product and services offerings, a significant portion of our business consists primarily of designing and distributing our mattress products. As a result, future shifts in consumer spending away from our mattress products for any reason, including adverse economic conditions, heightened competition and decreased consumer confidence or frequency of mattress replacement, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Retailers with more diversified product offerings may not be similarly at risk. For example, department stores that experience stagnant or declining mattress sales may be better able to absorb the adverse effects given their diversity of product offerings. Our continued success will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate, identify and respond quickly to shifts in consumer spending, as well as to strengthen our brand, incorporate a broader ecosystem of sleep products that address the entire Sleep Arc, and attract and retain customers who are willing to pay for products and services beyond our mattress offerings.

        In the near term, if the number of customers demanding our mattress products does not continue to increase, we may not achieve the level of sales necessary to support new growth platforms across the Sleep Arc, and our ability to grow our business may be severely impaired.

Our efforts to protect and maintain our intellectual property may not be successful. Competitors have attempted and will likely continue to attempt to imitate our products and technology. We may not be able to prevent competitors from developing similar products or from marketing in a manner that capitalizes on our intellectual property. If we are unable to protect or preserve our intellectual property, our business may be harmed, and if our products or marketing violate the intellectual property rights of others, we may have liability and may be required to change our products and business practices.

        Our intellectual property is important to the design, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of our products and services, and protecting our intellectual property rights and combating the unlicensed copy or use of our intellectual property can be difficult. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights, both in the United States and abroad, through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure and invention assignment agreements with our consultants and employees and seek to control access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information.

        Further, we license certain intellectual property from third parties. For example, while most of our product design is developed in-house, certain foam formulations are currently licensed from certain of our contract manufacturers pursuant to our manufacturing agreements with them, some of which include varying degrees of exclusivity. If any of these licenses are terminated, or if they expire and are

33


Table of Contents

not renewed, we may not be able to continue to manufacture certain products in their current iterations or may experience disruption to our manufacturing processes. Even if we retain the licenses, the licenses may no longer be exclusive with respect to such designs or technologies, which could aid our competitors and have a negative impact on our business.

        To compete effectively with other companies, we must maintain the proprietary nature of our owned and licensed intellectual property and maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary materials. We have in the past and may in the future be notified of challenges to our intellectual property rights or receive notices that claim we have misappropriated, violated, or infringed upon third parties' intellectual property rights. Despite our efforts to maintain our intellectual property rights and to avoid violating the intellectual property rights of others, we cannot eliminate the following risks which could have a material adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition, or results of operations:

        The nature and value of our intellectual property may be affected by a change in law domestically or abroad. Because of differences in foreign laws concerning proprietary rights and in light of the political and economic circumstances in certain foreign jurisdictions, our rights may not be enforced or enforceable in foreign countries or receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States, even if they are validly issued or registered. Further, while we seek to protect our intellectual property outside the United States, there can be no assurance that our intellectual property will be adequately protected in all countries in which we conduct our business. For example, while we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use, or sell patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date.

34


Table of Contents

        Our inability to maintain the proprietary nature of our intellectual property, or violations of the rights of others, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, an action to enforce our intellectual property rights, or an action brought by a third party challenging our intellectual property rights, could impair our financial condition, or results of operations, either as a result of a negative ruling with respect to our use of the intellectual property of others or the validity or enforceability of our intellectual property, or through the time consumed and legal costs involved in bringing or defending such an action (and we cannot guarantee that we will have sufficient resources to adequately bring or defend any such action). Further, if a third party is successful in challenging our intellectual property rights or brings a successful claim of infringement against us, we could be required to pay significant damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements, rebrand our products, or stop the sale of certain products, any of which could have a negative impact on our operating profits and harm our future prospects. In addition, any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

        As our business continues to expand, our competitors have imitated, and will likely continue to imitate, our product designs and branding, which could harm our business and results of operations While we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, suppliers, manufacturers, visitors and others to protect our proprietary rights, the steps we take to protect our proprietary rights may be inadequate, and we may experience difficulty in effectively limiting the unauthorized use of our patents, trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets and other intellectual property and proprietary rights worldwide. It is also possible that others will independently develop technology with the same or similar function to any proprietary technology we rely on to conduct our business and differentiate ourselves from our competitors. Because some of our products are manufactured overseas in countries where counterfeiting is more prevalent, and we intend to increase our sales overseas over the long-term, we may experience increased counterfeiting of our products. Unauthorized use or invalidation of our intellectual property may cause significant damage to our brand and harm our results of operations.

We currently rely exclusively on third-party contract manufacturers whose efforts we are unable to fully control.

        Our products are produced by third-party contract manufacturers. We face the risk that these third-party contract manufacturers may not produce and deliver our products on a timely basis, or at all. We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, operational difficulties with our manufacturers. These difficulties include reductions in the availability of production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications and customer requirements, insufficient quality control, sharing competitively sensitive information with our competitors, failure to meet production deadlines, failure to achieve our product, and packaging quality standards, inability to access new or quality materials, shipping mistakes, failure to update us on production and shipping status, increases in costs of materials, and manufacturing or other business interruptions. The ability of our manufacturers to effectively satisfy our production requirements could also be impacted by manufacturer financial difficulty or damage to their operations caused by fire, terrorist attack, natural disaster, or other events. The failure of any manufacturer to perform to our expectations could result in supply shortages or delays for certain products and harm our business. If we experience significantly increased demand, or if we need to replace an existing manufacturer due to lack of performance, we may be unable to supplement or replace our manufacturing capacity on a timely basis or on terms that are acceptable to us, which may increase our costs, reduce our margins, and harm our ability to deliver our products on time. For certain of our products, it may take a significant amount of time to identify and qualify a manufacturer that has the capability and resources to produce our products to our specifications in sufficient volume and satisfy our service and quality control standards. Our reliance on third-party manufacturers and inability to fully control any operational difficulties with our third-party

35


Table of Contents

manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our third-party manufacturers may not be able to obtain new or quality raw materials, which could result in delays and impair our ability to fulfill our orders in a timely manner.

        The capacity of our manufacturers to produce our products is also dependent upon the availability of raw materials. Our manufacturers may not be able to obtain sufficient supply of raw materials, which could result in delays in deliveries of our products by our manufacturers or increased costs. Any shortage of raw materials or inability of a manufacturer to produce or ship our products in a timely manner, or at all, could impair our ability to ship orders of our products in a cost-efficient, timely manner and could cause us to miss the delivery requirements of our customers. As a result, we could experience cancellations of orders, refusals to accept deliveries, or reductions in our prices and margins, any of which could harm our financial performance, reputation, and results of operations.

Our third-party manufacturers are subject to regulatory requirements, and it is difficult to monitor and control their compliance with such laws, rules and regulations.

        Third-party manufacturers of our products and components must comply with applicable regulatory requirements, which may require significant resources and subject our manufacturers to potential regulatory inspections, stoppages, or enforcement actions. If our manufacturers do not maintain regulatory approval for, or compliance of, their manufacturing operations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Additionally, we currently have third-party manufacturing partners located in various locations, including the United States, China, India, Canada, Germany, Belgium, and the United Kingdom, among others. Our ability to identify qualified manufacturers is a significant challenge, especially with respect to goods sourced outside of North America. Global sourcing and foreign trade involve numerous factors and uncertainties beyond our control including increased shipping costs, increased import duties, more restrictive quotas, loss of most favored nation trading status, currency fluctuations, work stoppages and enforcement of foreign labor laws, transportation delays, port of entry issues, economic uncertainties such as inflation, foreign government regulations, political unrest, natural disasters, war, terrorism, trade restrictions, political instability, the financial stability of vendors, quality issues, and tariffs. Moreover, negative press or reports about internationally manufactured products may sway public opinion, and thus consumer preference, away from our products.

        While our supplier guidelines promote ethical business practices such as environmental responsibility, fair wage practices, and compliance with child labor laws, among others, and we, along with a third party that we retain for this purpose, monitor compliance with those guidelines, we do not control our third-party manufacturers or their business practices. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee their compliance with our ethical business practice guidelines. A lack of demonstrated compliance with our ethical business practice guidelines could lead us to seek alternative suppliers, which could increase our costs and result in delayed delivery of our products, product shortages or other disruptions of our operations. In addition, a lack of compliance could lead to negative publicity which could damage our brand. As such, our reliance on third-party manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our sales growth is dependent upon our ability to implement strategic initiatives and such initiatives may not be effective in generating sales growth.

        Our ability to generate sales growth is dependent upon our ability to successfully implement strategic initiatives which we undertake. For example, one of our key strategic initiatives is to expand our retail presence. If we are not able to effectively expand within this channel, this could adversely

36


Table of Contents

impact our ability to grow our market share and build our brand strength, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        In addition, we are also pursuing other strategic initiatives, including the following:

        If we fail to execute on any of these strategic initiatives, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our growth strategy involves expansion of our retail partnerships, which presents risks and challenges to our business.

        Our retail partnerships have only recently evolved, and we have limited operating experience executing our retail strategy, which we began pursuing in 2015. This strategy has and will continue to require significant investment in cross-functional operations and management focus, along with investment in supporting technologies.

        Most of our retail partnership arrangements are by purchase order or are terminable at will with limited or no notice and since we have a limited operating history with our retail partners, we may not be able to accurately forecast their product needs and our resulting revenue. We are also exposed to the seasonality of our retail partners' businesses, which impacts their frequency and volume of product orders. A substantial decrease or interruption in business from our key retail partners could result in a reduction in net revenue, an increase in bad debt expense or the loss of future business, any of which could impair our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Further, if our retail partners seek bankruptcy protection, they could act to terminate all or a portion of their business with us or originate new business with our competitors, which could impair our results of operations. Any loss of revenue from our key retail partners, including as a result of the non-payment or late payment of our invoices, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Our retail partners may not have a history of selling mattresses or other sleep products, which may make it more difficult for certain retail partners to market our products effectively. Educating and training our retail partners on our products and brand may consume a significant portion of our management's time and attention, which could delay our ability to launch retail partnerships in an expedient and cost-effective manner. We also have a limited operating history with our retail partnerships, which may make it more difficult for us to onboard new retail partners.

        We may not always be able to negotiate arrangements with our retail partners that align with our pricing strategy. Retail partnership arrangements that do not align with our pricing strategy in our other sales channels may result in lower sales in our direct-to-consumer channels, which may be more profitable.

        In addition, our retail partners may reduce their number of stores or operations or consolidate, undergo restructurings or reorganizations, realign their affiliations or promote products of our competitors over ours or liquidate. These events may result in a decrease in the number of stores or e-commerce platforms that carry our products, an increase in the ownership concentration in the retail industry and/or our being required to record significant bad debt expense and write-offs. Our retail

37


Table of Contents

partners may also decide to carry only a limited number of brands of sleep products, which could affect our ability to sell our products to them on favorable terms, if at all. If any of our key retail partners experience financial difficulty or insolvency, we may experience reduced sales of our products or we could have difficulty recovering amounts owed to us from these retail partners, resulting in lower revenue and gross margins, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business is subject to the risk of manufacturer and supplier concentrations.

        We depend on a limited number of third-party contract manufacturers for the sourcing of our products. For our mattresses, our two largest manufacturers comprised over 70% of our production volume during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Further, consolidation among foam suppliers, which is a key component for our mattresses, and mattress fabricators has resulted in a decrease in the number of possible domestic suppliers from which we can source foam and mattress fabrication, as well as an increase in the threat of increased prices and less favorable commercial terms. As a result of these concentrations in our manufacturing and supply chains, our business and operations would be negatively affected if any of our key manufacturers or suppliers were to experience significant disruption affecting the price, quality, availability, or timely delivery of products. The partial or complete loss of any of these manufacturers or suppliers, or a significant adverse change in our relationship with any of these manufacturers or suppliers, could result in lost sales, added costs, and distribution delays that could harm our business and customer relationships. Further, we may incur significant management time and attention to replace and validate new manufacturers and suppliers, which could further harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to execute our internal plans to transition our supply chain and certain other business processes to a global scale.

        We are in the process of building and re-engineering certain of our supply chain management processes, as well as certain other business processes, to support our expanding scale. This expansion to a global scale requires significant investment of capital and human resources, the re-engineering of many business processes, and the attention of many managers and other employees who would otherwise be focused on other aspects of our business. If our globalization efforts fail to produce planned efficiencies, or the transition is not managed effectively, we may experience excess inventories, inventory shortage, late deliveries, lost sales, or increased costs. We also are pursuing a strategy to vertically integrate. If we are not successful in pursuing this strategy, or if there is any business disruption arising from our globalization efforts, or our failure to effectively execute our internal plans for globalization or vertical integration, our results of operations and our financial condition could be harmed.

Our third-party manufacturers may breach our manufacturing agreements, most of which are not exclusive such that these manufacturers could produce similar products for our competitors.

        We have contracts with a significant amount of our manufacturers and utilize purchase orders with our manufacturers. Manufacturers with whom we have contracts may breach these agreements, and we may not be able to enforce our rights under these agreements or may incur significant costs attempting to do so. As a result, we cannot predict with certainty our ability to obtain products in adequate quantities, of required quality and at acceptable prices from our suppliers and manufacturers in the future. Any one of these risks could harm our ability to deliver our products on time, or at all, damage our reputation and our relationships with our retail partners and customers, and increase our product costs thereby reducing our margins.

        In addition, most of our arrangements with our manufacturers are not exclusive. As a result, certain of our manufacturers could produce similar products for our competitors. Further, while certain

38


Table of Contents

of our contracts include certain exclusivity arrangements, those manufacturers could choose to breach our agreements and work with our competitors, and we may not become aware of such breaches or have remedies against the manufacturer for such breaches. Our competitors could enter into restrictive or exclusive arrangements with our manufacturers that could impair or eliminate our access to manufacturing capacity. Our manufacturers could also be acquired by our competitors, and may become our direct competitors, thus limiting or eliminating our access to manufacturing capacity.

Some of our products are manufactured by third parties outside of the United States, and our business may be harmed by legal, regulatory, economic, and political risks associated with international trade and those markets.

        Some of our products are manufactured in various locations, including among others, the United States, China, India, Canada, Germany, Belgium, and the United Kingdom. Our reliance on suppliers and manufacturers in foreign markets creates risks inherent in doing business in foreign jurisdictions, including: (i) the burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, including trade and labor restrictions and laws relating to the importation and taxation of goods; (ii) weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States, and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States; (iii) compliance with U.S. and foreign laws relating to foreign operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, the UK Bribery Act 2010, or the Bribery Act, regulations of the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Controls, or OFAC, and U.S. anti-money laundering regulations, collectively which, among other things, prohibit U.S. companies from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, operating in certain countries, as well as engaging in other corrupt and illegal practices; (iv) economic and political instability and acts of terrorism in the countries where our suppliers are located; (v) transportation interruptions or increases in transportation costs; (vi) the imposition of tariffs on components and products that we import into the United States or other markets; and (vii) foreign currency fluctuations. We cannot assure you that our directors, officers, employees, representatives, manufacturers, or suppliers have not engaged and will not engage in illegal or impermissible conduct for which we may be held responsible, nor can we assure you that our manufacturers, suppliers, or other business partners have not engaged and will not engage in conduct that could materially harm their ability to perform their contractual obligations to us or even result in our being held liable for such conduct. Violations of the FCPA, the Bribery Act, OFAC restrictions, or other export control, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, and anti-terrorism laws or regulations may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other related liabilities, which could harm our business, financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations.

If tariffs or other restrictions are placed on foreign imports or any related counter-measures are taken by other countries, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

        The Trump Administration has put into place tariffs and other trade restrictions and signaled that it may additionally alter trade agreements and terms between the United States and China, the European Union, Canada, and Mexico, among others, including limiting trade and/or imposing tariffs on imports from such countries. In addition, China, the European Union, Canada, and Mexico, among others, have either threatened to or put into place retaliatory tariffs of their own. If tariffs or other restrictions are placed on foreign imports, including on any of our products manufactured overseas for sale in the United States, or any related counter-measures are taken by other countries, our business and results of operations may be materially harmed.

        These tariffs have the potential to significantly raise the cost of our products. In such a case, there can be no assurance that we will be able to shift manufacturing and supply agreements to non-impacted countries, including the United States, to reduce the effects of the tariffs. As a result, we may suffer margin erosion or be required to raise our prices, which may result in the loss of customers, negatively

39


Table of Contents

impact our results of operations, or otherwise harm our business. In addition, the imposition of tariffs on products that we export to international markets could make such products more expensive compared to those of our competitors if we pass related additional costs on to our customers, which may also result in the loss of customers, negatively impact our results of operations, or otherwise harm our business.

We rely on third-party contract manufacturers and third-party distributors, and if we fail to timely and effectively obtain shipments of products from our manufacturers and deliver products to our retail partners and customers, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

        Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and we rely on third-party manufacturers, distributors, and distribution centers to do so. In part because we utilize third-party distributors, we cannot control all of the factors that might affect the timely and effective procurement of our products from our third-party contract manufacturers and the delivery of our products to our retail stores, retail partners and customers, including (i) lack of day-to-day control over the activities of third-party distributors, (ii) that such distributors may not fulfill their obligations to us or otherwise meet our expectations, and (iii) that third-party distributors may terminate their arrangements with us on limited or no notice or may change the terms of these arrangements in a manner unfavorable to us for reasons outside of our control. In addition, disagreements with such distributors could require or result in costly and time-consuming litigation or arbitration. Failure to timely and effectively obtain our products may result in increased shipping costs; our future revenues and market share may not grow as anticipated; we may be unable to sell, market and distribute our products in line with our long-term growth strategy; and we could be subject to other unexpected costs which could negatively impact our results of operations or otherwise harm our business.

        In addition, our third-party contract manufacturers ship most of our products to our third-party distribution centers in the United States, Canada and Europe. We import our products, and we are also vulnerable to risks associated with products manufactured abroad, including: (i) risks of damage, destruction, or confiscation of products while in transit to our distribution centers; and (ii) transportation and other delays in shipments, including as a result of heightened security screening, port congestion, and inspection processes or other port-of-entry limitations or restrictions in the United States. In order to meet demand for a product, we have chosen in the past, and may choose in the future, to arrange for additional quantities of the product, if available, to be delivered through air freight, which is significantly more expensive than standard shipping by sea and, consequently, could harm our gross margins. Failure to procure our products from our third-party contract manufacturers and deliver merchandise to our retail partners and direct-to-consumer channels in a timely, effective, and economically viable manner could reduce our sales and gross margins, damage our brand, and harm our business.

        We also rely on the timely and free flow of goods through open and operational ports from our suppliers and manufacturers. Labor disputes or disruptions at ports, our common carriers, or our suppliers or manufacturers could create significant risks for our business, particularly if these disputes result in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes, or other disruptions during periods of significant importing or manufacturing, potentially resulting in delayed or cancelled orders by customers, unanticipated inventory accumulation or shortages, and harm to our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

        In addition, we rely upon independent land-based and air freight carriers for product shipments from our distribution centers to our retail stores, retail partners and customers who purchase through our direct-to-consumer channel. We may not be able to obtain sufficient freight capacity on a timely basis or at favorable shipping rates and, therefore, may not be able to receive products from suppliers or deliver products to retail partners or customers in a timely and cost-effective manner.

40


Table of Contents

        Accordingly, we are subject to a variety of risks, including labor disputes, union organizing activity, inclement weather, and increased transportation costs, associated with our third-party contract manufacturers' and carriers' ability to provide products and services to meet our requirements. In addition, if the cost of fuel rises, the cost to deliver products may rise, and could harm our profitability.

Our business depends heavily on our ability to provide our customers with a joyful, seamless, and personalized purchasing experience that is different from our competitors.

        Our customer experience is focused on providing our customers with a seamless and personalized consultative experience around sleep. We believe that our customer-first approach has significantly contributed to the popularity of our products and continues to distinguish us in an increasingly competitive industry. Our competitors have in the past and may in the future attempt to replicate features of our customer experience, such as our in-store and 100-night mattress trials and our bed-in-a-box packaging, to attract new customers and/or retain existing ones. Since we may not have proprietary rights to such features of our customer experience, we will need to commit significant resources towards continually enhancing and differentiating our customer experience and anticipating and meeting our customers' evolving preferences and expectations. Our failure to successfully innovate and continue to deliver a superior customer experience, could cause the demand for our products to decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We depend on our retail partners to display and present our products to customers, and our failure to maintain and further develop our relationships with our retail partners could harm our business.

        A portion of our sales are through our retail partners. Our relationships with these retail partners are important to the authenticity of our brand and the marketing programs we continue to deploy. Our failure to maintain these relationships with our partners or financial difficulties experienced by these partners could harm our business.

        We have partnerships with Amazon, Costco, Hudson's Bay Company, and Target, among others. If we lose a key partner or a key partner reduces its purchases of our existing or new products or its number of stores or operations or promotes products of our competitors over ours, our sales would be harmed. Because we are a premium brand, our sales depend, in part, on our partners marketing and effectively displaying our products, including providing attractive space and point of purchase displays in their physical retail stores or, with respect to their e-commerce platform, providing attractive digital space to display our products. Our sales also depend on our partners training their sales personnel to sell our products. We may not have control over how they market our product, including the amount of money they spend advertising our products, whether they market our products consistent with our brand philosophy and/or whether they display our products in a manner that appeals to consumers. If our partners reduce or terminate those activities, we may experience reduced sales of our products, resulting in lower gross margins, which would harm our results of operations.

General business and economic conditions could reduce our sales and profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Our business is affected by general business and economic conditions. The global economy has in the past, and will in the future, experience recessionary periods and periods of economic instability. During such periods, consumers may shift to lower priced goods for non-discretionary purchases and/or may reduce their overall spending on discretionary purchases. For example, during a recessionary period, sales of our premium mattresses may decline while sales of our entry-level mattresses may increase as customers shift to lower cost goods, which could result in lower sales revenue. Alternatively, customers may choose to hold onto their mattresses for a longer period of time or purchase cheaper mattresses from our competitors, which may also result in lower sales.

41


Table of Contents

        There could be a number of other effects from adverse general business and economic conditions on our business, including reduced consumer demand for our sleep products; insolvency of our key manufacturers resulting in product delays; inability of retailers and customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products; decreased consumer confidence; decreased discretional spending; decreased retail demand, including order delays or cancellations; counterparty failures; and adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. If such conditions are experienced in future periods, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        In addition, we maintain certain levels of inventory of our products. Changing worldwide business and economic conditions and market volatility may make it difficult for us, our customers, and our manufacturers to accurately forecast future product demand trends, which could result in excess inventory and increase our carrying costs. Alternatively, this forecasting difficulty could cause a shortage of inventory of our products that could result in an inability to satisfy demand for our products and a loss of market share, which could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

System interruptions that impair customer access to our website or other performance failures in our technology infrastructure could damage our business, reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

        The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our website, transaction processing systems and technology infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to acquire and retain customers, as well as maintain adequate customer service levels. Any compromise of our or our third-party partners' security could result in a violation of applicable security, privacy or data protection, consumer and other laws, regulatory or other governmental investigations, enforcement actions, and legal and financial exposure, including potential contractual liability.

        We currently utilize Amazon Web Services, or AWS, data center hosting facilities. If our main data center, which is located in the Eastern United States, where substantially all of our computer and communications hardware is located fails, or if we suffer an interruption or degradation of services at our main data center, we could lose customer data and miss order fulfillment deadlines, which could harm our business. We do not have control over the operations of the facilities of AWS that we use. AWS' facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, cyber security attacks, terrorist attacks, power losses, telecommunications failures and similar events. In the event that AWS' or any other third-party provider's systems or service abilities are hindered by any of the events discussed above, our ability to operate may be impaired, resulting in missing financial targets for a particular period. A decision to close the facilities without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems, could adversely impact our operations. All of the aforementioned risks may be augmented if our or the third-party provider's business continuity and disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate. The facilities also could be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. We may not be able to easily switch our AWS operations to another cloud or other data center provider if there are disruptions or interference with our use of AWS, and, even if we do switch our operations, other cloud and data center providers are subject to the same risks. Any security breach, including personal data breaches, or incident, including cybersecurity incidents, that we experience could result in unauthorized access to, misuse of or unauthorized acquisition of our or our customers' data, the loss, corruption, or alteration of this data, interruptions in our operations or damage to our computer hardware or systems or those of our customers. Moreover, negative publicity arising from these types of disruptions could damage our reputation. We may not carry sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate us for losses that may occur as a result of any events that cause interruptions in our service.

        AWS does not have an obligation to renew its agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew our agreements on commercially reasonable terms, our

42


Table of Contents

agreements are prematurely terminated, or we add additional infrastructure providers, we may experience costs or downtime in connection with the transfer to, or the addition of, new data center providers. We do not currently have a back-up system configured in the event of a failure of our main data center.

        We use complex proprietary software in our technology infrastructure, which we seek to continually update and improve. For instance, we are currently planning to transition our enterprise resource planning, or ERP, applications from a third-party host to our AWS account and certain other internally developed software to third-party solutions. Replacing such systems is often time consuming and expensive, and can also be intrusive to daily business operations. Further, we may not always be successful in executing these upgrades and improvements, which may occasionally result in a failure of our systems. In particular, we have in the past and may in the future experience slowdowns or interruptions in our website when we are updating it, and new technologies or infrastructure may not be fully integrated with our existing systems on a timely basis, or at all. Additionally, if we expand our use of third-party services, including cloud-based services, our technology infrastructure may be subject to increased risk of slowdown or interruption as a result of integration with such services and/or failures by such third parties, which are out of our control. Our net revenue is comprised of global sales through our direct-to-consumer channel and our retail partnerships, and net revenue depends on the number of visitors who shop on our website and in our retail stores, the number of orders received from retail partners and the volume of orders we can handle. Unavailability of our website, our payment systems or reduced order fulfillment performance would reduce the volume of goods sold and could also materially adversely affect consumer perception of our brand. We may experience periodic system interruptions from time to time. In addition, continued growth in our transaction volume, as well as surges in online traffic and orders associated with promotional activities or seasonal trends in our business, place additional demands on our technology platform and could cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. If there is a substantial increase in the volume of traffic on our website or the number of orders placed by customers, we will be required to further expand and upgrade our technology, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure. There can be no assurance that we will be able to accurately project the rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of our website or expand and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to accommodate such increases on a timely basis. In order to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our website, which is particularly challenging given the rapid rate at which new technologies, customer preferences and expectations and industry standards and practices are evolving in the e-commerce industry. Accordingly, we redesign and enhance various functions on our website on a regular basis, and we may experience instability and performance issues as a result of these changes.

        Any slowdown or failure of our website and the underlying technology infrastructure could harm our business, reputation and our ability to acquire, retain and serve our customers, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. Our disaster recovery plan may be inadequate, and our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for the losses that could occur.

We are subject to fluctuations in the cost and availability of raw materials and fuel, which could increase our costs or disrupt our production.

        The key raw materials that are used for production of our mattress products are polyurethane foam, polyethylene foam, cotton, foundation constructions, fabrics and roll goods that consist of fiber, ticking and non-wovens. The key raw materials that are used for production of our non-mattress products, including our bedroom textiles, bedroom furnishings, sleep accessories and sleep technology products, include cotton, linen, steel, wood, plastic, LED lighting materials, fabrics and roll goods that consist of fiber, ticking and non-woven materials. The prices of the raw materials we use for our

43


Table of Contents

products vary based on market demand, supply dynamics and constraints in energy costs. Also, the cost of fuel to transport our products to market is subject to market conditions affecting supply and demand. Given the significance of the cost of these materials to our products, volatility in the prices of the underlying commodities and raw materials can significantly affect profitability. To the extent we are unable to absorb higher costs that are passed down to us from our manufacturers, or pass any such higher costs to our customers, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if these materials are not available on a timely basis or at all, our manufacturers may not be able to produce our products, and our sales may decline.

We will need to improve our financial and operational systems in order to manage our growth effectively and support our increasingly complex business arrangements, and an inability to do so could harm our business and results of operations.

        To manage our growth and our increasingly complex business operations, especially as we move into new markets internationally, we will need to upgrade our operational and financial systems and procedures, improve the coordination between our various corporate functions and expand, train and manage our workforce adequately. Our efforts to manage the expansion of our operations may place a significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources, particularly given the limited amount of financial resources and skilled employees that may be available at the time. When implementing new or changing existing processes, we may encounter transitional issues and incur substantial additional expenses. We cannot be certain that we will institute, in a timely manner or at all, the improvements to our managerial, operational, and financial systems and procedures necessary to support our anticipated increased levels of operations. Delays or problems associated with any improvement or expansion of our operational and financial systems could adversely affect our relationships with our suppliers, manufacturers, resellers and customers, harm our reputation and result in errors in our financial and other reporting, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

Increases in labor costs related to changes in employment laws and regulations could adversely impact our business.

        We are subject to a wide range of employment laws and regulations imposed by federal, state, provincial and local authorities in the countries in which we operate, especially with regard to our growing retail store operations. Our retail store operations are subject to federal, state, provincial and local laws governing such matters as minimum wages, working conditions, work scheduling, healthcare reform, paid time off, overtime pay and workers' compensation. Any legislative or regulatory changes that impact our relationship with our workforce, such as changes to minimum wage requirements or health insurance or other employee benefits mandates, could increase our expenses and adversely affect our operations. While it is our policy and practice to comply with legal and regulatory requirements and our procedures and internal controls are designed to promote such compliance, we cannot assure that all of our operations will comply with all such legal and regulatory requirements. Further, laws and regulations change over time and we may be required to incur significant expenses and/or to modify our operations in order to ensure compliance. Complying with new legislation or regulations could be time consuming and expensive, and if we are unable to offset increased labor costs related to our growing retail store operations by increased sales or improved gross margins, then this could harm our profitability or financial condition. Moreover, if we are found to be in violation of any laws or regulations, we could become subject to fines, penalties, damages or other sanctions as well as potential adverse publicity or litigation exposure. This could adversely impact our business, reputation, sales, profitability, cash flows or financial condition.

44


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to a wide variety of U.S. and foreign government laws and regulations. These laws and regulations, as well as any new or changed laws or regulations, could disrupt our operations or increase our compliance costs. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have a further adverse impact on our business.

        We are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations relating to the markets in which we operate or to various aspects of our business. Laws and regulations at the foreign, federal, state and local levels frequently change, and we cannot always reasonably predict the impact from, or the ultimate cost of compliance with, future regulatory or administrative changes. Changes in law, the imposition of new or additional regulations or the enactment of any new or more stringent legislation that impacts employment and labor, trade, advertising and marketing practices, pricing, consumer credit offerings, product testing and safety, transportation and logistics, health care, tax, accounting, privacy and data security, health and safety, financial crimes and sanctions or environmental issues, among others, could require us to change the way we do business and could have a material adverse impact on our sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition. Moreover, our production, marketing, advertising and other business practices could become the subject of proceedings before regulatory authorities or the subject of claims by other parties that could require us to alter or end those practices or adopt new practices that are not as effective or are more expensive.

        In addition, our operations are subject to federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to pollution, environmental protection, occupational health and safety and labor and employee relations. New or different laws or regulations could increase direct compliance costs for us or may cause our vendors to raise the prices they charge us because of increased compliance costs. Further, the adoption of a multi-layered regulatory approach to any one of the state or federal laws or regulations to which we are currently subject, particularly where the layers are in conflict, could require alteration of our manufacturing processes or operational parameters which may adversely impact our business. We may not be in complete compliance with all such requirements at all times and, even when we believe that we are in complete compliance, a regulatory agency may determine that we are not. Our operations could also be impacted by a number of pending legislative and regulatory proposals in the United States and other countries to address global climate change. These actions could increase costs associated with our operations, including costs for raw materials, pollution control equipment and transportation. Because it is uncertain what laws will be enacted, we cannot predict the potential impact of such laws on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Our international operations and manufacturers are subject to foreign exchange, tariff, environmental, tax and regulatory compliance risks, among others, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The imposition of tariffs in the jurisdictions in which our operations and manufacturers are located pursuant to trade laws and regulations can have a material adverse impact on our business by placing tariffs and tariff-rate quotas on the import or export of raw materials our facilities require for our production and raising the prices of such raw materials. We currently conduct significant operations in non-U.S. jurisdictions. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2018, 14.6% of our net revenue was generated outside of the United States. In addition to the potential increases in tariff rates, our Canadian and United Kingdom operations are subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, anti-dumping duties, and the potential imposition of trade restrictions and other tax increases, any of which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Government regulation of the internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

        We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the internet and e-commerce. Existing and future regulations and laws could impede the growth of the internet, e-commerce or mobile commerce. These regulations and laws may involve taxes,

45


Table of Contents

tariffs, privacy and data security, anti-spam, content protection, electronic contracts and communications, consumer protection and internet neutrality. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, and consumer privacy apply to the internet as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the internet or e-commerce. It is possible that general business regulations and laws, or those specifically governing the internet or e-commerce, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. We cannot be sure that our practices have complied, comply or will comply fully with all such laws and regulations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in damage to our reputation, a loss in business and proceedings, or actions against us by governmental entities or others. Any such proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, decrease the use of our sites by customers and suppliers and may result in the imposition of monetary liability. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any such laws or regulations. In addition, it is possible that governments of one or more countries may seek to censor content available on our website or may even attempt to completely block access to our website. Adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our business. In particular, in the event that we are restricted, in whole or in part, from operating in one or more countries, our ability to retain or increase our customer base may be adversely affected, and we may not be able to maintain or grow our net revenue and expand our business as anticipated.

Regulatory requirements related to flammability standards for mattresses may increase our product costs and increase the risk of disruption to our business.

        We are subject to a number of regulatory requirements related to flammability standards for mattress in various jurisdictions. For example, in the U.S., the federal Consumer Product Safety Commission sets flammability standards and related regulations for mattresses and mattress and foundation sets. These regulations require manufacturers to implement quality assurance programs and encourage manufacturers to conduct random testing of products. These regulations also require maintenance and retention of compliance documentation. We rely on third parties to track these requirements and retain our compliance documentation and supply chain compliance, and we are unable to control their efforts. If such third parties fail to retain compliance documentation or maintain such compliance programs, such failure could impact our business, reputation, sales, profitability, cash flows and financial condition. Moreover, these quality assurance and documentation requirements are costly to implement and maintain. If any product testing, other evidence, or regulatory inspections yield results indicating that any of our products may not meet the flammability standards, we may be required to temporarily cease production and distribution and/or to recall products from the field, and we may be subject to fines or penalties, any of which outcomes could harm our business, reputation, sales, profitability, cash flows, and financial condition.

We are subject to various advertising and marketing regulations that may result in actions against us.

        Advertising and marketing of our products are subject to regulation across various jurisdictions. For example, in the United States we are subject to regulation by the FTC under the Federal Trade Commission Act, or FTC Act. Among other things, the FTC Act prohibits unfair methods of competition and unfair false or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce. The FTC Act also makes it illegal to disseminate or cause to be disseminated any false advertisement. The FTC routinely reviews websites to identify questionable advertising claims and practices, and competitors sometimes inform the FTC when they believe other competitors are violating the FTC Act and consumers also notify the FTC of what they believe may be wrongful advertising. The FTC may initiate a non-public investigation that focuses on our advertising claims, which usually involves non-public pre-lawsuit

46


Table of Contents

extensive formal discovery. Such an investigation may be very expensive to defend, be lengthy, and result in a publicly disclosed settlement agreement. If no settlement can be reached, the FTC may start an administrative proceeding or a federal court lawsuit against us or our principal officers. The FTC often seeks to recover from the defendants any or all of the following: (i) consumer redress in the form of monetary relief or disgorgement of profits; (ii) significant reporting requirements for several years; and (iii) injunctive relief. In addition, most, if not all, states have statutes prohibiting deceptive and unfair acts and practices, and the requirements under these state statutes are similar to those of the FTC Act.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations due to seasonality and other factors, which could make sequential quarter to quarter comparison an unreliable indication of our performance.

        We have historically experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in sales and operating income. Our second and third quarter sales are typically higher than our other quarters. We attribute this seasonality principally to back-to school, home moves, and other seasonal factors, along with seasonal promotions we offer during these quarters. This seasonality means that a sequential quarter to quarter comparison may not provide a meaningful indication of our performance or how we will perform in the future.

        Other factors, many of which are outside of our control, that may cause quarterly results to fluctuate include, but are not limited to:

        Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations for the fiscal quarter in which such event occurs as well as for the entire year. Therefore, sequential period-to-period comparisons of historical quarterly operating results may not be a meaningful indicator of future performance.

47


Table of Contents

Our plans for international expansion may not be successful.

        Continued expansion into markets outside the United States is one of our key strategies for the future growth of our business. There are, however, significant costs and risks inherent in selling our products in international markets, including: (i) failure to effectively translate and establish our core brand identity, product and experience proposition; (ii) time and difficulty in building our e-commerce platform and/or a widespread network of retail stores and retail partners; (iii) increased shipping and distribution costs, which could increase our expenses and reduce our margins; (iv) potentially lower margins; (v) longer collection cycles in some regions; (vi) increased competition from local providers of similar products; (vii) compliance with local laws and regulations, including taxes and duties, labor laws, and enhanced privacy laws, rules, and regulations, particularly in the European Union; (viii) establishing and maintaining effective internal controls at foreign locations and the associated increased costs; (ix) increased counterfeiting and the uncertainty of protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing rights abroad; (x) compliance with anti-bribery, anti-corruption, economic sanctions, and anti-money laundering laws, such as the FCPA, the Bribery Act, and OFAC regulations, by us, our employees, and our business partners; (xi) currency exchange rate fluctuations and related effects on our results of operations; (xii) economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in foreign economies and markets; (m) compliance with tax, employment, immigration, and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad; (xiii) workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States; (xiv) business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters, including earthquakes, typhoons, floods, and fires; (xv) the imposition of tariffs on products that we import into international markets that could make such products more expensive compared to those of our competitors; (xvi) that our ability to expand internationally could be impacted by the intellectual property rights of third parties that conflict with or are superior to ours; (xvii) our inability to find suitable mergers and acquisitions targets to help expand our business abroad; (xviii) sharing of data and information across borders; and (xix) other costs and risks of doing business internationally.

        These and other factors could harm our international operations and, consequently, harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, we may incur significant operating expenses as a result of our planned international expansion, and it may not be successful. We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices internationally, and we may not be able to penetrate or successfully operate in new markets. We may also encounter difficulty expanding into international markets because of limited brand recognition, leading to delayed or limited acceptance of our products by customers in these markets, and increased marketing and customer acquisition costs to establish our brand. Accordingly, if we are unable to successfully expand internationally or manage the complexity of our global operations, we may not achieve the expected benefits of this expansion and our financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to provide consumers a cost-effective shopping platform that is able to respond and adapt to rapid changes in technology.

        The number of people who access the internet through devices other than personal computers, including mobile phones, smartphones, handheld computers such as notebooks and tablets, video game consoles, and television set-top devices, has increased dramatically in the past few years. A significant amount of our sales are made through mobile and other handheld devices. The smaller screen size, functionality, and memory associated with some alternative devices may make the use of our sites and purchasing our products more difficult. The versions of our sites developed for these devices may not be compelling to customers. In addition, it is time consuming and costly to keep pace with rapidly changing and continuously evolving technology.

        While our website is currently mobile-optimized, as new mobile devices and platforms are released, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing applications for alternative

48


Table of Contents

devices and platforms, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support and maintenance of such applications. If we are unable to attract customers to our website through these devices or are slow to develop a version of our website that is more compatible with alternative devices or a mobile application, we may fail to capture a significant share of customers in the markets in which we operate, which could adversely affect our business.

        Further, we continually upgrade existing technologies and business applications, and we may be required to implement new technologies or business applications in the future. The implementation of upgrades and changes requires significant investments. Our results of operations may be affected by the timing, effectiveness and costs associated with the successful implementation of any upgrades or changes to our systems and infrastructure. In the event that it is more difficult for our customers to buy products from us on their mobile devices, or if our customers choose not to buy products from us on their mobile devices or to use mobile products that do not offer access to our websites, our customer growth could be harmed and our business, financial condition, and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

We rely significantly on information technology, or IT, and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security lapse of that technology, or any failure by us or our service providers to adequately protect our or third-party information assets from cyber-based attacks or other incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Our ability to effectively manage our business depends significantly on our IT systems. The failure of our current systems, including our main operating system, JD Edwards, or future upgrades, to operate effectively or to integrate with other systems, or a breach in security of these systems could cause reduced efficiency or result in a shutdown of our operations, and remediation of any such failure, problem or breach could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        We are increasingly dependent on IT, including the internet, for the storage, processing, and transmission of electronic, business-related, information assets of ours, our customers and suppliers. We leverage our internal IT infrastructures, and those of our service providers, to enable, sustain, and support our business interests. In the event that we or our service providers are unable to prevent, detect, and remediate cyber-based attacks, computer viruses, breaches of customer privacy or other security incidents in a timely manner, our operations could be disrupted or we could incur financial, legal or reputational losses arising from misappropriation, misuse, leakage, falsification or intentional or accidental release or loss of information maintained in our information systems and networks, including personal information of our employees and our customers. Furthermore, any compromise of our or our third-party partners' security could result in a violation of applicable security, privacy or data protection, consumer and other laws, regulatory or other governmental investigations, enforcement actions, and legal and financial exposure, including potential contractual liability. In addition, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce our employees or employees of our vendors to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data. Like other companies, we have on occasion and will continue to experience, threats to our data and systems such as phishing, malware and distributed denial-of-service attacks and attacks to our e-commerce order technology, although no such attack has had a material impact on our operations. The number and complexity of these threats continue to increase over time. Although we develop and maintain systems and controls designed to prevent these events from occurring, and we have a process to identify and mitigate threats, the development, and maintenance of these systems, controls, and processes require ongoing monitoring and updating as technologies change and efforts to overcome security measures become more sophisticated. Despite our efforts, the possibility of these events occurring cannot be eliminated entirely.

49


Table of Contents

        Further, we house many of our systems offsite at a third-party data center in the Eastern United States. Our data center may likewise be subject to cyber-attacks or other technology-related incidents, and also break-ins, sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism that could cause disruptions in our ability to serve our customers and protect data. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. The occurrence of a natural disaster, intentional sabotage or other anticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions to our service. Any errors or vulnerability in our systems or damage to or failure of our systems, or a third-party data center hosting our data, could result in interruptions in our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Security breaches and other security incidents, including any breaches of our security measures or those of parties with whom we have commercial relationships (e.g., third-party data centers) that result in the unauthorized access of our customers' confidential, proprietary or personal data, or the belief that any of these have occurred, could damage our reputation and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability.

Failure to comply with federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition.

        A variety of federal, state and foreign laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of consumer data. Laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. These requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may conflict with other rules or our practices. As a result, our practices may not have complied or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any federal, state or foreign privacy or consumer protection-related laws, regulations, industry self-regulatory principles, industry standards or codes of conduct, regulatory guidance, orders to which we may be subject or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection could adversely affect our reputation, brand and business, and may result in claims, investigations, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others or other liabilities or require us to change our operations and/or cease using certain data sets.

        We collect, store, process, and use personal information and other customer data, and we rely on third parties that are not directly under our control to manage certain of these operations and to collect, store, process and use payment information. Our customers' personal information may include names, addresses, phone numbers, email addresses, payment card data, and payment account information, as well as other information. Due to the volume and sensitivity of the personal information and data we and these third parties manage, the security features of our information systems are critical. If our security measures, some of which are managed by third parties, are breached or fail, unauthorized persons may be able to access sensitive customer data, including payment card data. If we or our independent service providers or business partners experience a breach of systems that collect, store or process our customers' sensitive data, our brand could be harmed, sales of our products could decrease, and we could be exposed to claims, losses, administrative fines, litigation or regulatory and governmental investigations and proceedings. Any such claim, investigation, proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, brand and business, force us to incur significant expenses in defense of such proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, result in a loss of customers and suppliers and may result in the imposition of monetary penalties and administrative fines. Depending on the nature of the information compromised, we may also have obligations to notify users, law enforcement, or payment companies about the incident and may need to provide some form of remedy, such as refunds, for the individuals affected by the incident.

50


Table of Contents

        Federal, state and foreign governmental authorities continue to evaluate the privacy implications inherent in the use of third-party "cookies" and other methods of online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes. U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, have considered or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict the ability of companies and individuals to engage in these activities, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tracking tools or the use of data gathered with such tools. For example, the GDPR (as defined below) also imposes additional conditions in order to satisfy such consent, such as a prohibition on pre-checked consent tick boxes and on bundled consents thereby requiring customers to affirmatively consent for a given purpose through separate tick boxes or other affirmative action. Additionally, some providers of consumer devices and web browsers have implemented, or announced plans to implement, means to make it easier for internet users to prevent the placement of cookies or to block other tracking technologies, which could if widely adopted result in the use of third-party cookies and other methods of online tracking becoming significantly less effective. The regulation of the use of these cookies and other current online tracking and advertising practices or a loss in our ability to make effective use of services that employ such technologies could increase our costs of operations and limit our ability to acquire new customers on cost-effective terms and consequently, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

        As we expand internationally, we will be subject to additional privacy rules, many of which, such as the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR (which went into effect on May 25, 2018), and national laws supplementing the GDPR (such as in the United Kingdom, the Data Protection Act 2018) are significantly more stringent than those currently enforced in the United States. The law requires companies to meet stringent requirements regarding the handling of personal data of individuals located in the European Economic Area, or EEA. These more stringent requirements include expanded disclosures to inform customers about how we may use their personal data through external privacy notices, increased controls on profiling customers and increased rights for data subjects (including customers and employees) to access, control and delete their personal data. In addition, there are mandatory data breach notification requirements. The law also includes significant penalties for non-compliance, which may result in monetary penalties of up to the higher of €20 million or 4% of a group's worldwide turnover for the preceding financial year for the most serious violations (as well as the right to compensation for financial or non-financial damages claimed by any individuals under Article 82 GDPR). The GDPR and other similar regulations require companies to give specific types of notice and informed consent is required for the placement of a cookie or similar technologies on a user's device for online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes and for direct electronic marketing, and the GDPR also imposes additional conditions in order to satisfy such consent, such as a prohibition on pre-checked tick boxes and bundled consents, thereby requiring customers to affirmatively consent for a given purpose through separate tick boxes or other affirmative action. In addition, the United Kingdom leaving the European Union could also lead to further legislative and regulatory changes by the planned exit date of January 31, 2020. It remains unclear how the United Kingdom data protection laws or regulations will develop in the medium to longer term and how data transfer to the United Kingdom from the European Union will be regulated, especially if the United Kingdom leaves the European Union without a deal. However, the United Kingdom has transposed the GDPR into domestic law with the Data Protection Act 2018 which will remain in force, even if and when the United Kingdom leaves the EU.

        Privacy laws, rules, and regulations are constantly evolving in the United States and abroad and may be inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another. Cultural norms around privacy or data protection also vary country to country and can drive a need to localize or customize our product in order to address varied privacy or data protection concerns, which can add cost and time to our development. We expect that new industry standards, laws and regulations will continue to be proposed regarding privacy, data protection and information security in many jurisdictions, including the California

51


Table of Contents

Consumer Privacy Act, which went into effect on January 1, 2020. We cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Complying with these evolving obligations is costly. For instance, expanding definitions and interpretations of what constitutes "personal data" (or the equivalent) within the EEA, the United States and elsewhere may increase our compliance costs. Any failure to comply could give rise to unwanted media attention and other negative publicity, damage our customer and consumer relationships and reputation, and result in lost sales, claims, administrative fines, lawsuits or regulatory and governmental investigations and proceedings and may harm our business and results of operations.

        Outside of the United States, the United Kingdom and the EEA, there are many countries with data protection laws, and new countries are adopting data protection legislation with increasing frequency. Many of these laws may require consent from customers for the use of data for various purposes, including marketing, which may reduce our ability to market our products. There is no harmonized approach to these laws and regulations globally. Consequently, we increase our risk of non-compliance with applicable foreign data protection laws and regulations as we continue our international expansion. We may need to change and limit the way we use personal information in operating our business and may have difficulty maintaining a single operating model that is compliant. Compliance with such laws and regulations will result in additional costs and may necessitate changes to our business practices and divergent operating models, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, adversely affect our business and financial condition, and subject us to additional liabilities.

        In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies, or self-regulatory organizations, may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations or issue revised rules or guidance regarding privacy, data protection and consumer protection. For example, in the European Union the ePrivacy Directive (which amongst other matters, regulates the use of cookies and other similar technologies) will be replaced by an EU regulation known as the ePrivacy Regulation, which is still under development and will soon replace current national laws that implement the ePrivacy Directive. The draft ePrivacy Regulation retains the GDPR's additional consent conditions and also imposes strict opt-in marketing rules on direct marketing that is "presented" on a web page rather than sent by email, alters rules on third-party cookies and similar technology and significantly increases penalties for breach of the rules. As the text of the ePrivacy Regulation is still under development and currently in draft form, and as further guidance is issued and interpretation of both the ePrivacy Regulation and the GDPR develop, it is difficult to assess the impact of the ePrivacy Regulation on our business or operations, but it may require us to modify our data practices and policies and we could incur substantial costs as a result. Further regulation and interpretation of existing regulation of cookies and similar technologies may lead to broader restrictions on our marketing and personalization activities and may negatively impact our efforts to understand users' internet usage, as well as the effectiveness of our marketing and our business generally. Such regulations may have a negative effect on businesses, including ours, that collect and use online usage information for consumer acquisition and marketing, it may increase the cost of operating a business that collects or uses such information and undertakes online marketing, it may also increase regulatory scrutiny and increase potential civil liability under data protection or consumer protection laws. Any such changes may force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices. This could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy effectively and may adversely affect our ability to acquire customers or otherwise harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We are subject to risks related to online payment methods.

        We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit card and debit card. As we offer new payment options to customers, we may be subject to additional regulations, compliance requirements and fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower

52


Table of Contents

profitability. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules and certification requirements, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. As our business changes, we may also be subject to different rules under existing standards, which may require new assessments that involve costs above what we currently pay for compliance. If we fail to comply with the rules or requirements of any provider of a payment method we accept, if the volume of fraud in our transactions limits or terminates our rights to use payment methods we currently accept, or if a data breach occurs relating to our payment systems, we may, among other things, be subject to fines or higher transaction fees and may lose, or face restrictions placed upon, our ability to accept credit card and debit card payments from customers or facilitate other types of online payments. If any of these events were to occur, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be materially adversely affected. We occasionally receive orders placed with fraudulent credit card data. We may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even if the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions. If we are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, our liability for these transactions could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may not be able to attract and retain qualified key personnel. If we lose the services of these individuals or are unable to attract new talent, it could impair our ability to execute our business strategy and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our success depends, in significant part, on the continued services of our executive leadership team and on our ability to attract, motivate, develop and retain a sufficient number of qualified key employees, including management, manufacturing and quality assurance, engineering, design, finance, marketing, sales and support personnel. Our executive leadership team has extensive experience in the consumer products industry, and we believe that the depth of our executive leadership team is instrumental to our continued success. The loss of any one or more members of our executive leadership team, including Philip Krim, our Chief Executive Officer, Neil Parikh, our Chief Strategy Officer, and Jeffrey Chapin, our Chief Product Officer, for any reason, including resignation or retirement, could impair our ability to execute our business strategy and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Competition for qualified key personnel can be strong, and we can provide no assurance that we will be successful in attracting or retaining such personnel now or in the future. Our inability to recruit, develop and retain qualified employees may result in high employee turnover and may force us to pay significantly higher wages, which may harm our profitability. Further, we do not carry key man insurance for any of our management executives, and the loss of any key employee or our inability to recruit, develop and retain these individuals as needed, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We may face exposure to product liability claims and recalls, which could reduce our liquidity and profitability and reduce consumer confidence in our products and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims if the use of any of our products results in personal injury or property damage. In the event that any of our products prove to be defective or if they are determined not to meet state or federal legal requirements or the legal requirements of other jurisdictions in which we operate, particularly in the United Kingdom and Canada, we may be required to recall or redesign those products, which could be costly and impact our profitability. Further, because we do not manufacture our products, we are partially dependent on our manufacturers to maintain our high standards of quality. The insurance we maintain against product

53


Table of Contents

liability claims may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us and such coverage may not be adequate to cover the types of liabilities actually incurred. A successful claim brought against us, if not fully covered by available insurance coverage or any claim or product recall that results in significant adverse publicity against us and damage our reputation, could result in customers purchasing fewer of our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

An increase in our return rates beyond historical levels could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, cash flows and reputation.

        Our return rates may not remain within our historical levels. An increase in return rates could significantly impair our liquidity and profitability. We currently offer trial periods of up to 100 nights on our mattresses, bedroom textiles and pillows, which allow customers to return any of these products if they are not satisfied on or prior to the expiration of the 100-night period. In addition, we offer a 30-day trial policy on most other product lines. Although historical costs to us of honoring returns during offered trial periods have been within management's expectations, we have released new products in recent years that are fairly early in their product life cycles, and the return rates for such new products may not align with our expectations. If we have higher than expected return rates, our revenue could be materially adversely impacted.

Our current and future products may experience quality problems from time to time that can result in warranty claims which may decrease our operating margin.

        Our mattresses and other sleep products generally offer a limited manufacturer's warranty against certain types of defects, or Limited Warranty, of 20 years or less, with our mattresses having a Limited Warranty of 10 years and our adjustable bed frames having a Limited Warranty of 20 years. Although we extensively and rigorously test new and enhanced products, there can be no assurance we will be able to detect, prevent, or fix all defects. Because certain of our products have not been in use by our customers for the full warranty period, we have limited information with which to evaluate the likelihood and magnitude of a potential warranty claim. The manufacturers of our mattresses and other sleep products are generally contractually obligated to cover warranty claims we submit to them. If, however, the actual amount of warranty claims we submit to manufacturers exceeds the amount of warranty claims the manufacturers are willing or able to cover, we may have to pay the incremental amount of such claims, which would decrease our operating margin.

Any acquisitions, partnerships or joint ventures that we enter into could disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        From time to time, we may evaluate potential strategic acquisitions of businesses, including partnerships or joint ventures with third parties. We may not be successful in identifying acquisition, partnership and joint venture candidates. In addition, we may not be able to continue the operational success of such businesses or successfully finance or integrate any businesses that we acquire or with which we form a partnership or joint venture. We may have potential write-offs of acquired assets and/or an impairment of any goodwill recorded as a result of acquisitions. Furthermore, the integration of any acquisition may divert management's time and resources from our core business and disrupt our operations or may result in conflicts with our business. Any acquisition, partnership or joint venture may not be successful, may reduce our cash reserves, may negatively affect our earnings and financial performance and, to the extent financed with the proceeds of debt, may increase our indebtedness. We cannot ensure that any acquisition, partnership or joint venture we make will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

54


Table of Contents

We are currently, and may in the future, become involved in legal or regulatory proceedings and/or audits, including intellectual property rights claims, which, if resolved adversely, could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Our business requires compliance with many laws and regulations, including intellectual property, labor and employment, sales and other taxes, customs, and consumer protection laws and ordinances that regulate retailers generally and/or govern the production, importation, promotion, and sale of merchandise, and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to lawsuits and other proceedings. The costs of supporting litigation and dispute resolution proceedings are considerable, and there can be no assurances that a favorable outcome will be obtained. We may need to settle litigation and disputes on terms that are unfavorable to us, or we may be subject to an unfavorable judgment that may not be reversible upon appeal. The terms of any settlement or judgment may require us to cease some or all of our operations or pay substantial amounts to the other party. Even if we were to prevail in such a litigation or dispute, it could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. During the course of any litigation or dispute, we may make announcements regarding the results of hearings and motions and other interim developments. If securities analysts and investors regard these announcements as negative, the market price of our common stock may decline. We may become involved in a number of legal proceedings and audits, including government and agency investigations, and consumer, employment, tort, and other litigation. The outcome of some of these legal proceedings, audits, and other contingencies could require us to take, or refrain from taking, actions that could harm our operations or require us to pay substantial amounts of money, harming our financial condition, and results of operations.

        From time to time, we are subject to claims, complaints or litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property or similar rights. As we face increasing competition and gain an increasingly high profile, the possibility of intellectual property claims and other assertions against us grows. With respect to any intellectual property rights claim, we may have to seek a license to continue to sell products found to be in violation of third-party rights, which may not be available on reasonable terms and may significantly increase our operating expenses. A license to continue selling certain products may not be available to us at all, and we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology or discontinue product lines. The development of alternative, non-infringing technology could require significant effort and expense. Additionally, defending against these lawsuits and proceedings may be necessary, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management's attention and resources, harming our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        As a result, any pending or future legal or regulatory proceedings and/or audits could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from growing.

        In the future, we could be required to raise capital through public or private financing or other arrangements. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and our failure to raise capital when needed could harm our business. We may sell common stock, convertible securities and other equity securities or debt securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner as we may determine from time to time. If we sell any such securities in subsequent transactions, investors may be materially diluted.

        New investors in such subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. Debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants

55


Table of Contents

and could reduce our operational flexibility or profitability. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to grow our business or respond to competitive pressures.

Our business relies heavily on email, and any restrictions on the sending of emails or an inability to timely deliver such communications could materially adversely affect our net revenue and business.

        Our business is highly dependent upon email for promoting our website and products. Periodic promotions offered through emails sent by us generate a portion of our net revenue. We provide periodic emails to customers and other visitors informing them of what is available for purchase on our website that day, and we believe these messages are an important part of our customer experience and help generate a portion of our net revenue. If we are unable to successfully deliver emails or other messages to our subscribers, or if subscribers decline to open our emails or other messages, our net revenue and profitability would be materially adversely affected. Changes in how webmail applications organize and prioritize email may reduce the number of subscribers opening our emails. For example, Google's Gmail service has a feature that organizes incoming emails into categories (for example, primary, social and promotions). Such categorization or similar inbox organizational features may result in our emails being delivered in a less prominent location in a subscriber's inbox or viewed as "spam" by our subscribers and may reduce the likelihood of that subscriber opening our emails. Actions by third parties to block, impose restrictions on or charge for the delivery of emails or other messages could also adversely impact our business. From time to time, internet service providers or other third parties may block bulk email transmissions or otherwise experience technical difficulties that result in our inability to successfully deliver emails or other messages to third parties. Changes in the laws or regulations that limit our ability to send such communications or impose additional requirements upon us in connection with sending such communications. Our use of email and other messaging services to send communications about our sites or other matters may also result in legal claims against us, which may cause us increased expenses, and if successful might result in fines and orders with costly reporting and compliance obligations or might limit or prohibit our ability to send emails or other messages. We also rely on social networking messaging services to send communications and to encourage customers to send communications. Changes to the terms of these social networking services to limit promotional communications, any restrictions that would limit our ability or our customers' ability to send communications through their services, disruptions or downtime experienced by these social networking services or decline in the use of or engagement with social networking services by customers and potential customers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our corporate tax rate may increase, we may incur additional income tax liabilities and we may incur costs in complying with changing tax laws in the United States and abroad, which could adversely impact our cash flow, financial condition, and results of operations.

        We are subject to taxation in various jurisdictions. In preparing our financial statements, we calculate our effective income tax rate based on current tax laws and regulations and the estimated taxable income within each of these jurisdictions. Our effective income tax rate, however, may be higher due to numerous factors, including changes in tax laws or regulations, changes in our tax filing positions or the taxing authority and judicial ruling against tax positions we have claimed. For example, the U.S. government recently enacted significant tax reform, and certain provisions of the new law may adversely affect us. Changes include, but are not limited to, a federal corporate tax rate decrease to 21.0% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, limitations on interest expense deductions, the immediate expensing of certain capital expenditures, the adoption of elements of a partially territorial tax system, new anti-base erosion provisions, a reduction to the maximum deduction allowed for U.S. federal net operating losses, or NOLs, generated in tax years after December 31, 2017 and providing for indefinite carryforwards for losses generated in tax years after December 31, 2017. The legislation is unclear in many respects and could be subject to potential amendments and technical corrections, and

56


Table of Contents

will be subject to interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and Internal Revenue Service, any of which could mitigate or increase certain adverse effects of the legislation. In addition, it is unclear how these U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation.

        Additionally, tax authorities at the foreign, federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce. New or revised foreign, federal, state or local tax regulations or court decisions may subject us or our customers to additional sales, income and other taxes. For example, on June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court rendered a 5-4 majority decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair Inc., 17-494 where the Court held, among other things, that a state may require an out-of-state seller with no physical presence in the state to collect and remit sales taxes on goods the seller ships to customers in the state, overturning existing court precedent. While we do not expect the Court's decision to have a significant impact on our business, other new or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes, VAT and similar taxes could increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of selling products over the internet. New taxes and rulings could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture data and collect and remit taxes.

        Also, officials in non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we do business have proposed, or announced that they are reviewing tax increases, and other revenue raising laws and regulations. Any resulting changes in tax laws or regulations could impose new restrictions, costs or prohibitions on our current practices and reduce our net income and adversely affect our cash flows. Generally, future changes in applicable tax laws and regulations, or their interpretation and application could have an adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, and results of operations.

We may be limited in our ability to utilize, or may not be able to utilize, net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to reduce our future tax liability.

        As of December 31, 2018, we had U.S. federal NOL carryforwards of approximately $157.1 million, which may be limited annually due to certain change in ownership provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and other limitations in the Code. Our 2018 federal NOL carryforward of $64.8 million does not expire. Our federal NOL carryforwards of $92.4 million incurred prior to 2018 will begin to expire in 2035 and will completely expire in 2037. Please refer to Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a further discussion of the carryforward of our NOLs and other tax attributes. As of December 31, 2018, we maintain a full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets.

        Utilization of NOLs generated in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 is limited to a maximum of 80% of the taxable income for such year determined without regard to the NOL deduction. In addition, "ownership changes" (generally defined as greater than 50-percentage-point cumulative changes in the equity ownership of certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period) under Section 382 of the Code may further limit our ability to utilize our pre-change NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes to reduce our taxable income in periods following the ownership changes. The issuance of common stock contemplated herein may result in an ownership change, and we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our common stock ownership. In general, were an ownership change to occur, our ability to utilize federal NOL carryforwards would be limited annually to an amount equal to the aggregate value of our equity at the time of the ownership change multiplied by a specified tax-exempt interest rate, subject to increase by certain built-in gains. The utilization of our state NOL carryforwards may also be limited due to state tax regulations relating to ownership changes.

57


Table of Contents

Valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the basis differences reverse. We are required to evaluate the recoverability of our deferred tax assets regularly and establish a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce our deferred tax assets to an amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realizable. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, we consider many factors, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in prior carryback years and implementation of any feasible and prudent tax planning strategies management would employ to realize the tax benefit.

        Inherent in the provision for income taxes are estimates regarding the deductibility of certain items, the timing of income and expense recognition and the current or future realization of operating losses, capital losses, certain tax credits and future enacted changes in applicable tax rates as well as the tax base. In the event these estimates differ from our prior estimates due to the receipt of new information, we may be required to significantly change the provision for income taxes recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Any such change could significantly affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements in the year these estimates change. A further significant decline in value of assets incorporated into our tax planning strategies could lead to an increase of our valuation allowance on deferred tax assets having an adverse effect on current and future results.

We may need to recognize impairment charges related to identified intangible assets and fixed assets.

        We are required to test any intangible asset with an indefinite life for possible impairment on the same date each year and on an interim basis if there are indicators of a possible impairment. There is significant judgment required in the analysis of a potential impairment of identified intangible assets and fixed assets. If, as a result of a general economic slowdown or deterioration in one or more of the markets in which we operate or in our financial performance or future outlook, or if the estimated fair value of our long-lived assets decreases, we may determine that one or more of our long-lived assets is impaired. An impairment charge would be determined based on the estimated fair value of the assets and any such impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to many hazards and operational risks that can disrupt our business, some of which may not be insured or fully covered by insurance.

        Our operations are subject to many hazards and operational risks inherent to our business, including: (i) general business risks; (ii) product liability; (iii) product recall; and (iv) damage to third parties, our infrastructure, or properties caused by fires, floods and other natural disasters, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, human errors, and similar events.

        Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover our liabilities related to such hazards or operational risks. In addition, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable and commercially justifiable, and insurance may not continue to be available on terms as favorable as our current arrangements. The occurrence of a significant uninsured claim, or a claim in excess of the insurance coverage limits maintained by us could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

58


Table of Contents

Terrorist attacks in the United States or against U.S. targets, actual or threatened acts of war or the escalation of current hostilities involving the United States or its allies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        Terrorist attacks in the United States or against U.S. targets, actual or threatened acts of war (declared or undeclared) or the escalation of current hostilities involving the United States or its allies, or any other military or trade disruptions impacting our domestic or foreign suppliers of components of our products, may impact our operations by, among other things, causing supply chain disruptions. These events could also cause an increase in oil or other commodity prices, which could adversely affect our raw materials or transportation costs. These events also could cause or act to prolong an economic recession in the United States or abroad. More generally, any of these events could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease, which could adversely impact our product sales. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Natural disasters, whether or not caused by climate change, unusual weather conditions, epidemic outbreaks, terrorist acts and political events could disrupt business and result in lower sales and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial performance and results of operations.

        The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as tornadoes, hurricanes, fires, floods and earthquakes, unusual weather conditions, epidemic outbreaks such as Ebola, Zika or measles, terrorist attacks or disruptive political events in certain regions where our retail stores, distribution centers and other facilities are located, or where our manufacturers', suppliers' and retail partners' facilities are located, could adversely affect our business and result in lower sales. Severe weather, such as heavy snowfall or extreme temperatures, may discourage or restrict customers in a particular region from traveling to our retail stores, thereby reducing our sales and profitability. Natural disasters including tornados, hurricanes, floods and earthquakes may damage our facilities or those of our suppliers or retailers or our other operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. To the extent these events also impact one or more of our manufacturers, suppliers, retail partners or retailers or result in the closure of the facilities of any of their facilities or our facilities, we may be unable to maintain inventory balances, maintain delivery schedules or provide other support functions to our stores. In addition, the disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have certain indebtedness and this level of indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate sufficient cash to fulfill our obligations under such indebtedness, to react to changes in our business and to incur additional indebtedness to fund future needs.

        As of September 30, 2019, we had $15.9 million outstanding under the Senior Secured Facility (as defined in the section entitled "Description of Certain Indebtedness"), and $25.0 million outstanding under the Subordinated Facility (as defined in the section entitled "Description of Certain Indebtedness"), and $7.6 million of letters of credit issued pursuant to the Senior Secured Facility. Our net interest expense (excluding interest expense attributable to taxes and interest income) was $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

59


Table of Contents

        Our certain indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences for our business. For example, it could:

        If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would result in a default under our debt instruments and would allow the lenders under our Senior Secured Facility and Subordinated Facility to terminate their commitments to lend additional money or foreclose against the assets, if any, securing their borrowings, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. In addition, any failure to make payments on our outstanding indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. In the absence of such results of operations and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our Senior Secured Facility and Subordinated Facility restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. We may not be able to consummate any such dispositions or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

        In addition, indebtedness under our Subordinated Facility and Senior Secured Facility bears interest at variable rates. Because we have variable rate debt, fluctuations in interest rates may affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. We may attempt to minimize interest rate risk and lower our overall borrowing costs through the utilization of derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swaps.

60


Table of Contents

Restrictions imposed by our debt instruments may limit the ability of our subsidiaries to operate their business and to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.

        The terms of our debt instruments restrict certain of our subsidiaries from engaging in specified types of transactions. These covenants restrict our ability and the ability of the borrowers and subsidiaries, among other things, to: incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make investments, make capital expenditures in excess of a certain amount, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of our business or property, engage in affiliate transactions, create liens, or consolidate or merge. Our ability to comply with these restrictions can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to maintain compliance with them. A breach of any of these covenants would be an event of default.

        Although the terms of our Subordinated Facility and Senior Secured Facility contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness by us or our subsidiaries, as applicable, these restrictions are subject to a number of important exceptions, and indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we and our subsidiaries incur significant additional indebtedness, the related risks to our financial condition could increase.

        In the event of a default under any of our current or future debt instruments, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under such debt instruments, to be immediately due and payable or in the case of our Subordinated Facility, may terminate their commitments to lend additional money. If the indebtedness under any of our debt instruments were to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our management team will have immediate and broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, to fund growth and for other general corporate purposes, including the repayment of approximately $             million of borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Facility. See "Use of Proceeds." However, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds. Our stockholders may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate the net proceeds from this offering and will not have the opportunity as part of their investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce value. The decisions made by our management may not result in positive returns on your investment and you will not have an opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information upon which our management bases its decisions.

Our common stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

        Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our common stock. It is possible that after this offering an active trading market will not develop or continue or, if developed, that any market will be sustained, which could make it difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters based upon a number of factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following the consummation of this offering. See "Underwriters." Consequently, you may not be able to sell your shares of common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.

61


Table of Contents

        Many factors, which are outside our control, may cause the market price for shares of our common stock to fluctuate significantly, including those described elsewhere in this "Risk Factors" section and this prospectus, as well as the following:

        These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock is low. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

        We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness. As a result, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, certain restrictions related to our indebtedness, industry trends and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Any such decision will also be subject to compliance with contractual restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness. In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness, the terms of which may further restrict or prevent us from paying dividends on our common stock. As a result, you may have to sell some or all of your common stock after price appreciation in order to generate cash flow from your investment, which you

62


Table of Contents

may not be able to do. Our inability or decision not to pay dividends, particularly when others in our industry have elected to do so, could also adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The issuance by us of additional shares of common stock or convertible securities could make it difficult for another company to acquire us, may dilute your ownership of us and could adversely affect our stock price.

        In connection with this offering, we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 providing for the registration of shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our long-term incentive plan. Subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions and the expiration of lockup agreements, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for resale immediately in the public market without restriction. From time to time in the future, we may also issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock pursuant to a variety of transactions, including acquisitions. The issuance by us of additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock would dilute your ownership of us and the sale of a significant amount of such shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.

        In the future, we expect to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our capital stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity, or shares of preferred stock. Issuing additional shares of our capital stock, other equity securities, or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders, reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing, or nature of our future offerings. As a result, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute their percentage ownership. See "Description of Capital Stock."

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

        The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of                    shares of our common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold or issued in this offering (or                        shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        The remaining outstanding shares of common stock held by our existing owners after this offering will be subject to certain restrictions on resale. We, our executive officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain customary exceptions, restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock and certain other securities held by them for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time

63


Table of Contents

without notice, release all or any portion of the shares or securities subject to any such lock-up agreements. See "Underwriters" for a description of these lock-up agreements.

        Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, all of such shares (or         shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will be eligible for resale in a public market, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other described in "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised financial accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the extended transition period for adopting new or revised financial statements under the JOBS Act as an emerging growth company.

        We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is at least $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period, or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of the date of this prospectus occurs.

        For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may also take advantage of other exemptions from certain reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, exemption from any rules that may be adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor's report on financial statements, extended transition periods for complying with new accounting standards, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute arrangements, and reduced financial reporting requirements. Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions, which could result in a less active trading market for our common stock, increased price fluctuation, and a decrease in the trading price of our common stock.

The obligations associated with being a public company will involve significant expenses and will require significant resources and management attention, which may divert from our business operations.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. Additionally, most of our management team, including our Chief Executive Officer, have never managed a publicly traded company, and as a result, do not have experience in complying with the increasingly complex and changing legal and regulatory landscape in which public companies operate. Our entire management team and many of our other employees will need to devote substantial time to compliance, and may not effectively or efficiently manage our transition into a public company.

64


Table of Contents

        In addition, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may also divert management's attention from implementing our business strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal control over financial reporting, including IT controls, and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. If we do not continue to develop and implement the right processes and tools to manage our changing enterprise and maintain our culture, our ability to compete successfully and achieve our business objectives could be impaired, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our general and administrative expenses.

        These rules and regulations result in our incurring legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

As a public reporting company, we will be subject to rules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC regarding our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, or report them in a timely manner.

        Upon consummation of this offering, we will become a public reporting company subject to the rules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC and the NYSE. These rules and regulations will require, among other things that we establish and periodically evaluate procedures with respect to our internal control over financial reporting. Reporting obligations as a public company are likely to place a considerable strain on our financial and management systems, processes and controls, as well as on our personnel.

        In addition, as a public company, we will be required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act so that our management can certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(a), requires that beginning with our second annual report following our initial public offering, management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(b), requires our independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we have opted to rely on the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act, and consequently will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) until such time as we are no longer an "emerging growth company." We expect our first Section 404(a) assessment will take place for our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2020. In order to comply with these rules, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, we will need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff and provide additional management oversight. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

        If our senior management is unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, or to certify the effectiveness of such controls, or if our independent registered

65


Table of Contents

public accounting firm cannot render an unqualified opinion on management's assessment and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at such time as it is required to do so, or if material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting are identified, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, a loss of public and investor confidence, and to litigation from investors and stockholders, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and our stock price. In addition, if we do not maintain adequate financial and management personnel, processes and controls, we may not be able to manage our business effectively or accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis, which could cause a decline in our common stock price and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the NYSE or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate this material weakness, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations and investors may lose confidence in our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

        Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. In connection with this offering, we intend to continue the process of documenting, reviewing, and improving our internal controls and procedures for compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the year ending December 31, 2021.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements, we determined that a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting existed. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

        We determined that we had a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting for insufficient period end cut-off procedures related to accounting for certain operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2018. This material weakness contributed to errors in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 which resulted in overstatement of accrued liabilities, overstatement of sales and marketing expense, and overstatement of general and administrative expense. To remediate this material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and address the deficiency in our accounting processes, we plan to hire additional accounting personnel, enhance and document accounting policies and procedures, and implement additional management review controls. While we intend to implement a plan to remediate this material weakness, we cannot predict the success of such plan or the outcome of our assessment of these plans and our material weakness remains unremediated at this time. We can give no assurance that implementing these remediation measures will resolve this material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or that material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. If we are unable to remediate this material weakness, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations and investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. We

66


Table of Contents

could also become subject to investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Anti-takeover provisions in our governing documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, and limit the market price of our common stock.

        Our Amended Charter, Amended Bylaws and Delaware law contain or will contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Among other things, our Amended Charter and/or Amended Bylaws will include the following provisions:

        These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management. As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, which prevents interested stockholders, such as certain stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock, from engaging in certain business combinations unless (i) prior to the time such stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board approved the transaction that resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the common stock, or (iii) following board approval, the business combination receives the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock not held by such interested stockholder at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

        Any provision of our Amended Charter, Amended Bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our Amended Charter will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

        Our Amended Charter, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought

67


Table of Contents

on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees or stockholders to us or to our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the DGCL, the Amended Charter or the Amended Bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers exclusive jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that the exclusive forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our Amended Charter to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our Amended Charter will provide that the doctrine of "corporate opportunity" does not apply with respect to any officer, director or stockholder who is not employed by us or our subsidiaries.

        Our Amended Charter will provide that the doctrine of "corporate opportunity" does not apply with respect to any officer, director or stockholder (or their respective affiliates) who is not employed by us or our subsidiaries. The doctrine of corporate opportunity generally provides that a corporate fiduciary may not develop an opportunity using corporate resources or information obtained in their corporate capacity for their personal advantage, acquire an interest adverse to that of the corporation or acquire property that is reasonably incident to the present or prospective business of the corporation or in which the corporation has a present or expectancy interest, unless that opportunity is first presented to the corporation and the corporation chooses not to pursue that opportunity. The doctrine of corporate opportunity is intended to preclude officers, directors or other fiduciaries from personally benefiting from opportunities that belong to the corporation. Our Amended Charter will, to the extent permitted by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates (other than those who are employees of the Company or its subsidiaries). Any officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are employees of the Company or its subsidiaries, therefore will have no duty to communicate or present corporate opportunities to us, and will have the right to either hold any corporate opportunity for their (and their affiliates') own account and benefit or to recommend, assign or otherwise transfer such corporate opportunity to persons other than us, including to any officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates (other than those who are employees of the Company or its subsidiaries). Notwithstanding the foregoing, our Amended Charter will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to an officer, director, stockholder or affiliate solely in their capacity as an officer, director or stockholder (or affiliate thereof).

        As a result, certain of our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates are not prohibited from operating or investing in competing businesses. We therefore may find ourselves in competition with certain of our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, and we may not have knowledge of, or be able to pursue, transactions that could potentially be beneficial to us. Accordingly, we may lose a corporate opportunity or suffer competitive harm, which could negatively impact our business or prospects.

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained.

        Although the shares of our common stock will be authorized for trading on the NYSE, an active trading market for our common stock may not develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that market may not be sustained. Accordingly, if an active trading market for our common stock does

68


Table of Contents

not develop or is not maintained, the liquidity of our common stock, your ability to sell your shares of our common stock when desired and the prices that you may obtain for your shares of common stock will be adversely affected.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our Company, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about our Company and the industries in which we operate. We may be unable or slow to attract research coverage and if one or more analysts cease coverage of our company, the price and trading volume of our securities would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts that may cover us change their recommendation regarding our securities adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our securities would likely decline. If any analyst that may cover us ceases covering us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price or trading volume of our securities to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common stock, or if our reporting results do not meet their expectations, the market price of our common stock could decline.

If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet the guidance that we provide to the public, the market price of our common stock may decline.

        We may, but are not obligated to, provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Any such guidance will be comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed any guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet any guidance we provide or the expectations of investment analysts, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline. Even if we do issue public guidance, there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so in the future.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

        Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $            per share in the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock from the initial public offering price, and our as adjusted net tangible book value as of                        , 2019 after giving effect to this offering would be $            per share. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. See "Dilution."

69


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus may be forward-looking statements. Statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, including, among others, statements regarding the offering, expected growth, future capital expenditures and debt service obligations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "could," "intends," "targets," "projects," "contemplates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to statements about:

        The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to the factors set forth under "Risk Factors." Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

        In addition, statements that "we believe" and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information.

70


Table of Contents

These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

        These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

71


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $             million (or $             million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, to fund growth and for other general corporate purposes, including the repayment of approximately $             million of borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Facility. Currently, the Senior Secured Facility consists of a $25.0 million revolving credit facility that becomes due and payable on September 1, 2020, and borrowings under the Senior Secured Facility accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate or (ii) 3.5%. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior Secured Facility."

        We cannot specify with certainty all of the uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in the application of these proceeds. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Our management team will have immediate and broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively" for additional information.

        Assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        Each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered in this offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the price per share for the offering remains at $            (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

72


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth the cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2019, as follows:

        Our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Cash and cash equivalents are not components of our total capitalization. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of

73


Table of Contents

Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2019  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
  Actual   Pro forma   Pro forma as
adjusted(1)(2)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 54,596   $                $               

Indebtedness:

                   

Senior Secured Facility

    15,868   $                $               

Subordinated Facility

    25,000   $                $               

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000001 par value—18,804,147 shares authorized; 18,764,351 issued and outstanding actual;                shares authorized,                issued and outstanding actual pro forma;                shares authorized,                issued and outstanding actual pro forma as adjusted

    306,989              

Total deficit:

                   

Stockholders' deficit:

                   

Preferred stock, $0.000001 par value—no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding actual;                shares authorized,                issued and outstanding actual pro forma;                shares authorized,                issued and outstanding actual pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, par value $0.000001 per share; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual;            shares authorized,            issued and outstanding, pro forma;            shares authorized,            issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                                                    

Class A common stock, par value $0.000001 per share; 19,044,358 shares authorized, 9,190,858 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                shares authorized,                issued and outstanding, pro forma;                shares authorized,                issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                                       

Class B common stock, par value $0.000001 per share; 36,000,000 shares authorized, 1,454,369 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                shares authorized,                issued and outstanding, pro forma;                shares authorized,                issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                                       

Additional paid-in capital

    15,716                                    

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (344 )                                  

Accumulated deficit

    (299,619 )                                  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (284,247 )                                  

Total capitalization

  $ 63,610   $                $               

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and

74


Table of Contents

(2)
Subsequent to September 30, 2019, an additional 416,559 shares of Series D preferred stock were issued to two accredited investors at a purchase price of $31.24715. Additionally, in November 2019, we borrowed $25.0 million under the Subordinated Facility. Each of these events are not reflected in this table.

75


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness, and therefore we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with contractual restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness. Any such determination will also depend upon our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

        Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future."

76


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

        Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019, was $             million, or $            per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding, after giving effect to (i) the Private Financing; (ii) the assumed exercise of warrants to purchase            shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019, which will result in the issuance of            shares of common stock in connection with this offering; (iii) the Preferred Conversion and (iv) the Reclassification.

        Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to this offering would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share of common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of approximately $            per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2019 before this offering

  $                     

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to investors in this offering

             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

        $               

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new common stock investors in this offering

        $               

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $            , and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $            per share, the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $            per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors would be $            per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

        The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to this offering, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, to us and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by the new investors. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which

77


Table of Contents

is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average price
per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $                    % $               

New investors

                               

Total

          100 % $                  100 % $               

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all stockholders by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions but before estimated offering expenses.

        Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and the tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us. The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering as shown in the tables above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to the Preferred Conversion and the Reclassification and excludes:

        To the extent any of these outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of September 30, 2019, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $            .

        If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in full:

78


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following tables present the selected consolidated financial and other data for Casper Sleep Inc. and its subsidiaries. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data and consolidated statement of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019 from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,   Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
  2019   2018   2018   2017  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss:

                         

Revenue, net of $80,085, $57,659, $80,695, and $45,656 in refunds, returns, and discounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

  $ 312,319   $ 259,687   $ 357,891     250,909  

Cost of goods sold

    157,342     143,556     200,139     134,038  

Gross profit

    154,977     116,131     157,752     116,871  

Operating expenses

                         

Sales and marketing expenses

    113,994     92,705     126,189     106,809  

General and administrative expense

    106,126     88,166     123,523     81,323  

Total operating expenses

    220,120     180,871     249,712     188,132  

Loss from operations

    (65,143 )   (64,740 )   (91,960 )   (71,261 )

Other (income) expense

                         

Interest (income) expense

    1,355     (503 )   (248 )   (307 )

Other (income) expense, net

    841     (51 )   341     2,415  

Total other (income) expenses, net

    2,196     (554 )   93     2,108  

Loss before income taxes

    (67,339 )   (64,186 )   (92,053 )   (73,369 )

Income tax expense

    60     44     39     23  

Net loss

    (67,399 )   (64,230 )   (92,092 )   (73,392 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                         

Currency translation adjustment

    75     (1,288 )   (1,077 )   279  

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (67,324 ) $ (65,518 ) $ (93,169 ) $ (73,113 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (6.40 ) $ (6.22 ) $ (8.91 ) $ (7.22 )

Weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    10,530,262     10,320,666     10,335,986     10,164,450  

79


Table of Contents


 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)
  2019   2018   2018   2017  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:

                         

Net cash used in operating activities

  $ (29,706 ) $ (44,934 ) $ (72,255 ) $ (84,015 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (39,631 )   (7,249 )   (12,035 )   (10,085 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    95,808     183     14,840     169,294  

 

 
  As of
September 30,
  As of
December 31,
 
(in thousands)
  2019   2018   2017  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(1)

  $ 54,901   $ 28,355   $ 98,882  

Total assets

    192,509     116,538     161,771  

Total liabilities(2)

    169,767     101,625     59,680  

Additional paid-in capital

    15,716     8,750     2,759  

Accumulated deficit

    (299,619 )   (232,220 )   (140,128 )

Stockholders' deficit

    (284,247 ) $ (223,889 ) $ (136,711 )

(1)
Includes $0.3 million, $1.5 million, and $1.4 million of restricted cash as of September 30, 2019, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

(2)
Includes $15.9 million and $14.6 million of short-term debt as of September 30, 2019 and as of December 31, 2018, respectively, consisting of our Senior Secured Facility, of which approximately $          million of borrowings outstanding under our Senior Secured Facility will be repaid in connection with this offering. See "Use of Proceeds." We had no short-term debt as of December 31, 2017. Also includes $25.0 million of long-term debt as of September 30, 2019, consisting of our Subordinated Facility. We had no long-term debt as of December 31, 2018 or 2017.

80


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs involving risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

        As a pioneer of the Sleep Economy, we bring the benefits of cutting-edge technology, data, and insights directly to consumers. We focus on building direct relationships with consumers, providing a human experience, and making shopping for sleep joyful. We meet consumers wherever they are, online and in person, providing a fun and engaging experience, while reducing the hassles associated with traditional purchases. We are building a universal, enduring brand that is already embraced by over one million happy customers as of September 30, 2019.

        Our products seek to address real life sleep challenges by optimizing for a variety of factors that impact sleep like the microclimate under the covers by regulating humidity and temperature; comfort and support, through the use of high-quality materials and ergonomic designs; and the ambience and sleep environment, through smart devices that provide sleep-conducive lighting. We also work to address "the little things" in our products, offering innovative features to make the sleep experience better and less stressful. Casper Labs innovates throughout the Sleep Economy. Based in San Francisco, Casper Labs has over 25,000 square feet of fabrication and test space, featuring state-of-the-art capabilities to test against a wide range of factors affecting sleep quality. Casper Labs controls every aspect of our product offerings, including design and construction, material performance requirements, manufacturing protocols, supplier selection, packaging specifications, and quality assurance. We believe that no other company in the category has our level of product development talent, resources, or expertise.

        We distribute our products through a flexible, multi-channel approach combining our direct-to-consumer channel, including our e-commerce platform and retail stores, with our retail partnerships. Our presence in physical retail stores has proven complementary to our e-commerce channel, as we believe interaction with multiple channels has created a synergistic "network effect" that increases system-wide sales as a whole. We believe our multi-channel expansion creates synergies and that these channels, to date, have proven to be complementary, not cannibalistic. In fact, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our direct-to-consumer sales in cities where we have opened retail stores have grown over 100% faster on average than cities without a Casper retail store. As of September 30, 2019, we distributed our products directly to our customers in seven countries through our e-commerce platform, our 48 Casper stores, and our 14 retail partners, including with Amazon, Costco, Hudson's Bay Company, and Target.

        Through our high-quality and innovative product portfolio, synergistic multi-channel go-to-market strategy and unwavering focus on our consumers, we have experienced significant growth across channels:

81


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting our Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        Our financial condition and results of operations have been, and will continue to be, affected by a number of important factors, including the following:

        Ability to Grow Our Brand Awareness.    Our brand name and image are integral to the growth of our business and to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. We believe our brand sets us apart from our competitors, and is essential to our ability to engage and to stay connected with prospective and existing customers as they discover, evaluate, and purchase our suite of products and services. This continued customer engagement helps to inform and accelerate our culture of innovation and improves how we execute our vision of becoming the world's most loved and largest sleep company. In these ways, our brand directly contributes to and drives our growth. We believe that as brand awareness grows and deepens, we will continue to strengthen our ability to create and capture value across the Sleep Economy, enhancing our competitive advantages in a category that we believe no other single company understands better. We believe the consistency and quality of our messaging has helped us build our brand into a household name and create a large and highly engaged consumer following, as partially demonstrated by our 31% aided brand awareness as of September 30, 2019. We believe our brand strength will enable us to continue to expand across both markets and products, allowing us to access a global market.

        Ability to Grow Our Direct-to-Consumer Presence and Network of Retail Partnerships.    We distribute our products through a flexible multi-channel approach combining our direct-to-consumer channel, including our e-commerce platform and retail stores, with retail partnerships. But whether consumers engage us through our website, at our stores, or through a retail partner—and whether they're looking for information, content, or to purchase—we believe those who interact with Casper have an experience that is genuine, trustworthy and approachable, as well as fun and playful across every channel.

        We intend to continue leveraging our marketing strategy to drive increased consumer traffic to both casper.com and to our physical retail locations. As of September 30, 2019, we operated 48 retail store locations in key cities in the United States and Canada. Over time, we believe there is an opportunity to have more than 200 Casper retail stores in North America alone, which we believe will drive growth and overall performance. Our existing stores that have been operating for one year or longer are all four-wall profitable as of September 30, 2019. In addition, as of September 30, 2019, our stores that have been operating for one year or longer have averaged approximately $1,600 in annual net sales per sellable square foot, which we believe is reflective of our high volumes of consumer traffic, our ability to successfully engage with consumers to drive sales, our compelling products and services, in-store inventory availability, and an effective pricing strategy. Consistent with our experience to date, we target for our future retail stores a cash-on-cash payback period ranging from 18 to 24 months. Additionally, as of September 30, 2019, we had 14 retail partners, including Amazon, Costco, Hudson's Bay Company, and Target, among others. Our research indicates that these partnerships not only expand our consumer base but also provide access to future consumers that have

82


Table of Contents

yet to engage with the Casper brand. We believe our retail channel improves our consumer experience, attracting and educating more consumers about Casper, which in turn attracts more partners to our brand thereby further enhancing our ability to generate revenue. We continue to evaluate partnerships with a wide variety of retailers, including online retailers, big-box retailers, department stores and specialty retailers.

        Investments in Research and Development and Ability to Improve Existing Products and Introduce New Products Based on Superior Innovation.    Casper is constantly investing in and improving existing products and introducing new products and services with proprietary technologies to address the full Sleep Arc. For example, we recently expanded our existing mattress product offering by designing new hybrid mattresses that combine our proprietary foam technology with resilient springs. Casper Labs, our over 25,000 square foot advanced research facility in San Francisco, enables us to develop, rapidly prototype and test multiple design iterations. We thoughtfully curate our product and services offerings utilizing high-quality materials and advanced manufacturing processes to create a differentiated experience. The improvement of existing products and the introduction of new products have been, and we expect will continue to be, integral to our growth. From January 1, 2017 to September 30, 2019, we invested $27.7 million in research and development, and we expect to continue to invest in our product development capabilities in the future. We believe our rigorous approach to creating and improving our products has helped redefine and grow the addressable market that we call the Sleep Economy. This in turn offers consumers more opportunities to interact with us and purchase from us, which drives new consumer as well as repeat consumer business.

        Cost-Effective Acquisition of New Consumers and Retention of Existing Customers.    To continue to grow our business, we must acquire new consumers as well as retain existing customers in a cost-effective manner. We continually evolve our marketing strategies, adjusting our messages, the amount we spend on advertising and the channels in which we spend. We have made, and we expect that we will continue to make, significant investments in attracting new consumers, including through traditional, digital, social media and original Casper content. It is critical for us to maintain reasonable costs for these marketing efforts relative to sales derived from new consumers. From 2017 through September 30, 2019, while growing our e-commerce channel, we have maintained 'first purchase profitable' e-commerce economics. We believe our multi-channel expansion creates synergies and that these channels, to date, have proven to be complementary, not cannibalistic. In fact, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our direct-to-consumer sales in cities where we have opened retail stores have grown over 100% faster on average than cities without a Casper retail store, and we expect our marketing efficiency (which we define as net revenue as a percentage of total media spend over a specific time) to remain generally stable despite increased competition. As we continue to launch new products and improve existing products, we expect customers generating repeat revenue to grow due to our efforts to create a differentiated and joyful experience, eliminating friction and boundaries. Repeat customers, who have purchased a Casper product at least once before through our direct-to-consumer channel, represent over 16% of our customer base from inception through September 30, 2019.

        Competitive Industry Dynamics.    We operate in the highly competitive mattress, soft goods, bedroom furniture, sleep technology and services industries, among others industries. The competitive environment of the industries in which we operate continually subjects us to the risk of loss of market share, loss of significant customers, reductions in margins, discounting by competitors, and to the challenge of acquiring new customers. While the mattress industry is highly consolidated and is dominated by a few long-standing players, the soft goods, bedroom furniture, sleep technology and services industries are highly fragmented, which presents opportunities for growth in each of those markets. We combine our offerings with a differentiated in-store experience and high-quality consumer experience, which has enabled us to continue to grow our market share and drive revenue.

83


Table of Contents

        Disciplined Approach to Operations.    As we scale our business, we intend to continue to drive continued operational improvement so that we can provide quality products and services to ensure the best possible consumer experiences while improving our revenue and controlling our costs. In particular, we plan to drive operational efficiencies through a focus on reducing product return rates, price optimization, investing in our supply chain, improving the efficiency and enhancing performance of our marketing investments, and realizing economies of scale.

Key Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        We prepare and analyze operating and financial data to assess the performance of our business and allocate our resources. The key operating performance and financial metrics and indicators we use are set forth below. The following table sets forth our key performance indicators for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
  2019   2018   2018   2017  

Gross margin

    49.6 %   44.7 %   44.1 %   46.6 %

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ (53,807 ) $ (57,458 ) $ (82,399 ) $ (70,549 )

(1)
For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, net loss, and why we consider Adjusted EBITDA useful, see "Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

        Gross Margin.    Gross margin is defined as gross profit divided by sales revenue, net.

        Adjusted EBITDA.    Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net loss before interest (income) expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization as further adjusted to exclude the impact of stock-based compensation expense, impairment and restructuring, and costs associated with legal settlements. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information about how we use this non-GAAP financial measure in our business, the limitations of this measure, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, please see the section titled "Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

Components of our Results of Operations

Revenue, Net

        Revenue, net is comprised of global sales through our direct-to-consumer channels and our retail partnerships. Revenue, net reflects the impact of product returns as well as discounts for certain sales programs and promotions.

        Revenue, net comprises the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of our activities net of returns and promotions.

        Promotions are occasionally offered, primarily in the form of discounts, and are recorded as a reduction of gross revenue at the date of revenue recognition. We typically accept sales returns during a 30- or 100-night trial period, depending on the product, with our mattresses having a 100-night trial period. A sales return accrual is estimated based on historical return rates and is then adjusted for any current trends as appropriate. Returns are netted against the sales allowance reserve for the period. Sales are recognized as deferred revenue at the point of sale and are recognized as revenue upon the delivery to the consumer. Revenue through our direct-to-consumer channels is recognized upon in-store or home delivery to the consumer, as applicable, and retail partnership revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control, on a per contract basis.

84


Table of Contents

Cost of Goods Sold

        Cost of goods sold consists of costs of purchased merchandise, including freight, duty, and non-refundable taxes incurred in delivering goods to our consumers and distribution centers, packaging and component costs, warehousing and fulfilment costs, damages, and excess and obsolete inventory write-downs.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

        We calculate gross profit as revenue, net less cost of goods sold. We calculate gross margin as gross profit divided by net revenue for a specific period of time. Gross margin in our direct-to-consumer channel, including company-owned retail stores and e-commerce sales, is generally higher than that on sales to our retail partnerships.

        Our gross margin may in the future fluctuate from period to period based on a number of factors, including cost of purchased merchandise and components, the mix of products and services we sell and the mix of channels through which we sell our products. We have historically experienced that gross margin, by product, tends to increase over time as we realize cost efficiencies as a result of economies of scale, sourcing strategies and product re-engineering programs. In addition, our ability to continue to reduce the cost of our products is critical to increasing our gross margin over the long-term.

Operating Expenses

        Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses, including research and development.

        Sales and Marketing Expenses.    Sales and marketing expenses represent the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of advertising and marketing promotions of our products and services as well as consulting and contractor expenses. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to promote our offerings. At the same time, we also anticipate that these expenses will decrease as a percentage of our sales revenue, net over time, as we improve marketing efficiencies and grow channels that require lower sales and marketing support.

        General and Administrative Expenses.    General and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related costs for our finance, legal, human resources, and IT functions, as well as litigation expenses, credit card fees, professional services, depreciation and amortization and other administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses also include research and development expenses consisting primarily of personnel related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling, test equipment and prototype materials. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars due to the growth of our business and related infrastructure as well as legal, accounting, insurance, investor relations and other compliance costs associated with becoming a public company. However, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our sales revenue, net over time, as we scale our business.

Income Tax Expense

        We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes—Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We classify all deferred income tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on our balance sheet. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized within the provision for (benefit from) income taxes on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the period that includes the enactment date.

85


Table of Contents

        We reduce deferred tax assets, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax assets. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including taxable income in prior carryback years (if carryback is permitted under the relevant tax law), the timing of the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, tax-planning strategies and projected future taxable income. Please refer to Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on the composition of these valuation allowances and for information on the impact of U.S. tax reform legislation. We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.

        We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within the provision for (benefit from) income taxes on our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Seasonality and Quarterly Comparability

        Our revenue includes a seasonal component, with the highest sales activity normally occurring during the second and third quarters of the year due to back-to-school, home moves and other seasonal factors, along with seasonal promotions we offer during these quarters. The timing of on-boarding new retail partnerships, which typically launch with large inventory buy-ins, and the timing of launching new products may also impact comparability between periods. These factors can also impact our working capital and/or inventory balances in a given period.

86


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018

        The following table sets forth information comparing the components of operations and comprehensive loss for the periods indicated.

 
   
   
   
  Period
over
Period
Change
   
   
 
 
  Nine months ended
September 30
   
  Nine months ended
September 30
 
(in thousands, except percentages, which show percentage of Revenue, net)
   
 
  2019   2018   Dollar   Percentage   2019   2018  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue, net of $80,085 and $57,659 in refunds, returns, and discounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively

  $ 312,319     259,687     52,632     20.3 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of goods sold

    157,342     143,556     13,786     9.6 %   50.4 %   55.3 %

Gross profit

    154,977     116,131     38,846     33.5 %   49.6 %   44.7 %

Operating expenses

                                     

Sales and marketing expenses

    113,994     92,705     21,289     23.0 %   36.5 %   35.7 %

General and administrative expense

    106,126     88,166     17,960     20.4 %   34.0 %   34.0 %

Total operating expenses

    220,120     180,871     39,249     21.7 %   70.5 %   69.6 %

Loss from operations

    (65,143 )   (64,740 )   (403 )   0.6 %   (20.9 %)   (24.9 %)

Other (income) expense:

                                     

Interest (income) expense

    1,355     (503 )   1,858     (369.4 %)   0.4 %   (0.2 %)

Other (income) expense, net

    841     (51 )   892     (1,749.0 %)   0.3 %   (0.0 %)

Total other (income) expenses, net

    2,196     (554 )   2,750     (496.4 %)   0.7 %   (0.2 %)

Loss before income taxes

    (67,339 )   (64,186 )   (3,153 )   4.9 %   (21.6 %)   (24.7 %)

Income tax expense

    60     44     16     36.4 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Net loss

    (67,399 )   (64,230 )   (3,169 )   4.9 %   (21.6 %)   (24.7 %)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                                     

Currency translation adjustment

    75     (1,288 )   1,363     (105.8 %)   0.0 %   (0.5 %)

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (67,324 )   (65,518 )   (1,806 )   2.8 %   (21.6 %)   (25.2 %)

Revenue, Net

        Revenue, net was $312.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $52.6 million, or 20.3%, compared to $259.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Revenue, net increased as a result of increased sales through our direct-to-consumer and retail partnership channels and the introduction of new products. Direct-to-consumer sales increased 13.0% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as we continued to gain market share and expand our retail presence to 48 stores, with 25 net new stores opened at various points throughout the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Sales to retail partners increased 74.6% compared to nine months ended September 30, 2018, driven by growth of sales activity by existing partners, the introduction of new partners and the expansion of our product offerings.

87


Table of Contents

Gross Profit and Cost of Goods Sold

        Gross profit was $155.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $38.8 million, or 33.5%, compared to $116.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Cost of goods sold was $157.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $13.8 million, or 9.6%, compared to $143.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Gross margin for the three months ended September 30, 2019 was 50.7% compared to 45.8% for the three months ended September 30, 2018. Gross margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was 49.6% compared to 44.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase in gross margin was largely driven by higher margin products among our new offerings as well as implementing supply chain initiatives designed to reduce product unit costs, which as expected has had a favorable impact to our cost of goods sold.

Sales and Marketing Expense

        Sales and marketing expenses were $114.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $21.3 million, or 23.0%, compared to $92.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Sales and marketing expenses increased as we continued to invest in driving traffic to our e-commerce website, marketing our products to consumers and building our brand. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of sales revenue, net increased from 35.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to 36.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, due to a combination of increased marketing spend to promote new products, such as the Casper and Wave Hybrid mattresses, and increased discounts and adjustments which impacted net revenue.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses were $106.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $18.0 million, or 20.4%, compared to $88.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. General and administrative expenses increased as we invested for growth in hiring to support our growing business, particularly in retail stores and product development. We believe innovation is a key differentiator and invest significant resources in research and development to drive product innovation to improve sleep quality.

Other (Income) Expense, Net

        Other expense, net was $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $2.8 million compared to income of $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase was due to interest incurred on our Subordinated Facility and Senior Secured Facility.

Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense was $60.0 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, an increase of $16.0 thousand compared to income tax expense of $44.0 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The increase in income tax was immaterial.

88


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017

        The following table sets forth information comparing the components of operations and comprehensive loss for the periods indicated.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Year over Year Change   Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except percentages, which show percentage of Revenue, net)
  2018   2017   Dollar   Percentage   2018   2017  

Revenue, net of $80,695 and $45,656 in refunds, returns and discounts for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

  $ 357,891   $ 250,909   $ 106,982     42.6 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of goods sold

    200,139     134,038     66,101     49.3 %   55.9 %   53.4 %

Gross profit

    157,752     116,871     40,881     35.0 %   44.1 %   46.6 %

Operating expenses

                                     

Sales and marketing expenses

    126,189     106,809     19,380     18.1 %   35.3 %   42.6 %

General and administrative expense

    123,523     81,323     42,200     51.9 %   34.5 %   32.4 %

Total operating expenses

    249,712     188,132     61,580     32.7 %   69.8 %   75.0 %

Loss from operations

    (91,960 )   (71,261 )   (20,699 )   29.0 %   (25.7 )%   (28.4 )%

Other (income) expense

                                     

Interest income

    (248 )   (307 )   59     (19.2 )%   (0.1 )%   (0.1 )%

Other expense, net

    341     2,415     (2,074 )   (85.9 )%   0.1 %   1.0 %

Total other expenses, net

    93     2,108     (2,015 )   (95.6 )%   0.0 %   0.8 %

Loss before income taxes

    (92,053 )   (73,369 )   (18,684 )   25.5 %   (25.7 )%   (29.2 )%

Income tax expense

    39     23     16     69.6 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Net loss

    (92,092 )   (73,392 )   (18,700 )   25.5 %   (25.7 )%   (29.3 )%

Other comprehensive income (loss) Currency translation adjustment

    (1,077 )   279     (1,356 )   (486.0 )%   (0.3 )%   0.1 %

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (93,169 ) $ (73,113 ) $ (20,056 )   27.4 %   (26.0 )%   (29.1 )%

Revenue, Net

        Revenue, net was $357.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $107.0 million, or 42.6%, compared to $250.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Revenue, net increased as a result of increased sales through our direct-to-consumer and retail partnership channels and the introduction of new products, including a humidity-fighting duvet, a platform bed, a nightstand, and the Nap Pillow. Direct-to-consumer sales increased 41.9% compared to 2017 as we continued to gain market share and expand our retail presence to 23 stores, with nine new stores opened at various points throughout 2018. Sales to retail partners increased 47.7% compared to 2017, driven by growth of sales activity by existing partners, the introduction of six new partners and the expansion of our offerings in 2018.

Gross Profit and Cost of Goods Sold

        Gross profit was $157.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $40.9 million, or 35.0%, compared to $116.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Cost of goods sold was $200.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $66.1 million, or 49.3%, compared to $134.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 44.1% compared to 46.6% for 2017. The decrease in gross margin was

89


Table of Contents

largely driven by increased sales to retail partners, which are at a lower gross margin than direct-to-consumer sales. We also recorded a charge for slow moving inventory of $2.3 million in 2018 which is included in cost of goods sold. As part of our efforts to increase our gross margin, we are introducing higher margin products among our new offerings as well as implementing supply chain initiatives designed to reduce product unit costs, which we expect to have a favorable impact to our cost of goods sold.

Sales and Marketing Expense

        Sales and marketing expenses were $126.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $19.4 million, or 18.1%, compared to $106.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Sales and marketing expenses increased as we continued to invest in driving traffic to our e-commerce website, marketing our products to consumers and building our brand. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of sales revenue, net decreased from 42.6% in 2017 to 35.3% in 2018. This improvement reflects more efficient marketing returns as Casper expands its product offerings in existing and new categories, increased consumer awareness, a higher returning customer mix, growth in our retail partnership and retail stores and more effective marketing models as we continue to improve our understanding of our consumers.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses were $123.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $42.2 million, or 51.9%, compared to $81.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. General and administrative expenses increased as we invested for growth in hiring to support our growing business, particularly in retail stores and product development. We believe innovation is a key differentiator and invest significant resources in research and development to drive product innovation to improve sleep quality. To support these efforts, we increased investment in product development 89.2% to $12.3 million in 2018 from $6.5 million in 2017.

Other Expense, Net

        Other expense, net was $93.0 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $2.0 million compared to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was due to a provision for sales taxes in 2017 that did not recur in 2018.

Income Tax Expense

        Income tax benefit was $39.1 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $16.1 thousand compared to $23.0 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in income tax was immaterial.

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data in dollars and as a percentage of revenue for the periods presented. Our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data were prepared in accordance with GAAP on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in such data. The sum of quarterly periods may not equal full year or year to date amounts. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

90


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations data in dollars for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)
  Dec 31,
2017
  Mar 31,
2018
  June 30,
2018
  Sept 30,
2018
  Dec 31,
2018
  Mar 31,
2019
  June 30,
2019
  Sept 30,
2019
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue, net

  $ 73,982   $ 74,946   $ 81,639   $ 103,102   $ 98,204   $ 89,437   $ 95,227   $ 127,655  

Cost of goods sold

    41,520     43,400     44,224     55,932     56,583     45,865     48,535     62,942  

Gross profit

    32,462     31,546     37,415     47,170     41,621     43,572     46,692     64,713  

Operating expenses

                                                 

Sales and marketing expenses

    29,056     28,840     28,080     35,785     33,484     29,605     39,838     44,550  

General and administrative expense

    28,469     27,630     29,822     30,714     35,357     30,884     33,250     41,992  

Total operating expenses

    57,525     56,470     57,902     66,499     68,841     60,489     73,088     86,542  

Loss from operations

    (25,063 )   (24,924 )   (20,487 )   (19,329 )   (27,220 )   (16,917 )   (26,396 )   (21,829 )

Other (income) expense

                                                 

Interest (income) expense

    (358 )   (279 )   (177 )   (47 )   255     257     285     813  

Other (income) expense, net

    185     (5 )   (104 )   58     392     275     279     287  

Total other (income) expenses, net

    (173 )   (284 )   (281 )   11     647     532     564     1,100  

Loss before income taxes

    (24,890 )   (24,640 )   (20,206 )   (19,340 )   (27,867 )   (17,449 )   (26,960 )   (22,929 )

Income tax (benefit) expense

    24     13     14     18     (6 )       (33 )   93  

Net loss

    (24,914 )   (24,653 )   (20,220 )   (19,358 )   (27,861 )   (17,449 )   (26,927 )   (23,022 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                                                 

Currency translation adjustment

    60     (18 )   (974 )   (296 )   211     (6 )   101     (20 )

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (24,854 ) $ (24,671 ) $ (21,194 ) $ (19,654 ) $ (27,650 ) $ (17,455 ) $ (26,826 ) $ (23,042 )

        The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations data for each of the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenue.

 
  Three Months Ended  
(as a percentage of Revenue, net)
  Dec 31,
2017
  Mar 31,
2018
  June 30,
2018
  Sept 30,
2018
  Dec 31,
2018
  Mar 31,
2019
  June 30,
2019
  Sept 30,
2019
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue, net

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of goods sold

    56.1 %   57.9 %   54.2 %   54.2 %   57.6 %   51.3 %   51.0 %   49.3 %

Gross profit

    43.9 %   42.1 %   45.8 %   45.8 %   42.4 %   48.7 %   49.0 %   50.7 %

Operating expenses

                                                 

Sales and marketing expenses

    39.3 %   38.5 %   34.4 %   34.7 %   34.1 %   33.1 %   41.8 %   34.9 %

General and administrative expense

    38.5 %   36.9 %   36.5 %   29.8 %   36.0 %   34.5 %   34.9 %   32.9 %

Total operating expenses

    77.8 %   75.3 %   70.9 %   64.5 %   70.1 %   67.6 %   76.8 %   67.8 %

Loss from operations

    (33.9 %)   (33.3 %)   (25.1 %)   (18.7 %)   (27.7 %)   (18.9 %)   (27.7 %)   (17.1 %)

Other (income) expense

                                                 

Interest (income) expense

    (0.5 %)   (0.4 %)   (0.2 %)   (0.0 %)   0.3 %   0.3 %   0.3 %   0.6 %

Other (income) expense, net

    0.3 %   (0.0 %)   (0.1 %)   0.1 %   0.4 %   0.3 %   0.3 %   0.2 %

Total other (income) expenses, net

    (0.2 %)   (0.4 %)   (0.3 %)   0.0 %   0.7 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.9 %

Loss before income taxes

    (33.6 %)   (32.9 %)   (24.8 %)   (18.8 %)   (28.4 %)   (19.5 %)   (28.3 %)   (18.0 %)

Income tax (benefit) expense

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   (0.0 %)   0.0 %   (0.0 %)   0.1 %

Net loss

    (33.7 %)   (32.9 %)   (24.8 %)   (18.8 %)   (28.4 %)   (19.5 %)   (28.3 %)   (18.0 %)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                                                 

Currency translation adjustment

    0.1 %   (0.0 %)   (1.2 %)   (0.3 %)   0.2 %   (0.0 %)   0.1 %   (0.0 %)

Total comprehensive loss

    (33.6 %)   (32.9 %)   (26.0 %)   (19.1 %)   (28.2 %)   (19.5 %)   (28.2 %)   (18.1 %)

91


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Funds

        Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents, our Senior Secured Facility (as defined herein), our Subordinated Facility (as defined herein), and working capital from operations. Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of cash on deposit with banks and investments in money market funds. As of September 30, 2019, we had $54.6 million of cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2018, we had $26.9 million of cash and cash equivalents, compared with $97.5 million of cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2017.

Funding Requirements

        Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to fund operating losses as we continue to scale our business, for increased working capital requirements and inventory management to meet increased consumer demand, for increased capital expenditures to grow our retail store presence, as well as for general corporate needs. Historically, these cash requirements have been met through funds raised by the sale of common equity, utilization of our Senior Secured Facility and cash provided by gross margin.

        We believe that our sources of liquidity and capital will be sufficient to finance our growth strategy and resulting operations, planned capital expenditures and the additional expenses we expect to incur as a public company for at least the next 12 months. However, we cannot assure you that cash provided by operating activities or cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our future needs. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future, we may have to obtain additional financing. If we obtain additional capital by issuing equity, the interests of our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we incur additional indebtedness, that indebtedness may contain significant financial and other covenants that may significantly restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that we could obtain refinancing or additional financing on favorable terms or at all. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from growing."

        Our capital expenditure consists primarily of retail infrastructure, leasehold improvements, product development and computers and hardware. In December 2018, we signed a new agreement for a headquarters in New York for a period of 15 years with a five-year renewal option. Rent payments began on the new headquarters in January 2020.

Historical Cash Flows

        The following table shows summary cash flow information for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)
  2019   2018   2018   2017  
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Net cash flows used in operating activities:

  $ (29,706 ) $ (44,934 ) $ (72,255 ) $ (84,015 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (39,631 )   (7,249 )   (12,035 )   (10,085 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    95,808     183     14,840     169,294  

Effect of exchange rate changes

    75     (1,288 )   (1,077 )   279  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 26,546   $ (53,288 ) $ (70,527 ) $ 75,473  

        Operating Activities.    Net cash used in operating activities consists of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, including share-based compensation, property and equipment depreciation, long-term

92


Table of Contents

deferred rent and deferred income taxes, as well as the effect of changes in inventory and other working capital amounts.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $29.7 million and was comprised primarily of net loss of $67.4 million, decreased by $14.7 million related to non-cash adjustments, primarily related to deferred rent, depreciation and amortization, and share based compensation. Changes in working capital decreased cash used in operating activities by $23.0 million, primarily due to an increase in accounts payable of $3.0 million, an increase in accrued expenses of $13.3 million, and an increase in other liabilities of $22.3 million, partially offset by an increase in prepaid and other current assets of $16.7 million, and an increase in accounts receivable of $1.3 million.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, net cash used in operating activities was $44.9 million and was comprised of net loss of $64.2 million, decreased by $7.2 million related to non-cash adjustments, primarily related to depreciation and amortization and share based compensation. Changes in working capital decreased cash used in operating activities by $12.1 million, primarily due to an increase in accounts payable of $9.3 million, an increase in accrued expenses of $4.1 million, and an increase in other liabilities of $6.2 million, partially offset by an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $4.1 million and an increase in inventory of $4.4 million.

        For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in operating activities was $72.3 million and was comprised of net loss of $92.1 million, decreased by $9.0 million related to non-cash adjustments, primarily related to depreciation and amortization, and share-based compensation. Changes in working capital decreased cash used in operating activities by $10.8 million, primarily due to an increase in accrued expenses of $8.4 million and accounts payable of $10.2 million, as well as other liabilities of $8.6 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $10.5 million, an increase in inventory of $8.7 million and decreases in prepaid expenses and other assets of $2.7 million, respectively.

        For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in operating activities was $84.0 million and was comprised of net loss of $73.4 million, decreased by $3.6 million related to non-cash adjustments, primarily related to depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation. Changes in working capital increased cash used in operating activities by $14.2 million, primarily due to an increase in inventory of $15.3 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $8.1 million and an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $6.2 million, partially offset by increases in accrued expenses of $6.4 million, an increase in accounts payable of $2.7 million and an increase in other liabilities of $6.4 million.

        Investing Activities.    Our net cash used in investing activities primarily consists of purchases of property and equipment and issuances of notes receivables.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $39.6 million and was primarily comprised of $43.6 million in purchases of property and equipment, partially offset by a $4.0 million decrease in notes receivable.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, net cash used in investing activities was $7.2 million and was primarily comprised of investments in property and equipment.

        For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in investing activities was $12.0 million and was primarily comprised of investment in property and equipment primarily to support our retail store expansion.

        For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $10.1 million and was primarily comprised of $5.1 million of purchases of property and equipment and $5.0 million in notes receivable.

93


Table of Contents

        Financing Activities.    For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $95.8 million and primarily consisted of net proceeds of $1.3 million from our Senior Secured Facility, net proceeds of $25.0 million from our Subordinated Facility, and $69.5 million from the issuance of equity and exercise of stock options.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.2 million, primarily related to the exercise of stock options.

        For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by financing activities primarily consisted of net proceeds of $14.6 million from our Senior Secured Facility, and $0.3 million from the issuance of equity and the exercise of stock options.

        For the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $169.3 million, primarily related to $169.1 million of equity financing.

Senior Secured Facility

        On April 27, 2016, Casper Sleep Inc. and Casper Science LLC entered into a loan and security agreement with Pacific Western Bank (as amended by the first amendment dated as of November 20, 2017, as amended by the second amendment dated as of August 14, 2018, as amended by the third amendment dated as of December 12, 2018 and as further amended by the fourth amendment and joinder dated as of March 1, 2019), which we refer to, as amended, as the Senior Secured Facility. Pursuant to the fourth amendment and joinder dated as of March 1, 2019, Casper Sleep Retail LLC was joined as a borrower to the Senior Secured Facility.

        Borrowings under the Senior Secured Facility accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate or (ii) 3.50%. The "prime rate" is defined as the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Pacific Western Bank, as its "prime rate," whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Pacific Western Bank. A nominal annual fee is due each October 1, and, upon a liquidity event or change of control, which as defined under the Senior Secured Facility includes an initial public offering of our equity securities, a certain one-time success fee of $150,000 will become due and payable to Pacific Western Bank.

        The Senior Secured Facility contains certain affirmative and negative covenants, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, dividends and distributions, investments, mergers or consolidations and a minimum amount of cash resources or assets we are required to maintain. The Senior Secured Facility consisted of a $25.0 million term loan facility that was available to us until November 1, 2018, at which point the facility expired without any draw-downs or other utilization of the facility by us. Currently, the Senior Secured Facility consists of a $25.0 million revolving credit facility that becomes due and payable on September 1, 2020. As of September 30, 2019, we had $15.9 million outstanding and $7.6 million of letters of credit issued pursuant to the Senior Secured Facility with $1.5 million remaining available for borrowing. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Secured Facility."

Subordinated Facility

        On March 1, 2019, Casper Sleep Inc., Casper Science LLC and Casper Sleep Retail LLC entered into a growth capital loan and security facility agreement with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp., as lender and collateral agent, and TriplePoint Capital LLC, as lender (or, together with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp., TriplePoint), which provided for a $50.0 million growth capital loan facility, which we refer to as the Subordinated Facility. The Subordinated Facility allows for expansion up to an additional $50.0 million upon request and approval following full utilization of the initial loan, and has a maturity, at our option, of up to five years.

94


Table of Contents

        In connection with the Subordinated Facility, on March 1, 2019, we entered into two warrant agreements with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp. and TriplePoint Capital LLC for 19,201 shares of Series D preferred stock and 12,801 shares of Series D preferred stock, respectively, at an exercise price per share of $31.24715. TriplePoint's right under the warrant agreements to purchase the Series D preferred stock will be available for the greater of (i) seven years from March 1, 2019 or (ii) one year from the effective date of an initial public offering, subject to certain exercise conditions. In the event these warrant agreements are exercised after an initial public offering, TriplePoint will have the right to purchase under the warrant agreements the common stock into which each share of the Series D preferred stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

        Borrowings under the Subordinated Facility accrue interest at the prime rate (which, as defined in the Subordinated Facility, shall be as published in the Wall Street Journal with a floor of 5.25%) plus an applicable margin set forth in the table of terms. The table of terms sets forth 18 options that range on term, amortization, interest rate and other features that can range from an annual interest rate of the prime rate plus 0.0% margin for a three-month interest-only term and up to a prime plus 7.25% margin for a 48-month interest-only term. End of term payments range from 0.25% of each advance for a three-month term up to 8.25% for each advance with a 48-month repayment option. The Subordinated Facility also has a 1.25% one-time facility fee for the committed amount, which is initially $50.0 million. Upon meeting certain conditions and in the event of the consummation of this offering, the interest rate will be reduced by 1.0%. There is a 1.5% prepayment penalty in the event that the loan is prepaid within the first 18 months with no prepayment penalty thereafter.

        The Subordinated Facility contains certain affirmative and negative covenants, including, among others, restrictions on liens, indebtedness, mergers or acquisitions, investments, dividends or distributions, fundamental changes and affiliate transactions. As of September 30, 2019, we had $25.0 million outstanding under the Subordinated Facility pursuant to a 48-month interest-only term with an interest rate of prime plus 7.25%, and were in compliance with all covenants under the Subordinated Facility. See "Description of Indebtedness—Subordinated Facility."

Series D Equity Fund Raise

        From February 2019 through October 2019, we sold to 31 accredited investors an aggregate of 2,656,763 shares of Series D preferred stock, par value $0.000001 per share, at a per share purchase price of $31.24715, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $83.0 million in connection with our Series D financing.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018:

(in thousands)
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   Thereafter  

Operating Leases

  $ 81,201   $ 8,256   $ 17,757   $ 17,657   $ 37,531  

Senior Secured Facility(1)

    14,565         14,565          

Interest on indebtedness(2)

    1,342     729     613          

Total(3)

  $ 97,108   $ 8,985   $ 32,935   $ 17,657   $ 37,531  

(1)
Represents the amount owed as of December 31, 2018 under our Senior Secured Facility.

(2)
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

(3)
Excludes the Subordinated Facility entered into on March 1, 2019. As of September 30, 2019, we have $25.0 million outstanding under the Subordinated Facility. See "Description of Indebtedness—Subordinated Facility."

95


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        As of September 30, 2019, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        See Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on certain accounting standards that have been adopted during 2018 and 2019 or that have not yet been required to be implemented and may be applicable to our future operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue comprises the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of our activities. Revenue is presented net of estimated returns, sales allowances and discounts.

        Shipping and other transportation costs are recorded in cost of goods sold.

        Promotions are offered to consumers primarily in the form of discounts and recorded as a reduction of gross sales at the date of the corresponding transaction.

        We accept sales returns during a 30 or 100-night trial period, depending on the product. A sales return accrual is estimated based on historical return rates and is adjusted for any current trends, as appropriate. Returns are netted against the sales allowance reserve for the period.

        Sales are recognized as deferred revenue at the point of sale, and are converted to revenue upon delivery to the consumer. The sales deferral period and subsequent revenue recognition date is the estimated delivery date based on the date of shipment.

        E-commerce and retail revenue are recognized upon delivery to the customer, and retail partnership revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control on a per contract basis.

        We assessed the impact of Topic 606 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," which we adopted effective January 1, 2019, and determined it will not have a material impact on the results of our operations. See Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on assessment of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

Accounts Receivable

        Accounts receivable is composed primarily of amounts due from retail partners of $17.2 million and $13.9 million, from financial institutions related to credit card sales amounting to $6.0 million and $5.3 million, and other receivables of $1.3 million and $3.9 million as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. We do not maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts as a majority of receivables come from trusted retail partnerships that to date have no uncollected accounts. As of September 30, 2019, there was no reserve deemed necessary.

Inventory

        Inventories primarily consist of merchandise purchased for resale, as well as costs to deliver merchandise to our warehouse. The Company's inventory is stated using weighted average costing. We perform an analysis to determine whether it is appropriate or not to maintain a reserve for excess and obsolete inventory. The reserve is based on historical experience related to the disposal of identified inventory. Obsolete inventory is defined as inventory held in excess of two years, and most of our inventory is just-in-time and many of our products have not been in existence for two years. Additionally, we perform a review of all on hand inventory to determine if any items are deemed obsolete based on specific facts and circumstances. As of September 30, 2019, a reserve has been made

96


Table of Contents

in the amount of $1.8 million. Additionally, we had purchase obligations in the amount of $8.7 million as of September 30, 2019, that will continue into 2020. There are no purchase obligations beyond 2020.

        Storage costs, indirect administrative overhead and certain selling costs related to inventories are expensed in the period incurred.

        Raw materials consist of boxes, replacements parts and components used in the creation of products such as foam, pillows and springs. Finished goods are comprised of completed goods, including mattresses, pillows, sheets, furniture and dog beds. Additionally, other inventory consists of deferred cost of goods sold and purchase order clearing.

        The Company writes down inventory as a result of excess and obsolete inventories, or when it believes that the net realizable value of inventories is less than the carrying value.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.

        Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives of furniture, fixtures, computers, technology hardware, and vehicles range from 3 to 5 years. Our purchased software is amortized over 7 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the related lease term (without consideration of option renewal terms).

        Long-lived assets, such as property, and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, we first compare undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined using various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. No impairment losses were recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 or during 2018 and 2017.

Income Taxes

        We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, "Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We classify all deferred income tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on our balance sheet. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized within the provision for (benefit from) income taxes on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the period that includes the enactment date.

        We reduce deferred tax assets, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax assets. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including taxable income in prior carryback years (if carryback is permitted under the relevant tax law), the timing of the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, tax-planning strategies, and projected future taxable income. Please refer to Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on the composition of these valuation allowances and for information on the impact of U.S. tax reform legislation. We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.

97


Table of Contents

        We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within the provision for (benefit from) income taxes on our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Compensation cost for all stock-based awards, including options to purchase stock, is measured at fair value on the date of grant and recognized over the service period. The fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes model. Stock-based compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service periods of awards, which is typically four years. The actual forfeiture rate applied is based on historical forfeitures. The estimated number of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results, or updated estimates, differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.

        See Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a complete description of the accounting for stock-based awards. We also issue stock-based compensation to some of our non-employee consultants. We account for equity awards to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, which requires the fair value of an award to non-employees be remeasured at fair value as the award vests. Upon completion of the underlying performance obligation, or the vesting period, these cease to be revalued.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures of Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, foreign currency and inflation. All these market risks arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative trading activities. The following analysis provides quantitative information regarding these risks.

Interest Rate Risk

        Our operating results are subject to risk from interest rate fluctuations on our Senior Secured Facility and Subordinated Facility, which carry variable interest rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to loss resulting from changes in the level of interest rates and the spread between different interest rates. Our Senior Secured Facility and Subordinated Facility bear interest at variable rates, which exposes us to market risks relating to changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk is highly sensitive due to many factors, including U.S. monetary and tax policies, U.S. and international economic factors and other factors beyond our control. As of September 30, 2019, we had $15.9 million of variable rate debt outstanding under our Senior Secured Facility and $25.0 million of variable rate debt outstanding under our Subordinated Facility. Based on September 30, 2019 debt levels, an increase or decrease of 1.0% in the effective interest rate on the Senior Secured Facility and our Subordinated Facility would cause an increase in interest expense of approximately $0.4 million and a decrease of approximately $0.2 million over the next 12 months. Our Subordinated Facility provides $50 million of committed financing with variable interest and repayment options ranging from prime for the three-month interest-only revolver option to prime plus 7.25% for 48 months interest only option. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes, but this does not preclude our adoption of specific hedging strategies in the future.

Foreign Currency Risk

        All our domestic product sales, inventory purchases, and operating expenses have been denominated in U.S. dollars. We therefore have not had any foreign currency risk associated with these activities. The functional currency of all our entities is the U.S. dollar, other than Casper Sleep (UK) Limited which is the British pound, and Casper Sleep GmbH and Casper Sleep SAS, which are the euro. Product sales and inventory purchases for these entities are primarily in their functional

98


Table of Contents

currency (e.g. British pounds and euros). Additionally, we incur a portion of operating expenses in Canadian dollars, British pounds and euros. Our results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, covering principally the British Pound, the European Union euro, Canadian dollar, and Chinese RMB. However, we believe functional currency revenues and expenses mostly provide a natural hedge and that the exposure to foreign currency fluctuation from product sales and operating expenses is immaterial currently as the related product sales and costs do not constitute a significant portion of our sales revenue, net and expenses. As we grow our operations, our exposure to foreign currency risk could become more significant. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency exchange contracts and currently do not expect to enter into foreign currency exchange contracts for trading or speculative purposes.

Impact of Inflation

        Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our historical results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial. We cannot assure you, however, that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting for insufficient period end cut-off procedures related to accounting for certain operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2018. This material weakness contributed to errors in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 which resulted in overstatement of accrued liabilities, overstatement of sales and marketing expense, and overstatement of general and administrative expense. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

        We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness, including hiring additional accounting personnel, enhancing and documenting accounting policies and procedures, and implementing additional management review controls. These additional resources and procedures are designed to enable us to broaden the scope and quality of our internal review of underlying information related to financial reporting and to enhance our internal control procedures. With the oversight of senior management, we have begun taking steps to remediate the underlying causes of the material weakness.

        We and our independent registered public accounting firm were not required to perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses. Material weaknesses may still exist when we report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by reporting requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act after the completion of this offering.

99


Table of Contents


LETTER FROM PHILIP KRIM, CO-FOUNDER AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

        Five years ago, my co-founders and I were aspiring entrepreneurs, increasingly busy with our lives, trying to improve our personal health and wellness—but, too often, sacrificing sleep to make it all work. And we realized that when we slept better, we felt better, and performed better.

        Sleep is the third pillar of wellness alongside fitness and nutrition. People across the globe are increasingly realizing that sleep is central to living happier, healthier, and more productive lives.

        No brand had made a commitment to delivering better sleep at scale, through an elevated and aspirational direct-to-consumer experience. Others have memorably created global, trusted brands in fitness and nutrition—while emerging direct-to-consumer brands are disrupting eyewear, personal care and many other categories.

        At Casper, our mission is to awaken the potential of a well-rested world. Our ambition is to build the first consumer-centric sleep brand that will endure for generations.

        Today, the sleep revolution is just getting started. Spotify created a genre dedicated to sleep—and the top Sleep playlist is more popular than the top Jazz playlist. Two of Target's five bestselling vitamins are sleep vitamins. Professional sports teams now hire sleep coaches for their athletes. And high-performing business executives acknowledge the importance of sleep in their personal and professional lives. I believe a single company will orchestrate this movement and successfully capture this opportunity. That company is Casper.

        From day one, we completely reimagined the consumer experience and placed our customers at the center of everything we do. We recognized that buying a mattress was a broken consumer experience. The large, incumbent mattress brands were far removed from their customers, selling through traditional retailers employing opaque, confusing and pushy sales tactics. We addressed this meaningful gap in the market by building a direct-to-consumer business offering a joyful and transparent shopping experience through our leading website, and soon afterwards through select retail partnerships and our thoughtfully-curated stores.

        We also understood that the best products win in the long-run. Our product development is not limited by historical practice or convention. We invested in data science and technology to build America's number one rated mattress that we launched on April 22, 2014 and have since developed and offer a full range of sleep products, experiences, content, and services all focused on holistically improving how people sleep.

        In less than six years, we've changed the way people think about and invest in sleep. We've woken up a massive but previously stale industry. We've created a brand that consumers love, and love coming back to. And we are only getting started.

        At Casper, we are creating a timeless, universal brand focused on becoming the world's top-of-mind company for better sleep. In the coming years, we expect to accelerate a new marketplace which we call The Sleep Economy. We will be tireless in our pursuit of creating the world's first Sleep Company that delivers value for our consumers, our investors, and our incredible team of dreamers and doers around the world.

        I am inspired each and every day by consumers who share with us how better sleep has changed their lives and how Casper has catalyzed that discovery. This is what gets me out of bed each morning.

        We look forward to the days, and nights, ahead.

100


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        People spend more time sleeping than on any other single activity throughout their lives. When we sleep better, we experience better hours awake, making us more productive, creative, happy, and healthy. We believe sleep is rapidly becoming the third pillar of wellness and is poised to undergo the same massive transformation that fitness and nutrition have as they became major consumer categories.

        As the wellness equation increasingly evolves to include sleep, the business of sleep is growing and evolving into what we call the Sleep Economy. We are helping to accelerate this transformation. Our mission is to awaken the potential of a well-rested world, and we want Casper to become the top-of-mind brand for best-in-class products and experiences that improve how we sleep.

        As a pioneer of the Sleep Economy, we bring the benefits of cutting-edge technology, data, and insights directly to consumers. We focus on building direct relationships with consumers, providing a human experience, and making shopping for sleep joyful. We meet consumers wherever they are, online and in person, providing a fun and engaging experience, while reducing the hassles associated with traditional purchases. We are building a universal, enduring brand that is already embraced by over 1.4 million happy customers.

        We do all of this because we understand the consumer. Shopping for sleep is a highly considered and personal decision. Today's consumers research their purchases and move freely back and forth from online to offline. At Casper, we put the consumer first in everything we do and invest to ensure long-term valuable relationships where consumers return again and again to shop for more sleep products and services.

        We believe great brands win over the long-term and have the ability to change the culture around them. We have endeavored to build a brand that is genuine, trustworthy, and approachable, as well as fun and playful. Through our investment in a sophisticated and integrated marketing strategy, we engage consumers across the entire consumer journey, from our iconic public transit advertising campaigns, to our "Napmobiles" and experiential retail store concepts, to our category-leading social media presence. We see the Casper brand as an immeasurably valuable asset that we are utilizing to help capture a large share of the Sleep Economy.

        Product innovation and excellence lie at the heart of our business. Since the release of our first product, the award-winning Casper mattress, we have expanded into pillows, sheets, duvets, bedroom furniture, sleep accessories, sleep technology, and sleep services. We design and engineer our products in-house at Casper Labs. We believe this state-of-the-art research and development facility puts Casper on the cutting edge of sleep innovations. We employ a team of data-driven researchers, designers, and engineers focused on building a better night's sleep through innovative new products such as our Wave mattress with hyper-targeted support technology and the revolutionary Glow Light, which is designed to synchronize with the body's circadian rhythm and was named one of Time Magazine's Best Inventions of 2019. We believe that no other company catering to the Sleep Economy has our level of product development talent, resources, data-driven insights, or expertise.

        We seek to deliver a joyful shopping experience, regardless of sales channel. Our consumer experience includes knowledgeable and consultative sales associates, appealing and thoughtfully curated stores, immersive in-store trials, engaging and convenient online shopping, and fast and flexible delivery. The Casper experience allows consumers to seamlessly navigate between online and offline channels, eliminating boundaries, and reducing the friction associated with traditional purchases. Currently, we distribute our products directly to customers in seven countries through our e-commerce platform, 60 Casper retail stores, and 18 retail partners.

        In our first five years, Casper has experienced rapid growth. We believe our consumer focus, innovative products, and multichannel go-to-market strategy differentiate us both from legacy

129


Table of Contents

competitors and new entrants. For the years 2018, 2017, and 2016, our net revenue was $357.9 million, $250.9 million, and $169.1 million, respectively, representing a 45.5% CAGR, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, our net revenue was $312.3 million and $259.7 million, respectively, representing 20.3% year-over-year growth.

GRAPHIC

130


Table of Contents

The Sleep Economy

        We believe that the Sleep Economy represents a rapidly growing and traditionally fragmented market.

GRAPHIC

        Consumers are increasingly recognizing quality sleep as a key component of a healthy lifestyle. There are many factors affecting sleep quality, including light, sound, temperature and humidity, mattress and bedding selection, as well as bedtime and wake-up rituals. Importantly, we believe that sleep consists of more than just the act of sleeping, and instead, includes the entire set of human behaviors that span from bedtime to wake-up and affect sleep quality—this is what we refer to as the Sleep Arc. With outspoken proponents, from CEOs and business leaders to celebrities and professional athletes, the concept that high-quality sleep is critical to health and wellness is becoming well known. Further, as consumers become educated around the serious potential health consequences of poor sleep, they are poised to spend more on sleep products in the same way that they have increased spending in other areas of health and wellness. However, unlike other categories of health and wellness, historically there were no powerful brands that provided holistic solutions to the Sleep Economy. Instead, the Sleep Economy has traditionally been characterized by a fragmented set of providers across different products, services, and use cases.

        Our approach is to offer products and services across the entirety of the Sleep Arc under one brand. Our offerings encompass traditional sleep categories for consumers, such as mattresses, soft goods, and bedroom furniture, and are increasingly focused on non-traditional categories, including products that promote the ideal ambience for sleep, such as lighting, sound, scents, temperature, and humidity; sleep technology, such as tracking devices, medical machines, bedside clocks, and connected devices; sleep supplements, such as sprays, pills, and vitamins; and sleep services, such as digital apps, meditation, sleep programming, and counseling. Beyond the daily sleep needs of adults, we aim to meet a range of use cases with unique product and service needs, such as for travel, children and babies, and pets. We believe we are the first company that understands and serves the Sleep Economy in a holistic way.

131


Table of Contents

The Sleep Economy is Large and Growing

        The Frost & Sullivan Assessment forecasts the global Sleep Economy to be $432 billion in 2019, growing at a CAGR of 6.3% to $585 billion by 2024, and forecasts the U.S. Sleep Economy to be $79 billion in 2019, growing at a CAGR of 3.6% to $95 billion by 2024.

Global Sleep Economy, 2019-2024

GRAPHIC

        The global Sleep Economy is comprised of a variety of products, services, and applications.

Global Sleep Economy by Product Category, 2019
$432bn

GRAPHIC

132


Table of Contents

        The total market size of the categories and geographies we currently address is $67 billion in 2019, leaving significant opportunity for growth.

Casper's Sleep Economy Opportunity in 2019

GRAPHIC

Growth of the Sleep Economy is Driven by Attractive Trends

133


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe we are changing the way that people shop for sleep by transforming what has historically been an impersonal, highly-pressured, one-time transaction into a rewarding and long-term relationship. Sleep products are highly personal and purchases of sleep products can require substantial consumer time and research. We understand that the path to purchase typically includes multiple touchpoints across both physical and online sales channels and can span weeks or months of education and deliberation.

        We have built a company based on this understanding of our consumers' purchasing behavior, with a focus on building long-term relationships where consumers return again and again to shop for more sleep products and services. We believe our trusted brand, continued investment into the consumer experience, innovative products, multi-channel approach, and relentless focus on data have resulted in strong customer relationships with significant lifetime values. We have compelling experiences with customers making repeat purchases despite the fact that the traditional replacement cycle of many of our products is longer than Casper's existence. From Casper's beginning through September 30, 2019, we have seen more than 16% of customers who have purchased at least once through our direct-to-consumer channel return to purchase another product. Importantly, 14% of our customers returned within a year of their original purchase (excluding those customers whose original purchase date was less than one year prior to September 30, 2019 and had not made a repeat purchase as of that date). Further, 20% of customers in our direct-to-consumer channel during the first nine months of 2019 were repeat customers.

        The following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and drive our success.

A Transformational, Consumer-Centric Sleep Brand

        We see Casper's powerful brand as a market-defining opportunity and an immeasurably valuable asset. Our brand is genuine, trustworthy, and approachable, as well as fun and playful. With $422.8 million invested in marketing from January 1, 2016 through September 30, 2019, we have elevated our brand through a sophisticated, data-driven, and integrated marketing strategy. The success

134


Table of Contents

of this strategy has helped us build our brand into a household name and created a large and highly engaged consumer following.

GRAPHIC

In just five years, our consumer-centric focus has allowed us to achieve the following milestones as of September 30, 2019:

        Our customers are brand champions and serve as a valuable source of referrals to friends and family, a built-in market as we further develop new products and services, and a source of future growth as they replace previously purchased Casper or competitor products. Based on a recent survey

135


Table of Contents

of Casper customers, we are proud that the largest source of new customers for Casper is referrals from happy, satisfied customers to their friends and family. Additionally, our brand attracts new retail partners looking to diversify their consumer profile and increase in-store foot and web traffic. We believe the strength of our brand is integral to the growth of our business, and we will continue to focus on enhancing our brand to maintain and further our competitive advantage.

An Innovative Products and Services Platform Built for Better Sleep

        Since our founding in 2014, Casper has delivered innovative products and services that enable our customers to achieve a better night's sleep. Our story started with our first product, the award-winning Casper mattress, which was rated America's number one mattress in October 2018 and named one of "The Most Influential Products of the Past Decade" by Consumer Reports in December 2019. We subsequently developed a range of mattresses and expanded into pillows, sheets and duvets, bedroom furniture and accessories, sleep technology, and related services.

        Product innovation and excellence lie at the heart of our business. Based in San Francisco, Casper Labs has over 25,000 square feet of fabrication and test space, featuring state-of-the-art capabilities to test against a wide range of factors affecting sleep quality. We employ over 40 dedicated researchers, designers, engineers, and support staff focused on building a better night's sleep through innovative new products and services development and the continuous improvement of existing offerings. Casper Labs controls every aspect of our product offering, including design and construction, material performance requirements, manufacturing protocols, supplier selection, packaging specifications, and quality assurance. We believe that no other company in the category has our level of product development talent, resources, or expertise. Casper Labs innovates throughout the Sleep Economy, expanding the frontiers of sleep through the integration of data science and human-centered research and design.

GRAPHIC

        Our products seek to address real life sleep challenges by addressing a variety of factors that impact sleep including: the microclimate under the covers, through the regulation of humidity and temperature; comfort and support, through the use of high-quality materials and ergonomic designs; and lighting in the sleep environment, through smart devices that provide sleep-conducive lighting. We

136


Table of Contents

also work to address "the little things" in our products, offering innovative features to make the sleep experience better and less stressful. These features range from simple solutions such as head and foot markings on bed sheets for ease of placement, to our gesture-controlled Glow Light.

GRAPHIC

        We also offer sleep-related services that complement our sleep products. Such services are currently focused on providing a seamless purchase and delivery experience, a range of financing options and extended warranties, online sleep content, and an app that accompanies the Glow Light. For instance, we offer various delivery options, in-home setup services, mattress removal, no-hassle returns, and product warranties that focus on providing fast and quality service options to consumers. We provide consumers, through third-party financing partners, flexible financing solutions allowing consumers to pay over time with rates as low as 0% APR and no hidden fees. With the launch of The Sleep Channel, a social media offering that includes meditations, bedtime stories, and soothing sounds to help you fall asleep, we are broadening our offerings across the Sleep Economy.

137


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

        We believe the high-quality nature of our products and continual iterative improvement have helped drive Casper's strong repeat customer business—from Casper's beginning through September 30, 2019, we have seen over 16% of our customers who have purchased at least once returning to make a repeat purchase, with the repeat customer rate reaching 20% for the first nine months of 2019. These repeat consumers most frequently return to purchase the same product—for example, a mattress customer returning to purchase a second or third mattress, which indicates our customers are looking for sleep solutions for other bedrooms and, in some cases, have shortened traditional replacement cycles for their existing sleep products. We believe that, as existing customers return to Casper for additional bedroom solutions, we have the opportunity to offer these customers more holistic sleep solutions in adjacent categories, particularly as our product portfolio and cross-sell capabilities grow.

A Joyful Consumer Experience

        We believe a joyful consumer experience differentiates us from legacy competitors. Our consumers benefit from knowledgeable, consultative sales associates, appealing and thoughtfully curated stores, immersive in-store trials, engaging and convenient online shopping, and fast and flexible delivery.

        Our approachable and transparent shopping experience is achieved through:

138


Table of Contents

        Our business is dependent on our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers through a joyful consumer experience.

A Synergistic, Multi-Channel Go-to-Market Approach

        Sleep products are personal, often significant investments that can require substantial consumer consideration and research. Our data shows that the path to purchase may include multiple touchpoints across both physical and online sales channels and can involve weeks of education and deliberation. Consumers research online, test products in stores, consult friends, and speak with customer service teams, and they expect the companies with whom they interact to facilitate this journey. Unlike many of our competitors, Casper puts the shopping experience on the consumer's terms, empowering them to seamlessly navigate between offline and online channels. We believe our multi-channel expansion creates synergies and that these channels, to date, have proven to be complementary, not cannibalistic. In fact, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our direct-to-consumer sales in cities where we have opened retail stores have grown over 100% faster on average than cities without a Casper retail store.

139


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

        We distribute our products through a flexible, multi-channel approach, combining our direct-to-consumer channel, including our e-commerce platform and retail stores, with our retail partnerships. We strive to ensure a consistent look, feel, and approach across our channels, product and service offerings, pricing, return policies, warranties, inventory availability, and brand presentation. We believe that consumers increasingly expect consistency between digital and physical retail, and Casper is focused on ensuring the best possible experience for consumers throughout their journey, regardless of channel.

        Our e-commerce sales are generated through casper.com, which has country-specific functionality, and a best-in-class guided user experience supported by Sleep Specialists available through phone, chat, email, and social channels. We have also invested in large digital product and technology engineering teams who develop and maintain our desktop and mobile platforms. Our digital platforms also allow for constant experimentation and rich data collection that enable us to improve key business variables such as pricing offers and promotions, upsell incentives, responsiveness, conversion efficiency, and advertising effectiveness, all of which help inform our marketing mix and attribution models and further our business. Across our e-commerce channel, our AOV increased from $583 in 2017 to $686 in 2018 and to $710 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. From 2017 through September 30, 2019, while expanding our e-commerce channel, we have maintained 'first purchase profitable' e-commerce economics, defined as gross profit dollars, less marketing dollars, over a specific time period.

140


Table of Contents

        We currently operate 60 retail stores in the United States and Canada. As of September 30, 2019, our existing stores that have been operating for one year or longer are all four-wall profitable. In addition, as of September 30, 2019, our stores that have been operating for one year or longer have averaged approximately $1,600 in annual net sales per sellable square foot, which we believe is reflective of our high volumes of consumer traffic, our ability to successfully engage with consumers to drive sales, our compelling products and services, in-store inventory availability, and an effective pricing strategy. Consistent with our experience to date, we target for our future retail stores a cash-on-cash payback period ranging from 18 to 24 months. Consumers have proven to be highly engaged when they experience our retail stores and spend, on average, more than 25 minutes in store when they visit. Across our retail channel, our AOV increased from $437 in 2017 to $720 in 2018 and to $820 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our presence in physical retail stores has proven complementary to our e-commerce channel, as we believe interaction with multiple channels has created a synergistic "network effect" that increases system-wide sales as a whole. Driving continued success in our retail store expansions will be an important contributor to our future growth and profitability.

        Additionally, our retail partnerships allow us to further grow our brand reach as we selectively pursue partnerships with like-minded retailers. Currently, we have 18 retail partners, including Amazon, Costco, Hudson's Bay Company, and Target, among others. Casper works with each retail partner to enhance the consumer experience and to best showcase select Casper sleep products. We tailor our approach to each retail partner with a variety of options, including unique floor positioning, visual merchandising, inventory availability, flexible packaging options, training, and marketing support while maintaining consistent brand, pricing, and product offerings across our business.

Agile, Data-Driven Business

        We believe we have more data on consumer sleep behavior than any other competitor, and we use it to enhance all areas of our business. We gather data from a variety of sources including webpage visits, retail store analytics technology, retail points of sale, delivery partners, retail partners, media partners, social media, consumer reviews, inbound consumer interactions, returns, and a variety of third-party data sources. Our in-house teams of data scientists and analysts leverage this data for insights to enhance various areas of our business including new product development, current product improvements, casper.com user experience optimizations, pricing, and delivery improvements.

141


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

        Data and analytics are at the heart of our marketing strategy, and we constantly test and experiment to further grow our business. We leverage sophisticated proprietary marketing decision models to inform both our absolute spend and our relative spend allocation among marketing channels, as well as the pacing of spend by part of day and week. The bulk of our data models have been built in-house by a team of data scientists, statisticians, and engineers. We believe this level of insight has not been brought to bear on the Sleep Economy prior to Casper.

A Visionary, Founder-led Team

        Our story began in 2014 with five founders who shared a common vision: bring sleep to the forefront of the wellness conversation. That same spirit of innovation and consumer-focused attitude guides Casper to this day and extends to all members of the organization. We are currently led by a team of experienced executives with diverse industry backgrounds and who have worked for companies such as Amazon, Google, H&R Block, IDEO, Kate Spade, Ralph Lauren, Tesla, Tory Burch, and Wayfair. Our management team has proven track records of generating results through developing powerful consumer insights, designing best-in-class products, and building scalable global operations, all while preserving the same entrepreneurial spirit that drove Casper from the start.

        Our leadership team is supported by a world-class board of directors with experience successfully investing in, building, and running high-growth, consumer-focused global companies. Further, our leadership team is supported by a Sleep Advisory Board assembled from experts in the fields of sleep research, clinical psychology, and integrated medicine who are all committed to Casper's vision and provide a valuable educational resource for our employees on sleep. Our current Sleep Advisory Board members are Dr. Mary Carskadon, a professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior at the Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University; Dr. Jennifer Martin, a professor at the David Geffen School of Medicine at the University of California, Los Angeles; Dr. Frank Lipman, an expert in functional and integrative medicine, founder of Eleven Eleven Wellness Center, and Chief Medical Officer at The Well, both in New York City; and Dr. Michael Grandner, Director of the Sleep

142


Table of Contents

and Health Research Program and Associate Professor of Psychiatry at the University of Arizona College of Medicine. Our Sleep Advisory Board provides advice and training for employees on strategies and techniques for better sleep so that they are able to rest better and be more knowledgeable about the topic of sleep when interacting with customers. Additionally, the Sleep Advisory Board assists the Company with developing and testing products.

Our Growth Strategy

        We have achieved rapid growth, generating 45.5% net revenue CAGR from 2016 to 2018, and 20.3% year-over-year net revenue growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. We have also expanded our gross margin from 42.8% in 2016 to 44.1% in 2018 and to 50.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2019, while making significant long-term investments in human capital, research and development, brand-building, and distribution. Our continued investment in and expansion of the Casper brand, distribution, and product offerings will further increase opportunities to acquire new customers and expand relationships with our existing customer base.

        We believe we are creating a meaningful future customer asset. As of September 30, 2019, over 16% of customers who have purchased at least once since Casper's inception have made a repeat purchase, despite the fact that the traditional replacement cycle of many of our products is longer than Casper's existence. This demonstrates that customers are returning to Casper to expand the number of products they own, not merely to replace them—we expect this rate to grow further as we expand our product and consumer offerings for our customers. Importantly, we are also able to acquire these returning customers more efficiently than new customers. While we are proud of our accomplishments to date, we believe the most exciting opportunities for Casper's growth story lie ahead and we intend to pursue the following strategies to help us achieve this growth.

Increase Brand Awareness and Equity to Acquire New Customers

        Increasing brand awareness and growing favorable brand equity among consumers in both existing and new markets has been, and remains, central to our growth. We believe brand familiarity and preference will continue to have a significant role in winning customers as the decision to buy sleep products and solutions is thoughtful and personal.

        Our investment in marketing initiatives from 2016 to September 30, 2019 totaled $422.8 million. In just five years, as of September 30, 2019, we have achieved 31% aided brand awareness amongst the general U.S. population according to YouGov BrandIndex. Additionally, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, Casper's brand awareness is approximately 36% higher on average than the nearest direct-to-consumer competitor. We are excited about the opportunities that we believe will follow as awareness continues to grow.

        We drive brand awareness through a combination of sophisticated, multi-layered marketing programs, word-of-mouth referrals, experiential brand events, retail expansion, and ongoing product usage. A core tenet of our brand growth strategy is offering consumers increased ways to engage with our products and services, both online and offline through our direct-to-consumer channel and our retail partners. While our retail stores and e-commerce platform enable us to offer consumers direct contact with our brand and experience, our retail partnerships allow us to further extend our brand and experience to wider and different audiences.

Expand Direct-to-Consumer Presence and Network of Retail Partnerships

        We complement our strong online presence by expanding our physical retail footprint to deliver additional consumer touchpoints and increase sales and margin. A greater physical retail presence helps us to not only increase consumer awareness and education, but also to offer convenient product trial opportunities, multiple purchase options, and flexibility in delivery.

143


Table of Contents

        We plan to continue the rollout of new Casper retail stores to strengthen our footprint in existing cities, while selectively entering into new cities in the United States, Canada, and other international markets. Our new store opening process is highly scalable, and we believe there is a significant opportunity for us to further expand our retail store base. We expect that our typical new stores will have between 1,750 and 2,250 square feet of selling space. Over time, we believe there is an opportunity to have more than 200 Casper retail stores in North America alone. We believe our multi-channel expansion creates synergies and that these channels, to date, have proven to be complementary, not cannibalistic. In fact, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our direct-to-consumer sales in cities where we have opened retail stores have grown over 100% faster on average than cities without a Casper retail store. From 2017 through September 30, 2019, while expanding our e-commerce channel, we have maintained 'first purchase profitable' e-commerce economics.

GRAPHIC

        Casper works with each retail partner to enhance the consumer experience and to best showcase select Casper sleep offerings in their physical environments and their online platforms. We tailor our approach to each retail partner with a variety of options, including unique floor positioning, visual merchandising, inventory availability, flexible packaging options, training, and marketing support while maintaining consistent brand, pricing, and product SKU offerings across our business. We believe we have an opportunity to increase sales by adding new locations, with both existing and new partners, and increase volume in existing locations.

144


Table of Contents

        We also believe that the growth of our offline presence elevates the reach of our digital consumer experience. After visiting a store, consumers often continue their experience via our digital platform, significantly increasing the likelihood of purchasing a product. We believe our multi-channel expansion creates synergies and that these channels, to date, have proven to be complementary, not cannibalistic. In fact, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our direct-to-consumer sales in cities where we have opened retail stores have grown over 100% faster on average than cities without a Casper retail store. We will continue to invest in e-commerce technology, talent, and marketing to complement our physical retail strategy.

Invest in New Products and Services

        We plan to continue to offer products and services that span and work together across the entire Sleep Arc. We believe this expansion will attract new customer segments and retail partners, as well as enhance average order value, increase attachment rate opportunities, and deliver higher overall customer lifetime value.

        In total, the Sleep Economy is large, and Casper has significant room to increase the type and number of sleep-focused products and services sold to consumers. We will continue to diversify our platform by investing in human-centered needs assessment, iterative research and development, rapid prototyping and development cycles, all of which are among Casper's core competencies.

        Casper Labs sits at the center of our ability to continue bringing innovative and enhanced performance-driven products to market with both speed and excellence. Recent product launches embody our philosophy of innovation, such as the humidity-fighting duvet that uses merino wool to help control relative humidity within the bed microclimate, the Casper pillow that uses a pillow-within-a-pillow design to provide both support and comfort, and the Glow Light. Casper's powerful products increasingly cover the entire Sleep Arc, profoundly impact sleep performance, introduce us to new markets and distribution partners, and increase the lifetime value of our customer relationships.

        We anticipate that growth of our products and services will span entirely new categories of the Sleep Arc, including:

Drive Continued Operational Excellence

        We are committed to improving productivity and profitability through a number of operational initiatives designed to grow our revenue and expand our margins. To date, Casper has had significant results improving gross margins, achieving 50.7% in gross margin for the three months ended September 30, 2019, up from 42.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016. Overall business profitability will be driven by continued net revenue growth in conjunction with gross margin improvements, continued marketing efficiencies, and generating operating leverage. We believe there is

145


Table of Contents

opportunity for continued improvement in gross margins, marketing efficiencies, and operating leverage through these key initiatives:

Expand into New Countries

        Our vision of becoming the world's most loved and largest sleep company leads to further global growth opportunities. Casper currently operates in seven countries—the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and France—with product and service offerings tailored to each market by channel but maintaining a consistent brand and consumer experience. We carefully balance brand, creative consistency and global standardization—including leveraging back and middle office, and technology support—balancing local preferences and market tastes in product, sizing, and distribution in order to both ensure strong consumer relevance and maximize company synergies. We intend to expand into new international markets organically, through acquisitions, and through other partnership opportunities, depending on the best product and channel strategy for each country or region. We envision expanding our total international footprint to more than 20 countries.

146


Table of Contents

The Casper Philosophy

GRAPHIC

        We dream big at Casper and are on a mission to awaken the potential of a well-rested world. We are guided by our conviction in building a business, category, and community that promote great sleep. At Casper, we are mission drivers, collaborators, builders, and pioneers, always trying to deliver a unique brand of humor and wit that we call "zing." We are consumer-centric to the core, and strive to offer a seamless, consultative, and joyful experience focused on improving the way the world sleeps. Our brand is genuine, trustworthy, and approachable, as well as fun and playful. We believe the joy and simplicity we seek to bring to consumers and our retail partners is universally refreshing, uniquely Casper, and the key to revolutionizing how people think about and shop for sleep.

        We are committed to providing consumers with an elevated experience that they can see and feel through our brand, marketing interactions, products, services, and distribution channels. Buying sleep products is a very personal decision, and most consumers take time to research and compare options, solicit advice from friends and family, and draw upon previous experiences before making their final purchase decision. We work tirelessly to engineer shopping experiences that emphasize both the simplicity of our product portfolio (typically with "good-better-best" options in each category) as well as the consistency in the Casper brand experience and product design across all our channels.

        Casper was founded with a consumer-first approach and we continue to leverage customer feedback, behavior, and insights to guide our long-term strategy and daily decision making. Behind the scenes, Casper connects the power of this information to create a cycle of continuous, impactful improvements throughout our business. We are genuinely interested in the feedback and support of consumers, peers, and partners, and believe our work is better for it. Our "zing" and data-driven insights run throughout our business, from creative executions to unique store designs, and from forward thinking retail partnerships to our award-winning, innovative product portfolio.

Products

        The sleep experience extends beyond the time we are asleep. Casper believes sleep solutions should do the same. We envision the sleep experience as an arc, from soothing pre-bedtime rituals, to late night dreams, and awakening rituals. We design products to address the full Sleep Arc because we believe it is the best way to truly improve sleep.

        Our design philosophy is centered on the idea that sleep is both deeply technical and highly personal. Our approach to design is rooted in this belief, which balances the scientific and the emotional aspects. We call it "Cozy Performance" and we express that in every product and experience we design. All Casper products are thoughtfully designed and rigorously tested to provide sleep solutions grounded in consumer needs, preferences, insights, and feedback. We use high-quality materials that provide quality sleep with an emphasis on look and feel.

147


Table of Contents

        We thoughtfully curate our product and service offerings. We offer a limited selection of distinct products in each category at various price points, which target a range of consumer needs and budgets. As we expand our product portfolio, we intend to develop sleep products that address the factors of sight, sound, smell, touch, temperature, humidity, and body position across the full Sleep Arc, which will offer distinct and complementary benefits to our existing offerings. Our current product and services portfolio is comprised of six categories: mattresses, soft goods, furniture, connected sleep, accessories and third-party products, and services.

GRAPHIC

Mattresses

        At the core of the Sleep Arc, the mattress is the base for a good night's sleep. Our thoughtfully-designed mattresses provide comfort, including ergonomic support, thermal comfort, pressure relief, motion isolation, easy position realignment, and long-term durability. We currently offer mattresses at three different tiers to address the needs of different consumers. Each of our mattresses has our signature "Just Right" feel and utilizes a highly breathable, bouncy, soft top layer over a pressure relieving memory foam layer, which is designed to support, comfort, and cool the body, leading to better-quality sleep. All of our mattresses are designed and engineered in-house by the research and development team at Casper Labs. Additionally, each of our mattresses has a 100-night, risk-free trial and a 10-year limited warranty. All mattresses are compressed, roll-packed, and shipped in our innovative box and delivered to customers through common carrier delivery, in-store pick-up, or in-home set-up.

The Wave Series

        Our Wave Series is our premium mattress collection. We offer the Wave in both our signature foam and spring-hybrid version, both of which come with complimentary delivery and in-home setup.

148


Table of Contents

        The Wave.    Our advanced foam mattress provides ergonomic support and temperature regulation at a premium price point. Measuring 13 inches in height, it has five layers of premium foam including a velvety soft top layer. While traditional pillow-top mattresses tend to sag over time, our soft top layer is built for durability. Additionally, the Wave has our Hyper-Targeted Support technology that utilizes gel pods and surface contouring design to provide for precise and nuanced support of the human body, as well as a humidity-fighting wool cover to provide enhanced cooling. The Wave queen-sized mattress is currently priced at $2,395.

        The Wave Hybrid.    Our most advanced overall mattress combines resilient springs with hyper-targeted ergonomics. Measuring 13 inches in height, it features five layers of premium foam, targeted gel pods to support the hips and core, and fabric-wrapped springs set into a foam perimeter to provide enhanced edge support. The gel pods support the body at key points and the air-flow friendly coils, perforated breathable foam, and humidity-fighting wool cover provide enhanced cooling. The Wave Hybrid queen-sized mattress is currently priced at $2,595.

GRAPHIC

The Casper Series

        Our Casper Series is our most popular mattress collection. We offer the Casper mattress in both our signature foam and spring-hybrid version, both of which feature Zoned Support technology that provides firmer support under the hips and a softer support under the shoulders for spinal alignment and comfort.

        The Casper.    Our signature mattress measures 12 inches in height and has four layers of premium foam to create the perfect balance of body support, breathability, comfort and spinal alignment. The Casper queen-sized mattress is currently priced at $1,095.

        The Casper Hybrid.    This mattress combines our signature foam mattress design with springs for added support and better cooling technology. Measuring 12 inches in height, this mattress has four

149


Table of Contents

layers of premium foam, resilient and gentle coils for added lift, and enhanced edge support with end-to-end springs. The Casper Hybrid queen-sized mattress is currently priced at $1,295.

GRAPHIC

The Essential Series

        The Essential Series provides our "Just Right" feel at an affordable price point. The Essential mattress provides ergonomic support through a unique combination of pressure-relieving, yet highly supportive foams that are also open cell and highly breathable to enable cooler sleeping.

        The Essential, measuring 11 inches in height, offers an introduction to the comfort of a Casper-engineered mattress. It features streamlined support with three layers of premium foam that include a supportive bottom layer, a pressure-relieving memory foam middle layer, and a soft, resilient, breathable top layer. The Essential is our entry-level mattress, and the Essential queen-sized mattress is currently priced at $595.

The Casper Snug

        The Casper Snug, at eight inches in height, features two layers of our premium, open-cell foam, providing pressure-relieving, highly supportive foams that are also breathable. The Casper Snug queen-sized mattress is currently priced at a retail partner-exclusive price of $495.

        The Casper Snug comes in a unique and innovative "mini-box," which measures just 24 inches in height by 16.5 inches in width. We leveraged new developments in mattress compression and folding technologies to design a finished product that is more compact and portable than our other existing mattress products, thus allowing retail partners who have limited space to carry more of our mattress products on their shelves and their consumers to more easily take our product home from the store.

        Currently, The Casper Snug is available through select retail partners.

150


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Soft Goods

        Sleep soft goods, such as pillows, sheets, and blankets, offer both emotional and functional benefits for consumers. Soft goods have a measurable impact on sleeping quality through breathability, humidity management, and ergonomic support. Due to the intimate nature and high visibility of these products in the home, consumers' decisions are also affected by a number of elements like brand, materials, softness, colorways, and other aesthetic points. Casper has created a line of soft goods that balances the emotional and functional considerations, offering pillows, sheets, duvets, mattress protectors and quilts.

Pillows

        Pillows affect the body's contour and help with spinal alignment. The pillow is the natural extension of our mattress collection to support the sleep journey.

        The Casper Pillow.    Our Original Casper Pillow features an innovative pillow-in-pillow design that is both supportive and soft and utilizes an inner pillow filled with supportive gel fibers and an outer pillow that has a plush, cushioning feel. Fibers of different sizes are blown into the pillow covers, producing pillows that are soft, supportive, and shapeable. The pillow covers are made from high-quality Percale cotton that offers a cool and supple feel that softens with use. The Casper Pillow is offered in two sizes, with the standard pillow size currently priced at $65.

GRAPHIC

        The Down Pillow.    Our Down Pillow features a unique five-chamber structured design that combines breathability with support. The down used in our Down Pillow is ethically sourced and certified by the Responsible Down Standard. The Down Pillow offers luxurious comfort by combining

151


Table of Contents

an airy feel with responsive support. The Down Pillow is offered in two sizes, with the standard size currently priced at $125.

GRAPHIC

        The Foam Pillow.    Our Foam Pillow has a three-layer design with a supportive inner layer which contours to the head and neck in all sleep positions, while plush outer layers offer cushioning comfort. Designed with tiny channels in the foam, our Foam Pillow circulates air for a cooling sleep experience. It also features low and high density foams for added comfort. The Foam Pillow is offered in two sizes, with the standard size currently priced at $89.

GRAPHIC

        Bedding.    Bedding can have a significant impact on sleep comfort and Casper believes that bedding should be soft, cozy, and inviting, but also should help manage the sleep microclimate under the covers. Most significantly, ideal bedding should help manage humidity of the microclimate, as high humidity can lead to sweating, discomfort, and restlessness that disrupts sleep cycles and lowers sleep quality. We have developed a variety of bedding products including sheets, duvets, quilts, and mattress protectors offered in a variety of sizes and price points.

        Sheets.    We are changing the conversation around sheets. Consumers have been taught to assign value based on thread count, however higher thread count does not always mean better sleep—and, in fact, higher density threads can actually make sheets heavier and less breathable. We offer three types of sheets, Weightless Cotton, Cool Supima®, and Sateen, all focused on helping manage the sleep microclimate. All sheets and covers offer additional features like securing snaps, visual cues indicating head and foot positions, and high-grade elastic, so consumers spend less time making the bed, and

152


Table of Contents

more time sleeping in it. Prices for the Casper Weightless Cotton, Cool Supima® and Sateen queen-sized sheet sets currently start at $95, $120, and $139, respectively.

GRAPHIC

        Duvets.    We offer two types of duvets: the Down Duvet and the Humidity Fighting Duvet. The Down Duvet, which uses down that is ethically sourced, as certified by the International Down and Feather Testing Laboratory, has a 100% cotton shell and is constructed with proprietary sewn-in chambers to keep the down in place. The Humidity Fighting Duvet has similar features to the Down Duvet but includes an added layer of merino wool that naturally wicks moisture away and to help better regulate temperature and humidity thus avoiding being too hot at night. The queen-sized Casper Down Duvet and Humidity Fighting Duvet are currently priced at $290 and $390, respectively.

GRAPHIC

        Mattress Protectors.    We provide a waterproof mattress cover to help protect the mattresses against dirt, spills, and normal wear and tear. The mattress protector uses a waterproof laminate sourced from the outdoor apparel industry to provide maximum breathability while retaining waterproofness. The queen-sized Casper mattress protector is currently priced at $95.

        Weighted Blanket.    Our Weighted Blanket is designed to promote relaxation and reduce anxiety. The Weighted Blanket is available in three weight options—10, 15 and 20 pounds. The 15-pound Weighted Blanket is currently priced at $179.

        Quilts.    Our Airy Linen Quilt is made of 100% Belgian flax linen and includes a layer of merino wool to help regulate the sleep microclimate humidity. The queen-sized Casper Airy Linen Quilt is currently priced at $290.

153


Table of Contents

Furniture

        We created a line of furniture that was rigorously designed and tested to further support a positive sleeping experience for our customers. Our furniture offerings provide a natural attachment to our mattresses and consist of a variety of static and adjustable bed frames and a nightstand.

Bed Frames

        Bed frames elevate the mattress and provide support. Our decision to offer bed frames was a direct response to feedback from our customers who wanted ways to customize their sleep experience and to ensure their mattress was properly supported. We have developed multiple bed frames: the Foundation, the Platform Bed, two adjustable bed frame models and the Upholstered Bed Frame. All of our bedframes are flat-packed and designed for easy assembly.

        The Foundation.    Our entry-level bed frame provides an alternative to a traditional box spring. The queen-sized Casper Foundation is currently priced at $300.

GRAPHIC

        The Platform Bed Frame.    We provide two colors of the Casper Platform Bed Frame. An add-on headboard is also available, offered in three colors providing an attractive addition to any bed. The queen-sized Casper Platform Bed Frame is currently priced at $995 and the matching headboard is currently priced at $495.

GRAPHIC

        The Adjustable Bed Frames.    We have two adjustable bed frames, the Adjustable that includes head and foot articulation and the Adjustable Pro that includes additional comfort features like under-bed lighting, a massage setting, and increased articulation settings. The queen-sized Adjustable

154


Table of Contents

Bed Frame is currently priced at $1,195 and the queen-sized Adjustable Pro Bed Frame is currently priced at $1,995.

GRAPHIC

        The Upholstered Bed Frame.    The Upholstered Bed Frame is a fabric-wrapped bed frame offered in three custom textiles. The queen-size Upholstered Bed Frame is currently priced at $595.

GRAPHIC

The Casper Nightstand

        The Casper Nightstand is designed with a clean, modern look and contains generous storage. We offer The Casper Nightstand in two versatile colors: white and slate. The Casper Nightstand is currently priced at $275.

Connected Sleep

        Technology does not yet play a meaningful role in helping most people sleep, and in fact, often contributes to chronic lack of sleep. We believe, however, that well-designed sleep technology can significantly improve sleep quality and behaviors. There is opportunity for development of new sleep technologies across the full Sleep Arc as well as across environmental factors like light, sound, touch, and scent. We believe that technology will increasingly play a role in improving sleep quality.

The Glow Light

        The Glow Light leverages both science and emotion to enable better sleep throughout the complete Sleep Arc. From winding down naturally, to midnight snacks, to gently waking in the morning, the Glow Light helps our customers achieve better sleep in a simple and clean form through intuitive gesture controls. To develop the Glow Light, we applied millions of data points, as well as

155


Table of Contents

years of expertise in sleep research and science to address a top environmental factor—light—that often gets in the way of a good night's rest. While most lights keep us awake, the Glow Light is designed to help lull you in and out of sleep with a warm, gradually dimming light that cues your body for bed and helps to establish healthy sleep patterns. The Glow Light also has a night light lantern mode that lets you take the portable light with you, limiting your exposure to bright overhead lighting which can negatively impact your ability to fall back asleep. The Casper Glow was named one of Time Magazine's Best Inventions of 2019.

        The Glow Light is complemented by the Casper Glow app (available on both iOS and Android) for setup and customization. The app that accompanies the Glow Light also allows you to control dimming timing. For example, timing can be controlled such that, for nighttime, the Glow Light starts to gradually dim, mimicking a sunset; in the morning, the light starts to gradually brighten, mimicking a sunrise, easing you into the day and out of sleep. The app also helps control up to six Glow Lights that can be networked together using built-in Bluetooth technology. The Glow Light is currently priced at $129.

GRAPHIC

Accessories and Third-Party Products

        We design and curate products and services across The Sleep Arc. Our accessories and third-party products address various needs along The Sleep Arc and help promote sleep quality for consumers.

The Casper Dog Bed

        Inspired by our belief that our dogs deserve to live in a well-rested world too, we engineered a durable dog bed to create a comfortable sleep environment for all dogs. Inspired by denning behavior, the Casper Dog Bed includes a bolster that provides security and a loose center section to allow for digging and nesting behavior. The medium-sized Casper Dog Bed is currently priced at $150.

GRAPHIC

156


Table of Contents

        The Nap Pillow is a smaller version of the original pillow, giving consumers the ability to take the comfort of Casper anywhere. The Nap Pillow is made with fine, silky microfibers and finished with breathable Percale cotton, to help sleep cool. The Casper Nap Pillow comes in one-size-fits-all with a mini pillowcase and drawstring travel bag, and it is currently priced at $35.

GRAPHIC

The Mattress Topper

        The Mattress Topper is a plush topper that offers Casper comfort on any mattress. The Mattress Topper measures three inches in height and consists of an Alt-Latex top, Graphic Latex middle and viscoelastic bottom to create a soft, buoyant feel. The queen-sized Mattress Topper is currently priced at $295.

Third-Party Products

        Casper is frequently approached by other innovative companies seeking to introduce their products to our customers. Likewise, our customers look to us for recommendations on additional products that can help them achieve better sleep. As a result, we occasionally partner with other companies on curating and selling third-party products that we believe enhance the sleep experience and reinforce our position as an authority on sleep.

        The products we curate are designed and produced with the same high standards as our own. Additionally, the data collected on third-party product transactions helps to inform our consumer-centric strategy and product development pipeline. Any third-party product we offer is designed to address consumer needs across The Sleep Arc, and the portfolio of products is continuously evolving based on consumer feedback, product performance, and seasonality, among other factors.

Services

        We offer services that complement and complete the sleep experience. Our service offerings are currently focused on providing a seamless purchase and delivery experience, an extended warranty and providing a range of financing options. We offer various delivery options, including in-home set-up, as well as mattress removal, no-hassle returns, and product warranties that all focus on providing enhanced speed and quality of experience to consumers. We also offer flexible financing solutions through third-party financing partners which allow customers to pay over time with rates as low as 0% APR and with no hidden fees.

        We aim to offer services that provide customers the opportunity to interact in new ways. In early 2019, we launched The Casper Sleep Channel—providing complimentary and engaging social media platform offering meditations, bedtime stories, and sounds to help you fall asleep. The Casper Sleep

157


Table of Contents

Channel content is informed by members of our Sleep Advisory Board. With the launch of The Casper Sleep Channel, we are demonstrating our leadership across the Sleep Arc and further owning the hour before bedtime.

Consumer Experience

        To match our innovative product and distribution strategies, we have invested in developing a differentiated consumer experience, centered on sleep and the consumer.

        Our consumer-centric approach manifests in many ways, from our simple, intuitive product education, to immersive trial environments in our retail stores, to personalized sleep consultations from our Sleep Specialists, to seamless delivery and 100-night mattress trial.

        Below are the key components of our consumer experience across channels:

GRAPHIC

        Through our approach to offering a differentiated experience, we strive to build meaningful and long-term relationships with consumers. Since our founding, we have established a base of more than 1.4 million customers who have slept over an estimated 800 million nights on our mattresses. Our customers demonstrate their satisfaction by returning to buy more and more Casper products.

Consumer-Centric Channel Strategy

        We meet consumers where they prefer to engage with us through our direct-to-consumer platforms and retail partners. We offer a consistent Casper experience that is centered on sleep across all channels.

158


Table of Contents

        Buying sleep products is a very personal decision, and most consumers take time to research and compare options, solicit advice from friends and family, and draw upon previous experiences before making their purchase decision. As consumers move between the online and offline channels to inform their decisions, we work tirelessly to engineer shopping experiences that emphasize both the simplicity of our product portfolio, as well as the consistency in the Casper brand experience and product design across all of our channels. Unlike most other Sleep Economy companies, Casper puts the shopping experience on the consumers' terms, empowering them to seamlessly navigate between traditional offline and online boundaries. Our go-to-market approach leverages multiple channels to create a differentiated and joyful experience, eliminating friction and boundaries. The Casper experience allows consumers to seamlessly navigate between online and offline channels, eliminating boundaries, and reducing friction associated with traditional purchases.

Direct-to-Consumer Channel

        Casper.com provides a friendly and educational shopping experience, inviting consumers to enter and explore our brand. The site offers our entire product portfolio and features sleep education, empowering the consumer to design a sleep experience that meets their individual needs. The website delivers differentiated customer service by allowing consumers to communicate with a Sleep Specialist directly through the "talk to a human" portal including phone, chat and email support. Because our website serves as a touchpoint for consumers at various points in their journey, our goal is for casper.com and retail locations to feel like one continuous store. As such, we use our website to facilitate discovery of our physical locations through our store directory and sleep trial appointment portal.

        Since our founding, consumers began knocking on the door of our first office to try Casper products, and we quickly recognized the importance of physical retail. This prompted us to launch sleep-centered pop-up stores, develop a "Napmobile" that crossed the United States and Canada, and to experiment with a wide variety of interactive and experiential retail concepts. We have leveraged those experiences and data to design our stores from the ground up.

        We launched our first retail concept in Los Angeles in 2015, followed by permanent retail stores in San Francisco and New York in 2017 and 2018, respectively, and we now have 60 retail store locations across the United States and Canada. Our retail stores are thoughtfully designed to deliver an intimate trial experience and the opportunity to interact with our full portfolio of sleep products in a fun, relaxed manner. The store environment is bright, cheerful, sleep-themed, and full of delightful features. The retail stores feature a modular, flexible design to optimize individual store flow, enabling different floor set-ups as we launch new products, reflect seasonal changes, and improve client flow. Each store stocks nearly all of our products in inventory, allowing consumers to take products home immediately if they wish to.

        Our retail store culture is built around a "one team" concept with deep expertise from a variety of top retailers and industries. They are data-driven, highly iterative, and obsessively responsive to consumer feedback. We staff our retail stores with trained Sleep Specialists who are able to provide consumers a consultative and personal experience by listening carefully and then recommending the best solutions to address their sleep needs and budget.

        We believe there is an opportunity to have more than 200 Casper stores over the coming years in North America alone. We undertake extensive market research and leverage both internal proprietary models and third-party tools to select optimal high foot-traffic and visible locations to open our retail stores. We have developed new store opening procedures, using each new opening as a learning

159


Table of Contents

opportunity to refine the process further. This strategy focuses on maximizing the probability of our stores' success while balancing cost control and speed to open.

GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

Retail Partnerships

        Our network of retail partners' stores and websites improves Casper's brand awareness, builds credibility and opens up new geographies and demographics to us. We are often approached to work with industry-leading retailers and selectively partner with those that have an image and approach that are consistent with our mission and values. These relationships are mutually beneficial, as the Casper brand and quality of offerings help drive foot and website traffic in key demographics for our retail partners, while also increasing traffic to casper.com and Casper stores in the cities where we have retail partnerships.

        Our network of retail partners' stores and websites improves Casper's brand awareness, builds credibility and opens up new geographies and demographics to us. We are often approached to work with industry-leading retailers and selectively partner with those that have an image and approach that are consistent with our mission and values. These relationships are mutually beneficial, as the Casper brand and quality of offerings help drive foot and website traffic in key demographics for our retail partners, while also increasing traffic to casper.com and Casper stores in the cities where we have retail partners.

        Currently, we have 18 retail partners, including Amazon, Costco, Hudson's Bay Company, and Target, that sell our products across the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, France, and Germany. Generally, Casper products sold through retail partners are consistent with respect to the SKUs, pricing, customer service support and features (e.g., 100-night mattress trial) offered in our

160


Table of Contents

direct-to-consumer channel to ensure a cohesive customer-centric focus across all channels. We do however restrict product offerings to match each partner's target consumer positioning and to provide differentiation for our direct-to-consumer channel.

GRAPHIC

Marketing

        Casper's sophisticated, integrated marketing strategy engages consumers wherever they are, enabling us to be the go-to authority for sleep insights and solutions. We constantly evaluate and adapt our marketing strategy using proprietary models that drive investment spend, channel strategies, and creative mix. From 2016 to September 30, 2019, we have invested $422.8 million in marketing, including $126.2 million in 2018.

        The key tenets of our marketing strategy are:

        Creative Brand Messaging.    From the beginning, our brand voice and aesthetic focus have set us apart in an industry that in our view desperately needed a wake-up call. All Casper campaigns are led by our in-house marketing team and creative studio, ensuring consistency across the brand and business. Our brand narrative has expanded beyond emotional and functional storylines, to champion the importance and power of sleep, which we see as a key long-term differentiator. We believe our messaging reinforces our creative and joyful brand while conveying the value of our products, differentiating us from the transaction-driven campaigns of many of our competitors.

GRAPHIC

        Channel Flexibility.    We directly engage consumers across a dynamic array of marketing channels. We strive to maintain consistent messaging across all platforms, creating a cohesive network of touchpoints. We have a diverse media mix—currently half of our spend is currently allocated to online

161


Table of Contents

and half offline. We utilize television, paid search, paid social media, direct mail, radio, podcasts, print media, affiliates, display/digital video, and retail partnership marketing.

GRAPHIC

        Direct Engagement Across Social Platforms.    We are proud of the success of our direct engagement approaches. We have pioneered new ways within our industry to engage consumers across social media platforms including Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and Twitter. We were among the first to capture the "unboxing" phenomenon, where customers shared social media videos of themselves opening their new Casper mattresses, converting customers into brand advocates. We are a category leader in social media with approximately 50% social share of voice market share as of September 30, 2019—more than twice as large as the nearest competitor. Further, we have an NPS of 60 as of September 30, 2019. We leverage our ability to interact directly with consumers to build meaningful, long-lasting consumer relationships.

GRAPHIC

        Data-Driven Allocation Decisions.    Our marketing approach reflects our focus on constant, data-driven experimentation and advanced analytics, and we are constantly optimizing return on marketing investment. We gather feedback in real-time, which we then leverage to improve our purchasing experience processes. We use in-platform reporting (such as Google AdWords and Facebook Ad Manager), our own in-market testing, and a variety of third-party measurement tools (such as iSPoT.tv) to gather and analyze data. We have proprietary marketing decision models that inform both our absolute spend, relative spend allocation among marketing channels and the pacing of spend by part of day and week. The bulk of our data models have been built in-house by a team of statisticians

162


Table of Contents

and engineers. Our data, experimentation and analytics sit at the heart of our marketing efforts, helping us to optimize our programs and identify opportunities for testing and expansion.

GRAPHIC

        Strong Brand Awareness.    Casper's marketing effectiveness has made it a trusted brand name with strong brand awareness. In just five years, as of September 30, 2019, we have achieved aided brand awareness of 31% amongst the U.S. general population according to YouGov BrandIndex. Additionally, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, Casper's brand awareness is approximately 36% higher on average than the nearest direct-to-consumer competitor. Casper also generates a significant amount of positive press endorsement and credible third-party reviews and accolades. In 2018 alone, Casper generated over 15 billion earned media impressions, over 1,600 press articles, and 15 awards. Over the years, Casper has won many prestigious awards for our business, brand, products, and leadership—including Fast Company's 'Most Innovative Companies,' CNBC's 'Disrupter 50,' Digiday's 'Most Innovative Brand,' TIME's 'Invention of the Year,' and EY's 'Entrepreneur of the Year.' We believe that this unbiased validation of Casper is an effective marketing tool. We promote select articles and awards in paid social media, in our advertising, on our website, and on retail packaging to reinforce trust and credibility in our brand and business.

GRAPHIC

163


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Research and Development

        From its founding, Casper recognized the importance of bringing reimagined and performance-based sleep products, services, and experiences to market. We believe product, services, and experience innovation is a key differentiator and we invest significant resources into research and development. Our research and data-driven development process is rooted in three types of insight:

        These combined insights guide us to new product, service, and experience ideas and new interpretations of existing product solutions.

        We look to create products that solve human sleep needs. We typically do not rely on third parties for ideas or white-label existing products or services. Instead, we perform regular and detailed qualitative field work and deep quantitative studies to understand consumer sleep patterns, behaviors, and preferences. We review primary scientific literature regarding sleep and work with our Sleep Advisory Board in concept generation and validation. We then enter an iterative process of prototyping and testing to refine and further validate ideas. Once we finalize design, materials selection and supply base, we move into production validation and manufacturing with third-party vendors. We believe this insight-led, iterative approach is unique in our industry.

        Our product development and innovation team is based at Casper Labs in San Francisco. With over 40 researchers, scientists, engineers and support staff, Casper Labs is focused on building a better night of sleep through new product and services development and the continuous improvement of existing offerings. The Lab itself features over 25,000 square feet of fabrication, test space, and machinery to facilitate experimentation and the development of new offerings. Casper Labs controls every aspect of our product offerings, including requirements, design and construction, material performance requirements, manufacturing protocols, supplier selection, packaging specifications and quality plans, among others. We perform simulated and human subject testing through our in-house sleep lab both at Casper Labs and with third-party partner labs. Casper Labs features state-of-the-art testing capabilities allowing us to test against a wide range of factors, including pressure, humidity, temperature, firmness, bounce, support, airflow, thermal resistance, compression, durability, sink and ergonomics. Further, through Casper Labs, we have developed a number of proprietary tools and tests to help measure certain aspects of sleep quality, including spinal alignment, sleep microclimate tracking

164


Table of Contents

and sleep state tracking, among others. We apply this rigorous testing model to each of our offerings so that we are continuously improving the way people sleep.

GRAPHIC

        From January 1, 2017 to September 30, 2019, we invested $27.7 million in research and development, and we expect to continue to invest in our product development capabilities in the future.

Supply Chain

        We manage a global supply chain of highly qualified, third-party manufacturing and logistics partners to produce and distribute our products. We work with partners who deliver production flexibility and scalability, can support new products, help our growing channel strategies, deliver low costs, and meet other required operational needs. Our global supply chain management team, including personnel in the United States, Europe, and Asia, manages these relationships and processes. This team researches materials and equipment, qualifies raw material suppliers, and assesses potential manufacturing partners for advanced production and quality assurance processes. They also direct our internal demand and production planning, approve and manage product purchasing plans, and oversee product fulfilment and transportation. We work with our manufacturing partners to ensure product quality and manufacturing process efficiency.

        We currently have third-party manufacturing partners located in various locations, including the United States, China, India, Canada, Germany, Belgium, and the United Kingdom, among others. We hold our manufacturers to rigorous quality and product conformance standards through frequent involvement, reporting requirements, contractual standards, and regular product and facility inspections. We create and provide the specifications for our products, own many of the molds and tooling that are critical in production of our products, and work closely with our manufacturing partners to improve their yield and efficiency. As such, our manufacturers are not required to have unique skills, technologies, processes, or intellectual property that factor into our ability to migrate to other manufacturing partners. While we have selected manufacturers for commercial and operational reasons, there are alternative firms that we believe we can qualify and engage to supply products and materials of the same quality, in similar quantities, and on substantially similar terms as our current providers. We have improved our supplier portfolio stability with standard master service agreement terms. Further, to facilitate supplier collaboration and enhance order visibility, we have invested in enterprise resource planning technology and improved our advanced internal forecasting capabilities.

        The primary raw materials and components of our mattress products include foam, cotton, fabrics and roll goods that consist of fiber, ticking and non-woven materials. Non-mattress products' primary raw materials and components include steel, cotton, linen, wood, plastic, LED lighting materials, fabrics and roll goods, consisting of fiber, ticking and non-woven material (polyurethane foam, polyester fabric, wood, aluminum, steel, plastic, fiber, down, cotton and wool). We believe many of these materials are available from multiple vendors. We stipulate approved suppliers and control the specifications for key raw materials used in our products utilizing product lifecycle management software along with advancements in our qualification and engineering change management processes. We do not directly source significant amounts of these raw materials and components.

165


Table of Contents

        To enforce our stringent product quality standards and exercise additional control over our manufacturing processes, we own product tooling and develop and approve manufacturing processes and quality assurance plans. To ensure consistent product quality, we provide detailed specifications for our products and inspect finished goods both at our manufacturing partners and upon delivery to our third-party logistics partners. As part of our quality assurance program we have developed and implemented comprehensive product inspection and facility oversight processes. These processes are performed by our employees and third-parties, who work closely with our suppliers to assist them in meeting our quality standards, improving their production yield, and throughput.

Distribution and Inventory Management

        Approximately two-thirds of our mattresses are shipped directly to our customers from our manufacturers. This inventory strategy allows us to minimize inventory investment while providing an average order to delivery period of less than three days. We also work with multiple third-party logistics providers to warehouse our products and manage shipments to our customers. These providers manage distribution activities including product receipt, warehousing, certain limited product inspection activities, and coordinating outbound shipping. They are strategically located in key markets to provide fast order-to-delivery times. Our warehouse management system at these distribution centers interfaces with our order management and enterprise resource planning systems to ensure inventory visibility and management. We believe our domestic and international providers have sufficient expansion capacity to meet our future needs.

        In addition to our warehouse management partners, we also partner with a provider of in-home set-up and removal for select products for consumers that opt into such services, in the majority of our city markets. In connection with the in-home set-up service, our customers can schedule and manage the delivery of their orders for certain products, with two of our key city markets offering same day scheduling. We manage inventory by forecasting demand, analyzing product sell-through, and analyzing our supply chain to ensure sufficient availability.

Competition

        We operate across the Sleep Economy, including in the mattress, soft goods, bedroom furniture, sleep technology and sleep services industries. We compete primarily on brand awareness, innovation, product quality and breadth, the quality of shopping experience, price, speed of delivery and product performance. The competitive environment of the industries in which we operate causes us to be subject to the risk of loss of market share, loss of significant consumers, reductions in margins and the inability to acquire new consumers.

        Within the mattress category, we compete primarily with legacy mattress manufacturers, retailers, and direct-to-consumer companies. Among the legacy mattress manufacturers, we compete with nationally recognized brand names such as Tempur Sealy International, Serta Simmons Bedding, and Sleep Number. With respect to direct-to-consumer providers, we compete with more recent entrants to the market, such as Purple and Leesa.

        Within the soft goods category we compete in a diverse and fragmented market that includes new direct-to-consumer entrants such as Purple, Leesa, and Brooklinen, home goods brands of large retail chains such as Wal-Mart, Bed Bath & Beyond, Bloomingdale's and Macy's, designer labels such as Ralph Lauren and Martha Stewart and legacy mattress manufacturers such as Tempur-Sealy that also sell soft goods.

        With respect to the bedroom furniture category, which includes nightstands, bedframes and lighting, we compete mainly with department and furniture stores, including IKEA, Pottery Barn and West Elm, and primarily online retailers such as Amazon, Wayfair and Overstock.com.

166


Table of Contents

        Finally, in the broader sleep category, which includes sleep technology, supplements and scents, among other things, we compete against a vast variety of fragmented firms across multiple industries.

Intellectual Property

        We have developed proprietary technologies that we believe provide us with an advantage in the Sleep Economy in which we operate. We seek to protect our intellectual property rights, including our intellectual property rights in these proprietary technologies, through patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and other contractual provisions to restrict access to and disclosure of our intellectual property. Although many of our patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights are not material to our business individually, we believe that, in the aggregate, our intellectual property rights have significant value and are important to the marketing of our brand and the favorable perception of our products.

        We own approximately three issued U.S. utility patents, six pending U.S. patent applications and 16 pending foreign patent applications. If the U.S. utility patents currently issued to us are maintained until the end of their terms, they will expire in 2035. We have also obtained protection for certain of our product designs. We own at least one registered design in each of Europe, Brazil, Canada, China, and Mexico, six in Australia, and own four U.S. design patents and ten U.S. design patent applications. Assuming they are maintained, the U.S. design patents currently issued to us will expire between 2031 and 2034, and the foreign design registrations will expire between 2025 and 2044. We also own approximately 30 U.S. trademark registrations, 126 foreign trademark registrations, 25 pending U.S. trademark applications and 51 pending foreign trademark applications, including for the marks Casper, A New Day in Sleep, Bedtime is Back, Great Minds Sleep Alike, and It's Bedtime Somewhere. While trademark registrations in both the United States and foreign countries have terms of limited duration (which may vary from country to country), there is no limit on the number of times that the registrations may be renewed if they remain in use in commerce, and if all required filings and payments are made with the applicable trademark offices. Further, even if a federal registration of a trademark in the United States is not renewed, the owner of the trademark may retain its common law trademark rights thereafter, for as long as the marks remain in use in commerce in the applicable state(s). Additionally, we own two U.S. copyright registrations and three Canadian copyright registrations. We do not view any of these registered copyrights as material to our business. For a discussion of the risks related to our intellectual property, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our efforts to protect and maintain our intellectual property may not be successful. Competitors have attempted and will likely continue to attempt to imitate our products and technology. We may not be able to prevent competitors from developing similar products or from marketing in a manner that capitalizes on our intellectual property. If we are unable to protect or preserve our intellectual property, our business may be harmed, and if our products or marketing violate the intellectual property rights of others, we may have liability and may be required to change our products and business practices."

Technology

        Technology is at the core of our strategy, powering our operational capabilities and the sustainable scalability of our platform. We believe that continuous investment in our technology has given us a competitive advantage and enabled fast innovation. Our service-oriented architecture combines custom, developed in-house applications with third-party software and services. Our infrastructure and services architecture provide security and data isolation.

        We use IT systems to operate, analyze and manage our business, to reduce operating costs and to enhance our customers' experience. Our main operating system, Oracle JD Edwards, is the core of the technology suite we use to enable the daily operations of our business. We leverage capabilities from technology leaders such as Oracle and Salesforce to run both packaged applications and internally

167


Table of Contents

designed and developed solutions. We run our technical operations from our headquarters in New York. We intend to continue to leverage our existing IT capabilities and invest in IT as a part of our integration and transformation initiatives in an effort to improve quality and create cost efficiencies. See "Risk Factors—We rely significantly on information technology, or IT, and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security lapse of that technology, or any failure by us or our service providers to adequately protect our or third-party information assets from cyber-based attacks or other incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations" for a discussion of certain risks that may be encountered in connection with the use of such IT systems. We have implemented administrative and technical measures designed to protect the data we collect and the systems we use from cyber-based attacks, and we have established policies and procedures designed to address and mitigate data security risks. We also utilize technical security measures designed to protect our systems, including computer network defense, firewalls, vulnerability management, endpoint hardening and penetration testing, and we monitor our servers and systems for unauthorized activity. We also rely on third parties to help improve our security.

        We license technology, content and other intellectual property from technology providers and partners when a commercial license and support are available, which can provide added value and operating efficiencies to our business and integrate through our platform.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2019, we employed 597 full-time employees. We also employed 234 part-time employees. We employed 735 people in the United States, 69 people in Canada, two people in the United Kingdom and 25 people in Europe. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or are party to a collective bargaining agreement, and we have had no labor-related work stoppages. We believe that we have good relationships with our employees.

Facilities

        Our corporate headquarters are located in New York, New York, where we occupy approximately 69,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease that expires in December 2034, with an option to renew thereafter. We currently lease or license additional office space in San Francisco, California, Toronto, Canada and Berlin, Germany.

        Currently, we operate 53 retail stores across the United States and seven retail stores in Canada. All of our retail properties are leased or licensed from third parties under agreements expiring at various dates from 2019 to 2029, and the average size of our stores is approximately 3,000 square feet. The following table summarizes our domestic store locations by state, as of December 31, 2019:

State
  Store Count  
State
  Store Count  
New York     5   Florida     4  
California     11   Massachusetts     5  
Illinois     3   Minnesota     1  
Georgia     2   New Jersey     3  
North Carolina     2   Oregon     1  
Texas     4   Pennsylvania     2  
Colorado     1   Washington     1  
Connecticut     1   Tennessee     1  
Delaware     1   Missouri     2  
Ohio     1   Michigan     1  
Virginia     1            

168


Table of Contents

        Our retail leases generally have a term of five to 10 years, with the majority of such leases including the right for us to terminate based on certain sales thresholds. A portion of our leases also have five-year renewal options. Most leases for our retail stores provide for a minimum rent, typically with escalating rent increases and generally require us to pay insurance, utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses.

        We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that, if necessary, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate our operations.

Legal Proceedings

        We are from time to time subject to various claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings, including intellectual property claims. Some of these claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings involve highly complex issues, and often these issues are subject to substantial uncertainties. Accordingly, our potential liability with respect to a large portion of such claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings cannot be estimated with certainty. Management, with the assistance of legal counsel, periodically reviews the status of each significant matter and assesses potential financial exposure. We recognize provisions for claims or pending litigation when we determine that an unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Due to the inherent uncertain nature of litigation, the ultimate outcome or actual cost of settlement may materially vary from estimates. If management's estimates prove incorrect, we could incur a charge to earnings which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

Government Regulation

        Our mattress and other sleeping products are subject to various foreign, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to flammability, sanitation and other standards. We believe that we are in material compliance with all such laws and regulations. In the United States, the federal Consumer Product Safety Commission has adopted rules relating to fire retardancy standards for the mattress industry. Many foreign jurisdictions also regulate fire retardancy standards. Future changes to these standards may require modifications to our products to comply with such changes. Various federal, state and other regulatory agencies may adopt new laws, rules and regulations and compliance with such new laws, rules and regulations may increase our costs, alter our manufacturing processes and impair the performance of our products.

        Moreover, as a direct-to-consumer retailer, we are subject to additional laws and regulations that apply to retailers generally and govern the marketing and sale of our products and the operation of both our retail stores and our e-commerce activities. Advertising and marketing of our products in the United States, for example, are subject to regulation by the FTC under the FTC Act. Among other things, the FTC Act prohibits unfair methods of competition and unfair false or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce. The FTC Act also makes it illegal to disseminate or cause to be disseminated any false advertisement. Similarly, the Canadian Radio-Television and Telecommunications Commission, or CRTC, has enforcement authority under the Canadian Anti-Spam Law, which prohibits the sending of commercial emails without prior consent of the recipient or an existing business relationship and sets forth rules governing the sending of commercial emails. This law allows for a private right of action for the recovery of damages or provides for enforcement by CRTC permitting the recovery of significant civil penalties, costs and attorneys' fees in the event that regulations are violated. We are subject to similar laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we sell our products, including, among others, the United Kingdom and Germany. Many of the statutory and regulatory requirements which impact our retail and e-commerce operations are consumer-focused and pertain to activities such as the advertising and selling of credit-based promotional offers, truth-in-advertising, privacy, "do not call/mail" requirements, warranty disclosure, delivery timing requirements, accessibility and similar requirements. In addition, the applicability of existing laws to

169


Table of Contents

practices conducted over the internet—in particular laws relating to intellectual property ownership and infringement—is uncertain and evolving. Regulators are also imposing new rules regarding products offered over the internet, including rules regarding taxation and product quality. Many governmental authorities in the markets in which we operate are also considering alternative legislative and regulatory proposals that would impose regulations on internet advertising. We cannot predict whether new laws, rules, regulations or taxes will apply to our business and whether and how we will be affected. See "Risk Factors—Government regulation of the internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations" and "Risk Factors—We are subject to various advertising and marketing regulations that may result in actions against us."

        We process, use and store data we collect from and about consumers to operate our business and market our products. We may also share consumer information with third-party vendors and service providers in order to facilitate the provision of our products and services. In addition, subject to applicable data privacy and consumer protection laws, we may also share consumer information with certain third parties for marketing purposes. These and related practices—which involve the use of consumer data—are subject to data protection laws, consumer protection laws, and laws regarding unfair and deceptive practices in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. In addition, we are required to comply with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, or PCI DSS, because we collect credit card information. Increased regulation of data protection, privacy and security may restrict our activities and make it more difficult to reach consumers.

        Both the United States and the European Union are increasingly regulating activities on the internet and e-commerce, including the use of consumer information collected through the internet. In particular, these laws and regulations are increasingly concerned with user privacy and information security. By way of example, the European Union adopted the GDPR, which came into effect in May 2018. The GDPR provides for a number of changes to prior European Union data protection regulation, including imposing more onerous requirements on companies that process personal data EEA individuals. Such requirements include expanded disclosures to inform customers about how we use their personal data through external privacy notice, increased controls on profiling customers and increased rights for data subjects (including customers and employees) to access, control and delete their personal data. In addition, there are mandatory data breach notification requirements. The GDPR and other similar regulations require companies to give specific types of notice and informed consent is required for the placement of a cookie or similar technologies on a user's device for online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes and for direct electronic marketing, and the GDPR also imposes additional conditions in order to satisfy such consent, such as a prohibition on pre-checked tick boxes and bundled consents. The GDPR is also enforceable through enhanced administrative fines, which may reach the higher of €20 million or 4% of the global turnover on a group basis, for the most serious violations (as well as the right to compensation for financial or non-financial damages claimed by any individuals under Article 82 GDPR).

        In addition to the GDPR, several proposals are pending before federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies and in some instances additional laws and regulations have been passed but are not yet effective. These laws may apply to our business practices in the future. For example, California recently passed the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or the CCPA, which becomes effective on January 1, 2020. The CCPA gives residents of California many statutory rights similar to those granted to consumers under the GDPR. Also, the EU has proposed the ePrivacy Regulation, which will replace both the ePrivacy Directive and all the national laws implementing this directive. The ePrivacy Regulation, as proposed, would impose strict opt-in marketing rules, change rules about cookies, web beacons and related technologies and significantly increase penalties for violations. It would also retain the additional consent conditions under the GDPR. Such regulations may have a negative effect on businesses, including ours, that collect, process and use online usage

170


Table of Contents

information for consumer acquisition and marketing and may increase the potential civil liability and cost of operating a business that collects, processes or uses such information and undertakes online marketing. As the text of the ePrivacy Regulation is still under development, it is currently difficult to evaluate the true impact of the ePrivacy Regulation on our business or operations. See "Risk Factors—Failure to comply with federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition."

        We are subject to various other federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations applicable to our business and have established processes for compliance with these laws and regulations. See "Risk Factors—Our business is subject to a wide variety of U.S. and foreign government laws and regulations. These laws and regulations, as well as any new or changed laws or regulations, could disrupt our operations or increase our compliance costs. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have a further adverse impact on our business."

171


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

        The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and members of our board of directors (ages as of the date of this prospectus):

Name
  Age   Position(s)
Philip Krim     36   Chief Executive Officer, Director
Emilie Arel     42   Chief Commercial Officer and President
Gregory Macfarlane     49   Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
Neil Parikh     30   Chief Strategy Officer, Director
Jeffrey Chapin     43   Chief Product Officer
Jonathan Truppman     34   General Counsel, Secretary
Elizabeth Wolfson     47   Chief People Officer
Anthony Florence     51   Director
Diane Irvine     61   Director
Karen Katz     62   Director
Jack Lazar     54   Director
Benjamin Lerer     38   Director
Dani Reiss     46   Director

Executive Officers

        Philip Krim has served as Casper Sleep Inc.'s Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since October 2013. Mr. Krim was Chief Executive Officer of Vocalize Mobile, a mobile search advertising platform for small businesses, from January 2010 until July 2013 and Chief Executive Officer of The Merrick Group from January 2003 until December 2009. Since 2016, Mr. Krim has served on the Emerging Leadership Council of the 92nd Street Y. He received a B.B.A. in Marketing from Red McCombs School of Business at the University of Texas at Austin.

        We believe Mr. Krim's knowledge of the sleep industry and many years of experience as Chief Executive Officer of various companies, including ours, make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

        Emilie Arel has served as Casper Sleep Inc.'s Chief Commercial Officer and President since July 2019. Previously, Ms. Arel served as the Chief Executive Officer of FULLBEAUTY Brands, a portfolio of brands in the plus-size apparel space, from November 2017 until June 2019 leading its turn-around out of bankruptcy, as well as the Chief Executive Officer of Quidsi Inc., a subsidiary of Amazon LLC, from April 2015 to September 2017. Prior to that, she served as the Senior Vice President of Retail at Quidsi Inc. from May 2014 to April 2015. Between February 2007 and March 2014, Ms. Arel held a variety of executive and leadership roles at Gap Inc., including Vice President of Stores at Old Navy. Before joining Gap, Inc., Ms. Arel served in various positions at Target Corporation from January 2001 to January 2007. Ms. Arel received a dual M.B.A. from the Columbia School of Business in New York, New York and the Haas School of Business in Berkeley, California, as well as a B.A. in Marketing from the University of St. Thomas in St. Paul, Minnesota.

        Gregory Macfarlane has served as Casper Sleep Inc.'s Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer since January 2018. Mr. Macfarlane was Senior Vice President of U.S. Retail Products & Operations at H&R Block, Inc., a tax preparation company, from May 2016 until December 2016. Prior to that, he was the Chief Financial and Strategic Officer of H&R Block, Inc. from June 2012 to April 2016. He also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Ceridian Corporation, a human resources, payment technology, and payroll software company, from 2007 until 2011, and between 1994 and 2007, held a variety of executive and leadership roles at GE Capital, the financial services unit of multinational conglomerate General Electric Company, and in the corporate audit

172


Table of Contents

division of the General Electric Company. Mr. Macfarlane received an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University and a B.B.A from Wilfrid Laurier University in Waterloo, Canada.

        Neil Parikh has served as Casper Sleep Inc.'s Chief Strategy Officer since November 2018 and as a member of our board of directors since October 2013. Mr. Parikh was the Chief Operating Officer of Casper Sleep Inc. from October 2013 to November 2018. Mr. Parikh received a B.A. in Commerce, Organizations, and Entrepreneurship from Brown University.

        We believe Mr. Parikh's knowledge of the sleep industry and many years of experience as our Chief Operating Officer make him well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

        Jeffrey Chapin has served as Casper Sleep Inc.'s Chief Product Officer since September 2013. Prior to Casper, he founded Common Made LLC, a platform for designers to address societal issues, in May 2013 and served as Principal until April 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Chapin was a Designer at IDEO LP, an international design and consulting firm, from July 2003 until August 2013. Mr. Chapin received an M.S. in Product Design from Stanford University and a B.S.E. in Civil Engineering from Princeton University.

        Jonathan Truppman has served as Casper Sleep Inc.'s General Counsel and Secretary since February 2017. Previously, Mr. Truppman served as our VP Business Development & Legal since February 2015. Between October 2013 and February 2015 and September 2010 and August 2012, he was an associate at Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, an international law firm, and he served as a law clerk for the Honorable Victor Marrero of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York from September 2012 through September 2013. Mr. Truppman received a J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School and a B.A., magna cum laude, from Columbia University.

        Elizabeth Wolfson has served as Casper Sleep Inc.'s Chief People Officer since June 2017. Previously, she served as a Human Resources Consultant for Casper Sleep Inc. from September 2016 until May 2017. Prior to joining Casper, Ms. Wolfson served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Talent at fashion label Tory Burch LLC from August 2015 through August 2016 and as Senior Vice President of Human Resources at Kate Spade New York from January 2012 through March 2014, where she built the company's global Human Resources organization beginning in 2007. Prior to that, from 1996 through 2006, Ms. Wolfson held a variety of Human Resources leadership roles at fashion label Ralph Lauren Corporation. Ms. Wolfson received her B.A. from University of Maryland College Park.

Directors

        Anthony Florence has served on the board of directors of Casper Sleep Inc. since July 2014. Mr. Florence is a General Partner and head of the technology investing practice at New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, a venture capital firm he joined in 2008. Prior to joining NEA, Mr. Florence was a Managing Director at Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, where he served as Head of East Coast Technology Banking in New York and as a member of the North American Management Committee for Investment Banking. From October 2010 until November 2017, Mr. Florence served on the board of directors of Care.com, the largest online marketplace for finding and managing family care. He also served on the board of directors of Cvent, Inc., a meetings, events and hospitality technology provider, from July 2011 until November 2016 and currently serves as a director of several private companies. Mr. Florence received an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth and an A.B. in Economics from Dartmouth College.

        We believe Mr. Florence's extensive brand-building and broad technology investment experience make him well-qualified to serve on our board of directors.

173


Table of Contents

        Diane Irvine has served on the board of directors of Casper Sleep Inc. since July 2019. Ms. Irvine previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Blue Nile, Inc., an online retailer of diamonds and fine jewelry, from February 2008 until November 2011, as President from February 2007 until November 2011, and as Chief Financial Officer from December 1999 until September 2007. From February 1994 until May 1999, Ms. Irvine served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Plum Creek Timber Company, Inc., and from September 1981 until February 1994, she worked at accounting firm Coopers & Lybrand LLP in various capacities, most recently as partner. Ms. Irvine currently serves on the boards of directors of Yelp Inc. (on whose board she has served since September 2011), Funko, Inc. (on whose board she has served since August 2017) and D.A. Davidson & Co. (on whose board she has served since January 2018), and previously served on the boards of directors of XO Group Inc. from November 2014 until December 2018, Rightside Group Ltd. from August 2014 until July 2017, CafePress, Inc. from July 2012 until May 2015, and Blue Nile, Inc. from May 2001 until November 2011. Ms. Irvine received an M.S. in Taxation and a Doctor of Humane Letters from Golden Gate University, and a B.S. in Accounting from Illinois State University.

        We believe Ms. Irvine's extensive leadership experience, her financial expertise and her broad public board experience make her well-qualified to serve on our board of directors.

        Karen Katz has served on the board of directors of Casper Sleep Inc. since April 2019. Ms. Katz served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Neiman Marcus Group LTD LLC, an international multi-brand omni-channel retailer, from October 2010 until her retirement in February 2018. Over her 33-year tenure with the Neiman Marcus Group, Ms. Katz served in a variety of executive and leadership roles in the company's merchant, stores and e-commerce organizations, including as Executive Vice President—Stores, a member of the Office of the Chairman of Neiman Marcus Group, President, Neiman Marcus Online, and President and Chief Executive Officer, Neiman Marcus Stores. Ms. Katz has served on the board of directors of The Neiman Marcus Group, LLC since October 2010. In addition, Ms. Katz has served on the board of directors of Under Armour, Inc., a performance footwear, apparel and equipment company since October 2014. Ms. Katz is an advisor to a number of consumer companies, helping their chief executive officers think about strategy, leadership opportunities, as well as engagement with consumers. Ms. Katz is currently the Vice-Chair of the Board of the Perot Museum of Science and Nature in Dallas, Texas, where she lives. From 2017 to 2019, she served as the Chairman of the National Retail Foundation, a non-profit arm of the National Retail Federation, as well as sat on the boards of directors of the National Retail Federation, the pre-eminent retail trade association. Ms. Katz received an M.B.A. from the University of Houston and a B.A. in Political Science from the University of Texas.

        We believe Ms. Katz's extensive experience at the helm of a leading omni-channel retailer and deep understanding of customer experience and engagement make her well-qualified to serve on our board of directors.

        Jack Lazar has served on the board of directors of Casper Sleep Inc. since April 2019. Since March 2016, Mr. Lazar has been an independent business consultant. From January 2014 until March 2016, Mr. Lazar served as the Chief Financial Officer at GoPro, Inc., a provider of wearable and mountable capture devices. From January 2013 until January 2014, he was an independent business consultant. From May 2011 until January 2013, Mr. Lazar was employed by Qualcomm and served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and General Manager of Qualcomm Atheros, Inc., a developer of communications semiconductor solutions. From September 2003 until it was acquired by Qualcomm in May 2011, Mr. Lazar served in various positions at Atheros Communications, Inc., a provider of communications semiconductor solutions, most recently as Senior Vice President of Corporate Development, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary. Mr. Lazar has served on the boards of directors of Silicon Laboratories, an analog and mixed signal semiconductor company, since April 2013, Quantenna Communications, Inc., a wireless semiconductor company, since July 2016, Mellanox Technologies, Ltd., a communications semiconductor company, since June 2018 and Resideo Technologies, Inc., a provider

174


Table of Contents

of comfort and security solutions, since October 2018. Since July 2016 and from October 2013 until its sale to Adobe in December 2016, he served on the board of directors of TubeMogul, Inc., an enterprise software company for digital branding. Mr. Lazar is a certified public accountant (inactive) and holds a B.S. in Commerce with an emphasis in Accounting from Santa Clara University.

        We believe Mr. Lazar's experience, including past experience as an executive officer, makes him well-qualified to serve on our board of directors.

        Benjamin Lerer has served on the board of directors of Casper Sleep Inc. since July 2014. Mr. Lerer is the Chief Executive Officer of Group Nine Media, which he joined in December 2016. He is also a Co-Founder of Thrillist Media Group, Inc., where he served as Chief Executive Officer from October 2005 to December 2016, and a Managing Partner at Lerer Hippeau Ventures, an early stage venture capital fund he co-founded in 2010. Mr. Lerer serves as Chairman of East River Development Alliance Federal Credit Union and as a Director of Lerer Hippeau Ventures V, LP. He received a B.S. in Political Science from the University of Pennsylvania.

        We believe Mr. Lerer's extensive brand-building, organizational leadership and media and marketing industry experience make him well-qualified to serve on our board of directors.

        Dani Reiss has served on the board of directors of Casper Sleep Inc. since March 2019. Mr. Reiss has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Canada Goose Holdings Inc. (and its predecessors), a global outerwear company, since 2001 and currently serves as Chairman of its board of directors. Mr. Reiss has served on the board of directors of Polar Bears International (Canada) Inc., a wildlife conservation organization, since September 2014. He has also served on the board of directors of Mount Sinai Hospital Foundation of Toronto since June 2014. Mr. Reiss received a B.A. in English Literature and Philosophy from the University of Toronto.

        We believe Mr. Reiss' extensive leadership and operational experience makes him well-qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Family Relationships

        There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Composition of our Board of Directors

        Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors. Pursuant to our current certificate of incorporation and amended and restated voting agreement, our current directors were elected as follows:

        Upon the consummation of this offering, our amended and restated voting agreement will terminate and the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation by which our directors were elected will be amended and restated in connection with this offering. After this offering, our Amended Charter will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the directors in each class serving for a three-year term, and one class being

175


Table of Contents

elected each year by our stockholders. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

        the Class I directors will be Ms. Irvine and Mr. Reiss, and their initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021;

        the Class II directors will be Messrs. Parikh and Florence and Ms. Katz, and their initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022; and

        the Class III directors will be Messrs. Krim, Lazar and Lerer, and their initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of the stockholders to be held in 2023.

        Each director's term will continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our Company. See the section titled "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws."

        When considering whether directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person's background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors' individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.

Director Independence

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise that director's ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out that director's responsibilities. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mses. Irvine and Katz, and Messrs. Florence, Lazar, Lerer, and Reiss are each an "independent director," as defined under the rules of the NYSE. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each director has with our Company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

Committees of Our Board of Directors

        Our board of directors directs the management of our business and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its business through meetings of the board of directors and standing committees. We will have a standing audit committee, nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

176


Table of Contents

        Upon the consummation of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Ms. Irvine, Mr. Lerer and Mr. Lazar, with Ms. Irvine serving as chair. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NYSE rules require that our audit committee have at least one independent member upon the listing of our common stock, have a majority of independent members within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and be composed entirely of independent members within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Ms. Irvine, Mr. Lerer and Mr. Lazar each meet the definition of "independent director" for purposes of serving on the audit committee under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NYSE rules. Each member of our audit committee also meets the financial literacy requirements of NYSE listing standards. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Irvine, Mr. Lerer and Mr. Lazar each will qualify as an "audit committee financial expert," as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Mr. Lazar's simultaneous service on the audit committees of more than three public companies does not impair his ability to effectively serve on our audit committee. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our principal corporate website at www.casper.com substantially concurrently with the consummation of this offering. The information on any of our websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

        Upon the consummation of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Ms. Katz and Mr. Reiss, with Ms. Katz serving as chair. Our board of directors has

177


Table of Contents

affirmatively determined that Ms. Katz and Mr. Reiss each meet the definition of "independent director" under the NYSE rules. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our principal corporate website at www.casper.com substantially concurrently with the consummation of this offering. The information on any of our websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

        Upon the consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Lazar, Mr. Reiss and Ms. Katz, with Mr. Lazar serving as chair. Our board has determined that Mr. Lazar, Mr. Reiss and Ms. Katz meet the definition of "independent director" for purposes of serving on the compensation committee under the NYSE rules, including the heightened independence standards for members of a compensation committee, and are "non-employee directors" as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the compensation committee, which will be available on our principal corporate website at www.casper.com substantially concurrently with the consummation of this offering. The information on any of our websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Risk Oversight

        Our board of directors is responsible for overseeing our risk management process. Our board of directors focuses on our general risk management strategy, the most significant risks facing us, and oversees the implementation of risk mitigation strategies by management. Our audit committee is also responsible for discussing our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not negatively affected our board of directors' leadership structure.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

178


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code will be posted on our website, www.casper.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the NYSE listing standards concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The information on any of our websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

179


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the "Summary Compensation Table" below. In 2019, our "named executive officers", and their positions were as follows:

        This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)(2)
  Bonus
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(4)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(5)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(6)
  Total  

Philip Krim

    2019     495,851                   20,149     516,000  

Chief Executive Officer

                                           

Emilie Arel

   
2019
   
231,061
   
700,000

(3)
 
5,417,660
         
66,121
   
6,414,842
 

President and Chief

                                           

Commercial Officer(1)

                                           

Neil Parikh

   
2019
   
298,750
   
   
1,210,308
         
37,013
   
1,546,071
 

Chief Strategy Officer

                                           

(1)
Ms. Arel commenced employment as our President and Chief Commercial Officer on July 15, 2019.

(2)
Amounts reflect the actual base salary paid to each named executive officer in respect of 2019, which include the respective base salary increases received by Messrs. Krim and Parikh on February 1, 2019.

(3)
Amounts reflect the first installment of the sign-on bonus paid to Ms. Arel in July 2019 in the amount of $200,000 and a guaranteed bonus of $500,000 to be paid to Ms. Arel with respect to 2019 pursuant to the terms of her offer letter. Please see the section titled "—Executive Compensation Arrangements—Emilie Arel" below for further information.

(4)
Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2019 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option awards made to executive officers in Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)
The amounts to be paid pursuant to our 2019 Annual Bonus Plan with respect to 2019 have yet to be determined as of the date hereof, but are expected to be determined in February 2020. Please see the section titled "Annual Bonus Program" below for further information.

180


Table of Contents

(6)
For Mr. Krim, the amount reflects free products provided in an amount above the employee discount. For Ms. Arel, amounts reflect $12,459 for free products provided in an amount above the employee discount, a lodging and commuting allowance in the amount of $32,000, and $21,662 as a tax gross up to make Ms. Arel whole for the taxes incurred with respect to her lodging and commuting allowance. For Mr. Parikh the amounts above reflect $28,536 in free products provided in an amount above the employee discount, $149 paid to him under our company-wide wellness program and $8,328 for domestic partner participation in our benefit plans.

Elements of the Company's Executive Compensation Program

        For the year ended December 31, 2019, the compensation for our named executive officers generally consisted of a base salary, cash bonuses and equity awards. These elements (and the amounts of compensation and benefits under each element) were selected because we believe they are necessary to help us attract and retain executive talent which is fundamental to our success. In 2019, we engaged Aon Rewards Solutions, an independent national compensation consulting firm, to provide executive compensation advisory services, help evaluate our compensation philosophy and objectives, and provide guidance in administering our compensation program.

        Below is a more detailed summary of the current executive compensation program as it relates to our named executive officers.

Base Salaries

        The named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for the services they provide to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive's skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

        Mr. Krim's initial base salary for 2019 was $450,208, and as part of the annual review process, was increased to $500,000 effective on February 1, 2019. Ms. Arel was hired in 2019 at a base salary of $500,000 as set forth in her offer letter described below. Mr. Parikh's initial base salary for 2019 was $285,000, and as part of the annual review process, was increased to $300,000 effective on February 1, 2019. For 2020, we expect to increase each of our named executive officer's salaries as part of the annual review process effective February 1, 2020. Pursuant to her offer letter, Ms. Arel's base salary will be increased to $600,000, subject to the approval of our board of directors.

        The actual salaries paid to each named executive officer for 2019 are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled "Salary."

Annual Bonus Program

2019 Bonuses

        In 2019, we maintained the 2019 Annual Bonus Plan, or the 2019 ABP, which was a performance-based annual incentive plan that provided cash bonuses to our eligible employees (including our named executive officers). The company funded the 2019 ABP bonus pool based upon achievement of specified 2019 global net revenue objectives, subject to a percentage multiplier adjustment based on the number of EBITDA positive months the company achieves in the year. If the company achieved the threshold performance then the 2019 ABP pool would have been funded at 35% of the target payout, if the company achieved target performance it would have been funded at 100% and if the company achieved maximum performance it would have been funded at 195%, in each case, subject to, the final determination of our board of directors. If the company achieved 50% or less of the performance targets, then no bonuses would have been paid under the 2019 ABP. Bonus funding was straight-line interpolated between threshold, target and maximum achievement levels. Each 2019 ABP participant

181


Table of Contents

was assigned a bonus level corresponding to a percentage of his or her base salary, which represented such participant's target bonus opportunity.

        For 2019, Mr. Krim's, Ms. Arel's and Mr. Parikh's target bonuses under the 2019 ABP were, respectively, 75%, 50% and 40%, of the executive's base salary. Ms. Arel's offer letter provides that, notwithstanding the general terms of the 2019 ABP, she is entitled to a minimum 2019 ABP bonus of $500,000.

        We have not yet determined the achievement levels of the company performance measures under the 2019 ABP with respect to 2019, but we expect that the board of directors will determine the bonus amounts to be paid to participants, including our named executive officers, in February 2020.

        The actual annual cash bonuses paid to Messrs. Krim and Parikh under the 2019 ABP with respect to 2019 will be set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation." The guaranteed bonus payment of $500,000 paid to Ms. Arel under the 2019 ABP with respect to 2019 is set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled "Bonus."

2020 Bonuses

        In 2020 we intend to adopt the 2020 Annual Bonus Program, or the 2020 ABP, which is a performance-based annual incentive plan that provides our eligible employees (including our named executive officers) with the opportunity to earn cash bonuses.

        For 2020, we expect to increase Mr. Krim, Ms. Arel and Mr. Parikh's target bonuses under the 2020 ABP. Ms. Arel's offer letter also provides that, notwithstanding the general terms of the 2020 ABP, she is entitled to a minimum 2020 ABP bonus payment of $500,000.

Arel Sign-on Bonus

        We offered Ms. Arel a sign-on bonus in an aggregate amount of $300,000 as an incentive for her to join the company. Pursuant to the terms of her offer letter, Ms. Arel received the first installment of her sign-on bonus of $200,000 on July 31, 2019. The remaining $100,000 installment of the sign-on bonus will be payable on the date on which the company pays annual bonuses with respect to 2019 during the company's first fiscal quarter in 2020, subject to Ms. Arel's continued employment with the company through such payment date. For further information on Ms. Arel's sign-on bonus, please see "—Executive Compensation Arrangements—Emilie Arel" below.

Equity Compensation

Outstanding Equity Awards

        We currently maintain two equity incentive plans, the Casper Sleep Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, which provides for the grant of equity awards with respect to our Class A common stock, or the 2014 Plan, and the Casper Sleep Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, which provides for the grant of equity awards with respect to our Class B common stock, or the 2015 Plan, and together with the 2014 Plan, the Plans. Following the effectiveness of the 2015 Plan, no further grants were permitted to be made under the 2014 Plan, though existing awards remain outstanding. The Plans provide our employees (including the named executive officers) and other eligible service providers the opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of our business and incentivize them to work towards the long-term performance goals of the company. We believe that such awards function as a compelling incentive and retention tool.

182


Table of Contents

        A total of 898,336 shares subject to options to purchase our Class A common stock and 4,866,152 shares subject to options to purchase our Class B common stock granted under the 2014 Plan and 2015 Plan, respectively, are currently outstanding.

        As described in further detail below in the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table and related footnotes below, the following options under the 2015 Plan are currently held by our named executive officers: Mr. Krim currently holds an option to purchase 450,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which was granted to him on January 2, 2018 and which has an exercise price of $13.60 per share; Mr. Parikh currently holds an option to purchase 225,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which was granted to him on January 2, 2018 and which has an exercise price of $13.60 per share, and an additional option to purchase 120,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which was granted to him on July 18, 2019 and which has an exercise price of $19.65 per share; and Ms. Arel currently holds an option to purchase 570,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which was granted to her in connection with her commencement of employment with us on July 19, 2019 and which has an exercise price of $19.65 per share.

        With respect to Mr. Krim's option grant and Mr. Parikh's 2018 option grant, referred to as the 2018 Option Grants, upon the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in the 2015 Plan) 50% of the then-unvested portion of the option shall accelerate and vest, subject to the executive's continued service through the date of such change in control. Furthermore, in the event the executive's employment is terminated other than for Cause or the executive resigns for Good Reason (each as defined below) within the 12-month period following such change in control, the remaining then-unvested portion of the option shall accelerate and vest.

        In addition, with respect to the 2018 Option Grants, in the event Messrs. Krim or Parikh's employment is terminated due to his Disability (as defined below), 25% of the total number of shares subject to such option grant will become immediately vested.

        For purposes of the 2018 Option Grants, "Cause" is defined as: (i) an unauthorized use or disclosure by the executive of the company's confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the company; (ii) a material breach by the executive of any agreement between the executive and the company and the executive fails to remedy such condition within thirty (30) days of such breach (if such condition is capable of remedy); (iii) a material failure by the executive to comply with the company's written policies or rules and the executive fails to remedy such non-compliance within thirty (30) days of such failure to comply (if such failure to comply is capable of remedy); (iv) the executive's violation of a federal or state law or regulation directly or indirectly applicable to the business of the company or its affiliates, which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the company or its affiliates; (v) the executive's (1) conviction of, or plea of "guilty" or "no contest" to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or (2) committing of any act of moral turpitude, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the company or its affiliates; (vi) the executive's gross negligence or willful misconduct that was or is materially injurious to the company or its affiliates; (vii) a continuing failure by the executive to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from our board of directors (other than a failure resulting from the executive's death or Disability and the executive fails to remedy such condition within 30 days after receiving such written notification; or (viii) a failure by the executive to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the company or its directors, officers or employees, if the company has requested the executive's cooperation.

        For purposes of the 2018 Option Grants, "Disability" is defined as the executive's inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

183


Table of Contents

        For purposes of the 2018 Option Grants, "Good Reason" is defined as: (i) a material reduction in the executive's base salary other than in connection with a company-wide salary reduction; provided, however, that a reduction in base salary by ten percent (10%) or less shall not be considered a material reduction; (ii) a material diminution of the executive's authority, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, that a diminution in authority, duties or responsibilities solely by virtue of the company or an affiliate being acquired and made part of a larger entity (for example, where the executive retains essentially the same responsibility and duties of the subsidiary, business unit or division substantially containing the company's business following a change in control) shall not constitute "Good Reason"; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location of the executive's principal workplace; provided, however, that a change in the location of executive's principal workplace by 30 miles or less shall not be considered a material change in geographic location.

        With respect to Mr. Parikh's 2019 option grant and Ms. Arel's option grant, referred to as the 2019 Option Grants, in the event such options are assumed in connection with a change in control (as defined in the 2015 Plan) by the acquiring company and the executive's employment is terminated without Cause or the executive resigns for Good Reason (each as defined below) within the 12-month period following such change in control, 50% of the remaining then-unvested portion of the option shall accelerate and vest.

        For purposes of the 2019 Option Grants, "Cause" is defined as: (i) the executive's willful and continued failure to substantially perform their assigned duties, (ii) the commission of a criminal act by the executive, whether or not performed in the workplace, that subjects or, if generally known, would subject the company to significant damage to its business opportunities or reputation (as determined by the company in its sole discretion), (iii) the conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a misdemeanor involving dishonesty or breach of trust, (iv) material misconduct in connection with the company's business, including, but not limited to, fraud, unethical conduct or any violation of the company's policies, rules and standards, (v) the executive's willful and improper disclosure of any confidential information or trade secrets, (vi) any material breach of the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement or other agreement between the executive and the company, or (vii) the executive's failure to cooperate in good faith, in any material respect, with a governmental or internal investigation of the company or its directors, officers or employees, if the company has requested the executive's cooperation. No act or omission by the executive shall constitute "Cause" for purposes of such option grant unless the board of directors has provided such executive written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure such act or omission, to the extent such act or omission is subject to cure as determined by the company in its sole discretion, acting reasonably.

        For purposes of the 2019 Option Grants, "Good Reason" is defined as the occurrence of any of the following without the executive's express written consent: (i) material diminution of the executive's duties, authority, title or reporting relationship, (ii) any breach in any material respect of the company's obligations in this letter or in any other written agreement with the executive, (iii) required relocation of the executive's principal place of employment by more than 25 miles; provided that in the case of (i) or (ii), the executive provides the company with adequate written notice of such diminution or breach within 90 days of the occurrence of such event, and, if such event is capable of cure, the company fails to cure such failure within thirty (30) days of the notice.

        Each of the 2018 Option Grants and 2019 Option Grants was granted with an exercise price per share equal to fair market value on the date of grant. Effective as of the closing of this offering, all of our outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock (including shares issuable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of outstanding awards under the Plans) will be reclassified into shares of our common stock, following which any shares issuable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of outstanding equity awards under the Plan, including those held by our named executive officers, will be shares of our common stock.

184


Table of Contents

2020 Plan

        In connection with the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a new equity compensation plan, the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, referred to as the 2020 Plan, as described below. The 2020 Plan will cover our employees, including our named executive officers, and other eligible service providers.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

        We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. Currently, we do not provide discretionary matching contributions in the 401(k) plan. We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans or deferred compensation plans for our named executive officers.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

        All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including:

        In addition, the company maintains a wellness program that provides payment to employees to promote exercise and sleep tracking. Employees earn a maximum of $40 per month for participating in fitness activities and earn $2 for each night they record their sleep, up to a maximum of $60 per month. Mr. Parikh is the only named executive officer that participated in this program in 2019. We believe the benefits and perquisites described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our named executive officers.

No tax gross-ups

        Other than in connection with reimbursement of expenses, we do not provide tax gross-ups to our employees, including our named executive officers. In 2019, Ms. Arel received a tax gross-up in respect of the costs incurred in connection with the monthly allowance provided pursuant to her offer letter for her lodging and commuting expenses.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

        In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt executive officer and non-employee director stock ownership guidelines that will be applicable to our executive officers, including our named executive officers, and to our non-employee directors. Our executive officers and non-employee directors are expected to satisfy the applicable guidelines set forth below within five years of the later

185


Table of Contents

of (i) the effective date of this offering and (ii) the date of such individual's appointment to a position with the Company that is subject to such guidelines, and to hold at least such minimum value in shares of common stock for so long as they are an executive officer or non-employee director, as applicable.

Position
  Salary Multiple Threshold ($)   Fixed Share Threshold
Chief Executive Officer   5X annual base salary   Number of shares with a fair market value equal to 5X annual base salary
Other Executive Officers   1X annual base salary   Number of shares with a fair market value equal to 1X annual base salary
Non-Employee Director   5X annual retainer fee   N/A

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

        The following table summarizes the number of shares of Class B common stock that was underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2019.

 
   
  Option Awards  
Name
  Grant
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable(1)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Philip Krim

    1/2/2018     215,625     234,375 (2) $ 13.60     1/1/2028  

Emilie Arel

    07/19/2019         570,000 (3) $ 19.65     7/18/2029  

Neil Parikh

    1/2/2018     107,812     117,188 (2) $ 13.60     1/1/2028  

    7/19/2019         120,000 (4) $ 19.65     7/18/2029  

(1)
Following the reclassification of all of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock into shares of our common stock at the closing of this offering, the options will be exercisable pursuant to their terms for shares of our common stock.

(2)
25% of each of Mr. Krim's and Mr. Parikh's 2018 Option Grant vested on January 2, 2019 (the one-year anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date), with the remaining 75% vesting in equal ratable installments on the same calendar day of each month for the 36-month period thereafter, in each case subject to the applicable executive's continued employment with the company through the applicable vesting date. Upon the consummation of a change in control (as defined in the 2015 Plan), 50% of the remaining unvested shares subject to the executive's option grant will become immediately vested, subject to the executive's continued service through the date of such change in control. In the event the executive ceases to be a service provider as a result of a termination by the company other than for Cause or by the executive for Good Reason (each as defined above) within 12 months after the effective date of such change in control, the remaining unvested shares subject to his option grant will become immediately vested. In addition, in the event the executive's service is terminated due to his Disability (as defined above), 25% of the shares subject to his option grant will become immediately vested. See the section titled "Equity Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards" for further information on acceleration provisions for these option grants.

(3)
The option is scheduled to vest as to 142,500 shares of such option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date (or July 15, 2020), with 382,500 shares of such option vesting in equal monthly ratable installments over the thirty-six month period thereafter and the remaining 45,000

186


Table of Contents

(4)
The option is scheduled to vest in full on July 16, 2023 (the four-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date), subject to Mr. Parikh's continued employment with the company through such date. In the event Mr. Parikh's option grant is assumed by an acquirer in connection with a change in control (as defined in the 2015 Plan) and Mr. Parikh ceases to be a service provider as a result of a termination by the company without Cause or by Mr. Parikh for Good Reason (each as defined above) within 12 months after the effective date of such change in control, 50% of the remaining unvested shares subject to his option grant will become immediately vested. See the section titled "Equity Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards" for further information on acceleration provisions for these option grants.

Executive Compensation Arrangements

Philip Krim

        On July 8, 2014, Mr. Krim entered into an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement with the company, which provides that Mr. Krim is subject to 12-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers, business relations and employees covenants, as well as a perpetual confidentiality covenant.

        In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new employment agreement with Mr. Krim, or the CEO Employment Agreement, providing for his continued employment as our Chief Executive Officer. The CEO Employment Agreement provides for an initial three-year term of employment, with automatic renewal for successive one-year periods until terminated in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Pursuant to the CEO Employment Agreement, Mr. Krim is entitled to an annual base salary of $600,000, a monthly transportation allowance of $1,000 and reimbursement of his legal fees incurred in connection with the preparation of the CEO Employment Agreement in an amount up to $40,000. The CEO Employment Agreement also provides that Mr. Krim is eligible to earn an annual performance-based bonus ranging from 50%—200% of his base salary, with a target bonus opportunity of 100% of his base salary.

        Under the CEO Employment Agreement, Mr. Krim will be entitled to receive severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of his employment, subject to Mr. Krim's execution of a release of claims and continued compliance with the applicable restrictive covenants. Pursuant to the CEO Employment Agreement, Mr. Krim will be subject to 18-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers and employees covenants, as well as perpetual confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants.

Emilie Arel

        On June 6, 2019, we entered into an offer letter with Ms. Arel, or the Arel Offer Letter, to employ her as President and Chief Commercial Officer of the company effective as of July 15, 2019. The Arel Offer Letter provided for an initial annual base salary of $500,000 for 2019, which annual base salary rate shall be increased to $600,000 for 2020, as well as the right to receive her initial option grant, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors.

187


Table of Contents

        The Arel Offer Letter provided for a sign-on bonus of $300,000, payable in two installments of: (i) $200,000, payable on the first payroll date following Ms. Arel's commencement of employment with the company, and (ii) $100,000, payable on the date on which the company pays annual bonuses with respect to 2019 during the company's first fiscal quarter in 2020, in each case subject to Ms. Arel's continued employment with the company through each such payment date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Ms. Arel's employment is terminated for any reason other than by us without Cause or due to her resignation for Good Reason (each as defined below) either (A) prior to the six-month anniversary of the payment date of the first installment of the sign-on bonus, Ms. Arel shall repay the full amount of the first installment, net of taxes, within 30 days of such termination date, or (B) prior to the one-year anniversary of the payment date of the second installment of the sign-on bonus, Ms. Arel shall repay the full amount of the second installment, net of taxes, within 30 days of such termination date; provided, that if we terminate Ms. Arel's employment without Cause or she resigns for Good Reason prior to her receipt of any installment, we will pay such unpaid installments of the sign-on bonus within 14 days of such termination date. In addition, Ms. Arel is eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus, subject to the discretion of our board of directors. Pursuant to the Arel Offer Letter, such annual bonus with respect to each of 2019 and 2020 will be guaranteed to equal at least $500,000; provided, that if Ms. Arel's employment with the company is terminated for any reason other than by the company without Cause or by Ms. Arel for Good Reason prior to the six-month anniversary of the payment date of the 2020 annual bonus, Ms. Arel shall repay the full amount of such 2020 annual bonus, net of taxes, within 30 days of such termination date.

        The Arel Offer Letter also provided Ms. Arel with a monthly allowance of $8,000 to cover Ms. Arel's commuting and lodging costs, as well as the right to receive a gross-up covering the taxes incurred by Ms. Arel in connection with such commuting and lodging allowance and reimbursement of reasonable legal fees in connection with Ms. Arel's entrance into the Arel Offer Letter.

        Upon termination by the company without Cause or by Ms. Arel for Good Reason, Ms. Arel would be entitled to, in addition to any accrued amounts under the Arel Offer Letter, subject to her timely execution of a separation and release of claims agreement, a cash severance payment equal to the sum of (i) the gross amount of her then current annualized base salary, (ii) the gross amount of Ms. Arel's premium payments for continued health coverage pursuant to Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended ("COBRA"), and (iii) solely if the company's shares are not traded on a public stock exchange as of such termination, the amount of her target annual bonus, payable in equal monthly installments during the 12-month period following the date of such termination, less applicable withholdings and deductions (collectively, the "Severance Payment").

        In the event such termination of employment occurs following the consummation of a change in control (as defined in the 2015 Plan), then in addition to any accrued amounts under the Arel Offer Letter and subject to her timely execution of a separation and release of claims agreement, Ms. Arel will be entitled to receive a cash severance payment equal to the sum of (i) the Severance Payment and (ii) the amount of her target annual bonus, payable in a lump sum on the tenth day following the effective date of the separation and release of claims agreement.

        In addition to the Arel Offer Letter, Ms. Arel entered into an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement with the company on June 6, 2019. Pursuant to such agreement, Ms. Arel is subject to 12-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers, business relations and employees covenants, as well as a perpetual confidentiality covenant.

        For purposes of the Arel Offer Letter, "Cause" means: (i) Ms. Arel's willful and continued failure to substantially perform her assigned duties; (ii) the commission of a criminal act by Ms. Arel, whether or not performed in the workplace, that subjects or, if generally known, would subject the company to significant damage to its business opportunities or reputation (as determined by the company in its sole

188


Table of Contents

discretion); (iii) Ms. Arel's conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a misdemeanor involving dishonesty or breach of trust; (iv) Ms. Arel's material misconduct in connection with the company's business, including, but not limited to, fraud, unethical conduct or any violation of the company's policies, rules and standards; (v) Ms. Arel's willful and improper disclosure of any confidential information or trade secrets; (vi) any material breach of the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement or other agreement between Ms. Arel and the company; or (vii) Ms. Arel's failure to cooperate in good faith, in any material respect, with a governmental or internal investigation of the company or its directors, officers or employees, if the company has requested her cooperation. No act or omission by Ms. Arel shall constitute "Cause" under the Arel Offer Letter unless the board of directors has provided her written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure such act or omission, to the extent such act or omission is subject to cure as determined by the company in its sole discretion, acting reasonably.

        For purposes of the Arel Offer Letter, "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the following without her express written consent: (i) a material diminution of Ms. Arel's duties, authority, title or reporting relationship (i.e., if she no longer reports to the company's Chief Executive Officer), (B) any breach in any material respect of the company's obligations in the Arel Offer Letter or in any other written agreement with Ms. Arel, (C) required relocation of Ms. Arel's principal place of employment by more than 25 miles; provided that in the case of (A) or (B), Ms. Arel provides the company with adequate written notice of such diminution or breach within 90 days of the occurrence of such event, and, if such event is capable of cure, the company fails to cure such failure within thirty (30) days of the notice.

Neil Parikh

        On July 9, 2014, Mr. Parikh entered into an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement with the company which provides that Mr. Parikh is subject to 12-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation of customers, business relations and employees covenants, as well as a perpetual confidentiality covenant.

        We have not entered into any other employment arrangement with Mr. Parikh.

New Severance Arrangements

        In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into executive severance and change in control agreements with certain of our executives, including Ms. Arel and Mr. Parikh, pursuant to which each executive will be entitled to certain severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of the executive's employment with us (the "Executive Severance Agreements").

        The Executive Severance Agreements for Ms. Arel and Mr. Parikh provide for severance upon a termination by the company without Cause or by the applicable named executive officer for Good Reason that is equal to: (i) any accrued amounts through the date of termination, (ii) 12 months continued base salary payments, payable in equal installments during the 12-month period following the date of termination, (iii) subsidized health insurance premiums so that the executive would pay the same rate for benefits coverage as active employees through the 12-month period following the date of such termination (the "Continued Benefits"), and (iv) if such termination occurs on or after October 1 of any calendar year, a cash amount equal to the executive's prorated annual bonus for the year in which the date of such termination occurs, calculated based on actual achievement of any applicable company performance goals and assumption of target achievement of any applicable individual performance goals, payable at the time when the executive would have otherwise been paid the executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which the date of such termination occurs.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event such a termination occurs on or within the 12-month period following a Change in Control (as defined in the applicable Executive Severance Agreement),

189


Table of Contents

Ms. Arel and Mr. Parikh will each be entitled to severance of: (i) any accrued amounts through the date of termination, (ii) a cash amount equal to the sum of (x) 12 months of the executive's then-current annual base salary and (y) the executive's target annual bonus for the calendar year in which the date of termination occurs, payable in a lump sum within 60 days following the date of termination, (iii) the Continued Benefits, and (iv) acceleration in full of the vesting of all of the executive's outstanding equity awards, with performance-based awards vesting based on the greater of (x) actual performance and (y) the target amount.

        Pursuant to their Executive Severance Agreements, receipt of any severance payments by Ms. Arel or Mr. Parikh, as applicable, will be subject to the executive's execution and non-revocation of a release of claims and the executive's continued compliance with the applicable restrictive covenants. Any payments or benefits under the applicable Executive Severance Agreement will also be subject a Section 280G "cutback" such that payments or benefits that the executive receives in connection with such Change in Control will be reduced to the extent that such reduction would result in a greater after-tax net amount for the executive.

Equity Incentive Arrangements

Existing Equity Plans

        We currently maintain our 2014 Plan and 2015 Plan, as described above. On and after the closing of this offering and following the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan, no further grants will be made under either the 2014 Plan or the 2015 Plan.

2020 Equity Incentive Plan

        In connection with the offering, we intend to adopt the 2020 Plan, subject to approval by our stockholders, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2020 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration

        Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our parents and subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2020 Plan. The 2020 Plan is administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by the compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator has the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2020 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2020 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

        The maximum number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2020 Plan is equal to the sum of (i)               shares, or ten percent (10%) of the number of outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock, determined on a fully-diluted basis as of immediately prior to this offering and (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2021 and ending in and including 2029, equal to the lesser of (A) five percent (5)% of the outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) such lesser amount as determined by our board of directors, as well as any shares subject to awards under the 2014 Plan or

190


Table of Contents

2015 Plan which are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the effective date are not issued under the 2014 Plan or 2015 Plan; provided, however, no more than            shares may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options, or ISOs. The share reserve formula under the 2020 Plan is intended to provide us with the continuing ability to grant equity awards to eligible employees, directors and consultants for the ten-year term of the 2020 Plan.

        Awards granted under the 2020 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by an entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock will not reduce the shares authorized for grant under the 2020 Plan. The maximum grant date fair value of awards granted to any non-employee director other than the chairman of our board of directors pursuant to the 2020 Plan during any calendar year is $750,000 (and for the non-employee director serving as the chairman of our board of directors, $850,000), provided that the maximum value shall be $1,000,000 with respect to the calendar year in which a non-employee director commences his or her service on our board of directors.

Awards

        The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, restricted stock units, or RSUs, other incentive awards, SARs, and cash awards. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to certain individuals pursuant to the 2020 Plan. Certain awards under the 2020 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2020 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

191


Table of Contents

Vesting

        Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to each award and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Certain Transactions

        The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2020 Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as "equity restructurings," the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2020 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a "Change in Control" of the company (as defined in the 2020 Plan), to the extent that the surviving entity declines to continue, convert, assume or replace outstanding awards, then the plan administrator may provide that all such awards will terminate in exchange for cash or other consideration, or become fully vested and exercisable in connection with the transaction. Upon or in anticipation of a Change in Control, the plan administrator may cause any outstanding awards to terminate at a specified time in the future and give the participant the right to exercise such awards during a period of time determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments

        The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by us to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2020 Plan are generally non-transferable, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2020 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, provide for net withholding of shares, allow shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions to be repurchased, allow a "market sell order" or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

192


Table of Contents

Plan Amendment and Termination

        Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2020 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2020 Plan. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2020 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date on which our board of directors adopts the 2020 Plan and (ii) the date on which our stockholders approve the Plan.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. The material terms of the ESPP, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Shares Available; Administration

        The aggregate number of share of our common stock that will initially be reserved for issuance under our ESPP will be equal to the sum of (i)             shares, or two percent (2%) of the number of outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock, determined on a fully-diluted basis as of immediately prior to this offering, and (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2029 equal to the lesser of (A)             shares, (B) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (C) such smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors or the compensation committee will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee of our board of directors will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility

        We expect that our employees, other than employees who, immediately after the grant of a right to purchase common stock under the ESPP, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common or other class of stock, will be eligible to participate in the ESPP. However, consistent with Section 423 of the Code the plan administrator may provide that other groups of employees, including without limitation those who do not meet designated service requirements or those whose participation would be in violation of applicable foreign laws, will not be eligible to participate in the ESPP.

Grant of Rights

        The ESPP will be intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and shares of our common stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to 27 months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day in each purchase period. Offering periods under the ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods. We do not expect that any offering periods will commence under the ESPP at the time of this offering.

        The ESPP will permit participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to a fixed dollar amount or percentage of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant's gross base compensation for services to us. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 5,000 shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any

193


Table of Contents

calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

        On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will expire at the end of the applicable offering period and will be exercised on each purchase date during such offering period to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares will not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date, which will be the final trading day of the purchase period. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation will end automatically upon a participant's termination of employment.

        A participant will not be permitted to transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Certain Transactions

        In the event of certain transactions or events affecting our common stock, such as any stock dividend or other distribution, reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In addition, in the event of the foregoing transactions or events or certain significant transactions, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants' accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment

        The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP, changes the corporations or classes of corporations the employees of which are eligible to participate in the ESPP or changes the ESPP in any manner that would cause the ESPP to no longer be an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code.

194


Table of Contents


Director Compensation

        The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation received by our directors for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Name
  Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)(1)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Total
($)
 

Tony Florence

             

Diane Irvine

        564,327     564,327  

Karen Katz

        430,047     430,047  

Jack Lazar

        431,123     431,123  

Dani Reiss

        593,465     593,465  

Ben Lerer

             

(1)
We did not provide cash compensation to our directors with respect to 2019 other than the compensation paid to our employee directors Messrs. Krim and Parikh in respect of their employment with the company, as discussed above.

(2)
Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2019 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option awards made to executive officers in Note 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The table below shows the aggregate number of stock option awards to purchase shares of our Class B common stock (exercisable and unexercisable) held as of December 31, 2019 by each non-employee director who was serving as of December 31, 2019.

Name
  Outstanding at
Fiscal Year
End(1)(2)
 

Diane Irvine

    60,000  

Karen Katz

    60,000  

Jack Lazar

    60,000  

Dani Reiss

    85,000  

(1)
Following the reclassification of all of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock into shares of our common stock at the closing of this offering, the options will be exercisable pursuant to their terms for shares of our common stock.

(2)
Ms. Irvine holds 60,000 outstanding options, of which 11,250 are vested and 48,750 are unvested; Ms. Katz holds 60,000 outstanding options, of which 10,000 are vested and 50,000 are unvested; Mr. Lazar holds 60,000 outstanding options, of which 8,750 are vested and 51,250 are unvested; and Mr. Reiss holds 85,000 outstanding options, of which 36,250 are vested and 48,750 are unvested.

        In 2019, we entered into offer letters with each of Ms. Irvine, Ms. Katz, Mr. Lazar and Mr. Reiss providing for his or her appointment to the board of directors (the "Director Offer Letters"). Pursuant to the Director Offer Letters, Ms. Irvine, Ms. Katz, Mr. Lazar and Mr. Reiss were each granted an award of 60,000 stock options, with the grants made on July 19, 2019, April 12, 2019, April 11, 2019 and March 25, 2019, respectively. Each of these options vests in equal monthly installments for the 48-month period following the grant date (other than for Ms. Irvine's grant, which commenced vesting

195


Table of Contents

as of July 16, 2019), subject to the director's continued service with the company through the applicable vesting date, and provided that these options will accelerate and vest in full in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2015 Plan). Mr. Reiss was also granted an additional award of 25,000 fully vested options on March 25, 2019 pursuant to his Director Offer Letter.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

        In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy that, effective upon the closing of this offering, will be applicable to each of our non-employee directors. Pursuant to this non-employee director compensation policy, we expect that each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of $50,000. In addition, we expect that non-employee directors serving on Board committees will receive the following additional annual fees, each earned on a quarterly basis: the chairperson of our audit committee will receive an additional annual fee of $20,000, and other members of our audit committee will receive an additional annual fee of $10,000; the chairperson of our compensation committee will receive and additional annual fee of $20,000, and other members of our compensation committee will receive an additional annual fee of $10,000; and the chairperson of our nominating and governance committee will receive an additional annual fee of $10,000, and other members of our nominating and governance committee will receive an additional annual fee of $5,000. Each director will also receive an annual restricted stock unit award with a grant date value of $175,000 (with prorated awards made to directors who join on a date other than an annual meeting following the first annual meeting after the closing of this offering), which will generally vest in full on the day immediately prior to the date of our annual shareholder meeting immediately following the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director continuing in service through such meeting date. The vesting of this restricted stock award will accelerate and it will vest in full upon a change in control (as defined in the 2020 Plan). In addition, each director will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with his or her services.

196


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled "Management" and "Executive Compensation," the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2016 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

Equity Financings

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

        From May 2017 through July 2017, we sold an aggregate of 3,736,177 shares of our Series C preferred stock to related persons at a purchase price of $31.24715 per share. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series C preferred stock by such persons:

 
  Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock
  Total
Purchase
Price
 

Red Cart Ventures LLC(1)

    2,400,219   $ 75,000,003  

New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P.(2)

    815,914     25,494,987  

Institutional Venture Partners XV, L.P.(3)

    240,021     7,499,972  

Norwest Venture Partners XII, L.P.(4)

    208,018     6,499,970  

Lerer Hippeau Ventures Select Fund, LP(5)

    64,005     1,999,974  

Jayesh Parikh(6)

    8,000     249,977  

(1)
Red Cart Ventures LLC currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(2)
Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P., or NEA, currently hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Anthony Florence, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner of NEA.

(3)
Includes shares purchased by Institutional Venture Partners XV Executive Fund, L.P., an entity affiliated with Institutional Venture Partners XV, L.P., or IVP. Entities affiliated with IVP currently hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(4)
Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners XII, L.P., or Norwest, currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(5)
Lerer Hippeau Ventures Select Fund, LP is an entity affiliated with Lerer Hippeau Ventures. Benjamin Lerer, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner of Lerer Hippeau Ventures.

(6)
Jayesh Parikh is the father of Neil Parikh, our Chief Strategy Officer and a director.

197


Table of Contents

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

        From February 2019 through April 2019, we sold an aggregate of 720,063 shares of our Series D preferred stock to related persons at a purchase price of $31.24715 per share. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series D preferred stock by such persons:

Stockholder
  Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock
  Total
Purchase
Price
 

New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P.(1)

    240,021   $ 7,499,972  

Red Cart Ventures LLC(2)

    160,014     4,999,981  

IVP Entities(3)

    128,012     4,000,010  

Norwest Venture Partners XII, L.P.(4)

    112,010     3,499,993  

DTR LLC(5)

    80,006     2,499,959  

(1)
Entities affiliated with NEA currently hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Anthony Florence, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner of NEA.

(2)
Red Cart Ventures LLC currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(3)
IVP Entities currently hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(4)
Norwest currently holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(5)
Dani Reiss, a member of our board of directors, is Chief Executive Officer of DTR LLC.

Investors' Rights Agreement

        We are party to an Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, or IRA, dated as of February 4, 2019, which provides, among other things, that certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Red Cart Ventures LLC, IVP, NEA, Norwest, DTR LLC and Lerer Hippeau Ventures have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. Anthony Florence, Dani Reiss and Benjamin Lerer, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with NEA, DTR LLC and Lerer Hippeau Ventures, respectively. Philip Krim, Neil Parikh, two of our executive officers and members of our board of directors, and Jeffrey Chapin, one of our executive officers, and certain entities affiliated with them are also party to the IRA. See the section titled "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Right of First Refusal

        Pursuant to certain of our equity compensation plans and certain agreements with our stockholders, including an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, dated as of February 4, 2019, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock which stockholders propose to sell to other parties. This right will terminate upon completion of this offering. Philip Krim, Neil Parikh, two of our executive officers and members of our board of directors, and Jeffrey Chapin, one of our executive officers, and certain entities affiliated with them are party to the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement. Entities affiliated with Red Cart Ventures LLC, IVP, NEA, Norwest, DTR LLC and Lerer Hippeau Ventures are also party to the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement. Anthony Florence, Dani Reiss and Benjamin Lerer, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with NEA, DTR LLC and Lerer Hippeau Ventures, respectively.

198


Table of Contents

Voting Agreement

        We are party to an amended and restated voting agreement, dated as of February 4, 2019, under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Red Cart Ventures LLC, IVP, NEA, Norwest, DTR LLC and Lerer Hippeau Ventures have agreed to vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Anthony Florence, Dani Reiss and Benjamin Lerer, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with NEA, DTR LLC and Lerer Hippeau Ventures, respectively. Philip Krim, Neil Parikh, two of our executive officers and members of our board of directors, and Jeffrey Chapin, one of our executive officers, and certain entities affiliated with them party to the voting agreement. Upon completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Tender Offer

        In September 2017, we facilitated a tender offer whereby an affiliated entity commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our common stock and shares of our common stock issued upon exercise of vested options, or Vested Option Shares, from certain of our securityholders for $28.1225 per share in cash. Mr. Truppman, one of our executive officers, sold an aggregate of 6,067 Vested Option Shares in the tender offer. An aggregate of 83,468 shares of our common stock were tendered pursuant to the tender offer for an aggregate purchase price of $2,347,329.

Other Transactions

        We engaged the consulting firm Deloitte Consulting LLP, or Deloitte, to assist us with implementation of our enterprise resource management system. Brian Chapin, the brother of Mr. Chapin, our Chief Product Officer, is a Manager at Deloitte and was part of the Deloitte Casper proposal team. This consulting engagement is now complete, and we paid the consulting firm approximately $0.3 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to this engagement.

        We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors. See the section titled "Executive Compensation—Equity Compensation" and "Executive Compensation—Director Compensation" for a description of these stock options.

        We intend to enter into certain compensation arrangements with our executive officers and directors in connection with this offering. See "Executive Compensation—Executive Compensation Arrangements" and "Director Compensation—Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy."

Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance

        Our Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws will provide indemnification and advancement of expenses for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain limited exceptions. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers. We have also purchased directors' and officers' liability insurance for each of our directors and executive officers. See "Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors."

Our Policy Regarding Related Party Transactions

        Our board of directors recognizes the fact that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests (or the perception thereof). Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written policy on transactions with related persons that is

199


Table of Contents

in conformity with the requirements for issuers having publicly held common stock that is listed on the NYSE. Under the policy, our legal department is primarily responsible for developing and implementing processes and procedures to obtain information regarding related persons with respect to potential related person transactions and then determining, based on the facts and circumstances, whether such potential related person transactions do, in fact, constitute related person transactions requiring compliance with the policy. If our legal department determines that a transaction or relationship is a related person transaction requiring compliance with the policy, our general counsel is required to present to the audit committee all relevant facts and circumstances relating to the related person transaction. Our audit committee must review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related person transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm's length dealings with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction, take into account the conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics (which will be adopted prior to the completion of this offering), and either approve or disapprove the related person transaction. If advance audit committee approval of a related person transaction requiring the audit committee's approval is not feasible, then the transaction may be preliminarily entered into by management upon prior approval of the transaction by the chair of the audit committee subject to ratification of the transaction by the audit committee at the audit committee's next regularly scheduled meeting; provided, that if ratification is not forthcoming, management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction. If a transaction was not initially recognized as a related person, then upon such recognition the transaction will be presented to the audit committee for ratification at the audit committee's next regularly scheduled meeting; provided, that if ratification is not forthcoming, management will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the transaction. Our management will update the audit committee as to any material changes to any approved or ratified related person transaction and will provide a status report at least annually of all then current related person transactions. No director may participate in approval of a related person transaction for which he or she is a related person.

200


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock (1) reflecting the Preferred Conversion, (2) the Reclassification, and (3) as adjusted to give effect to this offering, for:

        The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder as described in this prospectus is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of                        , are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The percentage ownership of each individual or entity before this offering is based on            shares of common stock as of            , after giving effect to (i) the Private Financing; (ii) the assumed exercise of warrants to purchase          shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019, which will result in the issuance of                     shares of common stock in connection with this offering; (iii) the Preferred Conversion, and (iv) the Reclassification. The applicable percentage ownership after this offering is based on                        shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option in full and assuming the issuance of up to                 shares of common stock at the closing of this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is Three World Trade Center, Floor 39, 175 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10007.

201


Table of Contents

        Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned Before
this Offering
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this
Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   %   Number   %

5% Stockholders:

               

Entities affiliated with IVP(1)

               

Entities affiliated with NEA(2)

               

Norwest Venture Partners XII, LP(3)

               

Red Cart Ventures LLC(4)

               

Vaizra US I, L.P.(5)

               

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

               

Philip Krim(6)

               

Emilie Arel(7)

               

Neil Parikh(8)

               

Anthony Florence(9)

               

Diane Irvine(10)

               

Karen Katz(11)

               

Jack Lazar(12)

               

Benjamin Lerer(13)

               

Dani Reiss(14)

               

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 individuals)(15)

               

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of (i)             shares of common stock held by Institutional Venture Partners XV Executive Fund, L.P., or IVP Executive Fund, and (ii)             shares of common held by Institutional Venture Partners XV, L.P., or IVP. Institutional Venture Management XV, LLC is the general partner of IVP and IVP Executive Fund. Todd C. Chaffee, Somesh Dash, Norman A. Fogelsong, Stephen J. Harrick, Eric Liaw, Jules A. Maltz, J. Sanford Miller and Dennis B. Phelps are the managing directors of Institutional Venture Management XV, LLC and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by IVP and IVP Executive Fund. The address for these entities and individuals is c/o Institutional Venture Partners, 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 2, Suite 250, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(2)
Consists of (i)             shares of common stock held by NEA Ventures 2014, L.P., or Ven 2014, and (ii)             shares of common stock held by New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P., or NEA 14. NEA Partners 14, L.P., or NEA Partners 14, is the general partner of NEA 14 and NEA 14 GP, LTD, or NEA 14 LTD, is the general partner of NEA Partners 14. The directors of NEA 14 LTD are Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Anthony A. Florence, Jr., Patrick J. Kerins, David M. Mott, Scott D. Sandell, and Peter Sonsini, or, together, the NEA 14 Directors. NEA Partners 14, NEA 14 LTD and the NEA 14 Directors may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with regard to the Class A common stock and Class B common stock directly held by NEA 14. The common stock held directly by Ven 2014 are held indirectly by Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of Ven 2014. The address for each of these entities and individuals is c/o New Enterprise Associates, Inc., 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, Maryland 21093.

(3)
Consists of            shares of common stock held by Norwest Venture Partners XII, LP, or Norwest LP. Genesis VC Partners XII, LLC, or Genesis XII LLC, is the general partner of

202


Table of Contents

(4)
Consists of            shares of common stock held by Red Cart Ventures LLC. Target Corporation, a publicly traded company with securities listed on the New York Stock Exchange, is the sole member of Red Cart Ventures LLC. The address for each of these entities is 1000 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, MN 55403.

(5)
Consists of shares of common stock held by Vaizra US I, L.P. Ron Rofé is the General Partner of Vaizra US I, L.P., and therefore may be deemed to have voting power with respect to these shares. The address for this entity is 6121 Sunset Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90028.

(6)
Consists of (i)             shares of common stock held by Mr. Krim, and (ii)             shares of common stock subject to options held by Mr. Krim that are exercisable within 60 days of            .

(7)
Consists of            shares of common stock subject to options held by Ms. Arel that are exercisable within 60 days of            .

(8)
Consists of (i)             shares of common stock held by Mr. Parikh, (ii)             shares of common stock held in various trusts for which Mr. Parikh is the trustee and (iii)             shares of common stock subject to options held by Mr. Parikh that are exercisable within 60 days of             .

(9)
Consists of the NEA 14 shares identified in footnote (3) above. Mr. Florence is a NEA 14 Director, and therefore may be deemed to have shared voting power with respect to these shares.

(10)
Consists of            shares of common stock subject to options held by Ms. Irvine that are exercisable within 60 days of            .

(11)
Consists of            shares of common stock subject to options held by Ms. Katz that are exercisable within 60 days of            .

(12)
Consists of            shares of common stock subject to options held by Mr. Lazar that are exercisable within 60 days of            .

(13)
Consists of (i)             shares of common stock held by Lerer Hippeau Ventures CS, LLC, or Lerer CS, (ii)              shares of common stock held by Lerer Ventures III, LP, or LV III, (iii)             shares of common stock held by Lerer Ventures III-A, LLC, or LV III-A, (iv)               shares of common stock held by Lerer Ventures III-B, LP, or LV III-B and, together with LV III and LV III-A, the LV III entities, and (v)             shares of common stock held by Lerer Hippeau Ventures Select Fund, LP., or Lerer Select Fund, and together with Lerer CS and the LV III entities, the Lerer Hippeau entities. Lerer Hippeau Ventures CS Manager LLC is the manager of Lerer CS. Lerer Ventures III GP, LLC is the general partner of each of the LV III entities. Lerer Hippeau Ventures Select Fund GP, LLC is the general partner of Lerer Select Fund. Mr. Lerer is a managing partner of Lerer Hippeau, a manager of Lerer Hippeau Ventures CS Manager LLC, a manager of Lerer Ventures III GP, LLC, a managing member of Lerer Hippeau Ventures Select Fund GP, LLC and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive powers over the shares held by the Lerer Hippeau entities. The address for these entities and individuals is c/o 100 Crosby Street, New York, New York 10012.

(14)
Consists of (i)             shares of common stock subject to options held by Mr. Reiss that are exercisable within 60 days of             and (ii)             shares of common stock held of record by DTR LLC. Mr. Reiss indirectly controls DTR LLC and therefore may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power with respect to these shares.

(15)
Consists of (i)             shares of common stock held by all our current directors and executive officers as a group, and (ii)               shares of common stock subject to options held by all our current directors and executive officers as a group that are exercisable within 60 days of            .

203


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Facility

        On April 27, 2016, Casper Sleep Inc. and Casper Science LLC entered into a loan and security agreement with Pacific Western Bank (as amended by the first amendment dated as of November 20, 2017, as amended by the second amendment dated as of August 14, 2018, as amended by the third amendment dated as of December 12, 2018 and as further amended by the fourth amendment and joinder dated as of March 1, 2019), which we refer to, as amended, as the Senior Secured Facility. Pursuant to the fourth amendment and joinder dated as of March 1, 2019, Casper Sleep Retail LLC was joined as a borrower to the Senior Secured Facility.

        The Senior Secured Facility consisted of a $25.0 million term loan facility that was available to us until November 1, 2018, at which point the facility expired without any draw-downs or other utilization of the facility by us. Currently, the Senior Secured Facility consists of a $25.0 million revolving credit facility that becomes due and payable on September 1, 2020. As of September 30, 2019, we had $15.9 million outstanding and $7.6 million of letters of credit issued pursuant to the Senior Secured Facility.

        The Senior Secured Facility is secured by a lien on all or substantially of the assets of the borrowers, subject to carve-outs for intellectual property. Borrowings under the Senior Secured Facility accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate or (ii) 3.5%. The "prime rate" is defined as the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Pacific Western Bank, as its "prime rate," whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Pacific Western Bank.

        A nominal annual fee is due each October 1, and, upon a liquidity event or change of control, which as defined under the Senior Secured Facility includes an initial public offering of our equity securities, a certain one-time success fee of $150,000 will become due and payable to Pacific Western Bank.

        We are subject to certain financial and other covenants under the Senior Secured Facility. Pursuant to the Senior Secured Facility, we must maintain either (i) a certain minimum amount of not less than $25.0 million in unrestricted cash or cash equivalents with Pacific Western Bank or (ii) achieve certain net revenue minimum thresholds on a cumulative and consolidated basis for each monthly period beginning January 2019. In addition to the foregoing, we must maintain the lesser of (x) $25.0 million in unrestricted cash or cash equivalents and (y) 40% of the total of such assets owned by us in depository or operating accounts with Pacific Western Bank. Certain covenants also limit our ability to enter into inbound license agreements; create or acquire subsidiaries; convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the business or property; change our name, location, headquarters, executive management, fiscal year end, or have a change of control (as defined in the Senior Secured Facility); merge or consolidate with any other business organization; create, incur, assume, guarantee or remain liable with respect to indebtedness; create, incur, assume or allow liens or encumbrances; pay dividends or make distributions; make investments; exceed certain capital expenditures thresholds; enter into affiliate transactions; and make subordinated debt payments or store inventory or equipment with a bailee or similar third party. As of September 30, 2019, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Senior Secured Facility.

        Events of default under the Senior Secured Facility, subject to specified thresholds, include but are not limited to: nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or any other payment obligations thereunder; failure to perform or observe covenants, conditions or agreements; material violation of any representation, warranty or certification; cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness; bankruptcy or insolvency; certain monetary judgments; and any change of control occurrence.

204


Table of Contents

Subordinated Facility

        On March 1, 2019, Casper Sleep Inc., Casper Science LLC and Casper Sleep Retail LLC entered into a growth capital loan and security facility agreement with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp., as lender and collateral agent, and TriplePoint Capital LLC, as lender (or, together with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp., Triplepoint), which provided for a $50.0 million growth capital loan facility, which we refer to as the Subordinated Facility. The Subordinated Facility allows for expansion up to an additional $50.0 million upon request and approval following full utilization of the initial loan, and has a maturity, at our option, of up to five years.

        In connection with the Subordinated Facility, on March 1, 2019, we entered into two warrant agreements with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp. and TriplePoint Capital LLC for 19,201 shares of Series D preferred stock and 12,801 shares of Series D preferred stock, respectively, at an exercise price per share of $31.24715. TriplePoint's right under the warrant agreements to purchase the Series D preferred stock will be available for the greater of (i) seven years from March 1, 2019 or (ii) one year from the effective date of an initial public offering, subject to certain exercise conditions in the event our common stock is traded on a securities exchange.

        Borrowings under the Subordinated Facility accrue interest at the prime rate (which, as defined in the Subordinated Facility, shall be as published in the Wall Street Journal with a floor of 5.25%) plus an applicable margin set forth in the table of terms. The table of terms sets forth 18 options based on term, amortization, interest rate and other features that can range from an annual interest rate of the prime rate plus 0.0% margin for a three-month interest-only term and up to a prime plus 7.25% margin for 48-months interest only term. End of term payments range from 0.25% of each advance for a three-month term up to 8.25% for each advance with a 48-month repayment option. The Subordinated Facility also has a 1.25% one-time facility fee for the committed amount, which is initially $50.0 million. Upon meeting certain conditions and in the event of the consummation of this offering, the interest rate will be reduced by 1.0%. Additionally, there is a 1.5% prepayment penalty in the event that the loan is prepaid within the first 18 months, with no prepayment penalty thereafter.

        Certain covenants under the Subordinated Facility limit our ability to create or acquire subsidiaries; transfer, sell, assign, grant a security interest in, permit liens or otherwise transfer an interest in or encumber our property or assets; liquidate, dissolve or enter into mergers or acquisitions or all or substantially all of our property; compromise accounts or grant extensions on any of our receivables; incur or permit our subsidiaries to incur indebtedness; make or permit our subsidiaries to make investments; declare or pay cash dividends or distributions; relocate our principal place of business or collateral or change our name; engage in a new and unrelated line of business; change our jurisdiction; enter into affiliate transactions; create new deposit accounts or prepay subordinated indebtedness. As of September 30, 2019, we had $25.0 million outstanding under the Subordinated Facility pursuant to a 48-month interest-only term with an interest rate of prime plus 7.25%, and were in compliance with all covenants under the Subordinated Facility.

        Events of default under the Subordinated Facility, subject to specified thresholds, include but are not limited to: nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or any other payment obligations thereunder; failure to perform or observe covenants, conditions or agreements; material violation of any representation, warranty or certification; cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness; bankruptcy or insolvency; certain monetary judgments; change of our chief executive officer or chief financial officer; termination or any guaranty or failure of a guarantor to perform any obligation or covenant under any guaranty; and any change of control occurrence.

205


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        At or prior to the consummation of this offering, we will file an Amended Charter, and we will adopt our Amended Bylaws. Our Amended Charter will authorize capital stock consisting of:

        We are selling                                    shares of common stock in this offering (                        shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). All shares of our common stock outstanding upon consummation of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

        Assuming the Preferred Conversion and the Reclassification, as of            ,            , there were            shares of our Common Stock outstanding, held by             stockholders of record and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding.

        The following summary describes the material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our Amended Charter and our Amended Bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Certain provisions of our Amended Charter and our Amended Bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock.

Common Stock

        Holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

        Holders of shares of our common stock will not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Common Stock Dividend Rights and Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

        Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

        In the event of our dissolution or liquidation, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the our remaining assets legally available for distribution.

Preferred Stock

        Upon the consummation of this offering and pursuant to our Amended Charter that will become effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering, the total of our authorized shares of preferred stock will be                        shares. Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

206


Table of Contents

        Under the terms of our Amended Charter, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, powers, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

        The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Warrants

        As of September 30, 2019, there were warrants to purchase 182,442 shares of Class A common stock and 32,002 shares of Series D preferred stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, certain warrants may remain outstanding. The warrants for the Series D preferred stock, if outstanding upon the closing of this offering, shall become warrants to purchase shares of common stock into which each share of Series D preferred stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

Registration Rights

        The IRA provides that certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including, but not limited to, certain holders of at least 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. Our IRA was amended and restated on February 4, 2019. The registration rights set forth in the IRA will expire three years following the completion of this offering, or, with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. The IRA does not provide for any maximum cash penalties or any penalties connected with delays in registering our common stock.

        In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with this offering, we expect that each stockholder that has registration rights will agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions and early release of certain holders in specified circumstances. See the section titled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements" for additional information regarding such restrictions.

Demand Registration Rights

        After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of            shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning on the earlier of February 4, 2024 and six months after the effective date of this registration statement, the holders of at least 50% of the Company's voting power of the registrable securities then outstanding may request

207


Table of Contents

that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which, after payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $10,000,000 with an offering price per share that would exceed $10.00. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-1 within any 12-month period.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, in connection with such offering the holders of an aggregate of            shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to service providers of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan, (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction, (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or (iv) a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of            shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the reasonably anticipated aggregate gross proceeds of the shares offered would equal or exceed $1,000,000. We will not be required to effect more than one registration on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Forum Selection

        Our Amended Charter will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us, any director or our officers and employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our Amended Charter or our Amended Bylaws, or as to which the DGCL confers exclusive jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery; or (4) any action asserting a claim against us, any director or our officers or employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that the exclusive forum provisions will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Dividends

        Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon, among other things, our business prospects, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, contractual restrictions, covenants in the agreements governing our current and future indebtedness, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of dividends and distributions to stockholders and any other factors or considerations our board of directors may regard as relevant. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any

208


Table of Contents

future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, and therefore do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy" and "Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock—We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future."

Anti-Takeover Provisions

        Our Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws, as they will be in at the consummation of this offering, will contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

        The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of the NYSE. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Classified Board of Directors

        Our Amended Charter will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the number of directors in each class being as nearly equal in number as possible. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders, with staggered three-year terms. Our Amended Charter will provide that directors may only be removed from our board of directors for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote. See "Management—Composition of our Board of Directors." These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control of us or our management.

Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders

        Our Amended Charter will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our Amended Bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our Amended Bylaws. Further, our Amended Bylaws will provide that only the chairperson of our board of directors, a majority of our board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the President of the Corporation may call special meetings of our stockholders, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

        In addition, our Amended Bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders. Generally, in

209


Table of Contents

order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, the matter must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction of our board of directors, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by our board of directors or the chairperson of the meeting, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (1) was a stockholder both at the time of giving the notice and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (3) has complied with the advance notice procedures specified in the Amended Bylaws or properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, which proposal has been included in the proxy statement for the annual meeting. Further, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the secretary and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by the Amended Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, "Timely Notice").

        Stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a qualified stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until the next stockholder meeting.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws

        Upon consummation of this offering, the Amended Bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. The affirmative vote of a majority of our board of directors and a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon would be required to amend our Amended Charter.

Section 203 of the DGCL

        We will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the time of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

210


Table of Contents

        In general, Section 203 defines a "business combination" to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder and an "interested stockholder" as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or, if such person is an affiliate or associate of the corporation within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing changes in control of our company.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        Our Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws will provide indemnification and advancement of expenses for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain limited exceptions. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers. In some cases, the provisions of our indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our Amended Charter will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director. This provision does not, however, eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from: (1) breach of the director's duty of loyalty, (2) acts or omissions not in good faith that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (3) an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, or (4) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        These provisions may be held not to be enforceable for violations of the federal securities laws of the United States.

Corporate Opportunity Doctrine

        Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our Amended Charter will, to the extent permitted by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our Amended Charter will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to an officer, director, stockholder or affiliate solely in their capacity as an officer, director or stockholder (or affiliate thereof).

Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal and Payment

        Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of Casper Sleep Inc. Pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL, stockholders who properly demand and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or

211


Table of Contents

consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders' Derivative Actions

        Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Trading Symbol and Market

        We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "CSPR."

212


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of            shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of            shares of common stock offered by us in this offering. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

        The remaining            shares of common stock will be "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Registration Rights

        Pursuant to our IRA, after the completion of this offering, the holders of up to            shares of our common stock, or certain transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares of our Common Stock are registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, our executive officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

        Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the

213


Table of Contents

lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market or our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

        Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

        In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least 180 days would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

        Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the NYSE concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

        Under Rule 144, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

        Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. Our affiliates can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

        The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

214


Table of Contents

Equity Plans

        We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options, and common stock issued or issuable under our 2020 Plan. As of                        , 2020, options to purchase            shares of common stock were outstanding. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our 2020 Plan shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

215


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder's particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

        If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

216


Table of Contents

        THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

        For purposes of this discussion, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a "U.S. person" nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

Distributions

        As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under "—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition."

        Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

        If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

217


Table of Contents

        Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30.0% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

        Subject to the discussion below on information reporting, backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

        Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

        Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

        With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period.

        Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or other applicable documentation, or otherwise

218


Table of Contents

establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

        Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

        Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United States-owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

        Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019, although under recently proposed regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on such proposed regulations pending finalization), no withholding would apply with respect to payments of gross proceeds.

        Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

219


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITERS

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, and Jefferies LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Name
  Number of Shares  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

       

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

       

Jefferies LLC

       

BofA Securities, Inc. 

       

UBS Securities LLC

       

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

       

Piper Sandler & Co. 

       

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

       

Total:

       

        The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representatives," respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $            per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied                                        .

        We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to            additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

        The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise

220


Table of Contents

and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional                        shares of common stock.

 
   
  Total  
 
  Per
Share
  No Exercise   Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

  $              $              $             

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

  $              $              $             

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $              $              $             

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $            .

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

        We have applied to list our common stock listed on NYSE under the trading symbol "CSPR."

        We, our executive officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period:

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

        The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to:

221


Table of Contents

        Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

        In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

        In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their

222


Table of Contents

own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

        Certain persons associated with certain of the underwriters have an economic interest in approximately 2,588 shares of our common stock. Such securities were acquired in private placements for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $80,796 prior to the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Acquired Securities"). The difference between the price paid for each Acquired Security and the public offering price in this offering will be deemed to be underwriting compensation in connection with this offering.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to as a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant

223


Table of Contents

Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

Canada

        The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

        Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

        Shares of our common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to shares of our common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of our common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

224


Table of Contents

Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares of our common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of our common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA) (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where shares of our common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (i) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (ii) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired shares of our common stock under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Japan

        No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEL, has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of common stock.

        Accordingly, the shares of common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors, or QII

        Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a "QII only private placement" or a "QII only secondary distribution" (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

For Non-QII Investors

        Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of common stock constitutes either a "small number private placement" or a "small number private secondary distribution" (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares

225


Table of Contents

of common stock. The shares of common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the Corporations Act) and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of our common stock may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act), or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer our common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring securities must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation, or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid or subject to restrictions on its resale. Prospective purchasers of the common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on the common stock. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Switzerland

        We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended (CISA) and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licensable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The

226


Table of Contents

securities may solely be offered to "qualified investors," as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended (CISO) such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

227


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Casper Sleep Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits filed with the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. These reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above.

        We also maintain a website at www.casper.com, through which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

228


Table of Contents

Casper Sleep Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
  Page  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-2
 

Consolidated Financial Statements

       

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

    F-3  

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

    F-4  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

    F-5  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

    F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-7  

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

   
 
 

Consolidated Financial Statements

   
 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and December 31, 2018 (audited)

    F-32  

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 (unaudited)

    F-33  

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

    F-34  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 (unaudited)

    F-35  

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

    F-36  

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Casper Sleep Inc. and subsidiaries:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Casper Sleep Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes, collectively, the consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

        These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2016.

New York, New York
June 7, 2019, except Note 4(s) which is as of August 5, 2019

F-2


Table of Contents


Casper Sleep Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2018   2017  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 26,880   $ 97,482  

Restricted cash

    1,475     1,400  

Accounts receivable

    23,106     12,656  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    7,739     8,619  

Inventory

    32,703     24,015  

Total current assets

    91,903     144,172  

Property and equipment, net

    18,812     8,916  

Intangible assets

    870     693  

Accrued interest

    67     653  

Other assets

    4,886     7,337  

Total assets

  $ 116,538   $ 161,771  

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

    27,704     17,212  

Accrued expenses

    37,358     28,980  

Deferred revenue

    8,822     2,384  

Other current liabilities

    26,855     10,100  

Total current liabilities

    100,739     58,676  

Other liabilities

    886     1,004  

Total liabilities

    101,625     59,680  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000001 par value—16,524,147 and 16,524,147 shares authorized; 16,524,147 and 16,524,147 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

    238,802     238,802  

Stockholders' deficit:

             

Convertible Class A common stock, $0.000001 par value—19,919,919 and 19,919,919 shares authorized; 9,110,359 and 8,989,298 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

         

Class B common stock, $0.000001 par value—34,475,000 and 30,000,000 shares authorized; 1,287,712 and 1,262,529 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

         

Additional paid-in capital

    8,750     2,759  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (419 )   658  

Accumulated deficit

    (232,220 )   (140,128 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (223,889 )   (136,711 )

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

  $ 116,538   $ 161,771  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Casper Sleep Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2018   2017  

Revenue, net of $80,695 and $45,656 in refunds, returns, and discounts for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively

  $ 357,891   $ 250,909  

Cost of goods sold

    200,139     134,038  

Gross profit

    157,752     116,871  

Operating expenses

             

Sales and marketing expenses

    126,189     106,809  

General and administrative expense

    123,523     81,323  

Total operating expenses

    249,712     188,132  

Loss from operations

    (91,960 )   (71,261 )

Other (income) expense

             

Interest income

    (248 )   (307 )

Other expense, net

    341     2,415  

Total other expenses, net

    93     2,108  

Loss before income taxes

    (92,053 )   (73,369 )

Income tax expense

    39     23  

Net loss

    (92,092 )   (73,392 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

             

Currency translation adjustment

    (1,077 )   279  

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (93,169 ) $ (73,113 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    (8.91 )   (7.22 )

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    10,335,986     10,164,450  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

Casper Sleep Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Convertible Preferred Stock    
  Casper Sleep Inc, Stockholders  
 
  Series seed
preferred stock
  Series A
preferred stock
  Series B
preferred stock
  Series C
preferred stock
   
  Class A
common stock
  Class B
common stock
  Additional
paid-in

  Accumulated
other
comprehensive

  Accumulated
  Total
stockholders'

 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   capital   (loss) income   deficit   deficit  

Balance at January 1, 2017

    3,951,636     1,826     4,753,421     12,983     2,378,594     54,895                 9,074,954         1,023,514         1,140     379     (66,736 )   (65,217 )

Exercise of vested employee stock options

                                        150,144         3,215         196             196  

Common stock conversion

                                        (235,800 )       235,800                      

Stock based compensation expense

                                                        1,423             1,423  

Other comprehensive income

                                                            279         279  

Series C funding

                            5,440,496     169,098                                        

Net loss

                                                                (73,392 )   (73,392 )

Balance at December 31, 2017

    3,951,636   $ 1,826     4,753,421   $ 12,983     2,378,594   $ 54,895     5,440,496   $ 169,098         8,989,298   $     1,262,529   $   $ 2,759   $ 658   $ (140,128 ) $ (136,711 )

Exercise of vested employee stock options

                                        121,061         25,183         275             275  

Stock based compensation expense

                                                        5,716             5,716  

Other comprehensive (loss)

                                                            (1,077 )       (1,077 )

Net loss

                                                                (92,092 )   (92,092 )

Balance at December 31, 2018

    3,951,636   $ 1,826     4,753,421   $ 12,983     2,378,594   $ 54,895     5,440,496   $ 169,098         9,110,359   $     1,287,712   $   $ 8,750   $ (419 ) $ (232,220 ) $ (223,889 )

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Casper Sleep Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2018   2017  

Cash flows used in operating activities:

             

Net loss

  $ (92,092 ) $ (73,392 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Depreciation

    3,426     1,675  

Stock based compensation expense

    5,716     1,423  

Long term deferred rent

    (114 )   468  

Deferred income taxes

    (4 )   29  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (10,450 )   (8,127 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    880     (3,413 )

Inventory

    (8,688 )   (15,333 )

Other assets

    1,860     (2,770 )

Accounts payable

    10,205     2,663  

Accrued expenses

    8,378     6,386  

Deferred revenue

    6,438     (98 )

Other liabilities

    2,190     6,474  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (72,255 )   (84,015 )

Cash flows used in investing activities:

             

Purchases of property and equipment

    (13,035 )   (5,085) (1)

Note receivable

    1,000     (5,000 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (12,035 )   (10,085 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Exercise of stock options

    275     196  

Proceeds from Fundraising

        169,098  

Proceeds from borrowings on Revolving Line

    15,000      

Repayment on Revolving Line

    (435 )    

Net cash provided by financing activities

    14,840     169,294  

Effect of exchange rate changes

    (1,077 )   279  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (70,527 )   75,473  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the year

    98,882     23,409  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the year

  $ 28,355   $ 98,882  

Supplemental reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets as of year ended December 31

             

Cash and cash equivalents

    26,880     97,482  

Restricted cash

    1,475     1,400  

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

  $ 28,355   $ 98,882  

Supplemental disclosure of cash paid for:

   
 
   
 
 

Interest paid

   
(182

)
 
 

Income taxes paid, net of refunds received

         

(1)
Purchases of property and equipment is net of fixed assets purchases that are included in accounts payable amounting to $287 at December 31, 2018 and $0 at December 31, 2017.

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(1) Description of Business

        Casper Sleep Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company" or "Casper") design and sell premium sleep products including mattresses, pillows, sheets, and other sleep-centric products to end consumers. The Company's head office is located at 230 Park Avenue South, New York, NY, and the Company has additional office locations in Berlin, Germany, and San Francisco, CA, as well as retail locations and pop-up stores throughout the United States ("U.S.") and Canada.

        The Company comprises Casper Sleep Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Casper Science LLC, Casper Sleep Retail LLC, and Casper Sleep Limited ("Casper UK Holdco"). Casper UK Holdco wholly-owns Casper Sleep GmbH, Casper Sleep (UK) Limited, and Casper Sleep SAS.

(2) Basis of Presentation

        The Company presents its financial statements on a consolidated basis of all its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. All foreign currency amounts in the statement of operations have been translated using an average rate for the reporting period. All foreign currency balances in the balance sheet have been translated using the spot rate at the end of the year. All figures expressed, except share amounts, are represented in U.S dollars in thousands.

Reclassification

        Certain prior period amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform to the 2018 presentation.

(3) Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of fixed assets; the valuation of deferred income tax assets, and the valuation of stock-based compensation and warrants, the product returns reserve, and the inventory obsolescence reserve.

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Segment Information

        The Company operates in one operating segment within the United States, Canada and Europe, providing sleep products to consumers through various sales channels. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker ("CODM"). The Company's CODM is its CEO and CFO/COO. The role of the CODM is to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance. The Company's business operates in one operating segment as all of the Company's sales channels are complimentary and are analyzed in an identical way, with the CODM evaluating the Company's financial information, resources and performance of these resources on a consolidated basis. Since the

F-7


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Company operates in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of less than three months when purchased to be cash equivalents.

(b) Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash represents cash balances held in segregated accounts used for collateralizing letters of credit for the Company's line of credit with its bank.

(c) Accounts Receivable

        Accounts receivable is composed primarily of amounts due from retail partnerships of $13,902 and $8,753, from financial institutions related to credit card sales amounting to $5,293 and $3,468, and other receivables of $3,911 and $435 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively. If the Company had accounts receivable deemed uncollectable, the Company would create a specific reserve based on those orders. As of December 31, 2018, the Company does not maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts as most receivables come from trusted retail partnerships that to date have no overdue accounts, or from credit card processors, from which funds are typically collected within two to four days.

(d) Inventory

        Inventories primarily consist of merchandise purchased for resale, as well as costs to deliver merchandise to Casper's logistics providers and retail stores. The Company's inventory is stated using weighted average costing. The Company performs an analysis to determine whether it is appropriate or not to maintain a reserve for excess and obsolete inventory. The reserve is based on historical experience related to the disposal of identified inventory. Obsolete inventory is defined as inventory held in excess of two years. Most of Casper's inventory is just-in-time and most products have been recently introduced and in existence for less than two years. Additionally, the Company performs a review of all on hand inventory to determine if any items are deemed obsolete based on specific facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had a reserve in the amount of $2,335, and had no reserve as of December 31, 2017. Additionally, the Company had purchase obligations in the amount of $1,688 as of December 31, 2018 that continued into 2019. There are no purchase obligations beyond 2019.

        Storage costs, indirect administrative overhead and certain selling costs related to inventories are expensed in the period incurred.

F-8


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Inventory consists of the following:

 
  December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Raw materials

  $ 1,476   $ 873  

Finished goods

    28,562     16,767  

Inventory in transit

    5,000     6,375  

Inventory reserve

    (2,335 )    

Total inventory

  $ 32,703     24,015  

        Raw materials consist of boxes, replacement parts and components used in the creation of products. Finished goods is comprised of completed goods including mattresses, pillows, sheets, dog beds, and furniture.

        Inventory in transit is either purchased inventory coming from overseas or inventory being transferred between warehouses or from warehouse to retail location, both permanent and pop-up.

        The Company writes down inventory as a result of excess and obsolete inventories, or when it believes that the net realizable value of inventories is less than the carrying value, in accordance with ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which was adopted in 2016.

(e) Revenue Recognition

        Revenue, net is comprised of global sales through our DTC channels and our retail partnerships. Sales revenue, net reflects the impact of product returns as well as discounts for certain sales programs and promotions.

        Revenue, net comprises the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of our activities net of returns and promotions. We recognize revenue when products and services are delivered to the consumer, the sales price is fixed and determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

        Promotions are occasionally offered, primarily in the form of discounts, and are recorded as a reduction of gross revenue at the date of revenue recognition. We typically accept sales returns during a 30 or 100-night trial period, depending on the product, with our mattresses having a 100-night trial period. A sales return accrual is estimated based on historical return rates and is then adjusted for any current trends as appropriate. Returns are netted against the sales allowance reserve for the period. Sales are recognized as deferred revenue at the point of sale and are recognized as revenue upon the delivery to the consumer. Revenue through our DTC channels is recognized upon in-store or home delivery to the consumer, as applicable, and retail partnership revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control, on a per contract basis.

(f) Cost of Goods Sold

        Cost of goods sold consists of costs of purchased merchandise, including freight, duty, and nonrefundable taxes incurred in delivering goods and services to customers and distribution centers,

F-9


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

packaging and component costs, warehousing and fulfillment costs, damages, and excess and obsolete inventory write-downs

(g) Sales and Marketing expenses

        Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of advertising and marketing promotions of the Company's products as well as sponsorship costs, consulting and contractor expenses, travel. Advertising and other promotional costs are expensed as incurred. Sales and marketing expenses amounted to $126,189 and $106,809 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively, of which $116,801 and $105,200 are advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

(h) General and Administrative expenses

        General and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related expenses for the finance, legal, human resources and administrative personnel, as well as the costs of professional services, information technology, litigation expenses, other administrative expenses, credit card fees, and depreciation and amortization. Research and development expenses are included within general and administrative and consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling, test equipment, and prototype materials. Product development costs were $12,263 and $6,500 in 2018 and 2017, respectively.

(i) Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

        Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid media placement for media campaigns that have not yet run, prepaid insurance, and prepaid rent and office related expenses.

(j) Stock Based Compensation

        The fair value of stock-based awards granted to employees is measured on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimating expected forfeitures.

        See Note 7 for a complete description of the accounting for stock-based awards. The Company also issues stock-based awards to some of its non-employee consultants. The Company accounts for equity awards to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, which requires the fair value of an award to a non-employee be remeasured at fair value as the award vests. Upon completion of the underlying performance obligation, or the vesting period, these cease to be revalued.

        Stock based compensation cost for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 amounted to $5,716 and $1,423, respectively. These amounts include stock-based compensation to employees and non-employees.

(k) Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.

F-10


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Depreciation expense on property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives of furniture, fixtures, computers, technology hardware, and vehicles range from 3 to 5 years. The Company's purchased software is amortized over 7 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the related lease term (without consideration of option renewal terms).

        Property and equipment consist of the following:

 
  December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Leasehold improvements

  $ 9,965   $ 3,994  

Computer software

    1,657     1,602  

Furniture and fixtures

    4,267     1,311  

Computers

    1,328     1,052  

Vehicles

    640     640  

Technology hardware

    1,223     416  

Construction in progress

    5,526     2,301  

Property and equipment, gross

  $ 24,606     11,316  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (5,794 )   (2,400 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 18,812   $ 8,916  

        Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $3,426 and $1,675, respectively.

        Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined using various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. No impairment losses were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

(l) Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, "Income Taxes". Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized within the provision for (benefit from) income taxes on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the period that includes the enactment date.

F-11


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company reduces deferred tax assets, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize some or all of the deferred tax assets. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including taxable income in prior carryback years (if carryback is permitted under the relevant tax law), the timing of the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and projected future taxable income. Refer to Note 10 "Income Taxes" to the Company's consolidated financial statements for additional information on the composition of these valuation allowances and for information on the impact of U.S. tax reform legislation. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.

        The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within the provision for (benefit from) income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current on the balance sheet. The new guidance is effective for public entities for years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued and can be applied on either a prospective or retrospective basis. The Company has elected to early adopt and prospectively apply the provisions of this new guidance beginning in 2017.

(m) Deferred Rent

        Rental payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis after consideration of rent holidays, tenant allowances, step rent provisions and escalation clauses. Differences between rental expense (recognized from the date of possession) and actual rental payments are recorded as deferred rent. Deferred rent was $802 and $801 at December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively. Deferred rent is presented in other liabilities.

(n) Intangibles

        The Company's intangible assets consist of patents and domain names stated at cost. The stated value of the domain names was $567 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Casper is charged for regular maintenance and upkeep of the domain names which are expensed as incurred. The Company has the option of renewing its rights to its domain names on an annual basis. The Company holds multiple patents which are valued at $303 and $126 for December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. For intangible assets whose lives are determined to be indefinite, Casper qualitatively evaluates these for impairment, and no matters have come to the Company's attention that would indicate a significant decrease in the market price of these indefinite-lived intangible assets.

F-12


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(o) Other Current Liabilities

        Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 
  December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Product return reserve

  $ 8,474   $ 5,286  

Value added tax

    2,223     2,841  

Short term debt

    14,565      

Other

    1,593     1,973  

Total Other Current Liabilities

  $ 26,855     10,100  

        Refer to note 6 for description of the Company's debt.

(p) Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

        The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. These participating securities include shares of each series of the Company's convertible preferred stock, which have non-forfeitable rights to participate in any dividends declared on the Company's common stock. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings.

        Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year's earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses.

        Diluted net income per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the "if-converted" method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period or date of issuance, if later. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or "if-converted") as its diluted net income per share during the period.

        Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

F-13


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(q) Foreign Currency

        The functional currency of the Company's international subsidiaries is the local currency. The Company translates the financial statements of these subsidiaries to U.S. dollars using month-end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities, and average rates for the annual period are derived from month-end spot rates for revenues, costs and expenses. The Company records translation gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a component of stockholders' deficit. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in net loss for the period.

(r) Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company has determined that its convertible preferred stock is contingently redeemable due to the existence of deemed liquidation provisions contained in its certificate of incorporation, and therefore classifies its convertible preferred stock outside of permanent equity on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company initially recorded each series of preferred stock at its respective issuance date fair value, net of issuance costs. Since the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event has not been probable historically, the Company has not adjusted the carrying values of the preferred stock to the liquidation values. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the liquidation values will be made only if and when it becomes probable that such a deemed liquidation event will occur. Upon an IPO, the outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock.

(s) Correction of an Immaterial Misstatement

        During the second quarter of 2019, the Company identified certain accrued liabilities recorded as of December 31, 2018 totaling $6,169 that were in excess of our actual liabilities. As a result, sales and marketing expenses were overstated by $3,259, general and administrative expenses were overstated by $3,407, cost of goods sold was overstated by $6, and net loss and accumulated deficit were overstated by $6,677 as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.

        Based on an analysis of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 250—"Accounting Changes and Error Corrections" ("ASC 250"), Staff Accounting Bulletin 99—"Materiality" ("SAB 99") and Staff Accounting Bulletin 108—"Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements" ("SAB 108"), the Company determined that these errors were immaterial to the previously-issued consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, and as such no restatement was necessary.

F-14


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The effect on these revisions on the Company's consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 is as follows:

Financial Statement Caption
  As previously
reported at
December 31, 2018
  Adjustment
(Debit)/Credit
  As revised at
December 31, 2018
 

Cost of goods sold

  $ 200,145   $ 6   $ 200,139  

Sales and marketing expense

    129,448     3,259     126,189  

General and administrative expense

    126,930     3,407     123,523  

Total operating expense

    256,378     6,666     249,712  

Loss from operations

    (98,632 )   (6,672 )   (91,960 )

Net loss

    (98,769 )   (6,677 )   (92,092 )

Total comprehensive loss

    (99,846 )   (6,677 )   (93,169 )

Total current assets

    91,913     10     91,903  

Property and equipment, net

    18,294     (518 )   18,812  

Total assets

    116,030     (508 )   116,538  

Accrued expenses

    43,527     (6,169 )   37,358  

Total current liabilities

    106,908     (6,169 )   100,739  

Total liabilities

    107,794     (6,169 )   101,625  

Accumulated deficit

    (238,897 )   6,677     (232,220 )

(5) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The Company applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The fair value of the Company's investments in certain money market funds is their face value. Such instruments are classified as Level 1 and are included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets.

F-15


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(5) Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The following summarizes assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 
  Fair Value
as of December 31,
  Cash and Cash
Equivalents
as of December 31,
 
 
  2018   2017   2018   2017  

Cash

  $ 12,291     58,387   $ 12,291     58,387  

Level 1:

                         

Money market funds

    14,589     39,095     14,589     39,095  

Cash and cash equivalents

    26,880     97,482   $ 26,880     97,482  

Restricted cash

    1,475     1,400     1,475     1,400  

Total

  $ 28,355     98,882   $ 28,355     98,882  

        As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Company had money market accounts of $14,589 and $39,095, respectively. The money market accounts are presented at fair market value based on quoted market prices and are classified within Level 1.

(6) Debt

        On April 27, 2016, the Company entered into a Loan and Security agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with a bank that provides for a $15,000 revolving credit line ("Revolving Line"). No significant debt issuance costs were incurred as part of the transaction. The Company is obligated to pay ongoing commitment fees equal to $9 annually. On November 20, 2017, Casper amended this line of credit to raise the borrowing limit to $30,000. On August 14, 2018, the agreement was amended to modify reporting covenants. On December 12, 2018, the agreement was modified to increase the ancillary services sublimit from $4,000 to $10,000.

        Subject to certain terms of the loan agreement, the Company may borrow, prepay and reborrow amounts under the Revolving Line at any time during the agreement and amounts repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed. Interest rates on borrowings under the Revolving Line will be based on the greater of the prime rate or three and a half percent (3.5%). The prime rate is defined as the rate of interest announced by the bank.

        The Credit Agreement contains certain customary financial, affirmative, and negative covenants, including a minimum net revenue, a minimum cash balance to be held at Pacific Western Bank, a limit on the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, make certain acquisition transactions, pay dividends or make distributions, and certain other restrictions on the Company's activities each defined specifically in the agreement. Casper is in compliance with all terms and covenants in the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2018.

        The Company drew down $15,000 of the Revolving Line on October 10, 2018. The outstanding balance of that Revolving Line was $14,565 as of December 31, 2018, and accrued $182 of interest expense relating to this Revolving Line as of December 31, 2018.

F-16


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(7) Stock Based Compensation

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

        The Company's 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan"), as amended on July 31, 2014, allowed for the issuance of up to 2,194,449 shares of common stock. Awards granted under the 2014 Plan may be incentive stock options ("ISOs"), nonqualified stock options ("NSOs"), restricted stock or restricted stock units ("RSUs"). The 2014 Plan was administered by the Board of Directors, which determines the terms of the awards granted, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to the award and the award vesting period. No ISO or NSO is exercisable after 10 years from the date of grant, and option awards typically vest over a four-year period.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

        The Company's 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2015 Plan"), allows for the issuance of up to 1,535,984 shares of common stock. Awards granted under the 2015 Plan may be incentive stock options ("ISOs"), nonqualified stock options ("NSOs"), restricted stock or restricted stock units ("RSUs"). The 2015 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors, which determines the terms of the awards granted, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to awards and the award vesting period. No ISO or NSO is exercisable after 10 years from the date of grant, and option awards typically vest over a four-year period.

        The 2014 Plan was terminated in connection with the adoption of the 2015 Plan in November 2015, and the Company will not grant any additional awards under the 2014 Plan. However, the 2014 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder

Determination of Fair Value

        The Company estimated the fair value of each employee option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company's assumptions about stock price volatility were based on the average of the historical volatility for a sample of comparable companies with a look back period equal to the expected term of the option granted. Due to the limitations on the sale of the Company's common stock, there has not been a significant number of options exercised to date. Therefore, the Company estimated the expected term based upon the simplified method, which is the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term for each option. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of each option. The Company's Board of Directors utilizes independent valuations and other available information when estimating the value of the stock underlying the granted options. The weighted-average estimated fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $7.60 and $5.41 per share option respectively.

F-17


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(7) Stock Based Compensation (Continued)

        The fair values of stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

Fair Value Assumptions
  2018   2017

Expected volatility

  55%   36% - 38%

Expected dividend yield

  0%   0%

Expected life (term in years)

  4.44 - 6.25   5.5 - 6.3

Risk-free interest rate

  2.3% - 3.0%   1.8% - 2.3%

Discount for post-vesting restrictions

  N/A   N/A

        Option activity is as follows:

Stock Option Activity
  Shares Subject to
Outstanding
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

    2,335,399   $ 6.06     8.05   $ 22,395  

Granted

    2,518,199     14.20              

Exercised

    (141,744 )   2.17           1,901  

Forfeited

    (318,412 )   11.29              

Expired

    (38,177 )   8.90              

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

    4,355,265     10.45     7.90     21,272  

Vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2017

    2,194,520   $ 5.74     7.97   $ 17,247  

Vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2018

    3,966,271     10.10     7.83     20,758  

Exercisable, December 31, 2017

    1,151,130   $ 2.54     7.22   $ 12,731  

Exercisable, December 31, 2018

    1,551,682     4.49     6.68     16,825  

        Non-vested option activity is as follows:

Non-Vested Options—Activity
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested December 31, 2017

    1,187,484   $ 3.89  

Granted

    2,492,593     7.60  

Vested

    (564,838 )   3.61  

Forfeited

    (312,656 )   5.08  

Non-vested December 31, 2018

    2,802,583   $ 7.12  

        The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $1,901 and $1,857 respectively. The intrinsic value is the difference between the current market value of the stock and the exercise price of the stock options.

F-18


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(7) Stock Based Compensation (Continued)

        The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively were $2,042 and $1,120. Non-employee stock-based compensation expenses equaled to $109 and $115, and employee stock-based compensation was $5,607 and $1,308 for a total of $5,716 and $1,423 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively.

(8) Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations

Risks and Uncertainties

        At this stage of the Company's development, the ability to generate positive operating cash flows is a risk. The Company has incurred a net loss from operations and net operating cash outflows for the years 2018 and 2017 and since inception and has an accumulated deficit. As a result, the Company continues to rely upon investors who contributed cash to cover the Company's current operating expenses and obligations and has the ability to draw down on the line of credit. The Company's success will depend in part on its ability to continue to attract new customers, retain existing customers, and curate and market its products. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve any or all of these success factors. The Company estimates that it will have adequate liquidity to fund operations through June 8, 2020. In the future, if the Company is unable to attain positive cash flow from operations it will need to raise adequate financing to maintain its current level of operations and growth.

        Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash investments with high-credit quality financial institutions. A significant portion of the Company's accounts receivable is with its credit card processors and retail partnerships. The Company believes no significant credit risk exists with respect to these financial instruments.

Concentrations

        As of December 31, 2018, two customers made up 20% and 13% of the Company's accounts receivable balance. For the year ended December 31, 2017 two customers made up 37% and 19% of the Company's accounts receivable balance.

        Net revenue within North America and Europe were approximately $326,842 and $31,050, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. Net revenue within North America and Europe were approximately $230,106 and $20,803, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017.

        Net revenue generated in the United States was $305,413 (or 85% of the Company's net revenue) and $219,161 (or 87% of the Company's net revenue) for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had long-lived assets in the United States of $17,223 (or 92% of the Company's long-lived assets) and $8,490 (or 95% of the Company's long-lived assets), respectively.

        No customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenues in the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

F-19


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(9) Leases

        Rent payments under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease including any periods of free rent. Rental expense for operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, was $10,142 and $4,417, respectively, which was recorded in general and administrative expense.

        As of December 31, 2018, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases consisted of the following:

2019

    8,256  

2020

    9,039  

2021

    8,718  

2022

    8,805  

2023

    8,852  

Thereafter

    37,531  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 81,201  

        The Company maintains leases for its office spaces and retail locations in each location as described in Note 1. Additionally, its leases for its pop-up stores are generally short-term in nature.

(10) Income Taxes

        The domestic and international components of the Company's loss from operations before income taxes are as follows:

 
  December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Domestic

  $ (75,034 ) $ (58,147 )

Foreign

    (17,019 )   (15,222 )

Total

  $ (92,053 ) $ (73,369 )

        The Company's provision for (benefit from) income taxes is comprised of the following:

 
  December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Federal

             

Current

  $   $ (366 )

Deferred

    2     368  

Foreign

             

Current

         

Deferred

         

State and local

             

Current

    35     21  

Deferred

    2      

Total

  $ 39   $ 23  

F-20


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

Effective Tax Rate

        A reconciliation of the significant differences between the U.S. statutory tax rate and the effective income tax rate on pretax income from continuing operations is as follows:

 
  December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Total Pre-Tax Loss

  $ (92,053 ) $ (73,369 )

US statutory rate

  $ (19,327 ) $ (25,683 )

State taxes

    (3,297 )   (2,224 )

Foreign rate differential

    (736 )   910  

Permanent items

    649     697  

Change in valuation allowance

    24,125     11,687  

Effect of U.S tax law changes

    16     14,620  

Branch loss / benefit

    (907 )    

Other

    (484 )   16  

  $ 39   $ 23  

        In December 2017, the Tax Act was enacted into law, significantly changing income tax law that affects U.S. corporations. Key changes included a corporate tax rate reduction from 35 percent to 21 percent effective January 1, 2018, expensing of certain qualified property, significant changes to the U.S international tax system such as a one-time transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings, and how foreign earnings are subject to U.S. tax. For the period ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a tax expense of approximately $14,620 associated with the re-measurement of deferred taxes for the corporate rate reduction, which was offset by a reduction in valuation allowance of $14,628.

        Significant components of the Company's net deferred taxes are as follows:

Deferred tax assets
  December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Losses and tax credit carryforwards

  $ 51,501   $ 30,551  

Share-based compensation

    1,084     148  

Returns reserve

    1,968     1,283  

Deferred rent

    261     202  

Accrued expenses

    3,438     3,415  

Fixed and intangible assets

    502     168  

Inventory

    494     301  

Other

    778     88  

Total deferred tax assets

    60,026     36,156  

Valuation allowances

    (59,726 )   (35,876 )

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

  $ 300   $ 280  

Deferred tax liabilities:

   
 
   
 
 

Prepaid expenses

    166     254  

Indefinite lived intangible

    166     53  

Total deferred tax liabilities

    332     307  

Net deferred tax (liabilities)

  $ (32 ) $ (27 )

F-21


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

        At December 31, 2018, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $157,126. The 2018 net operating loss of $64,768 does not expire. Net operating losses of $92,358 incurred prior to 2018 expire in 2035 through 2037. For New York and California income tax purposes, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $19,247 and $24,378 respectively, which both expire in 2035 through 2038. For other state income tax purposes, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $55,511, which expire beginning 2023 through 2038. The Company had approximately $32,133 of foreign net operating loss carryforwards, which do not expire. Utilization of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and similar state and foreign provisions. Such an annual limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards before utilization.

        Beginning in 2018, the income tax consequences related to employee share-based awards are required to be recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statement instead of additional paid-in capital. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-09, the excess tax benefits of $2,133 previously recorded in additional paid-in capital were included in the deferred tax asset associated with gross operating loss carryforward at December 31, 2018. These amounts were fully offset by a valuation allowance.

        The Company regularly assesses the realizability of its deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance if it is more-likely-than-not that some or all of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company evaluates and weighs all available positive and negative evidence such as historic results, future reversals of existing deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, as well as prudent and feasible tax-planning strategies. The Company will continue to assess the realizability of the deferred tax assets in each of the applicable jurisdictions going forward. The Company may release all or a portion of its valuation allowance if there is sufficient positive evidence that outweighs the negative evidence. Given the Company's history of losses, the Company does not believe it is more likely than not that it will be able to realize its deferred tax assets and as a result, has recorded a full valuation allowance.

        The Company has not recorded deferred income taxes and withholding taxes with respect to the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are determined to be reinvested indefinitely. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company may be subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes and withholding taxes, the determination of which is not practical as it is dependent on the amount of U.S. tax losses or other tax attributes available at the time of repatriation.

        The Company has concluded the accounting under the Tax Reform Act within the time period set forth in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. The SEC guidance allowed for a measurement period of up to one year after the enactment date of the Tax Reform Act to finalize the recording of the related accounting for income tax impacts, including the impact of the remeasurement of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as a result of the reduction of the U.S. corporate tax rate, and the accounting policy election related to U.S. taxes on foreign earnings. The Company was not subject to the one-time transition tax under the Tax Reform Act and it did not make any adjustments to the provisional estimate recorded in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

F-22


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

Unrecognized Tax Benefits and Other Considerations

        The Company records liabilities related to its uncertain tax positions. Tax positions for the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to income tax audits by multiple tax jurisdictions throughout the world. The Company recognizes the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable upon examination by the taxing authority, based on the technical merits. The tax benefit recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit which is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement with the taxing authority.

        The Company has operations and taxable presence in multiple jurisdictions in the U.S. and outside of the U.S. Tax positions for the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to income tax audits by multiple tax jurisdictions around the world. The Company currently considers U.S. federal and state, and the United Kingdom to be major tax jurisdictions. The Company's U.S. federal and state tax returns since 2014, which was the Company's first year of operation, remain open to examination. Tax years 2014 through 2018 remain open for all tax jurisdiction in which the Company files tax returns.

(11) Accrued Expense

        Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 
  December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Tax fees

  $ 13,553   $ 13,215  

General trade

    8,340     9,432  

Marketing

    8,682     4,242  

Other

    6,783     2,091  

Total Accrued Expenses

  $ 37,358   $ 28,980  

(12) Other Non-Current Assets

        On July 25, 2017, the Company signed a 10 year note receivable amounting to $5,000. The unpaid principal balance is subject to interest at a rate of 30% per annum through December 31, 2017 and 15% per annum thereafter. The note was amended on November 1, 2018 and a payment of $1,000 of the outstanding principal was received. The principal balance is subject to interest at a rate of 10% per annum. All unpaid principal and accrued interest are due by October 31, 2020. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis based upon the principal amount outstanding in accordance with the terms of the note agreement until the outstanding balance is paid. Notes receivable are included in other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

(13) Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock, and Stockholders' Deficit

(a)   Common Stock

        For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were two series of common stock, designated Class A common stock and Class B common stock. During these periods, each holder of Class A common stock was entitled to one hundred votes per share, and each holder of Class B

F-23


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(13) Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock, and Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

common stock was entitled to one vote per share. Common stockholders receive dividends when and if declared and, upon liquidation or dissolution, were entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to stockholders. The holders had no preemptive or other subscription rights. Each share of Class A common stock was convertible into one share of Class B common stock at the option of the holder. There were no redemption provisions with respect to Class B common stock. Common stock was subordinate to the preferred stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up, and dissolution of the Company. Shares of both series of common stock had a par value of $0.000001.

(b)   Convertible Preferred Stock

        Authorized capital stock includes convertible preferred shares with a par value of $0.000001 per share. Convertible preferred stock is comprised of Seed Series, Series A, Series B, and Series C.

        The holders of the convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the common stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of convertible preferred stock held by them equal to the sum the liquidation preference which is determined by class of shares; $0.46816 per share for the Series Seed convertible preferred stock, $2.75591 per share for the Series A convertible preferred Stock, $23.1229 per share for the Series B convertible preferred stock, and $31.24715 for Series C convertible preferred stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

        The conversion price is $0.46816 per share for the Series Seed convertible preferred Stock, $2.75591 per share for the Series A convertible preferred stock, $23.1229 per share for the Series B convertible preferred stock, and $31.24715 for Series C convertible preferred stock.

        Each share of Series Seed convertible preferred stock and Series A convertible preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series Seed convertible preferred stock and Series A convertible preferred stock, into that number of fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Class A common stock determined by dividing the original issue price for the relevant series by the conversion price for such series.

        Each share of Series B convertible preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such series of convertible preferred stock, into that number of fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Class B common stock determined by dividing the original issue price for such series of convertible preferred stock, by the Conversion Price for such series of convertible preferred stock.

        Each share of Series C convertible preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such series of convertible preferred stock, into the number of fully-paid, non-assessable share of Class B common stock determined by dividing the original issue price for such series of convertible preferred stock, by the conversion price for such series of convertible preferred stock.

F-24


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(13) Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock, and Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

        Each share of convertible preferred stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Class A common stock (in the case of Series Seed convertible preferred stock and Series A convertible preferred stock) and Class B common stock (in the case of Series B convertible preferred stock) at the then effective conversion rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from either (A) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a series requesting conversion of such series or (B) holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class on an outstanding share basis) or if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request.

        Each convertible preferred share will receive dividends, when declared by the board of directors, at an annual rate of $0.03745 per share for the Series Seed convertible preferred stock, $0.22047 per share for the Series A convertible preferred stock, $1.84983 per share for the Series B convertible preferred stock, and $2.49977 per share for the Series C convertible preferred stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

        Each holder of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of votes such holder of convertible preferred stock would be entitled to if such holder's shares of convertible preferred stock were converted into shares of common stock as of the record date. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of convertible preferred stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded. The holders of shares of the convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stock shall be entitled to vote.

        In the event the Corporation shall issue additional shares of common stock without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable conversion price of a series of convertible preferred stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the conversion price of the affected series of convertible preferred stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one cent) determined by multiplying such conversion price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of additional shares of common so issued would purchase at such conversion price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such additional shares of common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate.

        The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock as temporary equity in the mezzanine section on the consolidated balance sheet, in accordance with ASC Topic 480-10-S99-3A, since the shares possess liquidation features which may trigger a distribution of cash or assets that is not solely within the Company's control. Upon the occurrence of certain deemed liquidation events, convertible preferred stockholders can require the Company to redeem their shares of convertible preferred stock.

F-25


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(14) Warrants

        On April 25, 2014, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 156,997 shares of common stock in connection with the release of certain claims to a vendor. The warrants were fully vested when issued and were not provided as compensation for any service performed by the warrant holder. As such, they were marked at their fair market value on the date of issuance, April 25, 2014, and are no longer subject to re-measurement. These warrants were issued with an exercise price of $0.10 and were subsequently recorded at a $7.7 in the consolidated statement of operations. The warrants expire 10 years from the date of issuance.

        On May 29, 2014, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 25,445 shares of common stock to a vendor in connection with a credit extension. The warrants vested immediately and had a value of $0.10 per share. As the service was an extension of credit, Casper evaluated these warrants as of the end of such extension, when Casper paid its outstanding balance with the warrant holder. As such, they are no longer subject to re-measurement at each subsequent reporting date. This occurred in July 2014, at which point the fair market value of common shares was $0.10 and were recorded at $1.2 in the consolidated statements of operations. The warrants expire 10 years from the date of issuance.

        The fair value of the warrants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value is subjective and is affected by changes in inputs to the valuation model include the fair value per share of the underlying stock, the expected term of each warrant, volatility of the Company's stock and peer company stock, and risk-free rates based on U.S. Treasury yield curves. When the Company had completed or was expecting to complete a preferred equity financing, the terms and pricing of the financing round were included in the analysis used to estimate the Company's value and the value of its common stock. These methods were consistent with prior valuations.

        At the option of the warrants holders, the warrants can be fully settled in shares, or converted via net share settlement, in which the warrant holder will receive the shares equal to the number of shares purchasable under this warrant or, if only a portion of the warrant is being exercised, the portion of the warrant being canceled multiplied by the difference between the fair market value of the shares and the exercise price, divided by the fair market value of the shares.

        The outstanding warrants were recorded as additional paid-in capital upon issuance. Equity classified contracts are not subsequently remeasured, unless reclassification is required from equity to liability classification.

        These were the only warrants issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

(15) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

F-26


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(15) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncement

        In November 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. This ASU requires that a statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash. As a result, restricted cash should be included with cash and cash equivalents in the beginning-of-period and end-of-period amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The new standard also requires companies to disclose the nature of the restriction on restricted cash. The Company adopted the new standard in the period ended December 31, 2018 and revised the prior period in accordance with this ASU.

        The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payments Accounting ("ASU 2016-09") effective January 1, 2018. In conjunction with the adoption of the standard, the Company records excess tax benefits and deficiencies that result when stock-based awards vest or are settled within the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The excess benefits were included in deferred tax asset associated with gross operating loss carryforward which were fully offset by a valuation allowance. In addition, the Company elected that forfeitures will be recognized when the actual forfeiture takes place (no estimated forfeiture rate will be recorded). The adoption of this standard did not have an effect on the statement of cash flows.

New Accounting Pronouncements, Not Yet Adopted

        Accounting pronouncements not listed below were assessed and determined to be not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). Subsequent pre-effectiveness amendments to Topic 606 have addressed identification of performance obligations, licensing, principal versus agent determination, and narrow-scope topics. Topic 606 creates a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most prior revenue recognition guidance. Topic 606 also requires improved disclosures to help users of financial statements better understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue that is recognized. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the standard. These updates are effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods therein. For all other entities, the updates are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company intends to avail itself of the JOBS Act extended transition period and, therefore, the Company will adopt effective January 1, 2019 for the annual period.

        The Company plans to adopt Topic 606 using the modified retrospective approach, under which the cumulative effect of initially applying Topic 606 is recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2019.

F-27


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(15) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)

        The Company formed a project team to evaluate and direct the implementation of the new revenue recognition standard and related amendments. The project team completed an initial contract assessment on a sample of contracts. The team is finalizing its accounting positions under Topic 606, including certain significant judgments and estimates required, and is currently assessing the potential changes to internal controls and the tax effect implications.

        The Company anticipates that the adoption of the new standard will not have a material impact on the financial statements. In most contracts, the Company expects performance obligations, contract prices, allocations of contract prices to performance obligations, and timing of transfer of performance obligations to stay the same as their equivalents under legacy U.S. GAAP. The Company anticipates impacts from the new standard with regard to accounting for payments made to some retail partnership and third-party ecommerce customers. The Company continues to evaluate the provisions of the new standard to identify further potential impacts to its consolidated financial statements.

Lease Guidance

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases ("ASU 2016-02"), which supersedes the existing lease guidance under current U.S. GAAP. ASU 2016-02 is based on the principle that entities should recognize assets and liabilities arising from leases. The new standard does not significantly change the lessees' recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses and cash flows from the previous accounting standard and leases continue to be classified as finance or operating. ASU 2016-02's primary change is the requirement for entities to recognize a lease liability for payments and a right-of-use ("ROU") asset representing the right to use the leased asset during the term of an operating lease arrangement. Lessees are permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize the asset and liability for leases with a term of 12 months or less. In addition, ASU 2016-02 expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The new standard is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, "Targeted Improvements", which allows for a new, optional transition method that provides the option to use the effective date as the date of initial application on transition. Under this option, the comparative periods would continue to apply the legacy guidance in Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") 840, including the disclosure requirements, and a cumulative effect adjustment would be recognized in the period of adoption rather than the earliest period presented. Under this transition option, comparative reporting would not be required, and the provisions of the standard would be applied prospectively to leases in effect at the date of adoption. The Company is currently working to complete the design of new processes and internal controls, which include the implementation of a software solution and finalizing the evaluation of Casper's population of leased assets to assess the effect of the new guidance on the financial statements. The Company plans to adopt the new guidance effective January 1, 2020, but have not determined which transition method will be utilized. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company expects to elect the "package of practical expedients" which permits us not to reassess under the new standard its prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. The Company does not expect to elect the use-of-hindsight or the practical expedient pertaining to land easements (the latter is not applicable to us). Casper expects the adoption of the new standard to have a material effect on the consolidated

F-28


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(15) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)

financial statements upon adoption. While the Company continues to assess all of the effects of the adoption, it currently believes the most significant effects relate to the recognition of new ROU assets and lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets for operating leases, as well as providing significant new disclosures about leasing activities.

        In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The update removes, modifies and adds disclosure requirements related to Topic 820. The amendments in this Update are effective for all entities for years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019. An entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of this update and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The Company is still reviewing the update to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

(16) Earnings Per Share

        Diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company's net loss. The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31

 
  December 31,
2018
  December 31,
2017
 

Convertible preferred stock

             

Series Seed

    3,951,636     3,951,636  

Series A

    4,753,421     4,753,421  

Series B

    2,378,594     2,378,594  

Series C

    5,440,496     5,440,496  

Warrants to purchase common stock

    182,442     182,442  

Stock options

    4,540,682     2,528,316  

F-29


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(16) Earnings Per Share (Continued)

Pro-Forma Earnings Per Share (unaudited)

        The denominator used in computing pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2018 has been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the year or at the time of issuance, if later.

Numerator

       

Historical net loss

  $ (92,092 )

Pro forma numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (92,092 )

Denominator

       

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share—weighted average shares

    10,335,986  

Plus: conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock

    16,524,147  

Pro forma denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share

    26,860,133  

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

    (3.43 )

        The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2018

Warrants to purchase common stock

    182,442  

Stock options

    4,540,682  

(17) Subsequent Events

        The Company has assessed subsequent events through June 7, 2019, which was the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and has concluded the following required disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

Series D Equity Fund Raise

        From February 2019 through April 2019, we sold to 28 accredited investors an aggregate of 1,600,146 shares of Series D preferred stock, par value $0.000001 per share, at a per share purchase price of $31.24715, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000 in connection with our Series D financing.

Senior Secured Facility

        On April 27, 2016, Casper Sleep Inc. and Casper Science LLC entered into a loan and security agreement with Pacific Western Bank (as amended by the first amendment dated as of November 20, 2017, as amended by the second amendment dated as of August 14, 2018, as amended by the third amendment dated as of December 12, 2018 and as further amended by the fourth amendment and joinder dated as of March 1, 2019), which we refer to, as amended, as the Senior Secured Facility. Pursuant to the fourth amendment and joinder dated as of March 1, 2019, Casper Sleep Retail LLC was joined as a borrower to the Senior Secured Facility.

F-30


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(17) Subsequent Events (Continued)

        Borrowings under the Senior Secured Facility accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the greater of (i) the prime rate or (ii) 3.50%. The "prime rate" is defined as the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Pacific Western Bank, as its "prime rate," whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Pacific Western Bank. A nominal annual fee is due each October 1, and, upon a liquidity event or change of control, which as defined under the Senior Secured Facility includes an initial public offering of our equity securities, a certain one-time success fee of $150 will become due and payable to Pacific Western Bank.

        The Senior Secured Facility contains certain affirmative and negative covenants, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, dividends and distributions, investments, mergers or consolidations and a minimum amount of cash resources or assets we are required to maintain. Currently, the Senior Secured Facility consists of a $25,000 revolving credit facility that becomes due and payable on September 1, 2019 or at our election, September 1, 2020.

Subordinated Facility

        On March 1, 2019, Casper Sleep Inc., Casper Science LLC and Casper Sleep Retail LLC entered into a growth capital loan and security facility agreement with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp., as lender and collateral agent, and TriplePoint Capital LLC, as lender (or, together with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp., TriplePoint), which provided for a $50,000 growth capital loan facility, which we refer to as the Subordinated Facility. The Subordinated Facility allows for expansion up to an additional $50,000 upon request and approval following full utilization of the initial loan, and has a maturity, at our option, of up to five years.

        In connection with the Subordinated Facility, on March 1, 2019, we entered into two warrant agreements with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp. and TriplePoint Capital LLC for 19,201 shares of Series D preferred stock and 12,801 shares of Series D preferred stock, respectively, at an exercise price per share of $31.24715. TriplePoint's right under the warrant agreements to purchase the Series D preferred stock will be available for the greater of (i) seven years from March 1, 2019 or (ii) one year from the effective date of an initial public offering, subject to certain exercise conditions in the event our common stock is traded on a securities exchange.

        Borrowings under the Subordinated Facility accrue interest at the prime rate (which, as defined in the Subordinated Facility, shall be as published in the Wall Street Journal with a floor of 5.25%) plus an applicable margin set forth in the table of terms. The table of terms sets forth 18 options that range on term, amortization, interest rate and other features that can range from an annual interest rate of the prime rate plus 0.0% margin for a three month interest only term and up to a prime plus 7.25% margin for 48 months interest only term. End of term payments range from 0.25% of each advance for a three-month term up to 8.25% for each advance with a 48 month repayment option. The Subordinated Facility also has a 1.25% one-time facility fee for the committed amount, which is initially $50,000. Upon meeting certain conditions and in the event the consummation of this offering, the interest rate will be reduced by 1.0%.

        The Subordinated Facility contains certain affirmative and negative covenants, including, among others, restrictions on liens, indebtedness, mergers or acquisitions, investments, dividends or distributions, fundamental changes and affiliate transactions. As of March 31, 2019, we had not drawn down any funds pursuant to, and were in compliance with all covenants under, the Subordinated Facility. See "Description of Indebtedness—Subordinated Facility."

F-31


Table of Contents


Casper Sleep Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  As of  
 
  September 30, 2019
(unaudited)
  December 31, 2018
(audited)
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 54,596   $ 26,880  

Restricted cash

    305     1,475  

Accounts receivable

    24,379     23,106  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    24,486     7,739  

Inventory

    27,118     32,703  

Total current assets

    130,884     91,903  

Property and equipment, net

    59,854     18,812  

Intangible assets

    871     870  

Accrued interest

        67  

Other assets

    900     4,886  

Total assets

  $ 192,509   $ 116,538  

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

    32,689     27,704  

Accrued expenses

    50,621     37,358  

Deferred revenue

    5,603     8,822  

Other current liabilities

    35,461     26,855  

Total current liabilities

    124,374     100,739  

Other liabilities

    45,393     886  

Total liabilities

    169,767     101,625  

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000001 par value—18,804,147 and 16,524,147 shares authorized; 18,764,351 and 16,524,147 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

    306,989     238,802  

Stockholders' deficit:

             

Convertible Class A Common stock, $0.000001 par value—19,044,358 and 19,919,919 shares authorized; 9,190,858 and 9,110,359 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

         

Class B Common stock, $0.000001 par value—36,000,000 and 34,475,000 shares authorized; 1,454,369 and 1,287,712 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

         

Additional paid-in capital

    15,716     8,750  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (344 )   (419 )

Accumulated deficit

    (299,619 )   (232,220 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (284,247 )   (223,889 )

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

  $ 192,509   $ 116,538  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

F-32


Table of Contents


Casper Sleep Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2019   2018  

Revenue, net of $80,085 and $57,659 in refunds, returns, and discounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 respectively

  $ 312,319   $ 259,687  

Cost of goods sold

    157,342     143,556  

Gross profit

    154,977     116,131  

Operating expenses

             

Sales and marketing expenses

    113,994     92,705  

General and administrative expense

    106,126     88,166  

Total operating expenses

    220,120     180,871  

Loss from operations

    (65,143 )   (64,740 )

Other (income) expense

             

Interest (income) expense

    1,355     (503 )

Other (income) expense, net

    841     (51 )

Total other (income) expenses, net

    2,196     (554 )

Loss before income taxes

    (67,339 )   (64,186 )

Income tax expense

    60     44  

Net loss

    (67,399 )   (64,230 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

             

Currency translation adjustment

    75     (1,288 )

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (67,324 ) $ (65,518 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    (6.40 )   (6.22 )

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    10,530,262     10,320,666  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

F-33


Table of Contents

Casper Sleep Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 
  Convertible Preferred Stock    
  Casper Sleep Inc., Stockholders  
 
  Series seed
preferred stock
  Series A
preferred stock
  Series B
preferred stock
  Series C
preferred stock
  Series D
preferred stock
   
  Class A
common stock
  Class B
common stock
  Additional
paid-in

  Accumulated
other
comprehensive

  Accumulated
  Total
stockholders'

 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   capital   (loss) income   deficit   deficit  

Balance at December 31, 2018

    3,951,636   $ 1,826     4,753,421   $ 12,983     2,378,594   $ 54,895     5,440,496   $ 169,098       $         9,110,359   $     1,287,712   $   $ 8,750   $ (419 ) $ (232,220 ) $ (223,889 )

Exercise of vested employee stock options

                                                80,499         166,657         1,318             1,318  

Common stock conversion

                                                                             

Stock based compensation expense

                                                                5,648             5,648  

Other comprehensive income

                                                                    75         75  

Series D funding

                                    2,240,204     68,187                                      

Net loss

                                                                        (67,399 )   (67,399 )

Balance at September 30, 2019

    3,951,636   $ 1,826     4,753,421   $ 12,983     2,378,594   $ 54,895     5,440,496   $ 169,098     2,240,204   $ 68,187         9,190,858   $     1,454,369   $   $ 15,716   $ (344 ) $ (299,619 ) $ (284,247 )

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

F-34


Table of Contents


Casper Sleep Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2019   2018  

Cash flows used in operating activities:

             

Net loss

  $ (67,399 ) $ (64,230 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    4,804     2,394  

Stock based compensation expense

    5,648     4,573  

Deferred rent

    4,285     250  

Deferred income taxes

    2     10  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (1,273 )   (2,607 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (16,747 )   (4,124 )

Inventory

    5,585     (4,401 )

Other assets

    52     243  

Accounts payable

    2,973     9,347  

Accrued expenses

    13,263     4,130  

Deferred revenue

    (3,219 )   3,235  

Other liabilities

    22,320     6,246  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (29,706 )   (44,934 )

Cash flows used in investing activities:

             

Purchases of property and equipment

    (43,631 )   (7,249 )

Note receivable

    4,000      

Net cash used in investing activities

    (39,631 )   (7,249 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Exercise of stock options

    1,318     183  

Proceeds from Fundraising

    68,187      

Proceeds from borrowings

    29,225      

Repayment on borrowings

    (2,922 )    

Net cash provided by financing activities

    95,808     183  

Effect of exchange rate changes

    75     (1,288 )

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    26,546     (53,288 )

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

    28,355     98,882  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the period

  $ 54,901   $ 45,594  

Supplemental reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets.

             

Cash and cash equivalents

    54,596     44,098  

Restricted cash

    305     1,496  

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

  $ 54,901   $ 45,594  

Supplemental disclosure of cash paid for:

             

Interest paid

    (1,026 )    

Income taxes paid, net of refunds received

         

1
Purchases of property and equipment is net of fixed assets purchases that are included in accounts payable amounting to $2,299 at September 30, 2019 and $291 at September 30, 2018.

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited).

F-35


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(1) Description of Business

        Casper Sleep Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company" or "Casper") design and sell premium sleep products including mattresses, pillows, sheets, and other sleep-centric products to end consumers. The Company's head office is located at 175 Greenwich Street, 3 World Trade Center, New York, NY, and the Company has additional office locations in Berlin, Germany, and San Francisco, CA, as well as retail locations and pop-up stores throughout the United States ("U.S.") and Canada.

        The Company comprises Casper Sleep Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Casper Science LLC, Casper Sleep Retail LLC, and Casper Sleep Limited ("Casper UK Holdco"). Casper UK Holdco wholly-owns Casper Sleep GmbH, Casper Sleep (UK) Limited, and Casper Sleep SAS.

(2) Basis of Presentation

        The Company presents its financial statements on a consolidated basis of all its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. All foreign currency amounts in the statement of operations have been translated using an average rate for the reporting period. All foreign currency balances in the balance sheet have been translated using the spot rate at the end of the year. All figures expressed, except share amounts, are represented in U.S. dollars in thousands.

        The accompanying unaudited financial information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018. The information set forth in these financial statements may be subject to normal year-end adjustments. The information reflects all adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the Company's results of operations, financial position and cash flows for the periods indicated. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company's business historically has been seasonal in nature, and the results of the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

(3) Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of fixed assets; the valuation of deferred income tax assets, the valuation of stock-based compensation and warrants, the product returns reserve, and the inventory obsolescence reserve.

F-36


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Segment Information

        The Company operates in one operating segment within the United States, Canada and Europe, providing sleep products to consumers through various sales channels. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker ("CODM"). The Company's CODM is its CEO and CFO/COO. The role of the CODM is to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance. The Company's business operates in one operating segment as all of the Company's sales channels are complimentary and are analyzed in an identical way, with the CODM evaluating the Company's financial information, resources and performance of these resources on a consolidated basis. Since the Company operates in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of less than three months when purchased to be cash equivalents.

(b) Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash represents cash balances held in segregated accounts used for collateralizing letters of credit for the Company's line of credit with its bank.

(c) Accounts Receivable

        Accounts receivable is composed primarily of amounts due from retail partnerships of $17,168 and $13,902, from financial institutions related to credit card sales amounting to $5,955 and $5,293, and other receivables of $1,256 and $3,911 as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 respectively. If the Company had accounts receivable deemed uncollectable, the Company would create a specific reserve based on those orders. As of September 30, 2019, the Company does not maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts as most receivables come from trusted retail partnerships that to date have no overdue accounts, or from credit card processors, from which funds are typically collected within two to four days.

(d) Inventory

        Inventories primarily consist of merchandise purchased for resale, as well as costs to deliver merchandise to Casper's logistics providers and retail stores. The Company's inventory is stated using weighted average costing. The Company performs an analysis to determine whether it is appropriate or not to maintain a reserve for excess and obsolete inventory. The reserve is based on historical experience related to the disposal of identified inventory. Obsolete inventory is defined as inventory held in excess of two years. Most of Casper's inventory is just-in-time and most products have been recently introduced and in existence for less than two years. Additionally, the Company performs a review of all on hand inventory to determine if any items are deemed obsolete based on specific facts

F-37


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

and circumstances. The Company has a reserve in the amount of $1,841 and $2,335 as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

        Storage costs, indirect administrative overhead and certain selling costs related to inventories are expensed in the period incurred.

        Inventory consists of the following:

 
  September 30,
2019
  December 31,
2018
 

Raw materials

  $ 1,358   $ 1,476  

Finished goods

    20,787     28,562  

Inventory in transit

    6,814     5,000  

Inventory reserve

    (1,841 )   (2,335 )

Total inventory

  $ 27,118   $ 32,703  

        Raw materials consist of boxes, replacement parts and components used in the creation of products. Finished goods is comprised of completed goods including mattresses, pillows, sheets, dog beds, and furniture.

        Inventory in transit is either purchased inventory coming from overseas or inventory being transferred between warehouses or from warehouse to retail location, both permanent and pop-up.

        The Company writes down inventory as a result of excess and obsolete inventories, or when it believes that the net realizable value of inventories is less than the carrying value, in accordance with ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which was adopted in 2016.

(e) Revenue Recognition

        Revenue transactions associated with the sale of goods and services comprise a single performance obligation, which consists of the sale of products to customers either to the Company's retail partners or through its direct-to-consumer ("DTC") channels. Revenue is recognized when performance obligations are satisfied through the transfer of control of promised goods to the customers, based on the terms of sale. The transfer of control typically occurs at a point in time based on consideration of when the customer has an obligation to pay for the goods, and physical possession of, legal title to, and the risks and rewards of ownership of the goods has been transferred, and the customer has accepted the goods. Revenue from retail partnership transactions is generally recognized at the time products are shipped based on contractual terms with the customer. Revenue from our DTC channel is generally recognized at the point of sale in our retail stores and at the estimated time of delivery for e-commerce transactions.

        Revenue is recognized net of estimates of variable consideration, including product returns, customer discounts and allowances. Casper determines these estimates based on contract terms, evaluations of historical experience, anticipated trends, and other factors. The actual amount of customer returns and customer allowances, which is inherently uncertain, may differ from our estimates.

F-38


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The duration of contractual arrangements with our customers is typically less than one year. Payment terms with retail partners vary depending on creditworthiness and other considerations, with the most common being net 30 days. Payment is due at the time of sale for DTC transactions.

        We have elected to account for shipping and handling as fulfillment activities, and not as separate performance obligations. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales. All shipping and handling activity costs are recognized as costs of goods sold at the time the related revenue is recognized. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted directly to government authorities are excluded from net sales and cost of goods sold.

        Revenue, net is comprised of global sales through our DTC channels and our retail partnerships. Sales revenue, net reflects the impact of product returns as well as discounts for certain sales programs and promotions.

        Promotions are occasionally offered, primarily in the form of discounts, and are recorded as a reduction of gross revenue at the date of revenue recognition. We typically accept sales returns during a 30 or 100-night trial period, depending on the product, with our mattresses having a 100-night trial period. A sales return accrual is estimated based on historical return rates and is then adjusted for any current trends as appropriate. Returns are netted against the sales allowance reserve for the period. Sales are recognized as deferred revenue at the point of sale and are recognized as revenue upon the delivery to the consumer. Revenue through our DTC channels is recognized upon in-store or home delivery to the consumer, as applicable, and retail partnership revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control, on a per contract basis.

        The Company has assessed the impact of ACS 606 on prior period financials and concluded that the impact of adoption was immaterial. Additional disclosures on disaggregation of revenue are presented below.

Disaggregated Revenue Data

        The following table disaggregates our net sales by geography and channel for the periods indicated:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2019   2018  

North America Region

  $ 293,617   $ 236,111  

EU Regions

    18,702     23,576  

Total

  $ 312,319   $ 259,687  

Direct to Consumer

 
$

258,625
 
$

228,936
 

Wholesale

    53,694     30,751  

Total

  $ 312,319   $ 259,687  

        See Note 15 for discussion of Casper's adoption of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606").

F-39


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Contract Balances

        The Company has no contract related assets or liabilities.

(f) Cost of Goods Sold

        Cost of goods sold consists of costs of purchased merchandise, including freight, duty, and nonrefundable taxes incurred in delivering goods and services to customers and distribution centers, packaging and component costs, warehousing and fulfillment costs, damages, and excess and obsolete inventory write-downs.

(g) Sales and Marketing expenses

        Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of advertising and marketing promotions of the Company's products as well as sponsorship costs, consulting and contractor expenses. Advertising and other promotional costs are expensed as incurred. Sales and marketing expenses amounted to $113,994 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, of which $104,687 are advertising expenses. Sales and marketing expenses amounted to $92,705 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, of which $85,506 are advertising expenses.

(h) General and Administrative expenses

        General and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related expenses for the finance, legal, human resources and administrative personnel, as well as the costs of professional services, information technology, litigation expenses, other administrative expenses, credit card fees, and depreciation and amortization. Research and development expenses are included within general and administrative and consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling, test equipment, and prototype materials. Product development costs were $8,953 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, and $9,744 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, respectively.

(i) Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

        Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid media placement for media campaigns that have not yet run, prepaid rent and office related expenses, and other prepaid expenses. In addition, as of September 30, 2019, the Company had tenant allowance receivable of $10,345.

(j) Stock Based Compensation

        The fair value of stock-based awards granted to employees is measured on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimating expected forfeitures.

        See Note 7 for a complete description of the accounting for stock-based awards. The Company also issues stock-based awards to some of its non-employee consultants. The Company accounts for equity awards to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to

F-40


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Non-Employees, which requires the fair value of an award to a non-employee be remeasured at fair value as the award vests. Upon completion of the underlying performance obligation, or the vesting period, these cease to be revalued.

        Stock based compensation cost amounted to $5,648 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, and $4,573 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. These amounts include stock-based compensation to employees and non-employees.

(k) Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.

        Depreciation expense on property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives of furniture, fixtures, computers, technology hardware, and vehicles range from 3 to 5 years. The Company's purchased software is amortized over 7 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their useful life or the related lease term (without consideration of option renewal terms).

        Property and equipment consist of the following:

 
  September 30,
2019
  December 31,
2018
 

Leasehold improvements

  $ 37,497   $ 9,965  

Computer software

    1,733     1,657  

Furniture and fixtures

    16,868     4,267  

Computers

    2,423     1,328  

Vehicles

    640     640  

Technology hardware

    1,517     1,223  

Construction in progress

    9,554     5,526  

Property and equipment, gross

  $ 70,232   $ 24,606  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (10,378 )   (5,794 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 59,854   $ 18,812  

        Depreciation expense related to property and equipment amounted to $4,601, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and $2,394 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

        Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined using various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered

F-41


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

necessary. No impairment losses were recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

(l) Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, "Income Taxes". Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized within the provision for (benefit from) income taxes on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the period that includes the enactment date.

        The Company reduces deferred tax assets, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize some or all of the deferred tax assets. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including taxable income in prior carryback years (if carryback is permitted under the relevant tax law), the timing of the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and projected future taxable income. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.

        The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within the provision for (benefit from) income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as non-current on the balance sheet. The new guidance is effective for public entities for years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued and can be applied on either a prospective or retrospective basis. The Company has elected to early adopt and prospectively apply the provisions of this new guidance beginning in 2017.

(m) Deferred Rent

        Rental payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis after consideration of rent holidays, tenant allowances, step rent provisions and escalation clauses. Differences between rental expense (recognized from the date of possession) and actual rental payments are recorded as deferred rent. Deferred rent was $5,087 and $802 at September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Deferred rent is presented in other liabilities.

(n) Intangibles

        The Company's intangible assets consist of patents and domain names stated at cost. The stated value of the domain names was $567 as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

F-42


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The Company is charged for regular maintenance and upkeep of the domain names which are expensed as incurred. The Company has the option of renewing its rights to its domain names on an annual basis. The Company holds multiple patents which are valued at $304 and $303 as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. For intangible assets whose lives are determined to be indefinite, Casper qualitatively evaluates these for impairment, and no matters have come to the Company's attention that would indicate a significant decrease in the market price of these indefinite-lived intangible assets.

(o) Other Current Liabilities

        Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 
  September 30,
2019
  December 31,
2018
 

Product return reserve

  $ 11,559   $ 8,474  

Value added tax

    2,745     2,223  

Short term debt

    15,868     14,565  

Other

    5,289     1,593  

Total Other Current Liabilities

  $ 35,461   $ 26,855  

        Refer to Note 6 for description of the Company's debt.

(p) Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

        The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. These participating securities include shares of each series of the Company's convertible preferred stock, which have non-forfeitable rights to participate in any dividends declared on the Company's common stock. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings.

        Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year's earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses.

        Diluted net income per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities

F-43


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

under the "if-converted" method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period or date of issuance, if later. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or "if-converted") as its diluted net income per share during the period.

(q) Foreign Currency

        The functional currency of the Company's international operating subsidiaries is the local currency. The Company translates the financial statements of these subsidiaries to U.S. dollars using month-end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities, and average rates for the annual period are derived from month-end spot rates for revenues, costs and expenses. The Company records translation gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a component of stockholders' deficit. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in net loss for the period.

(r) Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company has determined that its convertible preferred stock is contingently redeemable due to the existence of deemed liquidation provisions contained in its certificate of incorporation, and therefore classifies its convertible preferred stock outside of permanent equity on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company initially recorded each series of preferred stock at its respective issuance date fair value, net of issuance costs. Since the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event has not been probable historically, the Company has not adjusted the carrying values of the preferred stock to the liquidation values. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the liquidation values will be made only if and when it becomes probable that such a deemed liquidation event will occur. Upon an IPO, the outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock.

(s) Correction of an Immaterial Misstatement

        As disclosed in our 2018 audited financial statements, during the second quarter of 2019, the Company identified certain accrued liabilities recorded as of December 31, 2018 totaling $6,169 that were in excess of our actual liabilities. As a result, sales and marketing expenses were overstated by $3,259, general and administrative expenses were overstated by $3,407, cost of goods sold was overstated by $6, and net loss and accumulated deficit were overstated by $6,677 as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.

        Based on an analysis of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 250—"Accounting Changes and Error Corrections" ("ASC 250"), Staff Accounting Bulletin 99—"Materiality" ("SAB 99") and Staff Accounting Bulletin 108—"Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements" ("SAB 108"), the Company determined that these errors were immaterial to the previously-issued consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, and as such no restatement was necessary.

F-44


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(4) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The effect on these revisions on the Company's consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 is as follows

Financial Statement Caption
  As previously
reported at
December 31, 2018
  Adjustment
(Debit)/Credit
  As revised at
December 31, 2018
 

Cost of goods sold

  $ 200,145   $ 6   $ 200,139  

Sales and marketing expense

    129,448     3,259     126,189  

General and administrative expense

    126,930     3,407     123,523  

Total operating expense

    256,378     6,666     249,712  

Loss from operations

    (98,632 )   (6,672 )   (91,960 )

Net loss

    (98,769 )   (6,677 )   (92,092 )

Total comprehensive loss

    (99,846 )   (6,677 )   (93,169 )

Total current assets

    91,913     10     91,903  

Property and equipment, net

    18,294     (518 )   18,812  

Total assets

    116,030     (508 )   116,538  

Accrued expenses

    43,527     (6,169 )   37,358  

Total current liabilities

    106,908     (6,169 )   100,739  

Total liabilities

    107,794     (6,169 )   101,625  

Accumulated deficit

    (238,897 )   6,677     (232,220 )

(5) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The Company applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The fair value of the Company's investments in certain money market funds is their face value. Such instruments are classified as Level 1 and are included in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets.

F-45


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(5) Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

        At September 30, 2019, the Company's valuation of outstanding warrants was measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model and considered Level 2 inputs. See Note 14, Warrants for further discussion of the Company's outstanding warrants and assumptions utilized.

        The following summarizes assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018:

 
  Fair Value   Cash and Cash Equivalents  
 
  as of
September 30,
2019
  as of
December 31,
2018
  as of
September 30,
2019
  as of
December 31,
2018
 

Assets

                         

Cash

  $ 26,521   $ 12,291   $ 26,521   $ 12,291  

Level 1:

                         

Money market funds

    28,075     14,589     28,075     14,589  

Cash and cash equivalents

    54,596     26,880     54,596     26,880  

Restricted cash

    305     1,475     305     1,475  

Liabilities

                         

Level 2:

                         

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

    (646 )            

Total

  $ 54,255   $ 28,355   $ 54,901   $ 28,355  

        As of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Company had money market accounts of $28,075 and $14,589, respectively. The money market accounts are presented at fair market value based on quoted market prices and are classified within Level 1.

(6) Debt

Senior Secured Facility

        On April 27, 2016, the Company entered into a Loan and Security agreement ("Senior Secured Facility" or "Revolving Line" described below) with Pacific Western Bank that provides for a $15,000 revolving credit line ("Revolving Line"). No significant debt issuance costs were incurred as part of the transaction. The Company is obligated to pay ongoing commitment fees equal to $9 annually. On November 20, 2017, Casper amended this line of credit to raise the borrowing limit to $30,000. On August 14, 2018, the agreement was amended to modify reporting covenants. On December 12, 2018, the agreement was modified to increase the ancillary services sublimit from $4,000 to $10,000. On March 1, 2019, the agreement was amended to modify the borrowing limit to $25,000 as well as other covenants. On September 1, 2019, the agreement was amended to extend the maturity date of the revolving line to September 1, 2020, increase the amount of allowable capital expenditures from $39,000 to $55,000, and increase the borrowing base percentage from 150% to 300% of the most recent average trailing three month gross profit.

F-46


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(6) Debt (Continued)

        Subject to certain terms of the loan agreement, the Company may borrow, prepay and reborrow amounts under the Revolving Line at any time during the agreement and amounts repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed. Interest rates on borrowings under the Revolving Line will be based on the greater of the prime rate or three and a half percent (3.5%). The prime rate is defined as the rate of interest announced by the bank.

        The Senior Secured Facility contains certain customary financial, affirmative, and negative covenants, including a minimum net revenue, a minimum cash balance to be held at Pacific Western Bank, a limit on the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, make certain acquisition transactions, pay dividends or make distributions, and certain other restrictions on the Company's activities each defined specifically in the agreement. Casper is in compliance with all terms and covenants in the Credit Agreement as of September 30, 2019.

        The Company drew down $15,000 of the Revolving Line on October 10, 2018. In the first nine months of 2019, $2,922 was paid back and $4,225 was re-drawn. The outstanding balance of that Revolving Line was $15,868 as of September 30, 2019. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, interest expense incurred on this Revolving Line was $566, of which $68 is unpaid and included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.

Subordinated Facility

        On March 1, 2019, Casper Sleep Inc., Casper Science LLC and Casper Sleep Retail LLC entered into a growth capital loan and security facility agreement with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp., as lender and collateral agent, and TriplePoint Capital LLC, as lender (or, together with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp., TriplePoint), which provided for a $50,000 growth capital loan facility (the "Subordinated Facility"). The Subordinated Facility allows for expansion up to an additional $50,000 upon request and approval following full utilization of the initial loan, and has a maturity, at our option, of up to five years.

        Borrowings under the Subordinated Facility accrue interest at the prime rate (which, as defined in the Subordinated Facility, shall be as published in the Wall Street Journal with a floor of 5.25%) plus an applicable margin set forth in the table of terms. The table of terms sets forth 18 options that range on term, amortization, interest rate and other features that can range from an annual interest rate of the prime rate plus 0.0% margin for a three month interest only term and up to a prime plus 7.25% margin for 48 months interest only term. End of term payments range from 0.25% of each advance for a three-month term up to 8.25% for each advance with a 48 month repayment option. The Subordinated Facility also has a 1.25% one-time facility fee for the committed amount, which is initially $50,000. Upon meeting certain conditions and in the event the consummation an initial public offering, the interest rate will be reduced by 1.0%.

        The Subordinated Facility contains certain affirmative and negative covenants, including, among others, restrictions on liens, indebtedness, mergers or acquisitions, investments, dividends or distributions, fundamental changes and affiliate transactions. On August 9, 2019, Casper drew down a $25,000 forty-eight month interest only loan with an interest rate of prime plus 7.25%. The end of term payment is 7.50% of the drawn down amount. As of September 30, 2019, Casper was in compliance

F-47


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(6) Debt (Continued)

with all covenants under, the Subordinated Facility and the outstanding balance of the loan was $25,000. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2019, interest expense incurred on the loan was $504.

        See Note 14 for additional information on warrants issued in conjunction with the subordinated facility.

        See Note 17 Subsequent Events for additional information on indebtedness.

(7) Stock Based Compensation

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company granted 2,197,839 stock options. The weighted-average exercise price and weighted average grant date fair value of those options granted was $18.65 and $8.89, respectively.

        The fair values of stock options granted for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

Fair Value Assumptions
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2019

Expected volatility

  47.3%

Expected dividend yield

  0%

Expected life (term in years)

  5.0 - 7.0

Risk-free interest rate

  1.5% - 2.5%

Discount for post-vesting restrictions

  N/A

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, 247,156 options were exercised. The intrinsic value of those options exercised was $3,193. The intrinsic value is the difference between the current market value of the stock and the exercise price of the stock options.

        The total number of options vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was 1,097,953 at a total fair value of $7,045.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Company extended the term of certain fully vested stock options for certain employees resulting in the immediate recognition of incremental stock based compensation expense of $361.

        Total stock based compensation expense of $5,648 was recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and is included within general and administrative expense.

        As of September 30, 2019, the total unrecognized stock based compensation expense related to stock options was $26,124. The Company expects to recognize this expense over the remaining weighted-average period of approximately 3 years.

F-48


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(8) Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations

Risks and Uncertainties

        At this stage of the Company's development, the ability to generate positive operating cash flows is a risk. The Company has incurred a net loss from operations and net operating cash outflows for the nine month period ended September 30, 2019, the years 2018 and 2017 and since inception and has an accumulated deficit. As a result, the Company continues to rely upon investors who contributed cash to cover the Company's current operating expenses and obligations and has the ability to draw down on the line of credit. The Company's success will depend in part on its ability to continue to attract new customers, retain existing customers, and curate and market its products. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve any or all of these success factors. The Company estimates that it will have adequate liquidity to fund operations through October 30, 2020. In the future, if the Company is unable to attain positive cash flow from operations it will need to raise adequate financing to maintain its current level of operations and growth.

        Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash investments with high-credit quality financial institutions. A significant portion of the Company's accounts receivable is with its credit card processors and retail partnerships. The Company believes no significant credit risk exists with respect to these financial instruments.

Concentrations

        As of September 30, 2019, two customers made up 31% and 18% of the Company's accounts receivable balance. For the year ended December 31, 2018 two customers made up 20% and 13% of the Company's accounts receivable balance.

        Net revenue within North America and Europe were approximately $293,617 and $18,702, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Net revenue within North America and Europe were approximately $236,111 and $23,576, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

        No customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenues in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

(9) Leases

        Rent payments under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease including any periods of free rent. Rental expense for operating leases was $12,782 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and $7,569 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

F-49


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(9) Leases (Continued)

        As of September 30, 2019, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases consisted of the following:

2019

  $ 3,240  

2020

    18,107  

2021

    18,153  

2022

    18,351  

2023

    18,056  

Thereafter

    86,649  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 162,556  

        The Company maintains leases for its office spaces and retail locations in each location as described in Note 1. Additionally, its leases for its pop-up stores are generally short-term in nature.

(10) Income Taxes

Effective Tax Rate

        The Company's effective tax rate, which is calculated by dividing each period's income tax provision by pretax income, was 0.06% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2019. The effective tax rates for the nine month period ended September 30, 2019 generally differs from the U.S. federal statutory tax rate primarily due to a full valuation allowance related to the Company's U.S. deferred tax assets. The effective tax rate is unchanged from nine month period ended September 30, 2018.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits and Other Considerations

        The Company records liabilities related to its uncertain tax positions. Tax positions for the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to income tax audits by multiple tax jurisdictions throughout the world. The Company recognizes the tax benefit of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the position is sustainable upon examination by the taxing authority, based on the technical merits. The tax benefit recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit which is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement with the taxing authority.

        The Company has operations and taxable presence in multiple jurisdictions in the U.S. and outside of the U.S. Tax positions for the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to income tax audits by multiple tax jurisdictions around the world. The Company currently considers U.S. federal and state, and the United Kingdom to be major tax jurisdictions. The Company's U.S. federal and state tax returns since 2014, which was the Company's first year of operation, remain open to examination. Tax years 2014 through 2018 remain open for all tax jurisdiction in which the Company files tax returns.

Future Changes in Unrecognized Tax Benefits

        The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to the Company's tax positions is subject to change based on future events including, but not limited to, settlements of ongoing tax audits and

F-50


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

assessments and the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. Although the outcomes and timing of such events are highly uncertain, the Company does not anticipate that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, will change significantly during the next twelve months. However, changes in the occurrence, expected outcomes, and timing of such events could cause the Company's current estimate to change materially in the future.

(11) Accrued Expense

        Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 
  September 30,
2019
  December 31,
2018
 

Tax fees

  $ 14,033   $ 13,553  

General trade

    14,547     8,340  

Marketing

    13,195     8,682  

Other

    8,846     6,783  

Total Accrued Expenses

  $ 50,621   $ 37,358  

(12) Other Non-Current Assets

        On July 25, 2017, the Company signed a 10 year note receivable amounting to $5,000. The unpaid principal balance is subject to interest at a rate of 30% per annum through December 31, 2017 and 15% per annum thereafter. The note was amended on November 1, 2018 and a payment of $1,000 of the outstanding principal was received. The principal balance is subject to interest at a rate of 10% per annum. On September 10, 2019, the remaining principal balance on the note was paid in full. Notes receivable are included in other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2018.

(13) Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock, and Stockholders' Deficit

(a)   Common Stock

        There are two series of common stock, designated Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one-hundred votes per share, and Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Common stockholders receive dividends when and if declared and, upon liquidation or dissolution, are entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to stockholders. The holders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. Each share of Class A common stock is convertible into one share of Class B common stock at the option of the holder. There are no redemption provisions with respect to Class B shares. Common stock is subordinate to the preferred stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up, and dissolution of the Company. Shares of both classes of common stock have a par value of $0.000001.

        On February 1, 2019, the Company authorized a decrease of 875,561 shares, bringing the total to 19,044,358 of convertible Class A common stock authorized.

F-51


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(13) Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock, and Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

        On February 1, 2019, the Company authorized an increase of 525,000 shares, bringing the total to 35,000,000 of Series B common stock authorized.

        On September 9, 2019, the Company further authorized an increase of 1,000,000 shares, bringing the total to 36,000,000 of Series B common stock authorized.

(b)   Convertible Preferred Stock

        Authorized capital stock includes convertible preferred shares with a par value of $0.000001 per share. Convertible preferred stock is comprised of Seed Series, Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D.

        The holders of the convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum the Liquidation Preference which is determined by class of shares; $0.46816 per share for the Series Seed Convertible Preferred Stock, $2.75591 per share for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $23.1229 per share for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $31.24715 for Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and $31.24715 for Series D Convertible Preferred Stock(each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

        The conversion price is $0.46816 per share for the Series Seed Convertible Preferred Stock, $2.75591 per share for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $23.1229 per share for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $31.24715 for Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, and $31.24715 for Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

        Each share of Series Seed Convertible preferred Stock and Series A Convertible preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series Seed Convertible preferred Stock and Series A Convertible preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series.

        Each share of Series B Convertible preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such series of Convertible preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Class B Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for such series of Convertible preferred Stock, by the Conversion Price for such series of Convertible preferred Stock.

        Each share of Series C Convertible preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such series of Convertible preferred Stock, into the number of fully-paid, non-assessable share of Class B Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for

F-52


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(13) Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock, and Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

such series of Convertible preferred Stock, by the Conversion Price for such series of Convertible preferred Stock.

        Each share of Series D Convertible preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such series of Convertible preferred Stock, into the number of fully-paid, non-assessable share of Class B Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for such series of Convertible preferred Stock, by the Conversion Price for such series of Convertible preferred Stock.

        Each share of Convertible preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock (in the case of Series Seed Convertible preferred Stock and Series A Convertible preferred Stock) and Class B Common Stock (in the case of Series B Convertible preferred Stock, the Series C Convertible preferred Stock and the Series D Convertible preferred Stock) at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from either (A) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a series requesting conversion of such series or (B) holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of Convertible preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an outstanding share basis) or if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request.

        Each Convertible preferred share will receive dividends, when declared by the board of directors, at an annual rate of $0.03745 per share for the Series Seed Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.22047 per share for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.84983 per share for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $2.49977 per share for the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and $2.49977 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

        Each holder of Convertible preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of votes such holder of Convertible preferred Stock would be entitled to if such holder's shares of Convertible preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock as of the record date. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Convertible preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded. The holders of shares of the Convertible preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote.

        In the event the Company shall issue Additional Shares of Common stock without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Convertible preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Convertible preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of

F-53


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(13) Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock, and Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate.

        The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock as temporary equity in the mezzanine section on the consolidated balance sheet, in accordance with ASC Topic 480-10-S99-3A, since the shares possess liquidation features which may trigger a distribution of cash or assets that is not solely within the Company's control. Upon the occurrence of certain deemed liquidation events, convertible preferred stockholders can require the Company to redeem their shares of convertible preferred stock.

(14) Warrants

        On April 25, 2014, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 156,997 shares of common stock in connection with the release of certain claims to a vendor. The warrants were fully vested when issued and were not provided as compensation for any service performed by the warrant holder. As such, they were marked at their fair market value on the date of issuance, April 25, 2014, and are no longer subject to re-measurement. These warrants were issued with an exercise price of $0.10 and were subsequently recorded at a $7.7 in the consolidated statement of operations. The warrants expire 10 years from the date of issuance.

        On May 29, 2014, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 25,445 shares of common stock to a vendor in connection with a credit extension. The warrants vested immediately and had a value of $0.10 per share. As the service was an extension of credit, Casper evaluated these warrants as of the end of such extension, when Casper paid its outstanding balance with the warrant holder. As such, they are no longer subject to re-measurement at each subsequent reporting date. This occurred in July 2014, at which point the fair market value of common shares was $0.10 and were recorded at $1.2 in the consolidated statements of operations. The warrants expire 10 years from the date of issuance.

        The fair value of the warrants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value is subjective and is affected by changes in inputs to the valuation model include the fair value per share of the underlying stock, the expected term of each warrant, volatility of the Company's stock and peer company stock, and risk-free rates based on U.S. Treasury yield curves. When the Company had completed or was expecting to complete a preferred equity financing, the terms and pricing of the financing round were included in the analysis used to estimate the Company's value and the value of its common stock. These methods were consistent with prior valuations.

        At the option of the warrants holders, the warrants can be fully settled in shares, or converted via net share settlement, in which the warrant holder will receive the shares equal to the number of shares purchasable under this warrant or, if only a portion of the warrant is being exercised, the portion of the warrant being canceled multiplied by the difference between the fair market value of the shares and the exercise price, divided by the fair market value of the shares.

F-54


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(14) Warrants (Continued)

        The outstanding warrants were recorded as additional paid-in capital upon issuance. Equity classified contracts are not subsequently remeasured, unless reclassification is required from equity to liability classification.

        In connection with the Subordinated Facility, as described in Note 6, on March 1, 2019, Casper entered into two warrant agreements with TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp. and TriplePoint Capital LLC for 19,201 shares of Series D preferred stock and 12,801 shares of Series D preferred stock, respectively, at an exercise price per share of $31.24715, (the "TPC Warrants"). TriplePoint's right under the warrant agreements to purchase the Series D preferred stock will be available for the greater of (i) seven years from March 1, 2019 or (ii) one year from the effective date of an initial public offering, subject to certain exercise conditions in the event our common stock is traded on a securities exchange.

        The TPC Warrants may be separated and transferred from the debt and may be separately exercisable. Therefore, the warrant is deemed to be a freestanding financial instrument. The Warrant is for preferred stock that is redeemable upon a deemed liquidation event and is considered redeemable under the SEC ASR 268. Therefore, the TPC Warrant is an obligation that requires or may require repurchase of shares by transferring assets upon a deemed liquidation event. The Warrant is recorded as a liability upon initial recognition, with a corresponding debit to record a debt discount.

        In accordance with ASC 470-20-25-2, the proceeds of each debt issuance are allocated between the debt and the respective warrant based on their relative fair values. The Warrant is recorded as a liability upon initial recognition, with a corresponding debit to record a debt discount. Each reporting period, the Warrant is marked to market with changes in fair value recorded as an increase/decrease in the liability with a corresponding fair value adjustment in other income (expense). The debt discount is initially recorded with the Warrant and is amortized to interest expense over the term of the associated debt using the effective interest method. The Warrant was issued before a liability for the debt was recognized and, as a result, the associated debt discount is classified as a deferred asset, consistent with the treatment of the fees paid to lenders.

        These were the only warrants issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

(15) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

F-55


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(15) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncement

        In November 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. This ASU requires that a statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash. As a result, restricted cash should be included with cash and cash equivalents in the beginning-of-period and end-of-period amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The new standard also requires companies to disclose the nature of the restriction on restricted cash. The Company adopted the new standard in the period ended December 31, 2018 and revised the prior period in accordance with this ASU.

        The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payments Accounting ("ASU 2016-09") effective January 1, 2018. In conjunction with the adoption of the standard, the Company records excess tax benefits and deficiencies that result when stock-based awards vest or are settled within the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The excess benefits were included in deferred tax asset associated with gross operating loss carryforward which were fully offset by a valuation allowance. In addition, the Company elected that forfeitures will be recognized when the actual forfeiture takes place (no estimated forfeiture rate will be recorded). The adoption of this standard did not have an effect on the statement of cash flows.

        In the first quarter of 2019, Casper adopted Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606"), using the modified retrospective transition method and applying this approach to contracts not completed as of the date of adoption. ASC 606 establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue under GAAP and requires companies to recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASC 606 also requires certain disclosures regarding qualitative and quantitative information with respect to the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Comparative prior period information has not been restated and continues to be reported in accordance with accounting standards in effect for those periods. Please see Note 4 for additional revenue disclosures.

        There was no material effect of adoption of ASC 606 on our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements other than the impact on disclosures.

New Accounting Pronouncements, Not Yet Adopted

        Accounting pronouncements not listed below were assessed and determined to be not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Lease Guidance

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases ("ASU 2016-02"), which supersedes the existing lease guidance under current U.S. GAAP. ASU 2016-02 is based on the principle that entities

F-56


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(15) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (Continued)

should recognize assets and liabilities arising from leases. The new standard does not significantly change the lessees' recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses and cash flows from the previous accounting standard and leases continue to be classified as finance or operating. ASU 2016-02's primary change is the requirement for entities to recognize a lease liability for payments and a right-of-use ("ROU") asset representing the right to use the leased asset during the term of an operating lease arrangement. Lessees are permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize the asset and liability for leases with a term of 12 months or less. In addition, ASU 2016-02 expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The new standard is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, "Targeted Improvements", which allows for a new, optional transition method that provides the option to use the effective date as the date of initial application on transition. Under this option, the comparative periods would continue to apply the legacy guidance in Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") 840, including the disclosure requirements, and a cumulative effect adjustment would be recognized in the period of adoption rather than the earliest period presented. Under this transition option, comparative reporting would not be required, and the provisions of the standard would be applied prospectively to leases in effect at the date of adoption. The Company is currently working to complete the design of new processes and internal controls, which include the implementation of a software solution and finalizing the evaluation of Casper's population of leased assets to assess the effect of the new guidance on the financial statements. The Company plans to adopt the new guidance effective January 1, 2020, but have not determined which transition method will be utilized. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company expects to elect the "package of practical expedients" which permits us not to reassess under the new standard its prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. The Company does not expect to elect the use-of-hindsight or the practical expedient pertaining to land easements (the latter is not applicable to us). Casper expects the adoption of the new standard to have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption. While the Company continues to assess all of the effects of the adoption, it currently believes the most significant effects relate to the recognition of new ROU assets and lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for operating leases, as well as providing significant new disclosures about leasing activities.

        In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The update removes, modifies and adds disclosure requirements related to Topic 820. The amendments in this Update are effective for all entities for years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019. An entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of this update and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The Company is still reviewing the update to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-57


Table of Contents


CASPER SLEEP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

(unaudited)

(16) Pro-Forma Earnings Per Share

        The denominator used in computing pro forma net loss per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and September 30, 2018 have been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the year or at the time of issuance, if later.

 
  September 30,
2019
  September 30,
2018
 

Numerator

             

Historical net loss

  $ (67,399 ) $ (64,231 )

Pro forma numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (67,399 ) $ (64,231 )

Denominator

             

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share—weighted average shares

    10,530,262     10,320,666  

Plus: conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock

    18,764,351     16,524,147  

Pro forma denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share

    29,294,613     26,844,813  

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

    (2.30 )   (2.39 )

        The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 
  September 30,
2019
  September 30,
2018
 

Warrants to purchase common stock

    214,444     182,442  

Stock options

    5,907,095     4,655,413  

(17) Subsequent Events

        The Company has assessed subsequent events through October 29, 2019, which was the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and has concluded the following required disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

        On October 4, 2019, we sold to an accredited investor an aggregate of 96,530 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share, at a share price of $31.24715 for an aggregate purchase price of $3.0 million in connection with our Series D financing.

        On October 8, 2019, we sold to an accredited investor an aggregate of 320,029 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share, at a share price of $31.24715 for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million in connection with our Series D financing.

F-58


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

        The following table sets forth all fees and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable solely by Casper Sleep Inc. in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimated except for the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 
  Amount to be paid  

SEC registration fee

  $ 12,980  

FINRA filing fee

    15,500  

Exchange listing fee

               *

Accounting fees and expenses

               *

Legal fees and expenses

               *

Printing expenses

               *

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    3,500  

Miscellaneous expenses

               *

Total

  $            *

*
To be completed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of directors and officers.

        Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or Amended Charter, which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering, and which will provide that none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

        Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and

II-1


Table of Contents

reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

        Upon consummation of this offering, our Amended Charter and our amended and restated bylaws, or Amended Bylaws, will provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, subject to certain limited exceptions. We will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an "Indemnitee"), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws will provide that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers. Each indemnification agreement provides, or will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for the reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our Amended Charter and Amended Bylaws.

        We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

        In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent sales of unregistered securities.

        The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us since December 31, 2016:

Sales of Preferred Stock

        From May 2017 through July 2017, we sold to 45 accredited investors an aggregate of 5,440,496 shares of Series C preferred stock, par value $0.000001 per share, at a per share purchase price of $31.24715, for an aggregate purchase price of $169,999,995, in connection with our Series C financing.

        From February 2019 through October 2019, we sold to 31 accredited investors an aggregate of 2,656,763 shares of Series D preferred stock, par value $0.000001 per share, at a per share purchase price of $31.24715, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $83.0 million, in connection with our Series D financing.

Plan-Related Issuances

        From December 31, 2016 through January 10, 2020, we granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase 5,500,535 shares of Class B common stock at per share exercise prices ranging from $13.60 to $20.81 under our 2015 Plan.

        We issued an aggregate of 221,609 shares of Class B common stock at per share purchase prices ranging from $6.61 to $15.90 and 334,828 shares of Class A common stock at per share purchase prices ranging from $0.10 to $0.77 pursuant to the exercise of stock options by our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers. These issuances were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(w) of the Securities Act, Rule 701 and/or Regulation S.

        None of the transactions set forth in Item 15 involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Warrants

        In March 2019, we issued to two accredited investors warrants to purchase an aggregate of 32,002 shares of Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $31.24715 per share.

Item 16.    Exhibits and financial statements.

(a)
Exhibits

        The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules

        All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth in the schedules is either not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

(a)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3


Table of Contents

(b)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c)
The undersigned hereby further undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.    
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.
        
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Casper Sleep Inc., as in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.
        
  3.1(a ) Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Casper Sleep Inc., as in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.
        
  3.2 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Casper Sleep Inc., to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.
        
  3.3   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Casper Sleep Inc., as in effect prior to the consummation of this offering.
        
  3.4 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Casper Sleep Inc., to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.
        
  4.1 * Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock.
        
  4.2   Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2019, by and among Casper Sleep Inc. and certain holders of its capital stock.
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
        
  10.1 + Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2016, by and among Pacific Western Bank, Casper Sleep Inc. and Casper Science LLC.
        
  10.2   First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2017, by and among Pacific Western Bank, Casper Sleep Inc. and Casper Science LLC.
        
  10.3   Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2018, by and among Pacific Western Bank, Casper Sleep Inc. and Casper Science LLC.
        
  10.4   Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2018, by and among Pacific Western Bank, Casper Sleep Inc. and Casper Science LLC.
        
  10.5 + Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2019, by and among Pacific Western Bank, Casper Sleep Inc., Casper Science LLC and Casper Sleep Retail LLC.
        
  10.6   Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2019, by and among Pacific Western Bank, Casper Sleep Inc., Casper Science LLC and Casper Sleep Retail LLC.
        
  10.7 + Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2019, by and among TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp., TriplePoint Capital LLC, Casper Sleep Inc., Casper Sleep Retail LLC and Casper Science LLC.
        
  10.8 Casper Sleep Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and form of option agreement.
        
  10.9 Casper Sleep Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and form of option agreement.
        
  10.10 *† Casper Sleep Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.
        
  10.11 *† Casper Sleep Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
        
  10.12 2019 Annual Bonus Plan.
 
   

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.    
  10.13 †+ Offer Letter between Casper Sleep Inc. and Emilie Arel, dated June 4, 2019.
        
  10.14 †+ Form of Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement.
        
  10.15 Casper Sleep Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
        
  10.16   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Casper Sleep Inc. and its directors and officers.
        
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries of Casper Sleep Inc.
        
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP as to Casper Sleep Inc.
  23.2 * Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
        
  23.3   Consent of Frost & Sullivan.
        
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

+
Schedules and similar attachments have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby undertakes to provide further information regarding such omitted materials to the Commission upon request.

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Casper Sleep Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on this 10th day of January, 2020.

  Casper Sleep Inc.

 

By:

 

/s/ PHILIP KRIM


Philip Krim
Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Casper Sleep Inc. hereby constitutes and appoints Philip Krim and Gregory Macfarlane, and each of them any of whom may act without joinder of the other, the individual's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for the person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this registration statement on Form S-1, and any other registration statement relating to the same offering (including any registration statement, or amendment thereto, that is to become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments to the registration statement), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the date indicated above.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ PHILIP KRIM

Philip Krim
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   January 10, 2020

/s/ GREGORY MACFARLANE

Gregory Macfarlane

 

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

January 10, 2020

/s/ NEIL PARIKH

Neil Parikh

 

Director

 

January 10, 2020

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ANTHONY FLORENCE

Anthony Florence
  Director   January 10, 2020

/s/ DIANE IRVINE

Diane Irvine

 

Director

 

January 10, 2020

/s/ JACK LAZAR

Jack Lazar

 

Director

 

January 10, 2020

/s/ BENJAMIN LERER

Benjamin Lerer

 

Director

 

January 10, 2020

/s/ KAREN KATZ

Karen Katz

 

Director

 

January 10, 2020

/s/ DANI REISS

Dani Reiss

 

Director

 

January 10, 2020

II-8





Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

Casper Sleep Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), certifies that:

 

1.             The name of the Corporation is Casper Sleep Inc.  The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 24, 2013 under the name Providence Mattress Company.

 

2.             This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.             The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Casper Sleep Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Philip A. Krim, President of the Corporation, on February 1, 2019.

 

 

/s/ Philip A. Krim

 

Philip A. Krim,

 

President

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation is Casper Sleep Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808.  The name of the registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 71,408,505, consisting of 54,044,358 shares of Common Stock, $0.000001 par value per share, and 17,364,147 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.000001 par value per share.  The first series of Common Stock shall be designated “Class A Common Stock” and shall consist of 19,044,358 shares.  The second series of Common Stock shall be designated “Class B Common Stock” and shall consist of 35,000,000 shares.  The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 3,951,636 shares.  The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 4,753,421 shares.  The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 2378,594 shares.  The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 5,440,496 shares.  The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 840,000 shares.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

1.             Definitions.  For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)           “Board of Directors” shall mean the board of directors of the Corporation.

 

(b)           “Class A Stockholder” shall mean any individual that is issued Class A Common Stock by the Corporation.

 

(c)           “Common Stock” shall mean the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

 


 

(d)           “Conversion Price” shall mean (i) $0.46816 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock, (ii) $2.75591 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) $23.1229 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, (iv) $31.24715 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock and (v) $31.24715 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(e)           “Conversion Rate” shall mean, with respect to a share of a series of Preferred Stock, the number of shares of the applicable series of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock may be converted.

 

(f)            “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

(g)           “Distribution” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or any subsidiaries of the Corporation at or below cost upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; and (iii) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by each of (A) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting together as a single class and (B) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

 

(h)           “Dividend Rate” shall mean an annual rate of (i) $0.03745 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock, (ii) $0.22047 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) $1.84983 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, (iv) $2.49977 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock and (v) $2.49977 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(i)            “Liquidation Preference” shall mean (i) $0.46816 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock, (ii) $2.75591 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) $23.1229 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, (iv) $31.24715 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock and (v) $31.24715 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

 

(j)            “Options” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(k)           “Original Issue Price” shall mean (i) $0.46816 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock, (ii) $2.75591 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) $23.1229 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, (iv) $31.24715 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock and (v) $31.24715 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

 

2


 

(l)            “Permitted Entity” or “Permitted Entities” shall mean, with respect to any Class A Stockholder, any trust, account, plan, corporation, partnership, or limited liability company specified in Article V, Section 5(b) established by or for such Class A Stockholder, so long as such entity meets the requirements set forth in Article V, Section 5(b).

 

(m)          “Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock.

 

(n)           “Qualified IPO” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, provided that the aggregate net proceeds (after deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses) of such offering are not less than $50,000,000.

 

(o)           “Recapitalization” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

 

(p)           “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(q)           “Series D Filing Date” shall mean the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(r)            “Transfer” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class A Common Stock, any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation, grant of a security interest, gift or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal, economic or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class A Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over such share by proxy or otherwise, unless the Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion and prior to the occurrence of such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation, grant of a security interest, gift or other transfer or disposition, in a valid board action referring to this subsection of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, decides that a waiver of the conversion provisions should take place for a particular transaction and that, as a result, such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation, grant of a security interest, gift or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal, economic, or beneficial interest in such share shall not constitute a “Transfer”; provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer”:

 

(i)            the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;

 

(ii)           entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class A Common Stock that (a) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (c) does not involve any

 

3


 

payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner (and excluding in all cases the Voting Agreement); or

 

(iii)          the pledge or assignment of shares of Class A Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction, or that is part of a venture loan transaction and subject to a call option or other like transaction, for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “Transfer” of such shares unless such foreclosure or similar action is to a Permitted Entity.

 

A “Transfer” shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class A Common Stock beneficially held by an entity that is a Permitted Entity, if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity.

 

(s)            “Voting Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated on or about the Series D Filing Date, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto, as amended.

 

(t)            “Voting Control” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class A Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share of Class A Common Stock by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

 

2.             Dividends.

 

(a)           Preferred Stock.  In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any dividend on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year.  No dividends shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends on the Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock.  The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid.  Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be made, on a pari passu basis, prior to payment of any dividends to the holders of Series Seed Preferred Stock, and no dividends shall be made with respect to the Series Seed Preferred Stock unless dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

 

4


 

(b)           Additional Dividends.  After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described in Section 2(a), any additional dividends (other than dividends on Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock) set aside or paid in any fiscal year shall be set aside or paid among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 4).

 

3.             Liquidation Rights.

 

(a)           Liquidation Preference.  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred Stock, or, with respect to a particular series of Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class.  If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a); provided, however, that if (x) pursuant to Section 7(a)(v) in connection with an Acquisition (as defined below) or Asset Sale (as defined below), the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis, approve the conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock without the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, without the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding or without the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding (as applicable, a “Non-Consenting Series”) and (y) the expected proceeds received by the holders of such Non-Consenting Series after conversion of their shares of such series into Class B Common Stock is less than the aggregate Liquidation Preference for such Non- Consenting Series, then the holders of such Non-Consenting Series shall be entitled to receive on a pro rata basis the aggregate Liquidation Preference for such Non-Consenting Series which preference shall be on a pari passu basis with holders of shares of all other Non-Consenting Series and in preference to the holders of shares of any other class or series of the Company’s capital stock (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no share of a Non-Consenting Series (or shares of Common Stock received upon conversion thereof) shall participate in any other Distribution under this Section 3).

 

(b)           Remaining Assets.  After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 3(a), the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata to holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.  The holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall

 

5


 

be entitled to share equally, on a per share basis, in all assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock.

 

(c)           Calculation of Liquidation Preference.  Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive in any Distribution, shares of each series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such Distribution if, as a result of an actual conversion, such series of Preferred Stock would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such series of Preferred Stock did not convert into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event, giving effect to this Section 3(c) with respect to all series of Preferred Stock simultaneously.

 

(d)           Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution.  Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.

 

(e)           Liquidation Event.  For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation (or a subsidiary of the Corporation) is party (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of related transactions, a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent) (an “Acquisition”); (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (an “Asset Sale”); or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (each a “Liquidation Event”).  The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis).

 

(f)            Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration.  If any assets of the Corporation distributed to the stockholders of the Corporation in connection with any Liquidation Event are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a Liquidation Event shall be valued as follows:

 

6


 

(i)            If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

 

(ii)           If the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

 

(iii)          The foregoing methods for valuing non-cash consideration to be distributed in connection with a Liquidation Event shall, with the appropriate approval of the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event by the stockholders of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law of Delaware and Section 7, be superseded by the determination of such value as set forth in the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event.

 

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

 

For the purposes of this Section 3(f), “trading day” shall mean any day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and “closing prices” or “closing bid prices” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE MKT LLC or a Nasdaq market, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system.  If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

 

(g)           Non-Redeemable.  The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

 

4.             Conversion of Preferred Stock.  The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

(a)           Right to Convert.

 

(i)            Each share of Series Seed Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series Seed Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Class A Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series.

 

(ii)           Each share of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Class B

 

7


 

Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock, by the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(iii)          Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

 

(b)           Automatic Conversion.  Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock (in the case of Series Seed Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock) and Class B Common Stock (in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock) at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from either (A) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a series requesting conversion of such series or (B) holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an outstanding share basis) or if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an “Automatic Conversion Event”).

 

(c)           Mechanics of Conversion.  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  For such purpose, the total number of shares of Preferred Stock that convert into a particular series of Common Stock that are held by a holder at the time of converting into Common Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash.  Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall either (i) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (ii) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.  On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the

 

8


 

Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

 

The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act or a merger, sale, financing, or liquidation of the Corporation or other event, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or the occurrence of such event.

 

The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

(d)           Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

 

(i)            Special Definition.  For purposes of this Section 4(d), “Additional Shares of Common” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of (collectively, the “Exempted Securities”):

 

(1)           shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock;

 

(2)           shares of Common Stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar

 

9


 

arrangements approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series A Director (as defined below) if then in office);

 

(3)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities;

 

(4)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g);

 

(5)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, share acquisition, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series A Director if then in office);

 

(6)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series A Director if then in office);

 

(7)           shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series A Director if then in office) or to persons or entities with which the Corporation has business relationships approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series A Director if then in office);

 

(8)           shares of Class B Common Stock issued pursuant to Section 5(b); and

 

(9)           shares of Common Stock approved as not constituting Additional Shares of Common by any consent or vote pursuant to Section 4(i) (for avoidance of doubt, such consent or vote may be obtained following the issuance, in which case no adjustments in the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall apply to transactions exempted in this manner).

 

(ii)           No Adjustment of Conversion Price.  No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(iii)          Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common.  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent

 

10


 

adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

 

(1)           no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

(2)           if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(d), 4(f) and 4(g)), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

 

(3)           no readjustment pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)(2) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

 

(4)           upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

 

(a)           in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

 

(b)           in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by

 

11


 

the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

 

(5)           if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

 

(iv)          Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common.  In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of -10- shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate.  For the purposes of this Section 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.

 

(v)           Determination of Consideration.  For purposes of this Section 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

 

(1)           Cash and Property.  Such consideration shall:

 

(a)           insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

 

(b)           insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

12


 

(c)           in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in Sections 4(d)(v)(l)(a) and (b), as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(2)           Options and Convertible Securities.  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing

 

(a)           the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

 

(b)           the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(e)           Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock.

 

(i)            If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of one class of Common Stock, then the outstanding shares of the other class of Common Stock shall be subdivided or combined in the same manner.

 

(ii)           In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased.  In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

(f)            Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock.  In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased.  In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately

 

13


 

prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

 

(g)           Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution.  Subject to Section 2, if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

(h)           Certificate as to Adjustments.  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

 

(i)            Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of either (i) a majority of the outstanding shares of such series or (ii) at least 65% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class, on an outstanding share basis), either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment.

 

(j)            Notices of Record Date.  In the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time:

 

(i)            to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

 

(ii)           to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

 

(iii)          any Liquidation Event;

 

then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least 5 business days’ prior written notice in respect of the matters referred to in Sections 4(i)(i), 4(i)(ii) and 4(i)(iii) of the date on which a record shall be taken for such

 

14


 

Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in Sections 4(i)(ii) and 4(i)(iii).

 

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed unless a holder has agreed to an alternate form of delivery.

 

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be modified, shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

 

(k)           Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion.  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

5.             Conversion of Common Stock.  The holders of the Common Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

(a)           Right to Convert.  Each share of Class A Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

 

(b)           Automatic Conversion upon Transfer.  Each share of Class A Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock upon the Transfer of such share; provided, however, that a Transfer by a Class A Stockholder to any of the following Permitted Entities, and from any of the following Permitted Entities back to such Class A Stockholder and/or any other Permitted Entity by or for such Class A Stockholder shall not trigger such automatic conversion:

 

(i)            a trust for the benefit of such Class A Stockholder and for the benefit of no other person, provided such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Class A Stockholder and, provided, further, that in the event such Class A Stockholder is no longer the exclusive beneficiary of such trust, each share of Class A Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) folly paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock;

 

(ii)           a trust for the benefit of persons other than the Class A Stockholder so long as the Class A Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such trust, provided such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest

 

15


 

in such trust) to the Class A Stockholder, and, provided, further, that in the event the Class A Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class A Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) folly paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock;

 

(iii)          a trust under the terms of which such Class A Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(l) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and/or a reversionary interest so long as the Class A Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such trust; provided, however, that in the event the Class A Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class A Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) folly paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock;

 

(iv)          an Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Code, or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which such Class A Stockholder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Code; provided that in each case such Class A Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held in such account, plan or trust, and provided, further, that in the event the Class A Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such account, plan or trust, each share of Class A Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) folly paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock;

 

(v)           a corporation that is not a competitor of this Corporation (as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors) in which such Class A Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Entities, owns shares with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class A Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such corporation; provided that in the event the Class A Stockholder no longer owns sufficient shares or has sufficient legally enforceable rights to enable the Class A Stockholder to retain sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such corporation, each share of Class A Common Stock then held by such corporation shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock;

 

(vi)          a partnership that is not a competitor of this Corporation (as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors) in which such Class A Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Entities, owns partnership interests with sufficient Voting Control in the partnership, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class A Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock -14- held by such partnership; provided that in the event the Class A Stockholder no longer owns sufficient partnership interests or has sufficient legally enforceable rights to enable the Class A Stockholder to retain sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common

 

16


 

Stock held by such partnership, each share of Class A Common Stock then held by such partnership shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock; or

 

(vii)         a limited liability company that is not a competitor of this Corporation (as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors) in which such Class A Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Entities, owns membership interests with sufficient Voting Control in the limited liability company, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class A Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such limited liability company; provided that in the event the Class A Stockholder no longer owns sufficient membership interests or has sufficient legally enforceable rights to enable the Class A Stockholder to retain sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such limited liability company, each share of Class A Common Stock then held by such limited liability company shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock.

 

(c)           Effect of Conversion.  In the event of a conversion of shares of Class A Common Stock to shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the Corporation receives the written notice required pursuant to Section 5, the time that the Transfer of such shares occurred.  Upon any conversion of Class A Common Stock to Class B Common Stock, all rights of the holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose names or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued, if any, shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which such Class A Common Stock were convertible.  Shares of Class A Common Stock that are converted into shares of Class B Common Stock as provided in this Section 5 shall be retired and shall not be reissued.

 

(d)           Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion.  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class A Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class B Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

(e)           Administration.  The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of the Class A Common Stock to Class B Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class Common Stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem necessary or advisable, and may request that holders of shares of Class A Common Stock furnish affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class A Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class B Common Stock has not occurred.

 

17


 

6.             Voting.

 

(a)           Restricted Class Voting.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

 

(b)           No Series Voting.  Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.

 

(c)           Preferred Stock.  Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of votes such holder of Preferred Stock would be entitled to if such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock as of the record date.  Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote.  Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

(d)           Election of Directors.

 

(i)            So long as at least 987,907 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) are outstanding, the holders of Series Seed Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors (the “Series Seed Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.  So long as at least 1,188,355 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) are outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors (the “Series A Director” and, together with the Series Seed Director, the “Preferred Directors”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.  The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors (the “Common Stock Directors”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.  Any additional members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis.  If a vacancy on the Board of Directors is to be filled by the Board of Directors, only directors elected by the same class or classes of stockholders as those who would be entitled to vote to fill such vacancy shall vote to fill such vacancy.

 

(ii)           Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of

 

18


 

a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board of Directors’ action to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders in which all members of such class or series are present and voted.  Any director may be removed during his or her term of office without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.

 

(e)           Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock.  Irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then -16- outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

(f)            Common Stock.  Except as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and the holders of the Class B Common Stock shall at all times vote together as one class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation.  Each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one hundred (100) votes for each share of Class A Common Stock held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation.  Each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held as of the applicable date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

7.             Protective Provisions.

 

(a)           So long as at least 3,771,004 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis:

 

(i)            amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preferences, powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of, any series of the Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)           increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock;

 

19


 

(iii)          increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock;

 

(iv)          authorize or create any new class or series of equity security having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends, redemption or payments upon liquidation senior to or on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock, or reclassify or alter any existing class or series of equity securities of the Corporation if such reclassification or alteration would result in such existing class having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends, redemption or payments upon liquidation senior to or on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock;

 

(v)           consummate any Liquidation Event;

 

(vi)          incur any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $25,000,000 in the aggregate (excluding any indebtedness that is approved by the Board of Directors, including the Series A Director);

 

(vii)         increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;

 

(viii)        declare or pay any Distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation; or (ix) amend this Section 7(a).

 

(b)           So long as at least 987,907 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock:

 

(i)            amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the Series Seed Preferred Stock in a manner different than the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), provided that the Series Seed Preferred Stock shall not be deemed affected differently than another series of Preferred Stock because of proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences and redemption prices that arise out of differences in the Original Issue Price vis-à-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)           amend this Section 7(b).

 

(c)           So long as at least 1,188,355 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock:

 

(i)            amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the Series A Preferred Stock in a manner different than the effect on any other series of

 

20


 

Preferred Stock (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), provided that the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be affected differently than another series of Preferred Stock because of proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences and redemption prices that arise out of differences in the Original Issue Price vis-à-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)           amend this Section 7 (c).

 

(d)           So long as at least 594,649 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred:

 

(i)            amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner different than the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), provided that the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be affected differently than another series of Preferred Stock because of proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences and redemption prices that arise out of differences in the Original Issue Price vis-à-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)           amend the proviso set forth in Section 3(a)(x) (as it relates to the Series B Preferred Stock), Section 3(a)(y) or this Section 7(d).

 

(e)           So long as at least 1,000,091 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred:

 

(i)            amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner different than the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), provided that the Series C Preferred Stock shall not be affected differently than another series of Preferred Stock because of proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences and redemption prices that arise out of differences in the Original Issue Price vis-à-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)           amend the proviso set forth in Section 3(a)(x) (as it relates to the Series C Preferred Stock), Section 3(a)(y) or this Section 7(e).

 

(f)            So long as at least 200,018 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, whether by reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred:

 

21


 

(i)            amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner different than the effect on any other series of Preferred Stock (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), provided that the Series D Preferred Stock shall not be affected differently than another series of Preferred Stock because of proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences and redemption prices that arise out of differences in the Original Issue Price vis-à-vis other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

(ii)           amend the proviso set forth in Section 3(a)(x) (as it relates to the Series D Preferred Stock), Section 3(a)(y) or this Section 7(f).

 

8.             Reissuance of Preferred Stock.  In the event that any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 or otherwise repurchased by the Corporation, the shares so converted or repurchased shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this Corporation.

 

9.             Notices.  Any notice required by the provisions of this Article V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

10.          Equal Status.  Except as expressly provided in this Article V, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Unless otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors that constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Each director shall be entitled to one vote on each matter presented to the Board of Directors; provided, that certain matters presented to the Board of Directors shall require the specific votes required by Section 5.3 of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated on or about the Series D Filing Date, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto, as amended from time to time, and the Board of Directors shall comply with the approval requirements set forth therein.

 

22


 

ARTICLE IX

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

 

1.             To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law of Delaware is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as so amended.  Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Section 1, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 1, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Section 1, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Section 1, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

2.             The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.  A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Corporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

3.             Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article X, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article X, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

23


 

ARTICLE XI

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

To the extent permitted by law, the Corporation renounces any expectancy that a Covered Person offer the Corporation an opportunity to participate in a Specified Opportunity and waives any claim that the Specified Opportunity constitutes a corporate opportunity that should have been presented by the Covered Person to the Corporation; provided, however, that the Covered Person acts in good faith.  A “Covered Person” is any member of the Board of Directors (who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries) who is a partner, member or employee of a Fund.  A “Specified Opportunity” is any transaction or other matter that is presented to the Covered Person in his or her capacity as a partner, member or employee of a Fund (and other than in connection with his or her service as a member of the Board of Directors) that may be an opportunity of interest for both the Corporation and the Fund.  A “Fund” is an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is primarily in the business of investing in other entities, or an entity that manages such an entity.

 

24





Exhibit 3.1(a)

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

Casper Sleep Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Casper Sleep Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND: The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 24, 2013 under the name Providence Mattress Company. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 1, 2019 (as amended from time to time, the “Restated Certificate”).

 

THIRD: Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (this “Certificate of Amendment”) hereby amends the Restated Certificate, as set forth below:

 

1.                                      Article IV of the Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 75,257,270, consisting of 56,044,358 shares of Common Stock, $0.000001 par value per share, and 19,212,912 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.000001 par value per share. The first series of Common Stock shall be designated “Class A Common Stock” and shall consist of 19,044,358 shares. The second series of Common Stock shall be designated “Class B Common Stock” and shall consist of 37,000,000 shares. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series Seed Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 3,951,636 shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 4,753,421 shares. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 2,378,594 shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 5,440,496 shares. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock” and shall consist of 2,688,765 shares.”

 

FOURTH: This Certificate of Amendment has been duly approved and adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

 

(Signature page follows)

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on October 3, 2019.

 

 

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philip A. Krim

 

Name:

Philip A. Krim

 

Title:

President

 





Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS OF

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

Adopted June 5, 2015

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

 

 

1.1

Place of Meetings

1

1.2

Annual Meeting

1

1.3

Special Meeting

1

1.4

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

1

1.5

Quorum

2

1.6

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

2

1.7

Conduct of Business

2

1.8

Voting

3

1.9

Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

3

1.10

Record Dates

4

1.11

Proxies

5

1.12

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

6

 

 

2.1

Powers

6

2.2

Number of Directors

6

2.3

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

6

2.4

Resignation and Vacancies

6

2.5

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

7

2.6

Conduct of Business

7

2.7

Regular Meetings

7

2.8

Special Meetings; Notice

7

2.9

Quorum; Voting

8

2.10

Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

8

2.11

Fees and Compensation of Directors

8

2.12

Removal of Directors

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

9

 

 

3.1

Committees of Directors

9

3.2

Committee Minutes

9

3.3

Meetings and Actions of Committees

9

3.4

Subcommittees

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

10

 

 

4.1

Officers

10

4.2

Appointment of Officers

10

4.3

Subordinate Officers

10

4.4

Removal and Resignation of Officers

10

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

4.5

Vacancies in Offices

10

4.6

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

10

4.7

Authority and Duties of Officers

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

11

 

 

5.1

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

11

5.2

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company

11

5.3

Successful Defense

11

5.4

Indemnification of Others

12

5.5

Advanced Payment of Expenses

12

5.6

Limitation on Indemnification

12

5.7

Determination; Claim

13

5.8

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

13

5.9

Insurance

13

5.10

Survival

14

5.11

Effect of Repeal or Modification

14

5.12

Certain Definitions

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

14

 

 

6.1

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

14

6.2

Special Designation on Certificates

15

6.3

Lost Certificates

15

6.4

Dividends

15

6.5

Stock Transfer Agreements

16

6.6

Registered Stockholders

16

6.7

Transfers

16

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

17

 

 

7.1

Notice of Stockholder Meetings

17

7.2

Notice by Electronic Transmission

17

7.3

Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address

18

7.4

Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful

18

7.5

Waiver of Notice

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

19

 

 

8.1

Fiscal Year

19

8.2

Seal

19

8.3

Annual Report

19

 

ii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

8.4

Construction; Definitions

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

19

 

iii


 

BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.1                               Place of Meetings.  Meetings of stockholders of Casper Sleep Inc. (the “Company”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”).  The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).  In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

 

1.2                               Annual Meeting.  An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.  The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

 

1.3                               Special Meeting.  A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

 

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

 

(i)                                     be in writing;

 

(ii)                                  specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

 

(iii)                               be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

 

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting.  No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders.  Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

 

1.4                               Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings.  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any,

 


 

by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

1.5                               Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum.  Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6, until a quorum is present or represented.

 

1.6                               Adjourned Meeting; Notice.  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

1.7                               Conduct of Business.  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.  The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

2


 

1.8                               Voting.  The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question.  Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting.  If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders.  Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.  Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

1.9                               Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

 

3


 

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President.  The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

 

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL.  In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

1.10                        Record Dates.  In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting.  If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when

 

4


 

no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

1.11                        Proxies.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

1.12                        List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business.  In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

5


 

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

 

2.1                               Powers.  The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

 

2.2                               Number of Directors.  The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person.  Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

2.3                               Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors.  Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.  The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.  Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.4                               Resignation and Vacancies.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company.  A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events.  A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

 

(i)                                     Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

(ii)                                  Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the

 

6


 

provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.5                               Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone.  The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

2.6                               Conduct of Business.  Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

2.7                               Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

2.8                               Special Meetings; Notice.  Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(i)                                     delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(ii)                                  sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(iii)                               sent by facsimile; or

 

7


 

(iv)                              sent by electronic mail, directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice may be communicated to the director.  The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

2.9                               Quorum; Voting.  At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.  A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

2.10                        Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

2.11                        Fees and Compensation of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

2.12                        Removal of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

8


 

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

 

3.1                               Committees of Directors.  The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

 

3.2                               Committee Minutes.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

3.3                               Meetings and Actions of Committees.  Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i)                                     section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

 

(ii)                                  section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

 

(iii)                               section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

 

(iv)                              section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

 

(v)                                 section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

 

(vi)                              section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice) with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.  However:

 

(vii)                           the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(viii)                        special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

(ix)                              notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.  The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

9


 

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

3.4                               Subcommittees.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

 

4.1                               Officers.  The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary.  The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

4.2                               Appointment of Officers.  The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

 

4.3                               Subordinate Officers.  The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require.  Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

4.4                               Removal and Resignation of Officers.  Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice.  Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

4.5                               Vacancies in Offices.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3.

 

4.6                               Representation of Shares of Other Corporations.  Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company.  The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

10


 

4.7                               Authority and Duties of Officers.  Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1                               Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

5.2                               Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

5.3                               Successful Defense.  To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter

 

11


 

therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

5.4                               Indemnification of Others.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.  The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

 

5.5                               Advanced Payment of Expenses.  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL.  Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.  The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to section 5.8, no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

5.6                               Limitation on Indemnification.  Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

(i)                                     for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

(ii)                                  for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

12


 

(iii)                               for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iv)                              initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

(v)                                 if prohibited by applicable law.

 

5.7                               Determination; Claim.  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses.  To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and, if requested by such person, shall advance such expenses to such person, subject to the provisions of section 5.5.  In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

5.8                               Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

5.9                               Insurance.  The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

13


 

5.10                        Survival.  The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

5.11                        Effect of Repeal or Modification.  A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

5.12                        Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this Article V, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.  For purposes of this Article V, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article V.

 

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

 

6.1                               Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares.  The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company.  Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.  The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

14


 

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

6.2                               Special Designation on Certificates.  If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.  Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.  Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

6.3                               Lost Certificates.  Except as provided in this section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time.  The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

6.4                               Dividends.  The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

15


 

6.5                               Stock Transfer Agreements.  The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

6.6                               Registered Stockholders.  The Company:

 

(i)                                     shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(ii)                                  shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(iii)                               shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

6.7                               Transfers.

 

(i)                                     No holder of any of the shares of capital stock of the Company may assign, sell, offer to sell, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate, encumber, dispose of or make any other like transfer or encumbering of any of the shares of capital stock of the Company (each, a “ Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the Company, upon duly authorized action of the Board.  The Company may withhold consent for any reason as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

(ii)                                  If a holder desires to Transfer any shares of the Company’s capital stock (such shares, the “ Transferred Shares”), then the holder shall first give written notice thereof to the Company.  The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of Transferred Shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer.  Any Transferred Shares proposed to be transferred to which Transfer the Company has consented pursuant to Section 6.7(i) of this Article VI will thereafter be subject to any other restrictions on transfer (such as rights of first refusal in favor of other stockholders, rights of co-sale and/or rights of repurchase) binding such shares or such holder.

 

(iii)                               Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of the Transferred Shares not made in strict compliance with this Section 6.7 of this Article VI shall be null and void, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company.

 

(iv)                              The foregoing restriction on Transfer shall terminate upon the date the securities of the Company are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(v)                                 The foregoing restriction on Transfer shall not apply to the following: (i) a repurchase of Transfer Shares from a holder by the Company at a price no greater than that originally paid by such holder for such Transfer Shares and pursuant to an agreement containing vesting and/or repurchase provisions approved by a majority of the Board; (ii) in the case of a holder that is a natural person, to a transfer of Transfer Shares by such holder made for bona fide estate planning purposes, either during his or her lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to his or

 

16


 

her spouse, child (natural or adopted), or any other direct lineal descendant of such holder (or his or her spouse) or any other person approved by the Board, or any custodian or trustee of any trust, partnership or limited liability company for the benefit of, or the ownership interests of which are owned wholly by, such holder or any such family members; (iii) to a transfer by way of a bona fide gift effected for tax planning purposes; (iv) to any transfer of Transfer Shares by the holder to any other potential holder which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such holder, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such holder, or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such holder; or (v) to any transfer of Transfer Shares by a Key Holder (as defined in the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement by and among the Company and the other parties thereto dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended from time to time (the “ROFR and Co-Sale Agreement”)) which is an Exempted Transfer (as defined in the ROFR and Co-Sale Agreement).

 

(vi)                              The certificates representing shares of stock of the Company shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing Transfer restrictions are in effect:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A TRANSFER RESTRICTION, AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY.”

 

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

7.1                               Notice of Stockholder Meetings.  Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records.  An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

7.2                               Notice by Electronic Transmission.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(i)                                     the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

 

(ii)                                  such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

17


 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

(iii)                               if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(iv)                              if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(v)                                 if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(vi)                              if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

7.3                               Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address.  Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company.  Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

7.4                               Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful.  Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person.  Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given.  In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

18


 

7.5                               Waiver of Notice.  Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1                               Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

8.2                               Seal.  The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board.  The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

8.3                               Annual Report.  The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law.  If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

 

8.4                               Construction; Definitions.  Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural perso n.

 

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

 

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote.  However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors.  The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

19





Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

dated

 

February 4, 2019

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

2.

Registration Rights

5

 

 

 

 

2.1.

Demand Registration

5

 

2.2.

Company Registration

6

 

2.3.

Underwriting Requirements

7

 

2.4.

Obligations of the Company

8

 

2.5.

Furnish Information

9

 

2.6.

Expenses of Registration

10

 

2.7.

Delay of Registration

10

 

2.8.

Indemnification

10

 

2.9.

Reports Under Exchange Act

12

 

2.10.

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

13

 

2.11.

Market Stand-off” Agreement

13

 

2.12.

Termination of Registration Rights

14

 

2.13.

Restrictions on Transfer

14

 

 

 

3.

Information and Inspection Rights

15

 

 

 

 

3.1.

Delivery of Financial Statements

15

 

3.2.

Inspection

17

 

3.3.

Termination of Information and Inspection Rights

17

 

3.4.

Confidentiality

17

 

3.5.

Waiver of Statutory Information Rights

18

 

 

 

4.

Rights to Future Stock Issuances

18

 

 

 

 

4.1.

Right of First Offer

18

 

4.2.

Termination

19

 

 

 

5.

Additional Covenants

19

 

 

 

 

5.1.

Employee Agreements

19

 

5.2.

Employee Stock

20

 

5.3.

Board Matters

20

 

5.4.

Qualified Small Business Stock

20

 

5.5.

Real Property Holding Corporation

20

 

5.6.

Successor Indemnification Matters

21

 

5.7.

Termination of Covenants

21

 

 

 

6.

Miscellaneous

21

 

 

 

 

6.1.

Successors and Assigns

21

 

6.2.

Governing Law

22

 

6.3.

Counterparts; Delivery

22

 

i


 

 

6.4.

Titles and Subtitles

22

 

6.5.

Notices

22

 

6.6.

Amendments and Waivers

23

 

6.7.

Severability

23

 

6.8.

Aggregation of Stock

24

 

6.9.

Additional Investors

24

 

6.10.

Entire Agreement

24

 

6.11.

Dispute Resolution

24

 

6.12.

Delays or Omissions

24

 

6.13.

Acknowledgment

24

 

6.14.

Further Assurances

25

 

6.15.

Costs of Enforcement

25

 

6.16.

Waiver of First Offer Rights

25

 

ii


 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of February 4, 2019 by and among Casper Sleep Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor”, and the Founders listed on Schedule B hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as a “Founder”.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 23, 2017 between the Company and such Investors (the “Prior Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Existing Investors constitute (i) the Requisite Investors (as defined in the Prior Agreement), (ii) holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and (iii) holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety, to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement and to waive the rights of first offer pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Prior Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and certain of the Investors (as amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), under which certain of the Company’s and such Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Investors, the Requisite Investors, and the Company;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated, and the parties to this Agreement further agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1.                            Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more

 


 

general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

 

1.2.                            Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

1.3.                            Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

 

1.4.                            Class A Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s class A common stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

 

1.5.                            Class B Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s class B common stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

 

1.6.                            Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

 

1.7.                            Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

1.8.                            Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly) Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

1.9.                            Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.10.                     Excluded Registration” means: (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to service providers of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

1.11.                     Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

2


 

1.12.                     Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC..

 

1.13.                     GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

1.14.                     Holder” means any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and who is a party to this Agreement.

 

1.15.                     Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

1.16.                     Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

1.17.                     Liquidation Event” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Certificate of Incorporation (and if such term is not defined in the then current Certificate of Incorporation, such term shall have the meaning last set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Company).

 

1.18.                     Major Investor” means any Investor holding shares of Preferred Stock with an aggregate Original Issue Price (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) of at least $1,000,000.

 

1.19.                     New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into, or exercisable for, such equity securities.

 

1.20.                     Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

1.21.                     Preferred Directors” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.22.                     Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

 

1.23.                     Qualified IPO” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Certificate of Incorporation (and if such term is not defined in the then current Certificate of Incorporation, such term shall have the meaning last set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Company).

 

1.24.                     Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or

 

3


 

issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; (iii) the Common Stock held by the Founders, provided, however, that for the purposes of Section 2.1, 2.10 and 6.6, the shares of Common Stock held by the Founders shall not be deemed Registrable Securities; and (iv) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.12 of this Agreement.

 

1.25.                     Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

1.26.                     Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.13(b).

 

1.27.                     Requisite Investors” means Investors holding at least a majority of the voting power of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, voting as a single class.

 

1.28.                     SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.29.                     SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.30.                     SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.31.                     Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.32.                     Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel and the Selling Founder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6.

 

1.33.                     Series Seed Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

 

1.34.                     Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

 

1.35.                     Series B Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

 

4


 

1.36.                     Series C Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

 

1.37.                     Series D Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share.

 

1.38.                     Stock Sale” shall mean a transaction or series of related transactions in which a Person, or a group of related Persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company.

 

2.                                      Registration Rights.  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1.                            Demand Registration.

 

(a)                                 Form S-1 Demand.  If at any time after the earlier of (i) five years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) six months after the effective date of the registration statement for a Qualified IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the voting power of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, in excess of $10,000,000 and an offering price of at least $10 per share, then the Company shall (x) within twenty (20) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within thirty (30) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Sections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

 

(b)                                 Form S-3 Demand.  If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of the Registrable Securities that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within twenty (20) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Sections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to

 

5


 

either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would: (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than twice in any twelve (12) month period with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a), or once in any twelve (12) month period, with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b); and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

(d)                                 The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that (i) the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b).  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b), (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is sixty (60) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request.  A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d).

 

2.2.                            Company Registration.  If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders and the Founders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder and Founder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder or Founder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder or Founder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder or Founder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.  The expenses (other

 

6


 

than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6.

 

2.3.                            Underwriting Requirements.

 

(a)                                 If, pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice.  The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in voting interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

(b)                                 In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ or Founders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders or Founders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering.  If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders and selling Founders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder and selling Founder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders and selling Founders.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the

 

7


 

underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder or Founder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.3(b), in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, and (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is a Qualified IPO, in which case the selling Holders and selling Founders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.  For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder or selling Founder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder or Founder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder” or “selling Founder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” or “selling Founder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder” or “selling Founder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

2.4.                            Obligations of the Company.  Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                 prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the voting power of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration;

 

(b)                                 prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                  furnish to the selling Holders and selling Founders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders and Founders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                 use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders or selling Founders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general

 

8


 

consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                  in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

(f)                                   use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                  provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                 promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders and selling Founders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders and selling Founders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 

(i)                                     notify each selling Holder and selling Founder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

 

(j)                                    after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder and selling Founder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

 

2.5.                            Furnish Information.  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder or selling Founder that such Holder or Founder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder or Founder’s Registrable Securities.

 

9


 

2.6.                            Expenses of Registration.  All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”); and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Founders (“Selling Founder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the voting power of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the voting power of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition or business of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b).  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders and Founders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

 

2.7.                            Delay of Registration.  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

2.8.                            Indemnification.  If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

 

(a)                                 To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder and selling Founder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder and Founder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder and Founder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder and Founder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or Founder, or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, Founder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder or Founder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

10


 

(b)                                 To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder and selling Founder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder or Founder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder or other Founder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder or selling Founder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder or selling Founder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder or of the Founder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder or Founder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder or Founder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder or Founder.

 

(c)                                  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

 

(d)                                 To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for

 

11


 

indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder or Founder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder or Founder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder or Founder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder or Founder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder or Founder, except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder or Founder.

 

(e)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                   Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company, Holders and Founders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.9.                            Reports Under Exchange Act.  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                 make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for a Qualified IPO;

 

(b)                                 use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

12


 

(c)                                  furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for a Qualified IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

2.10.                     Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights.  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Investors, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that (i) would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included; or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9.

 

2.11.                     Market Stand-off” Agreement.  Each Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Registrable Securities (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the period from the filing of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act for the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) through the end of the 180-day period following the effective date of the registration statement (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).  The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers and directors enter into or are bound by similar agreements.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.13(b) with respect to the shares of Registrable Securities (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day (or other) period.  Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.11.  The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all greater than one percent (1%) stockholders of the Company to enter into or be bound by a lockup agreement similar to that contained in this

 

13


 

Section 2.11.  In the event any officer, director or stockholder is released from its obligations described in this Section 2.11 or such similar lockup provisions, as applicable, all Holders shall be similarly and proportionately released (based upon the number of Registrable Securities then outstanding that are held) from their respective obligations described in this Section 2.11.

 

2.12.                     Termination of Registration Rights.  The right of any Holder or Founder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                 such time as SEC Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

 

(b)                                 the third anniversary of a Qualified IPO.

 

2.13.                     Restrictions on Transfer.

 

(a)                                 The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities or any beneficial interest therein shall not be sold, pledged, transferred or otherwise disbursed, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such assignment, sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition, except upon the conditions (i) specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, and (ii) contained in the Company’s Bylaws or its Certificate of Incorporation.  A transferring Holder will cause any proposed assignee, purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock or the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.13(c)) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, ASSIGNED, SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS

 

14


 

AGREEMENT AND THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.

 

(c)                                  The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.  Before any proposed assignment, sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such assignment, sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed assignment, sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either: (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed assignment, sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed assignment, sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to assign, sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company.  The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder transfers Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for (i) no consideration or (ii) without a change in beneficial ownership; provided, that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.  Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.13(b), except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

 

3.                                      Information and Inspection Rights.

 

3.1.                            Delivery of Financial Statements.  At the written request of a Major Investor, the Company shall deliver to such Major Investor, provided that the Board has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a competitor of the Company, further provided, that Institutional Venture Partners XV, L.P. (“IVP”) and New Enterprise Associates 14, Limited Partnership (“NEA”) and their respective Affiliates will not be deemed a competitor based solely upon investments in other portfolio companies:

 

15


 

(a)                                 as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company; provided, however, that the Company need not provide audited financial statements for any fiscal year prior to the Company’s 2015 fiscal year; provided, further, however, that such audit requirement may be waived by approval of the Board, including at least one of the Preferred Directors;

 

(b)                                 as soon as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, (ii) an unaudited balance sheet and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements (A) may be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (B) need not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

(c)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of such fiscal year, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company or being true, complete, and correct;

 

(d)                                 with respect to the financial statements called for in Section 3.1(a) and Section 3.1(b), an instrument executed by the chief financial officer, if any, and chief executive officer on behalf of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.1(b)) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein; and

 

(e)                                  if, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under

 

16


 

this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

3.2.                            Inspection.  The Company shall permit each Major Investor (provided that the Board has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a competitor of the Company, provided, that IVP and NEA and their respective Affiliates will not be deemed a competitor based solely upon investments in other portfolio companies), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

3.3.                            Termination of Information and Inspection Rights.  The covenants set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, (iii) upon a Stock Sale, or (iv) upon a Liquidation Event, whichever event occurs first.

 

3.4.                            Confidentiality.  Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement) or otherwise furnished by or on behalf of the Company to such Investor in connection with its investment in the Company or in such Investor’s capacity as a stockholder of the Company, unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information: (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser, approved in advance by the Board (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.4; (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided, that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and requires such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided, that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.  The Company shall not be required to comply with any information or inspection rights of this Section 3 in respect of any Holder whom the Board has reasonably determined is a competitor of the Company, further provided, that IVP and NEA and their

 

17


 

respective Affiliates will not be deemed a competitor based solely upon investments in other portfolio companies.

 

3.5.                            Waiver of Statutory Information Rights.  Each Investor that is not a Major Investor (each, a “Non-Major Investor”) acknowledges and understands that, but for the waiver made herein, such Non-Major Investor would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of such Non-Major Investor as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”).  In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each Non-Major Investor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights.  The foregoing waiver applies to the Inspection Rights of such Non-Major Investor in Non-Major Investor’s capacity as a stockholder and shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220.  The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of such Non-Major Investor under any written agreement with the Company.

 

4.                                      Rights to Future Stock Issuances.

 

4.1.                            Right of First Offer.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor that is an “accredited investor” (as defined Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act).  A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.  For the avoidance of doubt, a Major Investor that is not an “accredited investor” shall not have any right to be offered or to purchase New Securities from the Company pursuant to this Section 4.

 

(a)                                 The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

(b)                                 By notification to the Company within ten (10) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the product of (x) the aggregate number of New Securities, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then held by such Major Investor and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then issued and outstanding (assuming the conversion into Common Stock of all

 

18


 

outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and any other securities convertible into Common Stock, if any, and the full conversion and/or exercise of all other Derivative Securities (which amount shall include all shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan)).  At the expiration of such ten (10) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise.  During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the product of (x) the aggregate number of New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then held by such Fully Exercising Investor and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities held by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares.  The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c).

 

(c)                                  If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice.  If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1.

 

(d)                                 The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to: (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified IPO; and (iii) the issuance of shares of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

4.2.                            Termination.  The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) upon the closing of a Stock Sale, (ii) upon the closing of a Liquidation Event, (iii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iv) upon a Qualified IPO, whichever event occurs first.

 

5.                                      Additional Covenants.

 

5.1.                            Employee Agreements.  The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, including at least one of the Preferred Directors, which, in the case of employees, shall contain, to the extent permitted by applicable law, a one (1) year non-solicitation

 

19


 

of the Company’s customers and employees.  In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of the Board, including at least one of the Preferred Directors.

 

5.2.                            Employee Stock.  Unless otherwise approved by the Board, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, (ii) no acceleration of vesting, and (iii) a customary market stand-off provision.  In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until a Qualified IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

 

5.3.                            Board Matters.  Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, including at least one of the Preferred Directors, the Board shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.  The Company shall reimburse the non-employee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board and performing other activities performed requested by the Company or the Board.

 

(a)                                 The Company agrees it shall enter into a form of indemnification agreement with each current and future Series A Director (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) in a form acceptable to NEA.

 

5.4.                            Qualified Small Business Stock.  The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, as well as any shares into which such shares are converted, within the meaning of Section 1202(f) of the Code to constitute “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code; provided, however, that such requirement shall not be applicable if the Board determines, in its good faith business judgment, that such qualification is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company or is unduly burdensome to the Company.  In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Major Investor has delivered to the Company a written request therefor, the Company shall deliver to such Major Investor a written statement indicating whether the Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in the Code.  The Company’s obligation to furnish a written statement pursuant to this section shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Company’s stock may be traded on an established securities market.

 

5.5.                            Real Property Holding Corporation.  The Company shall provide reasonably prompt notice to each Major Investor following any “determination date” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(c)(1)) on which the Company becomes a United States real property holding corporation.  In addition, upon a written request by any Major Investor, the Company shall provide such Major Investor with a written statement informing such Major

 

20


 

Investor whether such Major Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes a United States real property interest.  The Company’s determination shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(1) or any successor regulation, and the Company shall provide timely notice to the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with and to the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2) or any successor regulation, that such statement has been made.  The Company’s written statement to any Major Investor shall be delivered to such Major Investor within twenty (20) business days of such Major Investor’s written request therefor.  The Company’s obligation to furnish such written statement shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Company’s stock may be regularly traded on an established securities market or the fact that there is no preferred stock then outstanding.

 

5.6.                            Successor Indemnification Matters.  If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

5.7.                            Termination of Covenants.  The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Section 5.6, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, (iii) upon a Stock Sale, or (iv) upon a Liquidation Event, whichever event occurs first.

 

6.                                      Miscellaneous.

 

6.1.                            Successors and Assigns.  The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder or Founder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder or a Founder; (ii) is a Holder or Founder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or Founder, or one or more of such Holder or Founder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 2% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder or Founder; (2) who is a Holder or Founder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or Founder or such Holder or Founder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together with those of the transferring Holder or Founder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted

 

21


 

assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

6.2.                            Governing Law.  This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of New York.

 

6.3.                            Counterparts; Delivery.  This Agreement may be (i) executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and (ii) executed by electronic signature which shall be deemed an original signature.  Any signatures, counterparts or otherwise, may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

6.4.                            Titles and Subtitles.  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

6.5.                            Notices.  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5.  If notice is given to the Company, a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Cooley LLP, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036, Attention: Sacha Ross.

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor, Holder and Founder consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Company’s Bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor, Holder or Founder in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor, Holder or Founder in the Company’s records), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the Investor or Holder of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Investor, Holder or Founder.  This consent may be revoked by an Investor, Holder or Founder by written notice to the

 

22


 

Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

6.6.                            Amendments and Waivers.  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Investors; provided, that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.13(c); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that, subject to clause (iv) of this Section 6.6, a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transactions), (ii) this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any series of Preferred Stock without the written consent of the holders of a majority of such series of Preferred Stock, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all series of Preferred Stock in the same fashion, (iii) this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Founder without the written consent of such Founder, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Founders in the same fashion; provided, that the rights afforded to Founders in Section 2 may be amended, terminated or waived with the written consent of the Founders holding shares representing a majority of the voting power of the shares held by all Founders; and (iv) if any Investor purchases securities in a transaction in respect of which Section 4.1 has been waived without the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock, each Major Investor shall be given the opportunity, exercisable within 30 days following the initial closing of such transaction, to purchase their pro rata share (as such term is used in Section 4.1, of such securities in such transaction (measured as of prior to such initial closing); provided, however, that such pro rata share will be subject to proportionate cut-back in the event that the Holders are not given the opportunity to purchase their respective full pro rata share in such transaction.  The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver.  Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto.  No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

6.7.                            Severability.  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

23


 

6.8.                            Aggregation of Stock.  All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights of Investor under this Agreement and Investor and such Affiliates may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

 

6.9.                            Additional Investors.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder.  No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

 

6.10.                     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.  Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

6.11.                     Dispute Resolution.  The parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located within the geographic boundaries of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement.  Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to personal jurisdiction for any equitable action sought in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or any court of the State of New York having subject matter jurisdiction.

 

6.12.                     Delays or Omissions.  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.13.                     Acknowledgment.  The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital and private equity investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services that are adverse to or compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict any Investor or any Affiliate thereof from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services that are adverse to or compete, directly or indirectly, with those of the Company.

 

24


 

6.14.                     Further Assurances.  At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as the other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.

 

6.15.                     Costs of Enforcement.  If any party to this Agreement seeks to enforce its rights under this Agreement by legal proceedings, the non-prevailing party shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

6.16.                     Waiver of First Offer Rights.  The Company and the Existing Investors hereby waive, on behalf of all Major Investors, the Major Investors’ rights of first offer set forth in Section 4.1 with respect to the issuance and sale of the securities to be sold by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (and the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such securities) (including any notice provisions applicable thereto).

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

25


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Philip Krim

 

Title:

President

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

RED CART VENTURES LLC

 

 

 

By: Target Corporation, its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Pamela Tomczik

 

Title:

VP Corporate Development, Integration and Enterprise Partnerships

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

INSTITUTIONAL VENTURE PARTNERS XV EXECUTIVE FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By:  Institutional Venture Management XV, LLC

 

Its:  General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Dennis Phelps

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INSTITUTIONAL VENTURE PARTNERS XV, L.P.

 

 

 

By:  Institutional Venture Management XV, LLC

 

Its:  General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Dennis Phelps

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 14, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By:  NEA Partners 14, Limited Partnership, its general partner

 

 

 

By:  NEA 14 GP, LTD, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

 

Title:

Chief Legal Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEA VENTURES 2014, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

NORWEST VENTURE PARTNERS XII, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

Genesis VC Partners XII, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

By:

NVP Associates, LLC,

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Jeff Crowe

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

G-BAR VENTURES LLC

 

By:

G-Bar Ventures Management LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Matthew I. Gray Revocable Trust U/A/D 11/3/97

 

 

Its:

Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Matthew I. Gray not individually, but solely as trustee

 

 

Title:

Trustee

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

CORRELATION VENTURES P, LLC

 

By:  PROOF GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Thanasis Delisthatis

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CVC1 P, LLC

 

By:  PROOF GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Thanasis Delisthatis

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

ASPREY VENTURES LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Micaela Gomez

 

Title:

POA

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

BELLFAIR INVESTMENT PARTNERS LLLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name: Thomas Devereaux Bell Jr.

 

Title: Manager of Bellfair Management LLC, its General Partner

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

PRIMATEC HOLDINGS INC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Rene A Morales

 

Title:

President

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

DOWN COMPANY ILLINOIS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Harvey Silverstone

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

KPC VENTURE CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Robert Kraft

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

MARKET TREND INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Mr. Lau Leun Hung

 

Title:

Director

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

JJN INVESTMENTS NO 2 LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

John H. Duncan Jr.

 

Title:

President of JJN GP LLC, its General Partner

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

LANGE DISPOSITIVE TRUST U/A DTD JULY 26 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

David Shapiro

 

Title:

Trustee

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

MAR PARTNERS LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Jaime Gonzalez Solana

 

Title:

Authorized Signer

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

MILLPOND TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Robert Schoff

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

WOODBURN MANAGEMENT II LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Francisco Ernesto Fernadez Holmann

 

Title:

Director

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

JAK II LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Jonathan A. Kraft

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

TWO R LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Robert Kraft

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

WOODBURN MANAGEMENT I LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Francisco Ernesto Fernadez Holmann

 

Title:

Director

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

LION VENTURE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Omar Raucci

 

Title:

Member

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

DTR LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Dani Reiss

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

CHELT TRADING LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Rafael Urquia II

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

FINVASCO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Edward Shenderovich

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

FOURTEEN PE SLEEP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Todd Wade

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

CORRELATION VENTURES L.P.

 

as nominee for
Correlation Ventures, L.P.
Correlation Ventures Executive Fund, L.P.

 

By: Correlation Ventures GP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Trevor F. Kienzle

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

LERER HIPPEAU VENTURES SELECT FUND, LP

 

 

 

General Partner: Lerer Hippeau Ventures Select Fund GP, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Eric Hippeau

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LERER VENTURES III, LP

 

 

 

By: Lerer Ventures III GP, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Eric Hippeau

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LERER VENTURES III-B, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Eric Hippeau

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LERER VENTURES III-A, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Eric Hippeau

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LERER VENTURES CS, LLC

 

 

 

By: Lerer Ventures CS Manager, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Eric Hippeau

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

FOUNDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Philip A. Krim

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Neil J. Parikh

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Timothy L. Sherwin

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Jeffrey R. Chapin

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Gabriel B. Flateman

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Philip Krim 2015 Family Trust

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Philip Krim 2015 GRAT

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Philip Krim 2017 GRAT

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Philip Krim GST-Exempt Trust

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

FOUNDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Neil J. Parikh 2015 Family Trust

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Neil J. Parikh 2017 GRAT I

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Neil J. Parikh 2017 GRAT II

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Neil J. Parikh 2018 GRAT I

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Neil J. Parikh 2018 GRAT II

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Neil J. Parikh GST-Exempt Trust

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Gabriel B. Flateman 2015 Family Trust

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

T. Luke Sherwin 2015 Family Trust

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

Jeffrey R. Chapin 2015 Family Trust

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

INVESTX SERIES C-1, A SERIES OF INVESTX MASTER LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marcus New

 

Name:

Marcus New

 

Title:

CEO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

CLAPHAM COMMERCIAL S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ André Terlinden

 

Name:

André Terlinden

 

Title:

Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

LINK IM II, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Doo Shik Shin

 

Name:

Doo Shik Shin

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 





Exhibit 10.1

 

Conformed through First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement,
dated as of November 20, 2017 Second Amendment to Loan and
Security Agreement, dated as of August 14,2018 Third
Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of
December 12, 2018 Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security
Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2019

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 


 

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of April 27, 2016, by and among PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Bank”), and Casper Sleep Inc., Casper Science LLC and Casper Sleep Retail LLC (individually and collectively referred to herein as “Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

 

1.1                               Definitions. As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

 

1.2                               Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP (except for (i) non-compliance with FAS 123R in monthly reporting, (ii) with respect to unaudited financial statements for the absence of footnotes, and (iii) Borrower’s recognition of revenue from product sales on the shipment date rather than the arrival date). If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or covenant requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or covenant requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or covenant requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP; provided, further, that any obligation of a Person under a lease (whether existing now or in the future) that is not or would not be a capital lease obligation under GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement shall not be treated as a capital lease obligation solely as a result of the adoption of changes in GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

 

2.                                      LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

 

2.1                               Credit Extensions.

 

(a)                                 Promise to Pay. Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

1


 

(b)                                 Advances Under Non-Formula Revolving Line.

 

(i)                                    Amount. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the Aggregate Borrowing Limit, (1) Borrower may request Formula Advances in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Formula Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, in each case less any amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Services Sublimit, and (2) amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Formula Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may prepay any Formula Advances without penalty or premium.

 

(ii)                                Form of Request. Whenever Borrower desires a Formula Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission, telephone, or email no later than 3:30 p.m. Eastern time (2:30 p.m. Eastern time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Formula Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C. Bank is authorized to make Formula Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from an Authorized Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Formula Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic or email notice given by a person whom Bank reasonably believes to be an Authorized Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages, loss, costs and expenses suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Formula Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

 

(iii)                            Ancillary Services Sublimit. Subject to the availability under the Formula Revolving Line, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, Borrower may request the provision of Ancillary Services from Bank. The aggregate limit of the Ancillary Services shall not exceed the Ancillary Services Sublimit, provided that availability under the Formula Revolving Line shall be reduced by the aggregate limits of (i) any outstanding and undrawn amounts under all Letters of Credit issued hereunder, (ii) corporate credit card services provided to Borrower, (iii) the total amount of any Automated Clearing House processing reserves, the applicable Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage, and (v) any other reserves taken by Bank in connection with other treasury management services requested by Borrower and approved by Bank. In addition, Bank may, in its sole discretion, charge as Formula Advances any amounts for which Bank becomes liable to third parties in connection with the provision of the Ancillary Services. The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Ancillary Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard forms of application and agreement for the applicable Ancillary Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute as a condition to obtaining the applicable Ancillary Services.

 

(iv)                             Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity. If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Ancillary Services by the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof,

 

2


 

including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding Ancillary Services. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances (but only in an amount not to exceed the then outstanding Ancillary Services) in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the applicable Ancillary Services are outstanding or continue.

 

(c)                                  Term Loan.

 

(i)                                    Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the Aggregate Borrowing Limit set forth in Section 2.2 hereof, Bank agrees to make one (1) or more term loans to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (each a “Term Loan” and collectively the “Term Loans”). Borrower may request Term Loans at any time from the date hereof through the Availability End Date. The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used for general corporate purposes, including, working capital purposes and for capital expenditures.

 

(ii)                                Interest shall accrue from the date of each Term Loan at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and prior to the Availability End Date for the applicable Term Loan shall be payable monthly beginning on the 1st day of the month next following such Term Loan, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. Any Term Loans that are outstanding on the Availability End Date shall be payable in thirty-three (33) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on the date that is one month immediately following the Availability End Date, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with the Term Loans and any other amounts due under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable. Term Loans, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Term Loan without penalty or premium.

 

(iii)                            When Borrower desires to obtain a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:30 p.m. Eastern time on the day on which the Term Loan is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C. The notice shall be signed by an Authorized Officer.

 

2.2                               Aggregate Borrowing Limit; Overadvances. The aggregate amount of outstanding Credit Extensions hereunder shall at no time exceed the Aggregate Borrowing Limit. If the aggregate amount of Credit Extensions hereunder exceeds the Aggregate Borrowing Limit at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess. If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Formula Advances (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Services Sublimit) exceeds the lesser of the Formula Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess. If the aggregate outstanding amount used for Ancillary Services exceeds the Ancillary Services Sublimit, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

 

3


 

2.3                               Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

 

(a)                                 Interest Rates.

 

(i)                                    Formula Advances. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Formula Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 3.50%.

 

(ii)                                Term Loans. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loans shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 3.50%.

 

(b)                                 Late Fee; Default Rate. If any payment is not made within 15 days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to 5 percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

 

(c)                                  Payments. Interest under the Formula Revolving Line shall be due and payable on the 1st day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Formula Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.

 

(d)                                 Computation. In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

2.4                               Crediting Payments. If no Event of Default exists, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 5:30 p.m. Eastern time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

 

4


 

2.5                               Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

 

(a)                                 Facility Fee. On or before the Closing Date, a fee equal to $8,500, which shall be nonrefundable;

 

(b)                                 Bank Expenses. On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, with such Bank Expenses attributable to loan documentation and lien and judgment searches and filings to equal no more than $10,000, provided that there are no more than two turns of the Loan Documents drafts; and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due;

 

(c)                                  Anniversary Fee. On October 1, 2018 and on each annual anniversary of such date (other than the Term Loan Maturity Date), a nonrefundable fee of $8,500; and

 

(d)                                 Success Fee. Upon a Liquidity Event or Change in Control, a one- time fee equal to $150,000. This Section 2.5(d) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

2.6                               Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 12.7, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

3.                                      CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

 

3.1                               Conditions Precedent to Closing. The agreement of Bank to enter into this Agreement on the Closing Date is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each of the following items and completed each of the following requirements:

 

(a)                                 this Agreement;

 

(b)                                 an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                  a financing statement (Form UCC-1);

 

(d)                                 Borrower shall have opened and funded not less than $50,000 in deposit accounts held with Bank;

 

(e)                                  payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Bank;

 

(f)                                   current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

 

5


 

(g)                                 current financial statements, including audited statements (or such other level required by Borrower’s board of directors) for Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year, together with an unqualified opinion (or an opinion qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors provide additional equity as needed), company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flows for the most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

 

(h)                                 a current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;

 

(i)                                    evidence that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

 

(j)                                    a Borrower Information Certificate; and

 

(k)                                 such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably request.

 

3.2                               Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is contingent upon Borrower’s compliance with Section 3.1 above, and is further subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)                                 timely receipt by Bank of the Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form as provided in Section 2.1;

 

(b)                                 receipt by Bank of an account control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, with respect to Borrower’s depository and operating accounts at Chase Bank, duly executed by Borrower and Chase Bank;

 

(c)                                  in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse

 

Effect; and

 

(d)                                 the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

 

4.                                      CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

 

4.1                               Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations

 

6


 

and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except for Permitted Liens or as disclosed in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Except for Permitted Liens, Borrower also hereby agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of its Intellectual Property. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or of any filings undertaken related to Bank’s rights under the Code, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are outstanding.

 

4.2                               Perfection of Security Interest. Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) subject to Section 7.11 below, obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, and (ii) obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are outstanding. Borrower shall take such other actions as Bank requests to perfect its security interests granted under this Agreement.

 

5.                                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

5.1                               Due Organization and Qualification. Borrower and each Subsidiary is a corporation or limited liability company duly existing under the laws of the state in which it is organized and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.2                               Due Authorization; No Conflict. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized,

 

7


 

and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s Organizational Documents, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.3                               Collateral. Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. Except as otherwise disclosed to Bank from time to time, other than movable items of personal property such as laptop computers, all Collateral having an aggregate book value not in excess of $250,000, is located solely in the Collateral States. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as permitted under Section 6.6, none of Borrower’s Cash is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s affiliates. The contracts that generate revenue included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base are bona fide existing obligations and are in full force and effect as of the date of such inclusion. Borrower has not received notice of an actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of a counterparty to a contract that generates revenues included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base.

 

5.4                               Intellectual Property. Borrower is the sole owner of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower, except for licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents created or purchased by Borrower is valid and enforceable, and no part of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.5                               Name; Location of Chief Executive Office. Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The chief executive office of Borrower is located at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof.

 

5.6                               Litigation. Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court or administrative agency that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.7                               No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements. All consolidated, and, if requested by Bank, consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated, and if requested by Bank, consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated, and if requested by Bank, consolidating results of operations for the period then ended (provided, that with respect to unaudited financial statements, Borrower has prepared such unaudited financial statements in good faith and substantially in accordance with GAAP principles, but such unaudited financial statements remain subject to review and audit by

 

8


 

Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm, and provided further, that, except with respect to Borrower’s recognition of revenue from product sales on the shipment date rather than the arrival date, any deviation from GAAP principles in the presentation of Borrower’s revenue or cash position will be presumed to be a material deviation). There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated, and if requested by Bank, consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

5.8                               Solvency, Payment of Debts. Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.9                               Compliance with Laws and Regulations. Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.10                        Subsidiaries. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.11                        Government Consents. Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.12                        Inbound Licenses. Except as disclosed on the Schedule, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other agreement important for the conduct of Borrower’s business that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property important for the conduct of Borrower’s business, other than this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

5.13                        Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such

 

9


 

certificates or statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

 

6.                                      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

 

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

6.1                               Good Standing and Government Compliance. Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’ corporate existence and good standing in their respective states of formation, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the state in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.2                               Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Bank: (i) within thirty (30) days after the end of month, unaudited consolidated balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows, prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments) accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies and detailing returns of Borrower’s products or services during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited (or such other level as is required by Borrower’s board of directors) consolidated financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is either unqualified or qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors commit to provide additional equity as needed or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements; (iii) within five (5) business days of approval thereof, but in any event no later than sixty (60) days following the end of each fiscal year, of an annual budget and business plan; (iv) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (v) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $500,000 or more; (vi) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems; (vii) promptly following any such change, notice that Borrower has changed its practice of recognizing revenue from product sales as of the shipment date; and (viii) such budgets,

 

10


 

sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time.

 

(a)                                 Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, together with (i) detailed aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable and (ii) a Net Revenue Report, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

(b)                                 Promptly and in any event within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(c)                                  Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, inspect, audit and appraise the Collateral at Borrower’s expense in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

 

(d)                                 Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate calculated as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. Borrower shall include a submission date on any certificates and reports to be delivered electronically.

 

6.3                               Inventory and Equipment; Returns. Borrower shall keep all Inventory and Equipment in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory and Equipment (i) sold in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) for which adequate reserves have been made, in all cases in the United States and such other locations as to which Borrower gives prior written notice. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes and claims involving inventory having a book value of more than $100,000.

 

6.4                               Taxes. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment

 

11


 

is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

6.5                               Insurance. Borrower, at its expense, shall (i) keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage, and (ii) maintain liability and other insurance, in each case as ordinarily insured against by other owners in businesses similar to Borrower’s. All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as lender’s loss payee. All liability insurance policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Any such insurance policies shall specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days’ notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason. Within 30 days of the Closing Date, Borrower shall cause to be furnished to Bank a copy of its policies including any endorsements covering Bank or showing Bank as an additional insured. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

 

6.6                               Bank Accounts. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1(d), Borrower within 30 days of the Closing Date shall maintain, in depository and/or operating accounts with Bank, Cash equal to the lesser of (a) $25,000,000 or (b) 40% of Borrower’s total Cash. Any of Borrower’s Cash not maintained at Bank shall be held in an account subject to an account control agreement in favor of Bank. Borrower shall provide Bank, upon Bank’s request, account, balance and other information requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Cash maintained outside of Bank. Prior to maintaining any investment accounts with Bank’s affiliates, Borrower, Bank, and any such affiliate shall have entered into a securities account control agreement with respect to any such investment accounts, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

 

6.7                               Financial Covenants. Borrower shall at all times maintain at least one of the following financial ratios and covenants:

 

(a)                                 Minimum Cash at Bank. A balance of Cash at Bank, plus Cash at a Bank Affiliate in an account covered by an account control agreement acceptable to Bank, of not less than $25,000,000, calculated on an aggregate basis for Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries and monitored on a daily basis.

 

(b)                                 Minimum Net Revenue. Measured monthly and calculated on a cumulative and consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries beginning January 1, 2019, Borrower shall achieve Net Revenue of at least the amounts shown in the table immediately below for the corresponding reporting periods on a calendar year to date basis. For subsequent reporting periods, Bank shall use the budget delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 to establish the minimum Net Revenue amounts for such year after reasonable consultation with Borrower (which amounts shall reflect the greater of (i) 60% of Borrower’s board-approved plan and (ii) a 30% increase over actual Revenue from the preceding year), with such amounts being incorporated herein by an

 

12


 

amendment, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute. In addition, if no minimum Net Revenue level is in effect as of the last day of a particular month, then the covenant level for that day shall be deemed to be an amount that is 10% greater than the minimum Net Revenue required by this Section 6.7(b) for the immediately preceding month.

 

Reporting Period Ending (on a
calendar year to date basis)

 

Minimum Net Revenue

 

January 31, 2019

 

$

24,000,000

 

February 28, 2019

 

$

55,000,000

 

March 31, 2019

 

$

80,000,000

 

April 30, 2019

 

$

112,000,000

 

May 31, 2019

 

$

145,000,000

 

June 30, 2019

 

$

185,000,000

 

July 31, 2019

 

$

230,000,000

 

August 31, 2019

 

$

280,000,000

 

September 30, 2019

 

$

320,000,000

 

October 31, 2019

 

$

358,000,000

 

November 30, 2019

 

$

415,000,000

 

December 31, 2019

 

$

450,000,000

 

 

6.8                               Consent of Inbound Licensors. Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any material inbound license agreement or other similar agreement (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, shrink-wrap licenses and other ordinary course license agreements entered into by Borrower in the ordinary course of business), Borrower shall (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition, and (ii) in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

 

6.9                               Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event that any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Bank of such creation or acquisition, and Borrower or such Subsidiary shall take all actions reasonably requested by Bank to achieve any of the following with respect to such New Subsidiary(defined as a Subsidiary formed after the date hereof during the term of this Agreement): (a) to cause such New Subsidiary, if such New Subsidiary is organized under the laws of the United States, to become either a co-Borrower hereunder or a secured guarantor with respect to the Obligations; and (b) to grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in (i) 100% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any such New Subsidiary which is organized under the laws of the United States, and (ii) 65% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any such New Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Borrower maintains an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an

 

13


 

account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank of at least $25,000,000, Borrower shall not be required to comply with the terms of Section 6.9(b)(ii) above with respect to New Subsidiaries created or acquired after the Closing Date; provided, however, prior to or concurrently with the pledge of any stock, units or other evidence of ownership to Subordinated Lender, Borrower will pledge such stock, units or other evidence of ownership to Bank pursuant to a pledge agreement acceptable to Bank. If, at any time, Borrower fails to maintain an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank of at least $25,000,000, Borrower shall notify Bank within ten (10) days and shall have twenty (20) Business Days comply with the terms of Section 6.9(b)(ii) with respect to all New Subsidiaries created or acquired after the Closing Date.

 

6.10                        Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

7.                                      NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

 

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

 

7.1                               Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers.

 

7.2                               Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control. Change its name or the state of Borrower’s formation or relocate its chief executive office without 15 days prior written notification to Bank; replace or suffer the departure of its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without delivering written notification to Bank within 10 days; fail to appoint an interim replacement or fill a vacancy in the position of chief executive officer or chief financial officer for more than 30 consecutive days; suffer the resignation of one or more directors from its board of directors in anticipation of Borrower’s insolvency without the prior written consent of Bank, which may be withheld in Bank’s sole discretion; take action to liquidate, wind up, or otherwise cease to conduct business in the ordinary course; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than the business currently engaged in, substantially similar thereto or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.

 

7.3                               Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (a) each of the following conditions is applicable: (i) the consideration paid in connection with such transactions (including assumption of liabilities) does

 

14


 

not in the aggregate exceed $350,000 during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) if Borrower is a party to the merger, then Borrower is the surviving entity; or (b) the Obligations are repaid in full concurrently with the closing of any merger or consolidation of Borrower in which Borrower is not the surviving entity; provided, however, that Borrower shall not, without Bank’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower; provided however, Borrower may enter into any such agreement without Bank’s prior written consent so long as (i) no Event of Default exists when such agreement is entered into by Borrower, (ii) such agreement does not give such Person the right to claim any fee, payment or damages from any parties, other than from Borrower or Borrower’s investors, in connection with a sale of Borrower’s stock or assets pursuant to or resulting from an assignment for the benefit of creditors, an asset turnover to Borrower’s creditors (including, without limitation, Bank), foreclosure, bankruptcy or similar liquidation, and (iii) Borrower notifies Bank in advance of entering into such an agreement (provided, the failure to give such notification shall not be deemed a material breach of this Agreement).

 

7.4                               Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to make Permitted Payments (as defined in the Subordination Agreement) under the Subordinated Loan Agreement so long as a Payment Blockage Period (as defined in the Subordination Agreement) is not then in effect, an Event of Default has not occurred and is continuing, or an Event of Default would not result from the Permitted Payment

 

7.5                               Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person (other than (a) the licensors of in-licensed property with respect to such property, (b) the lessors of specific equipment or lenders financing specific equipment with respect to such leased or financed equipment, (c) the Person that finances the purchase of Equipment referred to in clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, (d) the holder of the Lien on cash collateral referred to in clause (h) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, (e) the Person holding collateral on deposit referred to in clause (j) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, (f) the counterparties to binding contractual arrangements with respect to the merger or acquisition of Borrower, or (g) Subordinated Lender, provided that a Lien in favor of Bank is not prohibited thereunder), that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property.

 

7.6                               Distributions. Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) make dividends in capital stock, (ii) convert any convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (iii) pay cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with any conversion or exercise of convertible securities, (iv) repurchase the stock of former employees, consultants or directors in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year, pursuant to stock repurchase

 

15


 

agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (v) repurchase the stock of former employees or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, consultants or directors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists.

 

7.7                               Investments. Directly or indirectly acquire or own an Investment in, or make any Investment in or to, any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its Investment Property with a Person other than Bank or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower.

 

7.8                               Capitalized Expenditures. Make Capitalized Expenditures in excess of (a) $9,000,000 in the aggregate in Borrower’s 2018 fiscal year or (b) $39,000,000 in the aggregate in Borrower’s 2019 fiscal year. For subsequent reporting periods, Bank shall use the budget delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 to establish the Capitalized Expenditure limit for such year after reasonable consultation with Borrower, with such amounts being incorporated herein by an amendment, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

 

7.9                               Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) transactions permitted pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” or the terms of Section 7.6 of this Agreement, (iii) reasonable compensation arrangements approved by Borrower’s board of directors, and (iv) equity or Subordinated Debt financings with Borrower’s investors, so long as such financings do not result in a Change in Control.

 

7.10                        Subordinated Debt. Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

7.11                        Inventory and Equipment. Store within the United States, the Inventory or the Equipment of a book value in excess of $1,000,000 with a bailee, warehouseman, collocation facility or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and for movable items of personal property having an aggregate book value not in excess of $1,000,000, and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment in the United States only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank is able to take such actions as may be necessary to perfect its security interest or to

 

16


 

obtain a bailee’s acknowledgment of Bank’s rights in the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank hereby agrees that it shall not require any action by, or on behalf of, Borrower necessary to perfect its right in Borrower’s Inventory or Equipment or to obtain a bailee’s acknowledgment of Bank’s rights in the Collateral if Borrower’s aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank is at least $25,000,000; provided, however, prior to or concurrently with Borrower taking any action to perfect Subordinated Lender’s right in Borrower’s Inventory or Equipment or the delivery of any bailee acknowledgment to Subordinated Lender, Borrower will take any action necessary to perfect Bank’s rights in Borrower’s Inventory or Equipment and obtain a bailee acknowledgement of Bank’s rights in the Collateral. If, at any time, Borrower fails to maintain an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank of at least $25,000,000, Borrower shall have ten (10) days to comply with the terms of this Section 7.11.

 

7.12                        No Investment Company; Margin Regulation. Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

 

8.                                      EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

 

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

 

8.1                               Payment Default. If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due, provided that an Event of Default shall not occur on account of Borrower’s failure to pay an Obligation when due solely due to an administrative or operational error by Bank if Borrower had sufficient funds in its deposit account to make the payment in full when due and Borrower makes the payment one (1) Business Day following Borrower’s knowledge of such failure to pay;

 

8.2                               Covenant Default.

 

(a)                                 If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.2 (financial reporting), 6.4 (taxes), 6.5 (insurance), 6.6 (primary accounts) or 6.7 (financial covenants), or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

 

(b)                                 If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within 15 days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the 15 day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such 15 day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed an additional 30 days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made.

 

17


 

8.3                               Material Adverse Change. If there occurs any circumstance or any circumstances which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

8.4                               Attachment. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any material portion of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

 

8.5                               Insolvency. If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within 45 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

 

8.6                               Other Agreements. If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties (a) resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), (b) in connection with any lease of real property, if such default or failure to perform results in the right of another party to terminate such lease and if termination of such lease would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (provided that, Borrower shall be permitted to default or not perform under the terms of such lease if Borrower is contesting the terms of such lease in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and in such circumstances, such default or failure to perform shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder unless a Material Adverse Effect actually results therefrom), or (c) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

8.7                               Judgments. If a final, uninsured judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 30 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); or

 

8.8                               Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

18


 

9.                                      BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

 

9.1                               Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

 

(a)                                 Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

(b)                                 Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

 

(c)                                  Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

 

(d)                                 Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

 

(e)                                  Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

 

(f)                                   Place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any control agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(g)                                 Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

 

(h)                                 Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any

 

19


 

Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

(i)                                    Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

 

(j)                                    Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

 

(k)                                 Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

 

(l)                                    Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

 

Bank’s compliance with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

 

9.2                               Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; and (g) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clause (g) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

 

20


 

9.3                               Accounts Collection. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

 

9.4                               Bank Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; and/or (b) set up such reserves under the Formula Revolving Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

9.5                               Bank’s Liability for Collateral. Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

 

9.6                               No Obligation to Pursue Others. Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

 

9.7                               Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

 

9.8                               Demand; Protest. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

 

21


 

10.                               NOTICES.

 

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first- class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:                                                               Casper Sleep Inc.
230 Park Ave., 13th Floor
New York, NY 10003
Attn:                    Greg Macfarlane
Email: ####.##########@casper.com

 

with a copy to:                                                               Casper Sleep Inc.
230 Park Ave., 13th Floor
New York, NY 10003
Attn:                    Mike Magee
Email: ####.#####@casper.com

 

If to Bank:                                                                                   Pacific Western Bank
406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240
Durham, North Carolina 27701
Attn: Loan Operations Manager
FAX: (###) ###-####

 

with a copy to:                                                               Pacific Western Bank
475 Fifth Avenue, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Attn: Alan Faulkner
FAX: (###) ###-####

 

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

 

11.                               CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of North Carolina. All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and similar proceedings arising with respect to Borrower’s account or any related agreement or transaction shall be brought in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Durham County, North Carolina or the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina, except as provided below with respect to arbitration of such matters. BANK AND BORROWER EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED. EACH OF THEM, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE

 

22


 

OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTION OF ANY OF THEM. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY BANK OR BORROWER, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM. If the jury waiver set forth in this Section 11 is not enforceable, then any dispute, controversy, claim, action or similar proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by final and binding arbitration held in Durham County, North Carolina in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with those rules. The arbitrator shall apply North Carolina law to the resolution of any dispute, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration. Judgment upon any award resulting from arbitration may be entered into and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this Section. The costs and expenses of the arbitration, including without limitation, the arbitrator’s fees and expert witness fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the parties to the arbitration may be awarded to the prevailing party, in the discretion of the arbitrator, or may be apportioned between the parties in any manner deemed appropriate by the arbitrator. Unless and until the arbitrator decides that one party is to pay for all (or a share) of such costs and expenses, both parties shall share equally in the payment of the arbitrator’s fees as and when billed by the arbitrator.

 

12.                               GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

12.1                        Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

 

12.2                        Indemnification. Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

23


 

12.3                        Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

 

12.4                        Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

 

12.5                        Amendments in Writing, Integration. All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

12.6                        Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Executed copies of the signature pages of this Agreement sent by facsimile or transmitted electronically in Portable Document Format (“PDF”), or any similar format, shall be treated as originals, fully binding and with full legal force and effect, and the parties waive any rights they may have to object to such treatment.

 

12.7                        Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 12.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

 

12.8                        Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank and Borrower and all employees and agents of such party shall exercise the same degree of care that such party exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) in the case of Bank, to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank or Borrower in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) in the case of Bank, to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) in the case of Bank, as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank, and (v) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of the receiving party when disclosed to such party, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to such receiving party through no fault of such receiving party; or (b) is disclosed to such receiving party by a third party, provided such receiving party does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

 

24


 

13.                               CO-BORROWER PROVISIONS.

 

13.1                        Primary Obligation. This Agreement is a primary and original obligation of each Borrower and shall remain in effect notwithstanding future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or irregularity in the creation or acquisition of any Obligations or in the execution or delivery of any agreement between Bank and any Borrower. Each Borrower shall be liable for existing and future Obligations as fully as if all Credit Extensions were advanced to such Borrower. Bank may rely on any certificate or representation made by any Borrower as made on behalf of, and binding on, such Borrower and each other Borrower, including without limitation Loan Advance/Paydown Request Forms, Borrowing Base Certificates and Compliance Certificates.

 

13.2                        Enforcement of Rights. Each Borrower is jointly and severally liable for the Obligations, and Bank may proceed against any Borrower to enforce the Obligations without waiving its right to proceed against any other Borrower.

 

13.3                        Borrowers as Agents. Each Borrower appoints each other Borrower as its agent with all necessary power and authority to give and receive notices, certificates or demands for and on behalf of each Borrower, to act as disbursing agent for receipt of any Credit Extensions on behalf of each Borrower and to apply to Bank on behalf of each Borrower for Credit Extensions, any waivers and any consents. This authorization cannot be revoked, and Bank need not inquire as to each Borrower’s authority to act for or on behalf of a Borrower.

 

13.4                        Subrogation and Similar Rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating such Borrower to the rights of Bank under the Loan Documents) to seek contribution, indemnification, or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by such Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by such Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section 13.4 shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section 13.4, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

13.5                        Waivers of Notice. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Borrower waives notice of acceptance hereof; notice of the existence, creation or acquisition of any of the Obligations; notice of an Event of Default; notice of the amount of the Obligations outstanding at any time; notice of intent to accelerate; notice of acceleration; notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any other Borrower or of any other fact that might increase the Borrower’s risk; presentment for payment; demand; protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; default; and all other notices and demands to which the Borrower would otherwise be entitled. Each Borrower waives any defense arising from any defense of any other Borrower, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of any other Borrower. Bank’s

 

25


 

failure at any time to require strict performance by any Borrower of any provision of the Loan Documents shall not waive, alter or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Nothing contained herein shall prevent Bank from foreclosing on the Lien of any deed of trust, mortgage or other security instrument, or exercising any rights available thereunder, and the exercise of any such rights shall not constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Borrower. Each Borrower also waives any defense arising from any act or omission of Bank that changes the scope of the Borrower’s risks hereunder.

 

13.6                        Subrogation Defenses. Each Borrower hereby waives any defense based on impairment or destruction of its subrogation or other rights against any other Borrower and waives all benefits which might otherwise be available to it under any statutory or common law suretyship defenses or marshalling rights, now and hereafter in effect.

 

13.7                        Right to Settle, Release.

 

(a)                                 The liability of each Borrower hereunder shall not be diminished by (i) any agreement, understanding or representation that any of the Obligations is or was to be guaranteed by another Person or secured by other property, or (ii) any release or unenforceability, whether partial or total, of rights, if any, which Bank may now or hereafter have against any other Person, including another Borrower, or property with respect to any of the Obligations.

 

(b)                                 The liability of each Borrower hereunder shall not be diminished by (i) any agreement, understanding or representation that any of the Obligations is or was to be guaranteed by another Person or secured by other property, or (ii) any release or unenforceability, whether partial or total, of rights, if any, which Bank may now or hereafter have against any other Person, including another Borrower, or property with respect to any of the Obligations.

 

13.8                        Subordination. All indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Obligations, and the Borrower holding the indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Bank to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination, provided, that so long as no Event of Default exists, any such Indebtedness may be paid by a Borrower to another Borrower.

 

********

 

26


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Costi

 

Name:

Jason Costi

 

Title:

Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Truppman

 

Name:

Jonathan Truppman

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan Faulkner

 

Name:

Alan Faulkner

 

Title:

SVP

 

27


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEFINITIONS

 

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and general partners.

 

“Aggregate Borrowing Limit” means $25,000,000.

 

“Ancillary Services” means any products or services requested by Borrower and approved by Bank under the Formula Revolving Line, including and without limitation, corporate credit card services, Automated Clearing House transactions, FX Contracts, Letters of Credit, or other treasury management services.

 

“Ancillary Services Sublimit” means a sublimit for Ancillary Services under the Formula Revolving Line not to exceed $10,000,000.

 

“Authorized Officer” means someone designated as such in the corporate resolution provided by Borrower to Bank in which this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder are authorized by Borrower’s board of directors. If Borrower provides subsequent corporate resolutions to Bank after the Closing Date, the individual(s) designated as “Authorized Officer(s)” in the most recently provided resolution shall be the only “Authorized Officers” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

“Availability End Date” means November 1, 2018.

 

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

 

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to (i) for the period from the First Amendment Date through July 31, 2018, three hundred percent (300%), or (ii) from and after August 1, 2018, one hundred fifty percent (150%) (in either case, the “Advance Rate”), of most recent average trailing three (3) month’s GAAP gross profit (revenues minus cost of goods sold) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2(b) of this Agreement.

 

1


 

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a borrowing base certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.

 

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

 

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of North Carolina are authorized or required to close.

 

“Capitalized Expenditures” means current period unfinanced cash expenditures that are capitalized and amortized over a period of time in accordance with GAAP, including but not limited to capitalized cash expenditures for capital equipment, capitalized manufacturing and labor costs as they relate to inventory, and capitalized cash expenditures for software development.

 

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

 

“Change in Control” means a transaction (other than a bona fide equity financing or series of financings on terms and from investors reasonably acceptable to Bank) in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

 

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

“Code” means the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B-1, B-2 and B-3 attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B-1, B-2 and B-3, except to the extent any such property (i) is non-assignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9- 408 of the Code), (ii) is property for which the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC) or a Foreign Subsidiary, in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations or Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote, or (iv) is property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien.

 

2


 

“Collateral State” means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which is New York, Connecticut, California and Georgia.

 

“Compliance Certificate” means a compliance certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.

 

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

 

“Credit Extension” means each Formula Advance, Term Loan, or any other extension of credit, by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

 

“Credit Party Subsidiaries” are Subsidiaries of Borrower that are either co-borrowers hereunder or Secured Guarantors.

 

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8. “First Amendment Date” means October 12, 2017.

 

“Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage” means a percentage of reserves for FX Contracts as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion from time to time.

 

3


 

“Formula Advance” or “Formula Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Formula Revolving Line.

 

“Formula Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $30,000,000.

 

“Formula Revolving Maturity Date” means September 1, 2019; provided that, if Borrower is in compliance with all terms of this Agreement on such date, and if Borrower notifies Bank in writing that Borrower wishes to extend the maturity date, then the term “Formula Revolving Maturity Date” shall instead mean September 1, 2020.

 

“FX Contracts” means contracts between Borrower and Bank for foreign exchange transactions.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time in the United States.

 

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations, including but not limited to any sublimit contained herein.

 

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

 

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

 

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

“Liquidity Event” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of Borrower, (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of Borrower or any other transaction where the holders of Borrower’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction, or (c) an initial public offering of Borrower’s equity securities.

 

4


 

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: (i) the operations, business or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents; or (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

 

“Net Revenue” means revenue net of any sales, discounts, and returns, all as determined and recognized in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

 

“Organizational Documents” means (a) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws and other constitutional documents, including the certificate of designation for any series of its preferred stock, (b) with respect to any limited liability company, its articles of organization and operating agreement, or other comparable documents however named, and (c) with respect to any partnership, its partnership agreement.

 

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

 

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

 

(a)                                 Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(b)                                 Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

 

(c)                                  Indebtedness not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed at the time it is incurred the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property financed with such Indebtedness;

 

5


 

(d)                                 Subordinated Debt;

 

(e)                                  Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business and Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                   Indebtedness that constitutes a Permitted Investment;

 

(g)                                 Indebtedness consisting of guaranties of Indebtedness of a Borrower or Secured Guarantor that otherwise constitutes Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(h)                                 unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted hereunder not exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in principal amount outstanding at any time;

 

(i)                                    Indebtedness related to Borrower’s use of corporate credit card facilities in an amount not to exceed Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) (the “Credit Card Indebtedness”); and

 

(j)                                    Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

“Permitted Investment” means:

 

(a)                                 Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

 

(b)                                 (i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A- 2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, (iv) Bank’s money market accounts, (v) Investments in regular deposit or checking accounts held with Bank or as otherwise permitted by, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 6.6 of this Agreement, and (vi) Investments consistent with any investment policy adopted by Borrower’s board of directors;

 

(c)                                  Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

 

(d)                                 (w) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower, (x) Investments by a Borrower or Secured Guarantor in any other Borrower or Secured Guarantor, and (y) provided that Borrower’s aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank is at least $25,000,000, Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries (that are not a Borrower or a Secured Guarantor) not to exceed $14,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(e)                                  Investments not to exceed $500,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances

 

6


 

in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(f)                                   Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(g)                                 Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (g) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

 

(h)                                 Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(i)                                    Investments permitted under Section 7.3; and

 

(j)                                    Other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in any fiscal year.

 

“Permitted Liens” means the following:

 

(a)                                 Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Credit Extensions) or arising under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any other agreement in favor of Bank;

 

(b)                                 Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves;

 

(c)                                  Liens not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, in each case provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

 

(d)                                 Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase other than in connection with any fees or premiums paid in connection with such refinancing;

 

7


 

(e)                                  Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 (attachment) or 8.7 (judgments);

 

(f)                                   subject to Section 6.6, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by, such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit accounts;

 

(g)                                 Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

 

(h)                                 Liens on cash collateral in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) to secure Borrower’s Credit Card Indebtedness;

 

(i)                                    Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens are not delinquent or remain unpayable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

 

(j)                                    Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pension, social security and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and deposits and/or rights of setoff to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(k)                                 Liens consisting of non-exclusive licenses and leases of property in the ordinary course of business.

 

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

 

(a)                                 Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                 licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                  worn-out, surplus or obsolete Equipment;

 

(d)                                 grants of security interests and other Liens that constitute Permitted Liens;

 

(e)                                  Transfers between or among Borrowers and/or Secured Guarantors; and

 

(f)                                   Transfers between or among Borrowers and/or Secured Guarantors to Subsidiaries (that are not a Borrower of a Secured Guarantor) not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

 

8


 

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

 

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

 

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and the Controller of Borrower, as well as any other officer or employee identified as an Authorized Officer in the corporate resolution delivered by Borrower to Bank in connection with this Agreement.

 

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

 

“Secured Guarantor” means any entity that becomes a secured guarantor with respect to the Obligations hereunder.

 

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, the state where Borrower’s chief executive office is located, the state of Borrower’s formation and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

 

“Subordinated Debt” means (a) the debt evidenced by and incurred pursuant to the Subordinated Loan Agreement and the other Subordinated Loan Documents and (b) any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

 

“Subordinated Lender” means TriplePoint Capital, LLC or any replacement or substitute subordinated lender.

 

“Subordinated Loan Agreement” means that certain Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 1, 2019 by and between Borrower and Subordinated Lender, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Subordination Agreement.

 

“Subordinated Loan Documents” means the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Subordinated Loan Agreement.

 

“Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2019 by and between Bank and Subordinated Lender, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time or any replacement or substitute subordination agreement by and between Bank and Subordinated Lender.

 

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

 

9


 

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means September 1, 2021.

 

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

10


 

DEBTOR:

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

 

SECURED PARTY:

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

EXHIBIT B

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)           all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names, and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

 

(b)           any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any of the intellectual property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of April 27, 2016, include the Intellectual Property to the extent and only to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, and further provided, however, that Bank’s enforcement rights with respect to any security interest in the Intellectual Property shall be absolutely limited to the Rights to Payment only, and Bank shall have no recourse whatsoever with respect to the underlying Intellectual Property.

 


 

DEBTOR:

CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

 

SECURED PARTY:

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

EXHIBIT B-2

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)           all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names, and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

 

(b)           any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any of the intellectual property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of April 27, 2016, include the Intellectual Property to the extent and only to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, and further provided, however, that Bank’s enforcement rights with respect to any security interest in the Intellectual Property shall be absolutely limited to the Rights to Payment only, and Bank shall have no recourse whatsoever with respect to the underlying Intellectual Property.

 


 

DEBTOR:

CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC

 

 

SECURED PARTY:

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

EXHIBIT B-3

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)           all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names, and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

 

(b)           any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any of the intellectual property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of March 1, 2019, include the Intellectual Property to the extent and only to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, and further provided, however, that Bank’s enforcement rights with respect to any security interest in the Intellectual Property shall be absolutely limited to the Rights to Payment only, and Bank shall have no recourse whatsoever with respect to the underlying Intellectual Property.

 





Exhibit 10.2

 

FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amendment”), is entered into as of November 20, 2017, by and between PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (the “Bank”) and CASPER SLEEP INC., a Delaware corporation (“Casper Sleep”) and CASPER SCIENCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Casper Science” and together with Casper Sleep, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”).  The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1)             Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Bank hereby waives any Event of Default that occurred due to any failure by Borrower to perform its obligations under (1) Section 6.9 of the Agreement due to Borrower’s failure to promptly notify Bank of such creation of New Subsidiaries, including Casper Sleep Limited a company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom, Casper Sleep GmbH, a company organized under the laws of Germany, Casper Sleep SAS, a company organized under the laws of France, and Casper Sleep UK Limited, a company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom (collectively, the “Created Subsidiaries”), (2) Section 6.2(b) of the Agreement due to Borrower’s failure to deliver notice of its failure to perform its obligations under Section 6.9, and (3) under any other section of the Agreement due to the existence of a “blocker” that requires the absence of any Event of Default, the violation of which occurred solely to due to any Events of Default described in the preceding clauses (1) or (2) (collectively, the “Specified Waiver”).  The Specified Waiver is limited to the extent specifically set forth in this Section 1 and no other terms, covenants or provisions of the Agreement are intended to be effected hereby.  Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, so long as Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries maintain an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank of at least $30,000,000, Borrower shall not be required to comply with the terms of Section 6.9 of the Agreement with respect to the Created Subsidiaries.  If, at any time, Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries fail to maintain an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank of at least $30,000,000, Borrower shall have ten (10) days to comply with the terms of Section 6.9 of the Agreement with respect to the Created Subsidiaries.

 

2)             Section 2.1(b) is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(b)                                 Advances Under the Formula Revolving Line.

 

(i)                                    Amount.  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the Aggregate Borrowing Limit, (1) Borrower may request Formula Advances in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the

 


 

lesser of (A) the Formula Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, in each case less any amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Services Sublimit, and (2) amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Formula Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable.  Borrower may prepay any Formula Advances without penalty or premium.

 

(ii)                                Form of Request.  Whenever Borrower desires a Formula Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission, telephone, or email no later than 3:30 p.m.  Eastern time (2:30 p.m. Eastern time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Formula Advance is to be made.  Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C.  Bank is authorized to make Formula Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from an Authorized Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Formula Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid.  Bank shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic or email notice given by a person whom Bank reasonably believes to be an Authorized Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages, loss, costs and expenses suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance.  Bank will credit the amount of Formula Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

 

(iii)                            Ancillary Services Sublimit.  Subject to the availability under the Formula Revolving Line, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, Borrower may request the provision of Ancillary Services from Bank.  The aggregate limit of the Ancillary Services shall not exceed the Ancillary Services Sublimit, provided that availability under the Formula Revolving Line shall be reduced by the aggregate limits of (i) any outstanding and undrawn amounts under all Letters of Credit issued hereunder, (ii) corporate credit card services provided to Borrower, (iii) the total amount of any Automated Clearing House processing reserves, (iv) the applicable Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage, and (v) any other reserves taken by Bank in connection with other treasury management services requested by Borrower and approved by Bank.  In addition, Bank may, in its sole discretion, charge as Formula Advances any amounts for which Bank becomes liable to third parties in connection with the provision of the Ancillary Services.  The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Ancillary Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard forms of application and agreement for the applicable Ancillary Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute as a condition to obtaining the applicable Ancillary Services.

 

(iv)                             Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity.  If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Ancillary Services by the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding Ancillary Services.  Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances (but only in

 

2


 

an amount not to exceed the then outstanding Ancillary Services) in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the applicable Ancillary Services are outstanding or continue.

 

3)             Section 2.1(c)(ii) is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(ii)                                Interest shall accrue from the date of each Term Loan at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and prior to the Availability End Date for the applicable Term Loan shall be payable monthly beginning on the 1st day of the month next following such Term Loan, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter.  Any Term Loans that are outstanding on the Availability End Date shall be payable in thirty-three (33) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on the date that is one month immediately following the Availability End Date, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with the Term Loans and any other amounts due under this Agreement shall be immediately due and payable.  Term Loans, once repaid, may not be reborrowed.  Borrower may prepay any Term Loan without penalty or premium.

 

4)             Section 2.2 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

2.2                               Aggregate Borrowing Limit; Overadvances.  The aggregate amount of outstanding Credit Extensions hereunder shall at no time exceed the Aggregate Borrowing Limit.  If the aggregate amount of Credit Extensions hereunder exceeds the Aggregate Borrowing Limit at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.  If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Formula Advances (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Services Sublimit) exceeds the lesser of the Formula Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.  If the aggregate outstanding amount used for Ancillary Services exceeds the Ancillary Services Sublimit, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

 

5)             Sections 2.3(a)(i) and (ii) are hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(i)                                    Formula Advances.  Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Formula Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof; at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 3.50%.

 

(ii)                                Term Loans.  Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loans shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 3.50%.

 

6)             Section 2.3(c) is hereby amended by (a) deleting both references to “the Non-Formula Revolving Line” and in each case substituting in lieu thereof “the Formula Revolving Line” and (b) deleting the reference to “the 27th day of each month” and substituting in lieu thereof “the 1st day of each month”.

 

3


 

7)             Sections 2.5(c) and (d) are hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(c)                                  Anniversary Fee.  On October 1, 2018 and on each annual anniversary of such date (other than the Term Loan Maturity Date), a nonrefundable fee of $8,500; and

 

(d)                                 Success Fee.  Upon a Liquidity Event or Change in Control, a one-time fee equal to $150,000.  This Section 2.5(d) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

8)             Section 5.3 is hereby amended by adding the following to the end thereof:

 

The contracts that generate revenue included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base are bona fide existing obligations and are in full force and effect as of the date of such inclusion.  Borrower has not received notice of an actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of a counterparty to a contract that generates revenues included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base.

 

9)             Clause (i) of Section 6.2 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(i)                                     as soon as available, but in any event within (1) for any month during which no Obligations (other than any cash-secured Letters of Credit) were outstanding or Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries maintained an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank of at least $30,000,000 at all times during such month, 45 days after the end of such month, or (2) for any other month, 30 days after the end of such month, a company prepared consolidated, and if requested by Bank, consolidating balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows covering Borrower’s operations during such period, and detailing returns of Borrower’s products or services during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer;

 

10)      Section 6.2(a) is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(a)                                 Within (1) for any month during which no Obligations (other than any cash-secured Letters of Credit) were outstanding or Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries maintained an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank of at least $30,000,000 at all times during such month, 45 days after the end of such month, or (2) for any other month, 30 days after the end of such month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, together with detailed aged listings by invoice date (or, for any month during which no Obligations (other than any cash-secured Letters of Credit) were outstanding or Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries maintained an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank of at least $30,000,000 at all times during such month, summaries) of accounts receivable and accounts payable in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Net Revenue report, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, within 30 days after the last day of each month.

 

4


 

11)      Section 6.2 is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 6(d) to the end thereof:

 

(d)                                 Within (1) for any month during which no Obligations (other than any cash-secured Letters of Credit) were outstanding or Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries maintained an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank of at least $30,000,000 at all times during such month, 45 days after the end of such month, or (2) for any other month, 30 days after the end of such month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate calculated as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto, together with a detailed monthly recurring revenue and churn report and detailed aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable.

 

12)      Section 6.6 is hereby amended by (a) deleting the reference to “$25,000,000” and substituting in lieu thereof “$30,000,000” and (b) adding the following sentence to the end thereof:

 

Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall use Bank for all Letters of Credit.

 

13)      Sections 6.7(a) and (b) are hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(a)                                 Minimum Cash at Bank.  A balance of Cash at Bank, plus Cash at a Bank Affiliate in an account covered by an account control agreement acceptable to Bank, of not less than $30,000,000, calculated on an aggregate basis for Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries and monitored on a daily basis.

 

(b)                                 Minimum Net Revenue.  Measured monthly and calculated on a cumulative and consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries beginning January 1, 2017, Borrower shall achieve Net Revenue of at least the amounts shown in the table immediately below for the corresponding reporting periods on a calendar year to date basis.  For subsequent reporting periods, Bank and Borrower hereby agree that, as soon as available, but in any event on or before April 1 of each year during the term of this Agreement, Borrower shall provide Bank with a budget for such year, which shall be approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, and Bank shall use that budget to establish the minimum Net Revenue amounts for such year after reasonable consultation with Borrower (which amounts shall reflect the greater of (i) 60% of Borrower’s board-approved plan and (ii) a 30% increase over actual Revenue from the preceding year), with such amounts being incorporated herein by an amendment, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.  In addition, if no minimum Net Revenue level is in effect as of the last day of a particular month, then the covenant level for that day shall be deemed to be an amount that is 10% greater than the minimum Net Revenue required by this Section 6.7(b) for the immediately preceding month.

 

5


 

Reporting Period Ending (on a
calendar year to date basis)

 

Minimum Net Revenue

 

January 31, 2017

 

$

15,000,000

 

February 28, 2017

 

$

30,000,000

 

March 31, 2017

 

$

45,000,000

 

April 30, 2017

 

$

60,000,000

 

May 31, 2017

 

$

75,000,000

 

June 30, 2017

 

$

90,000,000

 

July 31, 2017

 

$

110,000,000

 

August 31, 2017

 

$

130,000,000

 

September 30, 2017

 

$

150,000,000

 

October 31, 2017

 

$

170,000,000

 

November 30, 2017

 

$

190,000,000

 

December 31, 2017

 

$

220,000,000

 

 

14)      Section 7.8 is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “$1,500,000” and substituting in lieu thereof “$3,000,000”.

 

15)      Section 7.11 is hereby amended by (a) deleting the reference to “$250,000” and substituting in lieu thereof “$500,000” and (b) amending and restating the last sentence of such section as follows:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank hereby agrees that it shall not require any action by, or on behalf of, Borrower necessary to perfect its security interest in Borrower’s Inventory or Equipment or obtain a bailee’s acknowledgement of Bank’s rights in Collateral, at any such time during which Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries maintain an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank greater than $30,000,000.

 

16)      Section 9.4 is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “the Non-Formula Revolving Line” and substituting in lieu thereof “the Formula Revolving Line”.

 

17)      Clause (i) of the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(i)                                     Indebtedness related to Borrower’s use of corporate credit card facilities in an amount not to exceed Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) (the “Credit Card Indebtedness”); and

 

18)      Clauses (d) and (j) of the defined term “Permitted Investment” in Exhibit A to the Agreement are hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(d)                                 (x) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower, (y) Investments by a Borrower or Secured Guarantor in any other Borrower or Secured Guarantor, and (z) provided that Borrower’s and any Secured Guarantor’s aggregate Cash balance at Bank or any other deposit account that is subject to an executed account control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank is equal to an aggregate amount greater

 

6


 

than $30,000,000, Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries (that are not a Borrower or a Secured Guarantor) not to exceed Fourteen Million Dollars ($14,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(j)                                    Other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in any fiscal year.

 

19)      The defined term “Permitted Transfer” in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following clause (f) to the end thereof:

 

(f)                                   Transfers between or among Borrowers and/or Secured Guarantors to Subsidiaries (that are not a Borrower of a Secured Guarantor) not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

 

20)      The following defined terms are either added to, or are amended and restated in, Exhibit A to the Agreement, as follows:

 

“Aggregate Borrowing Limit” means $30,000,000.

 

“Ancillary Services” means any products or services requested by Borrower and approved by Bank under the Formula Revolving Line, including and without limitation, corporate credit card services, Automated Clearing House transactions, FX Contracts, Letters of Credit, or other treasury management services.

 

“Ancillary Services Sublimit” means a sublimit for Ancillary Services under the Formula Revolving Line not to exceed $5,000,000.

 

“Availability End Date” means November 1, 2018.

 

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to (i) for the period from the First Amendment Date through July 31, 2018, three hundred percent (300%), or (ii) from and after August 1, 2018, one hundred fifty percent (150%) (in either case, the “Advance Rate”), of most recent average trailing three (3) month’s GAAP gross profit (revenues minus cost of goods sold) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2(b) of this Agreement.

 

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a borrowing base certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.

 

“Credit Extension” means each Formula Advance, Term Loan, or any other extension of credit, by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

 

“Credit Party Subsidiaries” are Subsidiaries of Borrower that are either co-borrowers hereunder or Secured Guarantors.

 

“First Amendment Date” means November 20, 2017.

 

7


 

“Formula Advance” or “Formula Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Formula Revolving Line.

 

“Formula Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $30,000,000.

 

“Formula Revolving Maturity Date” means September 1, 2019; provided that, if Borrower is in compliance with all terms of this Agreement on such date, and if Borrower notifies Bank in writing that Borrower wishes to extend the maturity date, then the term “Formula Revolving Maturity Date” shall instead mean September 1, 2020.

 

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means September 1, 2021.

 

21)      The following defined terms are hereby deleted from Exhibit A to the Agreement in their entirety:

 

“Non-Formula Advance” or “Non-Formula Advances”

 

“Non-Formula Revolving Line”

 

“Non-Formula Revolving Maturity Date”

 

22)      The Agreement is hereby amended by adding Exhibit E thereto (immediately after Exhibit D thereto) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

 

23)      Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement.  The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects.  Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.  Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

 

24)      Borrower represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the waiver in Section 1 of this Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on or as of the date of this Amendment (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

 

25)      This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by e-mail transmission of an Adobe file format document shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

26)      As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

8


 

a)             this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

 

b)             an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

 

c)              payment of all Bank Expenses, including Bank’s expenses for the documentation of this Amendment and any related documents, and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

 

d)             such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

By:

/s/

Name:

Jason Costi

 

Name:

Alexander Addario

Title:

SVP Finance

 

Title:

VP

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Jason Costi

 

 

Title:

SVP Finance

 

 

 





Exhibit 10.3

 

SECOND AMENDMENT
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amendment”), is entered into as of August 14, 2018, by and among PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Bank”) and CASPER SLEEP INC. and CASPER SCIENCE LLC (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement).  The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1)                                     Bank hereby waives Borrower’s existing violations of Section 6.2(iii) and Section 6.7(b) of the Agreement for failing to deliver to Bank its 2018 Board-approved budget when due.  Bank hereby agrees that, in lieu of a Board-approved budget, Bank will accept the management-prepared, Board-reviewed 2018 budget that Borrower has provided to Bank.

 

2)                                     Section 6.2 is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 6.2(d) to the end thereof:

 

(d)           Within (1) for any month during which no Obligations (other than any cash- secured Letters of Credit) were outstanding or Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries maintained an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank of at least $30,000,000 at all times during such month, 45 days after the end of such month, or (2) for any other month, 30 days after the end of such month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate calculated as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

3)                                     Section 6.7(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

 

(b)           Minimum Net Revenue.  Measured monthly and calculated on a cumulative and consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries beginning January 1, 2018, Borrower shall achieve Net Revenue of at least the amounts shown in the table immediately below for the corresponding reporting periods on a calendar year to date basis.  For subsequent reporting periods, Bank and Borrower hereby agree that, as soon as available, but in any event on or before April 1 of each year during the term of this Agreement, Borrower shall provide Bank with a budget for such year, which shall be approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, and Bank shall use that budget to establish the minimum Net Revenue amounts for such year after reasonable consultation with Borrower (which amounts shall reflect the greater of (i) 60% of Borrower’s board-approved plan and (ii) a 30% increase over actual Revenue from the preceding year), with such amounts being incorporated herein by an amendment, which Borrower hereby

 


 

agrees to execute.  In addition, if no minimum Net Revenue level is in effect as of the last day of a particular month, then the covenant level for that day shall be deemed to be an amount that is 10% greater than the minimum Net Revenue required by this Section 6.7(b) for the immediately preceding month.

 

Reporting Period Ending (on a
calendar year to date basis)

 

Minimum Net Revenue

 

January 31, 2018

 

$

23,300,000

 

February 28, 2018

 

$

44,600,000

 

March 31, 2018

 

$

68,900,000

 

April 30, 2018

 

$

89,500,000

 

May 31, 2018

 

$

116,700,000

 

June 30, 2018

 

$

143,700,000

 

July 31, 2018

 

$

170,300,000

 

August 31, 2018

 

$

201,700,000

 

September 30, 2018

 

$

229,700,000

 

October 31, 2018

 

$

261,100,000

 

November 30, 2018

 

$

298,200,000

 

December 31,2018

 

$

328,900,000

 

 

4)                                     Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement.  The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects.  Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.  Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

 

5)                                     Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment.

 

6)                                     This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

7)                                     As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

a)                                     this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

 

b)                                     payment for all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, including Bank’s expenses for the documentation of this Amendment and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

 


 

c)                                      such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

Michael Litwin

 

Name:

James Londono

Title:

Assistant Controller

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Michael Litwin

 

Title:

Assistant Controller

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 





Exhibit 10.4

 

THIRD AMENDMENT
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of December 12, 2018 by and among PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Bank”), and CASPER SLEEP INC. and CASPER SCIENCE LLC (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”).  The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1)             The following defined term in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

 

“Ancillary Services Sublimit” means a sublimit for Ancillary Services under the Formula Revolving Line not to exceed $10,000,000.

 

2)             Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement.  The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects.  Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.  Each Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

 

3)             Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment.

 

4)             This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

5)             As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

a)                                     this Amendment, duly executed by each Borrower;

 

b)                                     payment for all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, including Bank’s expenses for the documentation of this Amendment and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from any Borrower’s accounts; and

 


 

c)                                      such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

By:

/s/

Name:

Michael Litwin

 

Name:

James Londono

Title:

Asst. Controller

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

Michael Litwin

 

Title:

Asst. Controller

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Third Agreement to Loan and Security Agreement]

 





Exhibit 10.5

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT AND JOINDER
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Fourth Amendment and Joinder to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”), dated as of March 1, 2019, is executed and delivered by CASPER SLEEP INC. and CASPER SCIENCE LLC (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Existing Borrower”), CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC (“New Borrower”) and PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Bank”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Loan Agreement (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

a.                                      Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2016, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 20, 2017, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 14, 2018, and as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 12, 2018 (as amended, the “Original Loan Agreement”).

 

b.                                      New Borrower has read and approved the Loan Documents and has asked Bank to agree to allow New Borrower to become a party to the Loan Documents in order to facilitate its ability to continue to operate its business by achieving a stronger financial base for itself and its affiliated companies.

 

c.                                       From and after the date hereof (the “Effective Date”), Existing Borrower and Bank desire to supplement the terms and provisions of the Original Loan Agreement as provided herein, as may be hereafter further supplemented, amended, modified or restated from time to time, shall be referred to collectively as the “Loan Agreement.”

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto (intending to be legally bound) hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Incorporation.  The foregoing preamble and recitals are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

2.                                      Waiver.  Borrower acknowledges that Borrower is currently in default under (a) Section 7.8 of the Original Loan Agreement (Capitalized Expenditures) for Borrower’s 2018 fiscal year and (b) Section 6.9 of the Original Loan Agreement (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries) for Borrower’s failure to comply with clause (ii) thereof with respect to New Subsidiaries, including Casper Sleep Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 10049954 (“English Subsidiary”), Casper Sleep GmbH, a company organized under the laws of Germany, Casper Sleep SAS, a company organized under the laws of France, and Casper Sleep UK Limited, a company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom (the “Existing Defaults”).  Effective as of the Effective Date, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 11 below, Bank hereby waives the Existing

 


 

Defaults.  No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right.  Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower or New Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance.  Any further suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

 

3.                                      Joinder and Assumption.  From and after the Effective Date, New Borrower hereby absolutely and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                 (i) joins as and becomes a party to the Loan Agreement as a Borrower thereunder, (ii) assumes, as a joint and several obligor thereunder, all of the Obligations, liabilities and indemnities of a Borrower under the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents, and (iii) covenants and agrees to be bound by and adhere to all of the terms, covenants, waivers, releases, agreements and conditions of or respecting a Borrower with respect to the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement (in the manner set forth in Section 5 of this Fourth Amendment and Joinder) and the other Loan Documents with respect to New Borrower; and

 

(b)                                 grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in all of New Borrower’s now owned and existing and hereafter acquired and arising Collateral, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all of the Obligations.  New Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file at any time Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions and offices as Bank deems necessary in connection with the perfection of a security interest in all of New Borrower’s now owned or hereafter arising or acquired Collateral.  New Borrower has read the Loan Agreement and affirmatively grants to Bank all rights to New Borrower’s assets as set forth in said Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

From and after the Effective Date, any reference to the term “Borrower” in the Loan Agreement shall also include New Borrower.  Except as expressly provided herein, the Loan Agreement remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

4.                                      Amendments.  The Loan Agreement is hereby amended, as follows:

 

(a)                                 Section 5.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to add “or limited liability company” after the word “corporation”;

 

(b)                                 Section 5.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws” and substituting in lieu thereof “Organizational Documents”;

 

(c)                                  Section 5.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

5.3                               Collateral.  Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens.  Except as

 

2


 

otherwise disclosed to Bank from time to time, other than movable items of personal property such as laptop computers, all Collateral having an aggregate book value not in excess of $250,000, is located solely in the Collateral States.  All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made.  Except as permitted under Section 6.6, none of Borrower’s Cash is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s affiliates.  The contracts that generate revenue included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base are bona fide existing obligations and are in full force and effect as of the date of such inclusion.  Borrower has not received notice of an actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of a counterparty to a contract that generates revenues included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base.

 

(d)                                 Clause (i) through clause (v) of Section 6.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(i)                                     within thirty (30) days after the end of month, unaudited consolidated balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows, prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments) accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies and detailing returns of Borrower’s products or services during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited (or such other level as is required by Borrower’s board of directors) consolidated financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is either unqualified or qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors commit to provide additional equity as needed or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements; (iii) within five (5) business days of approval thereof, but in any event no later than sixty (60) days following the end of each fiscal year, of an annual budget and business plan; (iv) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (v) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $500,000 or more;

 

(e)                                  Section 6.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

 

(a)                                 Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, together with (i) detailed aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable and (ii) a Net Revenue Report, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

3


 

(f)                                   Section 6.2(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

 

(b)                                 Promptly and in any event within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(g)                                  Section 6.2(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

 

(d)                                 Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate calculated as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

(h)                                 Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

 

6.6                               Bank Accounts.  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1(d), Borrower within 30 days of the Closing Date shall maintain, in depository and/or operating accounts with Bank, Cash equal to the lesser of (a) $25,000,000 or (b) 40% of Borrower’s total Cash.  Any of Borrower’s Cash not maintained at Bank shall be held in an account subject to an account control agreement in favor of Bank.  Borrower shall provide Bank, upon Bank’s request, account, balance and other information requested by Bank with respect to Borrower’s Cash maintained outside of Bank.  Prior to maintaining any investment accounts with Bank’s affiliates, Borrower, Bank, and any such affiliate shall have entered into a securities account control agreement with respect to any such investment accounts, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

 

(i)                                     Sections 6.7(a) and (b) of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety, as follows:

 

(a)                                 Minimum Cash at Bank.  A balance of Cash at Bank, plus Cash at a Bank Affiliate in an account covered by an account control agreement acceptable to Bank, of not less than $25,000,000, calculated on an aggregate basis for Borrower and its Credit Party Subsidiaries and monitored on a daily basis.

 

(b)                                 Minimum Net Revenue.  Measured monthly and calculated on a cumulative and consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries beginning January 1, 2019, Borrower shall achieve Net Revenue of at least the amounts shown in the table immediately below for the corresponding reporting periods on a calendar year to date basis.  For subsequent reporting periods, Bank shall use the budget delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 to establish the minimum Net Revenue amounts for such year after reasonable consultation with Borrower (which amounts shall reflect the greater of (i) 60% of Borrower’s board-approved plan and (ii) a

 

4


 

30% increase over actual Revenue from the preceding year), with such amounts being incorporated herein by an amendment, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.  In addition, if no minimum Net Revenue level is in effect as of the last day of a particular month, then the covenant level for that day shall be deemed to be an amount that is 10% greater than the minimum Net Revenue required by this Section 6.7(b) for the immediately preceding month.

 

Reporting Period Ending (on a
calendar year to date basis)

 

Minimum Net Revenue

 

January 31, 2019

 

$

24,000,000

 

February 28, 2019

 

$

55,000,000

 

March 31, 2019

 

$

80,000,000

 

April 30, 2019

 

$

112,000,000

 

May 31, 2019

 

$

145,000,000

 

June 30, 2019

 

$

185,000,000

 

July 31, 2019

 

$

230,000,000

 

August 31, 2019

 

$

280,000,000

 

September 30, 2019

 

$

320,000,000

 

October 31, 2019

 

$

358,000,000

 

November 30, 2019

 

$

415,000,000

 

December 31, 2019

 

$

450,000,000

 

 

(j)                                    Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

 

6.9                               Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries.  In the event that any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Bank of such creation or acquisition, and Borrower or such Subsidiary shall take all actions reasonably requested by Bank to achieve any of the following with respect to such “New Subsidiary” (defined as a Subsidiary formed after the date hereof during the term of this Agreement): (a) to cause such New Subsidiary, if such New Subsidiary is organized under the laws of the United States, to become either a co-Borrower hereunder or a secured guarantor with respect to the Obligations; and (b) to grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in (i) 100% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any such New Subsidiary which is organized under the laws of the United States, and (ii) 65% of the stock, units or other evidence of ownership held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries of any such New Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of the United States.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Borrower maintains an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank of at least $25,000,000, Borrower shall not be required to comply with the terms of Section 6.9(b)(ii) above with respect to New Subsidiaries created or acquired after the Closing Date; provided, however, prior to or concurrently with the pledge of any stock, units or other evidence of ownership to Subordinated Lender, Borrower will pledge such stock, units or other evidence of

 

5


 

ownership to Bank pursuant to a pledge agreement acceptable to Bank.  If, at any time, Borrower fails to maintain an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank of at least $25,000,000, Borrower shall notify Bank within ten (10) days and shall have twenty (20) Business Days comply with the terms of Section 6.9(b)(ii) with respect to all New Subsidiaries created or acquired after the Closing Date.

 

(k)                                 Section 7.4 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end thereof:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to make Permitted Payments (as defined in the Subordination Agreement) under the Subordinated Loan Agreement so long as a Payment Blockage Period (as defined in the Subordination Agreement) is not then in effect, an Event of Default has not occurred and is continuing, or an Event of Default would not result from the Permitted Payment.

 

(l)                                     Section 7.5 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

 

7.5                               Encumbrances.  Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person (other than (a) the licensors of in-licensed property with respect to such property, (b) the lessors of specific equipment or lenders financing specific equipment with respect to such leased or financed equipment, (c) the Person that finances the purchase of Equipment referred to in clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, (d) the holder of the Lien on cash collateral referred to in clause (h) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, (e) the Person holding collateral on deposit referred to in clause (j) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”, (f) the counterparties to binding contractual arrangements with respect to the merger or acquisition of Borrower, or (g) Subordinated Lender, provided that a Lien in favor of Bank is not prohibited thereunder), that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property.

 

(m)                             Section 7.8 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

 

7.8                               Capitalized Expenditures.  Make Capitalized Expenditures in excess of (a) $9,000,000 in the aggregate in Borrower’s 2018 fiscal year or (b) $39,000,000 in the aggregate in Borrower’s 2019 fiscal year.  For subsequent reporting periods, Bank shall use the budget delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 to establish the Capitalized Expenditure limit for such year after reasonable consultation with Borrower, with such amounts being incorporated herein by an amendment, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

 

6


 

(n)                                 Section 7.11 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

 

7.11                        Inventory and Equipment.  Store within the United States, the Inventory or the Equipment of a book value in excess of $1,000,000 with a bailee, warehouseman, collocation facility or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment.  Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and for movable items of personal property having an aggregate book value not in excess of $1,000,000, and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment in the United States only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank is able to take such actions as may be necessary to perfect its security interest or to obtain a bailee’s acknowledgment of Bank’s rights in the Collateral.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank hereby agrees that it shall not require any action by, or on behalf of, Borrower necessary to perfect its right in Borrower’s Inventory or Equipment or to obtain a bailee’s acknowledgment of Bank’s rights in the Collateral if Borrower’s aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank is at least $25,000,000; provided, however, prior to or concurrently with Borrower taking any action to perfect Subordinated Lender’s right in Borrower’s Inventory or Equipment or the delivery of any bailee acknowledgment to Subordinated Lender, Borrower will take any action necessary to perfect Bank’s rights in Borrower’s Inventory or Equipment and obtain a bailee acknowledgement of Bank’s rights in the Collateral.  If, at any time, Borrower fails to maintain an aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank of at least $25,000,000, Borrower shall have ten (10) days to comply with the terms of this Section 7.11.

 

(o)                                 Section 10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to replace the Borrower’s notice details as follows:

 

If to Borrower:                                                               Casper Sleep Inc.
230 Park Ave., 13th Floor
New York, NY 10003
Attn:                    Greg Macfarlane
Email: ####.##########@casper.com

 

with a copy to:                                                               Casper Sleep Inc.
230 Park Ave., 13th Floor
New York, NY 10003
Attn:                    Mike Magee
Email: ####.#####@casper.com

 

7


 

(p)                                 The following terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

 

“Aggregate Borrowing Limit” means $25,000,000.

 

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B-1, B-2 and B-3 attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B-1, B-2 and B-3, except to the extent any such property (i) is non-assignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408 of the Code), (ii) is property for which the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC) or a Foreign Subsidiary, in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations or Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote, or (iv) is property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien.

 

“Subordinated Debt” means (a) the debt evidenced by and incurred pursuant to the Subordinated Loan Agreement and the other Subordinated Loan Documents and (b) any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

 

(q)                                 Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following defined terms in the appropriate alphabetical order:

 

“Organizational Documents” means (a) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws and other constitutional documents, including the certificate of designation for any series of its preferred stock, (b) with respect to any limited liability company, its articles of organization and operating agreement, or other comparable documents however named, and (c) with respect to any partnership, its partnership agreement.

 

“Subordinated Lender” means TriplePoint Capital, LLC or any replacement or substitute subordinated lender.

 

“Subordinated Loan Agreement” means that certain Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 1, 2019 by and between Borrower

 

8


 

and Subordinated Lender, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Subordination Agreement.

 

“Subordinated Loan Documents” means the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Subordinated Loan Agreement.

 

“Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2019 by and between Bank and Subordinated Lender, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time or any replacement or substitute subordination agreement by and between Bank and Subordinated Lender.

 

(r)                                    Clause (d) of the defined term “Permitted Investment” in Exhibit A to the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

(d)                                 (w) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower, (x) Investments by a Borrower or Secured Guarantor in any other Borrower or Secured Guarantor, and (y) provided that Borrower’s aggregate balance of Cash at Bank plus Cash in an account covered by a control agreement acceptable to Bank is at least $25,000,000, Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries (that are not a Borrower or a Secured Guarantor) not to exceed $14,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(s)                                   A new Exhibit B-3 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto.

 

5.                                      Representations and Warranties.  Borrower and New Borrower hereby represent and warrant to Bank, which representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery hereof, that: (a) this Amendment is the legally valid and binding obligation of Borrower and New Borrower, enforceable against Borrower and New Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity and (b) each of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement, as well as all other representations and warranties contained in the other Loan Documents, are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Effective Date as though made at and as of each such date (provided, however, that such representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date, and, provided, further, that any representation or warranty that contains a materiality qualification therein shall be true and correct in all respects).

 

6.                                      Successors and Assigns.  This Amendment shall be binding upon Borrower’s, New Borrower’s and Bank’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Borrower’s, New Borrower’s and Bank’s successors and assigns.  No other person or entity shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Amendment.  Neither Borrower nor New Borrower may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Amendment without the prior written consent of Bank.

 

9


 

7.                                      Severability; Construction.  Wherever possible, each provision of this Amendment shall be interpreted in such a manner so as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but, if any provision of this Amendment shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such provision or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Amendment.  All obligations of Borrower and New Borrower and rights of Bank expressed herein shall be in addition to and not in limitation of those provided by applicable law.

 

8.                                      Counterparts; Facsimile and Other Electronic Transmission.  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment.  Receipt of an executed signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall constitute for all purposes effective delivery thereof.  Electronic records of this executed Amendment maintained by Bank shall be deemed to be originals.

 

9.                                      GOVERNING LAWTHIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND BE CONSTRUED, ENFORCED AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

 

10.                               WAIVER OF JURY TRIALBANK, BORROWER AND NEW BORROWER WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CLAIMS BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY BASES. ALL DISPUTES, CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, ACTIONS AND SIMILAR PROCEEDINGS ARISING WITH RESPECT TO BORROWER’S AND/OR NEW BORROWER’S ACCOUNT(S) OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR TRANSACTION SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE GENERAL COURT OF JUSTICE OF NORTH CAROLINA SITTING IN DURHAM COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE MIDDLE DISTRICT OF NORTH CAROLINA, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW WITH RESPECT TO ARBITRATION OF SUCH MATTERS. IF THE JURY WAIVER SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, THEN ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN WILL BE FINALLY SETTLED BY BINDING ARBITRATION IN DURHAM COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE THEN-CURRENT COMMERCIAL ARBITRATION RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION BY ONE ARBITRATOR APPOINTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SAID RULES. THE ARBITRATOR SHALL APPLY NORTH CAROLINA LAW TO THE RESOLUTION OF ANY DISPUTE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO RULES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW OR RULES OF STATUTORY ARBITRATION.  JUDGMENT ON THE AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES MAY APPLY TO ANY

 

10


 

COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION FOR PRELIMINARY OR INTERIM EQUITABLE RELIEF OR TO COMPEL ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH.  THE EXPENSES OF THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING THE ARBITRATOR’S FEES, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPERT WITNESS FEES, INCURRED BY THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION MAY BE AWARDED TO THE PREVAILING PARTY, IN THE DISCRETION OF THE ARBITRATOR, OR MAY BE APPORTIONED BETWEEN THE PARTIES IN ANY MANNER DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY THE ARBITRATOR.  UNLESS AND UNTIL THE ARBITRATOR DECIDES THAT ONE PARTY IS TO PAY FOR ALL (OR A SHARE) OF SUCH EXPENSES, ALL PARTIES SHALL SHARE EQUALLY IN THE PAYMENT OF THE ARBITRATOR’S FEES AS AND WHEN BILLED BY THE ARBITRATOR.

 

11.                               Conditions to Effectiveness.  As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

(a)                                 this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower and New Borrower;

 

(b)                                 an officer’s certificate of New Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

 

(c)                                  a financing statement (Form UCC-1) for New Borrower;

 

(d)                                 a Borrower Information Certificate for New Borrower;

 

(e)                                  a Pledge Agreement, by Casper Sleep Inc. in favor of Bank with respect to the membership interests of Casper Science LLC and Casper Sleep Retail LLC;

 

(f)                                   a share charge granted by Casper Sleep Inc. in favor of Bank with respect to English Subsidiary’s shares;

 

(g)                                  payment of the $2,000 facility fee, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts;

 

(h)                                 the Subordination Agreement, duly executed by Subordinated Lender and acknowledged by Borrower;

 

(i)                                     a Deposit Account Control Agreement (“Shifting Control”), duly executed by Subordinated Lender and Borrower;

 

(j)                                    payment of all Bank Expenses, including Bank’s reasonable expenses for the documentation of this Amendment and any related documents, and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from Borrower’s account(s); and

 

(k)                                 such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

11


 

12.                               Post-Close Requirements.  Within fifteen 15 days of the Effective Date, Bank shall receive, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank:

 

(a)                                 Original share certificate(s) and undated stock transfer forms with respect to the English Subsidiary’s shares; and

 

(b)                                 a Landlord Waiver executed by the landlords party to the leases for the premises located at 500 Treat Street, San Francisco, California.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Macfarlane

 

Name: Greg Macfarlane

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Macfarlane

 

Name: Greg Macfarlane

 

Title: Treasurer

 

 

 

NEW BORROWER:

 

 

 

CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Macfarlane

 

Name: GregMacfarlane

 

Title: Treasurer

 

 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Londono

 

Name: James Londono

 

Title: Vice President

 


 

DEBTOR:

 

CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC

 

 

 

SECURED PARTY:

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

EXHIBIT B-3

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)                                 all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names, and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

 

(b)                                 any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment.  All terms above have the meanings given to them in the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any of the intellectual property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of February 25, 2019, include the Intellectual Property to the extent and only to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, and further provided, however, that Bank’s enforcement rights with respect to any security interest in the Intellectual Property shall be absolutely limited to the Rights to Payment only, and Bank shall have no recourse whatsoever with respect to the underlying Intellectual Property.

 





Exhibit 10.6

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT
TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is made  and entered into as of September 1, 2019 by and among PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Bank”), and CASPER SLEEP INC., CASPER SCIENCE LLC, and CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 27, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1)             Section 7.8 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated, as follows:

 

7.8                               Capitalized  Expenditures.                                           Make Capitalized Expenditures in excess of $55,000,000 in the aggregate in Borrower’s 2019 fiscal year. For subsequent reporting periods, Bank shall use the budget delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 to establish the Capitalized Expenditure limit for such year after reasonable consultation with Borrower, with such amounts being incorporated herein by an amendment, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

 

2)             The following defined terms in Exhibit A to the Agreement are hereby amended and restated, as follows:

 

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to three hundred percent (300%) (the “Advance Rate”) of the most recent average trailing-three-months GAAP gross profit (revenues minus cost of goods sold) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2(b) of this Agreement.

 

“Formula Revolving Maturity Date” means September 1, 2020.

 

3)             Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be  as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Each Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement.

 


 

4)             Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment.

 

5)             This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

6)             As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

a)                                            this Amendment, duly executed by each Borrower;

 

b)                                            payment for all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, including Bank’s expenses for the documentation of this Amendment and any UCC, good standing or intellectual property search or filing fees, which may be debited from any Borrower’s accounts; and

 

c)                                             such other documents and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Casper Sleep Inc. — 5th Amendment to LSA — EXECUTION

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

PACIFIC WESTERN BANK

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

By:

/s/

Name:

Greg Macfarlane

 

Name:

James Londono

Title:

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Greg Macfarlane

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

Greg Macfarlane

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

 

Casper Sleep Inc. — 5th Amendment to LSA — EXECUTION

 





Exhibit 10.7

 

PLAIN ENGLISH GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This is a PLAIN ENGLISH GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of March 1, 2019 by and between (i) CASPER SLEEP INC., a Delaware corporation, CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and CASPER SCIENCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as borrowers, and any other Person that executes a Joinder Agreement to become a borrower under this Agreement, and (ii)(A) TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDC CORP., a Maryland corporation, in its capacity as a lender (in such capacity, “TPVG”) and in its capacity as Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Agency Agreement (as defined herein) (in such capacity, “Collateral Agent”) and (B) TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as a lender (in such capacity, “TPC”; TPVG and TPC, in their respective capacities as lenders, each a “Lender” and collectively the “Lenders”).

 

The words “We”, “Us”, and “Our” refer to Lenders and Collateral Agent, collectively. Unless otherwise specified, the words “You” and “Your” refer to each of and all of CASPER SLEEP INC., CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC, CASPER SCIENCE LLC and any other Person that executes a Joinder Agreement to become a borrower under this Agreement, and, not to any individual, and CASPER SLEEP INC., CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC, CASPER SCIENCE LLC and any other Person that executes a Joinder Agreement to become a borrower under this Agreement, shall be jointly and severally liable for any and all of Your agreements and obligations under this Agreement. The words “the Parties” refers to each of and all of Lenders, Collateral Agent, CASPER SLEEP INC., CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC, CASPER SCIENCE LLC and any other Person that executes a Joinder Agreement to become a borrower under this Agreement. This Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement may be referred to as the “Agreement”.

 

The Parties agree to the following mutual agreements and conditions listed below:

 

GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN FACILITY INFORMATION

 

Facility Number

 

Part 1: ####-##-##

 

Part 2: ####-##-##

 

Part 3: ####-##-##

 

Part 4: ####-##-##

 


 

Commitment Amount

 

Part 1:  $50,000,000 available upon completion of the Part 1 Milestone, allocated between Lenders as follows:

 

TPVG Commitment Amount

 

$

30,000,000

 

TPC Commitment Amount

 

$

20,000,000

 

 

Part 2:  $12,500,000 available Upon Request and Approval following full utilization of the Part 1 Commitment Amount and execution of a warrant agreement in substantially the same form as the Warrant Agreement executed on the Closing Date, allocated between Lenders as follows:

 

TPVG Commitment Amount

 

Allocation to be determined at time of availability

 

TPC Commitment Amount

 

 

 

Part 3:  $12,500,000 available Upon Request and Approval following full utilization of the Part 1 Commitment Amount and execution of a warrant agreement in substantially the same form as the Warrant Agreement executed on the Closing Date, allocated between Lenders as follows:

 

TPVG Commitment Amount

 

Allocation to be determined at time of availability

 

TPC Commitment Amount

 

 

 

Part 4:  $25,000,000 available Upon Request and Approval following full utilization of the Part 1 Commitment Amount and execution of a warrant agreement in substantially the same form as the Warrant Agreement executed on the Closing Date, allocated between Lenders as follows:

 

TPVG Commitment Amount

 

Allocation to be determined at time of availability

 

TPC Commitment Amount

 

 

 

2


 

Minimum Advance
Amount

 

Availability Period

 

Loan Term

 

Interest Rate

None.

 

Part 1: Closing Date through February 28, 2021.*

Parts 2, 3, and 4: To be determined.

 


*The Parties acknowledge the Part 1 Milestone was completed prior to the Closing Date.

 

Part 1: See Table of Terms, “Advance Options”

Parts 2, 3, and 4: To be determined.

 

Part 1: See Table of Terms, “Advance Options”

Parts 2, 3, and 4: To be determined.

(Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal, however, in no event shall the Prime Rate be less than 5.25%)

 

Security Interest

 

End Of Term Payment

 

Facility Fee

First priority security interest in all Collateral (subject only to clauses (viii), (ix), (x) and (xi) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”)

 

Part 1: See Table of Terms, “Advance Options”

 

Parts 2, 3, and 4: To be determined.

 

Part 1: $625,000 due on the Closing Date, allocated $375,000 to TPVG and $250,000 to TPC

Part 2: $156,250 due immediately upon availability of the Part 2 Commitment Amount, allocated pro-rata to TPVG and TPC based upon the Part 2 Commitment Amount allocation.

Part 3: $156,250 due immediately upon availability of the Part 3 Commitment Amount, allocated pro-rata to TPVG and TPC based upon the Part 3 Commitment Amount allocation.

Part 4: $312,500 due immediately upon availability of the Part 4 Commitment Amount, allocated pro-rata to TPVG and TPC based upon the Part 4 Commitment Amount allocation.

 

3


 

ADVANCE OPTIONS*

 


*Options available subject to Section 1.

 

Option A

 

Option B

 

Option C

Loan Term: 3 Months
(Months 1-3 interest only, with principal due at the end of the Loan Term)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate
plus 0.0%


End of Term Payment:
0.25% of each Advance

 

Loan Term: 6 Months
(Months 1-6 interest only, with principal due at the end of the Loan Term)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate
plus 1.0%


End of Term Payment:
1.25% of each Advance

 

Loan Term: 9 Months (Months 1-9 interest only, with principal due at the end of the Loan Term)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 1.5%


End of Term Payment: 2.25% of each Advance

 

Option D

 

Option E

 

Option F

Loan Term: 12 Months
(Months 1-12 interest only, with principal due at the end of the Loan Term)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate
plus 2.25%


End of Term Payment: 3.0%
of each Advance

 

 

Loan Term: 18 Months
(Months 1-18 interest only, with principal due at the end of the Loan Term)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate
plus 3.0%


End of Term Payment:
4.75% of each Advance

 

Loan Term: 24 Months


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 0.75%


End of Term Payment: 4.0% of each Advance

 

Option G

 

Option H

 

Option I

Loan Term: 30 Months


Interest Rate: Prime Rate
plus 1.25%
End of Term Payment: 5.5%
of each Advance

 

Loan Term: 42 Months

Interest Rate: Prime Rate
plus 2.5%

End of Term Payment: 7.0% of each Advance

 

 

Loan Term: 48 Months


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 3.25%


End of Term Payment: 7.0% of each Advance

 

4


 

Option J

 

Option K

 

Option L

Loan Term: 24 Months (Months 1-12 interest only, followed by 12 months of principal and interest payments)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 1.75%


End of Term Payment: 5.75% of each Advance

 

 

Loan Term: 30 Months (Months 1-15 interest only, followed by 15 months of principal and interest payments)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 3.0%


End of Term Payment: 5.75% of each Advance

 

Loan Term: 36 Months (Months 1-18 interest only, followed by 18 months of principal and interest payments)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 3.75%


End of Term Payment: 7.0% of each Advance

 

Option M

 

Option N

 

Option O

Loan Term: 42 Months (Months 1-21 interest only, followed by 21 months of principal and interest payments)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 4.25%


End of Term Payment: 8.25% of each Advance

 

Loan Term: 48 Months (Months 1-24 interest only, followed by 24 months of principal and interest payments)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 5.0%


End of Term Payment: 8.25% of each Advance

 

 

Loan Term: 24 Months (Months 1- 24 interest only, with principal due at the end of the Loan Term)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 4.25%


End of Term Payment: 6.0% of each Advance

 

Option P

 

Option Q

 

Option R

Loan Term: 36 Months (Months 1- 36 interest only, with principal due at the end of the Loan Term)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 6.0%


End of Term Payment: 6.25% of each Advance

 

 

Loan Term: 42 Months (Months 1- 42 interest only, with principal due at the end of the Loan Term)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 6.75%


End of Term Payment: 6:5% of each Advance

 

Loan Term: 48 Months (Months 1- 48 interest only, with principal due at the end of the Loan Term)


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 7.25%


End of Term Payment: 7.5% of each Advance

 

5


 

Option S only available in
connection with Option R

 

 

 

 

Loan Term: The Loan Term for advances under Option R may be extended by an additional 12 months of interest only, for a total of 60 Months (Months 1-60 interest only, with remaining principal due at the end of the Loan Term), upon Your request in writing to Us and Our approval, which We may approve in Our sole discretion.


Interest Rate: Prime Rate plus 8.00%.


End of Term Payment: 8.50% of each Advance funded

 

 

 

 

 

 

6


 

OUR CONTACT INFORMATION

 

Name

 

Address For Notices

 

Contact Person

TPVG and Collateral Agent:
TriplePoint Venture Growth BDC Corp.
TPC: TriplePoint Capital LLC

 

2755 Sand Hill Rd., Ste. 150 Menlo Park, CA 94025
Tel: (###) ###-####
Fax: (###) ###-####

 

Sajal Srivastava, President
Tel: (###) ###-####
Fax: (###) ###-####
email:
legal@triplepointcagital.com

 

YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION

 

Customer Name

 

Address For Notices

 

Contact Person

Casper Sleep Inc.
Casper Sleep Retail LLC
Casper Science LLC

 

230 Park Avenue South
13
th Floor
New York, NY 10003

 

Greg Macfarlane, CFO
Tel: (###) ###-####
Fax: n/a
email:
####.##########@#####.com

With copy to: ####.#####@######.com

 

Capitalized terms defined in the Table of Terms shall have the meanings given to those terms in such table, and other capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the body of this Agreement are defined in Section 21. Any accounting term not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

 

For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person should be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its equity interests at such time.

 

1.                                      WHAT THE PARTIES AGREE TO FINANCE; DESIGNATION OF LEAD BORROWER

 

Use of Proceeds. Provided that the conditions in Sections 4 and 5 and elsewhere in this Agreement are met, each Lender (severally and not jointly or jointly and severally) will lend to You the Parts of the Commitment Amount specified for such Lender as reflected in the Table of Terms and You agree to use such proceeds to finance any of Your general corporate needs. Lenders will lend to You advances (each an “Advance”) in minimum amounts as set forth in the Table of Terms up to a maximum of the Commitment Amount for each Part as provided in the Table of Terms; provided,

 

7


 

that each Lender’s funding obligation with respect to any Advance (x) shall be several and not joint or joint and several, (y) shall be in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share thereof, and (z) shall not exceed the then remaining unfunded amount of such Lender’s individual Commitment Amount for the applicable Part as provided in the Table of Terms. Each Lender’s obligation to fund Advances under each Part of the Commitment Amount under this Agreement will end on the last day of the Availability Period noted in the Table of Terms for such Part.

 

Advance Options. You agree not to request any Advance Options in which the final payments (including End of Term Payments) would be due and owing prior to the permitted date as further set forth in the Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement in effect at the time of such Advance Request and if You do request such Advance Option, We shall not be obligated to fund such Advance.

 

Lead Borrower. CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC, CASPER SCIENCE LLC and any Person that executes a Joinder Agreement to become a borrower under this Agreement hereby designates CASPER SLEEP INC. as its representative and agent on its behalf for the purposes of giving and receiving all Advance Requests and all other notices and consents under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents and taking all other actions (including in respect of compliance with covenants) on behalf of CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC, CASPER SCIENCE LLC and any Person that executes a Joinder Agreement to become a borrower under this Agreement, under this Agreement and the other Loan  Documents. CASPER SLEEP INC. hereby accepts such appointment. We may regard any notice or other communication pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document from CASPER SLEEP INC. as a notice or communication from all of You, and may give any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to any of You hereunder to CASPER SLEEP INC. on behalf of each of You. Each of You agrees that each notice, election, representation and warranty, covenant, agreement and undertaking made on Your behalf by CASPER SLEEP INC. shall be deemed for all purposes to have been made by each of You and shall be binding upon and enforceable against each of You to the same extent as if the same had been made directly by each of You.

 

2.                                      YOU WILL ENTER INTO MULTIPLE PROMISSORY NOTES

 

The Plain English Growth Capital Promissory Note in the form of Exhibit A (the “Promissory Note”) is the document You will enter into in favor of each Lender each time an Advance is to be funded (it being understood that separate Promissory Notes will be issued to each Lender with respect to each Advance). The Promissory Note will contain the specific financial terms of the Advance (e.g. amount funded, interest rate, maturity date, Advance Date, payment due dates etc.) and all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement are incorporated in and made a part of each Promissory Note. There may be multiple Promissory Notes associated with this Agreement.

 

8


 

3.                                      YOUR LOAN FACILITY COMMITMENT AMOUNT MAY BE DIVIDED INTO PARTS

 

The Commitment Amount and/or its corresponding parts (if any) will be noted in the Table of Terms (“Parts”). For purposes of this Agreement, references to the Commitment Amount shall mean the Part or Parts which are available and in effect. Certain terms or conditions associated with the availability of such Part are listed in the Table of Terms. As to any Part that is available “Upon Request and Additional Approval”, You are required to make a request to utilize that additional Part in writing to Lenders (the “Commitment Increase Request Notice”), prior to Your submission of a corresponding Advance Request. After Lenders’ receipt of the Commitment Increase Request Notice, Lenders will review the information available to them and conduct any legal and business due diligence deemed necessary by them in connection with their attempt to obtain their respective requisite credit approvals and such approval shall be in each Lender’s sole discretion. Each Lender’s agreement to consider providing the additional Part is not, and is not to be construed as, a commitment, offer, or agreement to provide such additional Part.

 

Part 1 Milestone: The availability of the Part 1 Commitment Amount is subject to confirmation satisfactory to each Lender that You have completed the Part 1 Milestone on or before February 28, 2019, as determined by each Lender in its sole discretion.

 

4.                                      HOW WILL YOU REQUEST ADVANCES

 

In addition to the requirements of Section 5 set forth below, You agree to follow the procedures listed below to have Lenders extend an Advance to You:

 

· You will submit to Us (by facsimile, mail or electronic mail) a completed Advance Request in the form attached as Exhibit B signed by Your Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer. The Advance Request shall be irrevocable.

 

· Such Advance Request must be submitted and received by Us no later than 5:00 p.m. PT five (5) Business Days prior to the last day of the applicable Availability Period. Any Advance Request submitted after 5:00 p.m. PT shall be considered received the following Business Day.

 

· Each Advance Request will state a requested funding date that is at least five (5) Business Days after the date such Advance Request is submitted to Us.

 

After We check and approve the information You provide in the Advance Request, We will prepare and provide to You Promissory Notes for each Lender and an amortization schedule (consistent with this Agreement) for Your signature. Upon receipt of the Promissory Notes signed by Your authorized officer and confirmation by Us that all conditions to funding an Advance have been met, each Lender will then advance its Pro Rata Share of the requested funds to You.

 

All the terms, conditions, and covenants of this Agreement shall apply to all Advances whether or not each Advance is evidenced by a Promissory Note. You agree that We may rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any notice or Advance Request given by any person We reasonably believe to be Your authorized representative without the necessity of Our conducting an independent investigation, including Your contact person listed in the Table of Terms.

 

9


 

5.                                      CONDITIONS FOR US TO MAKE LOANS TO YOU

 

Each Lender’s obligation to fund any Advance that You request under this Agreement is subject to satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Sections 4 and 18 and each of the following conditions:

 

·                  The representations and warranties in this Agreement and in the Warrant Agreement(s) shall be true, complete and correct in all material respects on and as of the date(s) Lenders fund each Advance with the same effect as though they were made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case they shall remain true, complete and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided, however, that such materiality qualifiers shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof. Each Advance Request will constitute Your representation and warranty on the relevant Advance Date as to the matters provided in Sections 11 and 12 and as to the matters set forth in the Advance Request.

 

·                  You shall be in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement, each Promissory Note and each other Loan Document, and at the time of and immediately after such Advance: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) no fact or conditions shall exist that would (or would with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both) constitute a Default or an Event of Default under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

·                  You shall provide Collateral Agent with all appropriate assignments, notices and control agreements that are necessary or desirable to perfect or maintain Collateral Agent’s first priority Lien in all of the Collateral (subject only to clauses (viii), (ix), (x) and (xi) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”).

 

·                  You shall have paid to each Lender the entire amount of its respective portion of the Facility Fee then due and payable to such Lender as indicated in the Table of Terms relating to the Part under which such Advance is funded.

 

·                  No event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

·                  You shall have delivered to each Lender the Warrant Agreement to be issued to such Lender.

 

·                  We shall have received all of the agreements, documents, instruments and other items set forth in the Schedule of Documents attached hereto as Schedule 2, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Us.

 

·                  We shall have received certificates of insurance, endorsements and other documents evidencing Your compliance with Section 10 in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Us.

 

10


 

·                  Prior to any Advances under the Part 1 Commitment Amount, You shall have completed the Part 1 Milestone.

 

·                  With respect to the Part 2 Commitment Amount, Part 3 Commitment Amount and Part 4 Commitment Amount if made available, You shall have delivered to each Lender the warrant agreement to be entered into between You and such Lender after the Closing Date with respect to the Part 2 Commitment Amount, Part 3 Commitment Amount and Part 4 Commitment Amount which warrant agreement shall be substantially in the same form as the Warrant Agreement executed on the Closing Date.

 

·                  You shall submit to Us any other documents and other information that We may request.

 

6.                                      YOU MAY PREPAY YOUR PROMISSORY NOTES

 

You may at any time prepay all Promissory Notes with respect to any Advance in full (but not in part), without premium or penalty, by (a) giving five (5) Business Days prior written notice to Us, and (b) paying: (i) the remaining outstanding principal amount and all accrued interest calculated as if the date of such prepayment occurred on the next scheduled monthly payment date per the respective Promissory Notes, (ii) the End of Term Payment for such Advance, (iii) all other Secured Obligations, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts as of the date of prepayment, and (iv) the Prepayment Fee for such Advance (the amounts payable under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iv) to be paid to each Lender based on its respective Pro Rata Share, and the amounts payable under the foregoing clause (iii) to be paid to each of Us as Our respective interests appear).

 

7.                                      THE MAXIMUM RATE OF INTEREST; DEFAULT RATE

 

Maximum Rate of Interest. It is not Our intent to receive interest at a rate greater than the maximum rate permissible by law, which We shall call the “maximum rate”. If a court determines You have actually paid Us interest based on a rate that exceeds the maximum rate, then We shall apply the excess as follows: first, to the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Secured Obligations; second, after all principal is repaid, to the payment of Our accrued interest and any other principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us in respect of the Secured Obligations; and third, after all amounts owed by You to Us are repaid, the excess (if any) shall be refunded to You.

 

Default Interest. In the event that You do not pay any interest when due, delinquent interest shall be added to principal and shall bear interest on interest, compounded at the rate set forth in the Table of Terms. Upon and during an Event of Default, all principal, interest or other amounts owed by You to Us shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate set forth in the Table of Terms plus five percent (5%) per annum (the “Default Rate”).

 

8.                                      YOU GRANT COLLATERAL AGENT A SECURITY INTEREST

 

Each of You grants to Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of Collateral Agent and Lenders, a first priority (subject only to clauses (viii), (ix), (x) and (xi) of the definition of

 

11


 

“Permitted Liens”), continuing security interest in and Lien upon all of Your right, title and interest in each of the following whether now owned or hereinafter acquired and wherever located:

 

·                  All Receivables;

·                  All Equipment;

·                  All Fixtures;

·                  All General Intangibles;

·                  All Intellectual Property;

·                  All Inventory;

·                  All Investment Property;

·                  All Deposit Accounts;

·                  All Cash;

·                  All commercial tort claims, if any, as listed on Exhibit C;

·                  All Goods and personal property, whether tangible or intangible and whether now or hereinafter owned or existing, leased, consigned by or to or acquired and wherever located; and

·                  To the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, rents, profits, and products of each of the foregoing.

 

All the above listed items will be collectively called the “Collateral”.

 

Notwithstanding the above, Collateral excludes (i) Intellectual Property currently held or hereafter obtained, but includes Proceeds of Intellectual Property (including but not limited to all Receivables, rights to payment and General Intangibles arising from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, the foregoing); provided, however, other than non-exclusive licenses or non-perpetual exclusive licenses with respect to geographic area, fields of use and customized products for specific customers that would not result in a transfer of title of the licensed property under applicable law, all given in the ordinary course of Your business, in the event any of You transfer, sell, assign, grant a security interest in, hypothecate, permit or suffer to exist any Lien, or otherwise transfer any interest in or encumber any portion of the Intellectual Property, either voluntarily or involuntarily, without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, Collateral Agent’s security interest shall include (and shall be deemed to have a Lien in such assets included from the Closing Date) all Intellectual Property, (ii) any license which is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the UCC); (iii) equity interests of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), other than a Material Foreign Subsidiary, in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of equity interests of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote, (iv) any property for which the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law or any agreement governing the financing of the acquisition of such property, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, and (v) cash and securities held in the Excluded Accounts, until such time as they are no longer maintained in an Excluded Account.

 

12


 

All references herein or in any other Loan Document to any Lien or security interest of Collateral Agent shall be deemed to refer to the Lien of Collateral Agent on behalf of and for the benefit of itself and the Lenders.

 

9.                                      HOW AND WHAT YOU WILL PAY US

 

Payments. The first payment date for each Advance will be the first day of the month following the month in which the Advance was funded, unless that Advance is funded on the first day of that month, in which case the first payment date shall be the Advance Date.

 

Each Advance shall be due in monthly installments consisting of either (a) that number of months of interest only payments as indicated in the Table of Terms followed by the remaining monthly installment payments, as indicated in the Table of Terms, of principal and interest, (b) if no interest only payments are indicated in the Table of Terms for such Advance, that number of months as indicated in the Table of Terms for such Advance of monthly installment payments of principal and interest, or (c) that number of months of interest only payments as indicated in the Table of Terms for such Advance followed by the outstanding principal amount of such Advance due on the last day of the last month of the Loan Term for such Advance. All payments are payable on the first day of each month through the last payment date (unless that date falls on a day that is not a Business Day in which event such payment shall be due on the previous Business Day). The outstanding balance of each Advance shall be due and payable in full in immediately available funds on the Maturity Date (as defined in the Promissory Notes for such Advance), if not sooner paid in full.

 

Interest. The principal balance of each Promissory Note shall accrue interest at the percentage per year as indicated in the Table of Terms, and shall be computed daily on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is payable, and interest shall accrue in advance from the Advance Date. In the event that the Prime Rate is changed from time to time during the term of this Agreement, the applicable rate of interest for the outstanding principal balance of the Advances shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate.

 

Interim Payment. In the event an Advance is made on any day other than the first day of the month, You shall make payment to Lenders on the Advance Date in an amount equal to the per diem interest for the time from the Advance Date through and including the last day of the month in which the Advance is funded.

 

Fees. You shall pay to Lenders (or in the case of Audits and Inspections, each of Us) the following fees and expenses:

 

·                  Facility Fees. On or before the Commitment Date, or upon availability of additional Commitment Amounts, as the case may be, the respective Facility Fee as indicated in the Table of Terms.

 

·                  End of Term Payment. Upon the earlier of the expiration of the Loan Term or last payment date for any Promissory Note, the End of Term Payments as indicated in the Table of Terms.

 

13


 

·                  Audits and Inspections. Field audit charges in the amount of $800 per diem per auditor (or the then prevailing rate charged by Collateral Agent or the applicable Lender, whichever is greater) plus actual reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, in connection with one field examination per year (or more if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) conducted in accordance with this Agreement. In addition, all reasonable documented legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with the annual legal review by Collateral Agent of this Agreement, the Loan Documents and Collateral.

 

·                  Prepayment Fee. An additional prepayment premium (“Prepayment Fee”) shall be payable as follows for prepayment of any Advance (other than Advances under Option A through Option E):

 

(a)                                 If prepaid in months 1-18 following the Advance Date for such Advance: 1.5% of the outstanding balance of such Advance; and

 

(b)                                 If prepaid after month 18 following the Advance Date for such Advance, no additional prepayment premium shall be due.

 

Re-Borrowing. Except with respect to Advances made under Option A through Option E, any amounts that You repay on the Advances may not be re-borrowed. Advances made under Option A through Option E, may be repaid and re-borrowed until the last day of the applicable Availability Period.

 

Flex-Option. During the Availability Period, with regard to Advances under the respective Commitment Amount, upon Your written request, which request may be approved by each Lender in its sole discretion (it being understood that all Lenders must approve any such request), and so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, You may request for any outstanding Advance under such Commitment Amount to elect one of the other  payment structures under the Advance Options of the Table of Terms reduced by the number of months that have expired on the Advance under the current Option. Such request must be received no later than the 15th of any given month. In the event all Lenders consent to the flex-option request, You agree to execute an amendment to the Promissory Note for such Advance evidencing the new payment Option elected. The Lenders’ agreement to consider providing the extension of flex-option is not, and is not to be construed as, a commitment, offer, or agreement to provide such flex-option.

 

Interest Rate Adjustment. The Part l and Part 2 Commitment Amount Interest Rates will be adjusted as follows: if You consummate Your initial public offering (“IPO”) on or before December 31, 2020 in which You obtain net offering proceeds, after deduction of all fees and commissions, of not less than $100,000,000, then effective the first month following such consummation, for the purpose of interest accrual from and after such consummation, the Interest Rate on all outstanding Advances shall be reduced by one percent (1%).

 

IPO Reduced Payment Option. If as of any date during the Loan Term, (i) You are current on all payments that had been due and payable through such date, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of such date, then You, at Your sole option and election, may provide Us with the following:

 

(a)                                 written notice of Your planned IPO (the “IPO Notice”);

 

14


 

(b)                                 evidence in the form of the filing of an S-1 registration statement contemplating an IPO from which You reasonably expect to obtain gross proceeds of not less than $100,000,000, and retention of at least one underwriter; and

 

(c)                                  receipt by Us of a fee equal to l% of the outstanding principal amounts for all Advances then outstanding.

 

As of the first day of the month following the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, then the following shall occur:

 

(A)                               the monthly installments of principal and interest that would otherwise be due and payable under the applicable Advance shall be reduced to an amount that is one-half of the amount that would otherwise be due and payable under such Advance for a period equal to the lesser of (l) the remaining term of such Promissory Note or (2) six months (the “Reduced Payment Period” and such amount, the “Reduced Payment Amount”);

 

(B)                               at Your option, the deferred principal and interest may be paid (l) on the last day of the Reduced Payment Period or (2) over the remaining Loan Term. In no event shall the Maturity Date of any applicable Promissory Note be extended; and

 

(C)                               amended and restated Promissory Notes shall be issued by You in favor of Us to evidence these reduced payment amounts and the repayment of the deferred amounts elected by You.

 

Pro Rata Payments. All payments on account of any Advance (whether of principal, interest, interim payment, fees or otherwise) shall be payable to Lenders based on their respective Pro Rata Shares.

 

Miscellaneous. Payments are due electronically by automatic debit through Automated Clearing House (ACH) payment on or before the first day of each month. You agree to fill out and execute the electronic funds transfer/automatic debit Authorization forms that We provide. If We do not receive any payments from You within two (2) Business Days after they are due, You will pay the applicable Person a late charge on the overdue amount. The late charge will be equal to five percent (5%) of the amount due for each month not paid when due and until such time as payment is received. All payments shall be free and clear of any taxes, withholdings, duties, impositions or other charges, to the end that each of Us will receive the entire amount of any Secured Obligations payable to Us under this Agreement, regardless of the source of payment. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Secured Obligations, and such interest shall then accrue interest at the rate then applicable under this Agreement and the applicable Promissory Note.

 

10.                               INSURANCE

 

So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), You shall carry and maintain commercial general liability insurance, against risks customarily insured against in Your line of business. All such insurance shall be in form, with companies, and in amounts reasonably acceptable to Us (it being understood that the coverage

 

15


 

levels and insurance providers as in effect on the Closing Date are satisfactory to Us). Such risks shall include the risks of bodily injury, including death, property damage, personal injury, advertising injury, and contractual   liability. You must maintain a minimum of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) of commercial general liability insurance for each occurrence. So long as there are any Secured Obligations outstanding (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), You shall also carry and maintain insurance upon the Collateral, insuring against all risks of physical loss or damage howsoever caused, including the perils of fire, windstorm, flood, and earthquake, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of the Collateral. You shall also carry and maintain a fidelity insurance policy in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) as a policy limit.

 

You shall submit to Us certificates of insurance, which reflect Your compliance with Your insurance obligations in the above paragraph and the obligations contained in this Section. Your insurance certificate shall state that We are an additional insured for commercial general liability, an additional insured and a lender loss payee for all risk property damage insurance, and a loss payee for fidelity insurance. Attached to the certificates of insurance will be additional insured endorsements for liability and lender’s loss payable endorsements for all risk property damage insurance and fidelity insurance.

 

The certificates of insurance will state that the coverage evidenced is primary and non-contributory to any insurance or Our self-insurance, and will further state that a waiver of subrogation in favor of Us has been agreed to. All certificates of insurance will provide for a minimum of thirty (30) days advance written notice to Us of cancellation. Any failure by Us to scrutinize such insurance certificates for compliance is not a waiver of any of Our rights, all of which are reserved.

 

11.                               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES FROM YOU

 

You represent and warrant that:

 

·                  Collateral Title. You own all right, title and interest in and to the Collateral, free of all Liens whatsoever, except for Permitted Liens.

 

·                  Granting of Lien. You have the full power and authority to, and do grant and convey to Collateral Agent, a Lien on the Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations, free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and shall execute such notices, assignments, and control agreements, in connection herewith as We may reasonably request to perfect and obtain the priority of Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral. Except for Permitted Liens, the Collateral is not subject to any Liens. You are not presently a party to, nor bound by, any material lease, license, contract or agreement which prohibits You or any of Your Subsidiaries from granting a Lien on such lease, license, contract or other agreement (to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law).

 

·                  Due Organization. You are a corporation duly organized, legally existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with corporate organization number 5421106 for CASPER SLEEP INC., State of Delaware with corporate organization number 7015371 for CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC and State of Delaware with corporate organization number 5929920 for CASPER SCIENCE INC and are duly qualified as a

 

16


 

foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of Your business or location of Your properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

·                  Authorization, Validity and Enforceability. Your execution, delivery and performance of the Promissory Notes, this Agreement, all financing statements, all other Loan Documents, and all Excluded Agreements, (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and (ii) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon the Collateral, other than the Liens created by this Agreement and the other related Loan Documents. The person or people executing this Agreement and other Loan Documents are duly authorized to do so, and the Loan Documents executed by or on behalf of any of You and each term and provision thereof are Your legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws generally affecting the enforcement of the rights of creditors and equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

 

·                  Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 1, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any governmental authority now pending or, to the knowledge of any of You, threatened in writing against or affecting any of You or any of the business, property or rights of any of You (i) which involve any Loan Document or Excluded Agreement or (ii) could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

·                  Compliance with Applicable Laws. None of You are in violation of any law, rule or regulation or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any governmental authority, where such violation or default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

·                  Conflict. Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document (a) violates any provisions of the articles or certificate of incorporation, or bylaws of any of You, or any law, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which any of You are subject or (b) conflicts with or results in the breach or termination of, constitutes a default under or accelerates or permits the acceleration of any performance required by, any material lease, agreement or other contract to which any of You are a party or by which any of You or any of Your property is bound.

 

·                  Further Consent. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not require the consent or approval of any other Person, including any regulatory authority, or governmental body of the United States or any State or any political subdivision of the United States or any state.

 

·                  Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2018, no event that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is continuing.

 

·                  Other Defaults. None of You is in default in any manner under any provision of any indenture or other agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material

 

17


 

agreement or instrument to which any of You are a party or by which any of You or any of the properties or assets of any of You are or may be bound, in each case where such default could result in an event which, individually or together with any other event, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

·                  Other Agreement. None of You is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate restriction that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

·                  Information Correct. No information, report, Advance Request, financial statement, exhibit or schedule furnished by or on behalf of any of You to Us in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements, in the light of circumstances under which they were, are or will be made, not misleading (it being recognized by Us that projections and estimates as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and estimates may differ materially from projected or estimated results).

 

·                  Filing of Taxes. You have filed all federal, state and material local tax returns required to be filed by You (or filed appropriate extensions for the filing of such returns), except to the extent such failure to file has not resulted in the creation of a Lien. Subject to Section 12, Paragraph “Taxes”, You have fully paid or You have reserved for and are contesting in good faith all taxes or installments (including any interest or penalties except if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000). You have fully paid or reserved for and are contesting in good faith all tax assessments that any of You have received for the 3 years preceding the Closing Date except if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

 

·                  ERISA Compliance. You have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from the failure by any of You to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in any of You incurring any liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

·                  Hazardous Waste. None of the properties or assets of any of You has ever been used by any of You or, to the knowledge of any of You, by previous owners or operators, in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any hazardous waste or hazardous substance other than in accordance with applicable law; to the knowledge of any of You, none of the properties or assets of any of You has ever been designated or identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental protection statute as a hazardous waste or hazardous substance disposal site, or a candidate for closure pursuant to any environmental protection statute; no Lien arising under any environmental protection statute has attached to any revenues or to any real or personal property owned by any of You; and none of You have received a summons, citation, notice, or directive from the Environmental Protection

 

18


 

Agency or any other federal, state or other governmental agency concerning any action or omission by any of You resulting in the releasing, or otherwise disposing of hazardous waste or hazardous substances into the environment. You have at all times operated Your business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of federal, state and local statutes and ordinances dealing with the control, shipment, storage or disposal of hazardous materials or substances.

 

·                  Operation of Business. You own, possess, have access to, or can become licensed on reasonable terms under all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade names, inventions, franchises, licenses, permits, computer software and copyrights necessary for the operation of Your business as now conducted, with no known infringement of, or conflict with, the rights of others. You have taken reasonable measures to avoid liability from infringement by third parties using Your facilities, in particular that You have complied with the requirements of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act for notice and takedown, if applicable. You have at all times operated Your business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the federal Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended.

 

·                  Trading with the Enemy Act; OFAC; Patriot Act. Neither You nor any of Your Subsidiaries is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto. Neither You nor any of Your Subsidiaries is in violation of (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, (b) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, or (c) the Patriot Act.

 

·                  Investment Company Act. Neither You nor any of Your Subsidiaries are (a) an “investment company” or is “controlled” by an “investment company”, as such terms are defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, (b) otherwise subject to any other regulatory scheme limiting its ability to incur debt or requiring any approval or consent from, or registration or filing with, any governmental authority in connection with Your or its incurrence of debt, (c) and is not a “person” related to Us as described in Sections 57(b) or 57(e) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

·                  Your Information. Your present name, former names (if any) used in the past five (5) years, locations, and other information are correctly and completely stated on the Certificate of Perfection attached as Exhibit C, as updated from time to time.

 

·                  Intellectual Property. The Certificate of Perfection attached as Exhibit C contains a true, correct and complete list of each of Your Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses, together with application or registration numbers, as applicable, as updated from time to time.

 

·                  Accounts. The Certificate of Perfection attached as Exhibit C contains a true, correct and complete list of (a) all banks and other financial institutions at which You maintain Deposit Accounts and (b) institutions at which You maintain accounts holding Investment Property owned by You, and such Certificate of Perfection correctly identifies the name, address

 

19


 

and telephone number of each bank or other institution, the name in which the account is held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete account number therefore, as updated from time to time. None of the account debtors or other Persons obligated on any of the Collateral is a governmental authority covered by the federal Assignment of Claims Act or like federal, state or local statute, rule, or law in respect of such Collateral.

 

12.                               YOUR COVENANTS TO US

 

So long as the Secured Obligations have not been Paid in Full, each of You covenants to the following:

 

·                  Legal Existence and Qualification. Each of You will maintain Your, and each of Your Subsidiaries’, legal existence and good standing in Your and their respective jurisdictions of formation or organization, and maintain qualifications to do business in all jurisdictions in which the nature of Your business or location of Your properties require such qualifications and where the failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to result in an event which, individually or together with any other event, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

·                  Compliance with Laws. Each of You will, and will cause each of Your Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws (including, without limitation, environmental laws) rules, regulations applicable to, and all orders and directives of any governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over, You, Your Subsidiaries or Your business, and with all material agreements to which You or any of Your Subsidiaries are a party, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of You nor any of Your Subsidiaries shall become an “investment company” or controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of Your important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any loan for such purpose. None of You, nor any Your Subsidiaries shall fail to meet the minimum funding  requirements of ERISA, permit a reportable event or prohibited transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur, or fail to comply in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act.

 

·                  Management Rights. Subject to the limitations set forth under “Audits and Inspections”, each of You will permit any of Our authorized representatives and Our attorneys and accountants on reasonable notice to inspect, examine and make copies and abstracts of Your books of account and records at reasonable times and during normal business hours. In addition, We and Our agents, attorneys and accountants will have the right to meet with the management and officers of any of You to discuss such books of account and records at reasonable times and during normal business hours. In addition, We will be entitled at reasonable times and intervals to consult with and advise the management and officers of any of You concerning significant business issues. Such consultations shall not unreasonably interfere with Your business operations. The Parties intend that the rights granted here shall constitute “management rights” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R Section 25I0.3-l0l(d)(3)(ii), but that any advice, recommendations or participation with respect to

 

20


 

any business issues will not be deemed to give Us, nor be deemed an exercise by Us or control over the management or policies of any of You. Further, each Party represents and warrants that each Lender has offered to make available to each of You “significant managerial assistances” (as defined in Section 2(a)(47) of the Investment Company Act of 1940) and, to the extent You accept such offer from any Lender, the scope, terms and conditions of such significant managerial assistance shall be set forth in a separate agreement between You, the applicable Lender and such Lender’s administrator.

 

·                  Additional Documents and Assurances. Each of You will from time to time execute, deliver and file, alone or with Us, any security agreements, or other documents to perfect or give first priority (subject to Permitted Liens that are specifically designated as being senior in priority) to Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral. Each of You will from time to time obtain any instruments or documents as We may reasonably request, and take all further action that may be reasonably necessary or desirable, or that We may reasonably request, to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or to confirm, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens granted to Collateral Agent. In addition, each of You authorize Collateral Agent to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto and applications for registration that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all of Your assets or words of similar effect, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC of such jurisdiction, and (ii) contain any other information required by the UCC or under the relevant jurisdiction for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment or application for registration, including whether You are an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number (or equivalent information) issued to You, if applicable. Each of You hereby appoint Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Your name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any Lien regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full. Collateral Agent’s foregoing appointment as the attorney in fact for each of You, and all of Collateral Agent’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full.

 

·                  Protection of Collateral Agent’s Lien. Each of You will take or cause to be taken all actions necessary to protect and defend Your title to the Collateral and Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral. Each of You shall at all times keep the Collateral, and the assets and properties of each of Your Subsidiaries, free and clear from any legal process or Liens whatsoever (except for Permitted Liens) and shall give Us prompt written notice of any legal process affecting the Collateral or the assets and properties of Your Subsidiaries, or any Liens on the Collateral or the assets and properties of Your Subsidiaries (except for Permitted Liens).

 

·                  Maintenance of Properties. Each of You will maintain and protect Your properties, assets and facilities (and those of Your Subsidiaries), including Your equipment and fixtures, in good working order, repair and condition (taking into consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make or cause to be made all commercially reasonable repairs,

 

21


 

renewals and replacements and shall completely manage and care for Your property in accordance with prudent industry practices.

 

·                  Financial Statements . Each of You will provide monthly and yearly financial statements in accordance with Section 18 of this Agreement, and such financial statements will include reports of any material contingencies (including commencement of any material litigation by or against You) of which You know or should know or any other occurrence that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

·                  Audits and Inspections. Upon Our request, each of You will, during normal business hours, make the Inventory, Equipment, other Collateral, and books and records concerning the Collateral (including software used in Your   business) available to Us for inspection at the place where it is located and shall make Your log and maintenance records pertaining to the Inventory and Equipment available to Us for inspection; provided that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, You shall only be responsible for the cost of one such audit and inspection per calendar year. You will take all action necessary to correctly and completely maintain such books, records, logs, and maintenance records.

 

·                  Taxes. Each of You will pay when due all of Your federal income taxes, all state taxes imposed by each of Your states of organization and the state of Your principal place of business and all of Your other material taxes, fees or other charges of any nature whatsoever (together with any related interest or penalties) imposed or assessed against any of You, Us or the Collateral or upon Your ownership, possession, use, operation or disposition thereof or upon Your rents, receipts or earnings arising therefrom (excluding taxes imposed on Us based on Our net income or franchise taxes) in each case except if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000). Each of You shall file on or before the due date all federal, state and local tax returns including personal property tax returns in respect to the Collateral on or before the due date thereof, except if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000). Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of You may contest, in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, taxes, fees and other charges for which You maintain adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

 

·                  Intellectual Property. Each of You will: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of Your Intellectual Property; (b) promptly advise Us in writing of material infringements of Your Intellectual Property of which You have actual knowledge; (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Your business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Our written consent; and (d) give Us written notice of any applications or registrations of Your Intellectual Property, including the date of such filings and the applicable application or registration numbers within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter.

 

·                  Subsidiaries. If at any time, any of You create or acquire any Subsidiary, You and such subsidiary will promptly notify Us of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as We may reasonably require to cause such Subsidiary to guaranty the Secured Obligations and grant to Collateral Agent a continuing pledge and security

 

22


 

interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary, and You shall grant and pledge to Collateral Agent (subject to the Lien granted to the Working Capital Lender under the Working Capital Loan Facility) a first priority, perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of such Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Material Foreign Subsidiary shall not be required to guaranty the Secured Obligations and none of You shall be required to grant a Lien upon more than 65% of the equity interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Material Foreign Subsidiary.

 

·                  Dispositions, Liens and Encumbrances . None of You will nor will You permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, transfer, sell, assign, grant a security interest in, hypothecate, permit or suffer to exist any Lien, or otherwise transfer any interest in or encumber any portion of Your properties or assets (or those of any Subsidiary), including the Intellectual Property, either voluntarily or involuntarily, without Our prior written consent, other than: (a) Permitted Liens, (b) sales of lnventory in the ordinary course of business, (c) non-exclusive licenses or non-perpetual exclusive licenses with respect to geographic area, fields of use and customized products for specific customers that would not result in a transfer of title of the licensed property under applicable law, all given in the ordinary course of Your business, (d) sales of worn-out or obsolete Equipment not financed by Us provided that the fair market value of such Equipment does not exceed $100,000 in any fiscal year, and (e) other assets owned by You or any of Your Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) during any fiscal year. In addition, none of You will, nor will You permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement with any Person (other than Us or the Working Capital Lender) that restricts Your ability, or the ability of any of Your Subsidiaries, to transfer, sell, assign, grant a security interest in, hypothecate, permit or suffer to exist any Lien, or otherwise transfer any interest in or encumber any portion of Your properties or assets or those of any of Your Subsidiaries, including Your Intellectual Property, except as otherwise permitted hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of You will sell, transfer, encumber or otherwise dispose of any ownership interest that You may have in any Subsidiary (except under the Working Capital Loan Facility, subject to the Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement).

 

·                  Mergers or Acquisitions. None of You will, nor will You permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, liquidate, dissolve or enter into or consummate any Merger Event, and none of You will acquire all or substantially all of the capital  stock or property of another Person, except that a Subsidiary (i) may merge into any of You or another Subsidiary of You, or (ii) may liquidate or dissolve, provided that its assets are transferred to You.

 

·                  Compromise of Accounts. Without Our prior written consent, none of You will (a) grant any material extension of the time or payment of any of the Receivables, or General Intangibles, except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with customary industry practice, (b) to any material extent, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount, except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with customary industry practice, (c) release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment, or (d) allow any credit or discount whatsoever other than trade discounts granted to You in the ordinary course of Your business and consistent with customary industry practice.

 

23


 

·                  Other Indebtedness. None of You will, nor will You permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, incur any Indebtedness without the prior written consent of Us other than Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and the Permitted Indebtedness.

 

·                  Investments. None of You will, nor will You permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments.

 

·                  Dividends and Distributions. None of You will, without Our prior written consent, declare or pay any cash dividend or make a distribution on, or repurchase or redeem, any class of stock, other than (a) pursuant to repurchase plans upon an employee’s, consultant’s or director’s death or termination of employment provided the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per fiscal year, (b) dividends payable solely in shares of Your common stock, (c) conversions of convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities, (d) payments in cash in lieu of fractional shares upon conversion of convertible securities or upon any stock dividend, stock split or combination or business combination otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (d) acquisitions of Your capital stock solely by issuance of capital stock, in connection with either (i) the exercise of stock options or warrants by way of cashless exercise, or (ii) in connection with the satisfaction of withholding tax obligations related to the exercise of stock options, (e) any repurchase of the stock of former employees, consultants, officers and directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in any fiscal year so long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase and (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to You regardless of whether an Event of Default exists and (f) distributions the proceeds of which will be used to pay taxes imposed on You and associated with Your membership in a consolidated, combined, or other similar tax group.

 

·                  Collateral Locations; Name Changes. None of You will relocate, nor will You permit any Subsidiary to relocate, Your (or such Subsidiary’s) chief executive office or principal place of business or store any item of the Collateral (or assets of any such Subsidiary) within the United States other than (a) locations where the aggregate original cost of Collateral located as such location is Jess than $1,000,000 and (b) Inventory or other assets in transit, unless: (i) You have given Us no Jess than fifteen (15) days prior written notice, and (ii) You have obtained and shall maintain such acknowledgments, consents, waivers and agreements from: (A) in the case of a relocation of such chief executive office or principal place of business, the landlord of Your Chief Executive Office, (B) in the case of other locations within the United States where the original cost of such Collateral stored at such locations exceeds $1,000,000, the owner or landlord (as applicable) with respect to such location. Without limiting the foregoing, where the Collateral located within the United States with an original cost of $1,000,000 or more for any given location is covered by a negotiable Document (such as a warehouse receipt), You shall deliver to Collateral Agent possession of such Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a landlord waiver or bailee letter has been provided to the Working Capital Lender for a location (whether or not it falls into a category above), You shall provide Us with same. None of You will change Your name without providing Us at least 30 days’ advance

 

24


 

written notice. None of You will change Your type of organization or legal structure without Our prior written consent.

 

·                  Line of Business. None of You will engage in, nor will You permit any of Your Subsidiaries to engage in, any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by You and Your Subsidiaries or reasonably related thereto.

 

·                  Change of Jurisdiction. None of You will change Your state of organization unless You have obtained Our prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. You must give Us no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice.

 

·                  Deposit and Investment Accounts. None of You will maintain, nor permit any of Your Subsidiaries to maintain, any Deposit Accounts or accounts holding Investment Property owned by any of You (or such Subsidiaries) except (i) accounts identified in the Certificate of Perfection attached as Exhibit C with respect to which Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest, (ii) accounts located outside of the United States provided that the funds in such accounts shall not exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate as any time, (iii) accounts used exclusively used, healthcare benefit claims and other benefit payments to or for the benefit of any of Your employees established and used in the ordinary course of business, (the accounts in the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) collectively, the “Excluded Accounts”) and (v) other accounts with respect to which Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens). You will give Us prior written notice of the creation of any Deposit Accounts or accounts holding Investment Property.

 

·                  Transactions with Affiliates. None of You will directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any of Your Affiliates except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Your business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to You than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) equity financings with Your existing investors that are not prohibited under this Agreement, (iii) unsecured bridge financings with Your existing investors that are not prohibited under this Agreement and that constitute Subordinated Indebtedness and are evidenced by a subordination agreement on terms acceptable to Us in Our sole discretion and (iv) transactions among You or Your Subsidiaries that are not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement. None of You will directly or indirectly make any payment or distribution on account of any intercompany liabilities or indebtedness other than the type described in item (h) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.

 

·                  Indebtedness. You will not prepay, redeem or otherwise satisfy in any manner prior to the scheduled repayment thereof any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than the Advances and Indebtedness under the Working Capital Loan Facility), and You shall not make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Indebtedness, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Indebtedness is subject, or amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Indebtedness which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Secured Obligations owed to Us.

 

25


 

·                  OFAC and Patriot Act. None of You will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Advances, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, Affiliate, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of any sanctions administered by OFAC, or in any other manner that would result in a violation of OFAC sanctions by any Person, including any Person participating in any capacity in the Advances. You will not, and will not permit any of Your Subsidiaries to, (a) be or become subject at any time to any law, regulation or list of any governmental authority of the United States (including the OFAC list) that prohibits or limits Us from making any Advance or extension of credit to You or from otherwise conducting business with You, or (b) fail to provide certificates or documentary or other evidence of Your identity as may be requested by Us at any time to enable Us to verify Your identity or to comply with any applicable law or regulation, including Section 326 of the Patriot Act at 31 U.S.C. Section 5318.

 

13.                               YOU AGREE TO INDEMNIFY AND PROTECT US

 

You agree to indemnify and hold Us, Our officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, representatives and shareholders (each, an “Indemnitee”) harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities (including such claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities based on liability in tort, including strict liability in tort but excluding any taxes which shall be governed by Section 20), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense (including those incurred upon any appeal), that may be instituted or asserted against or incurred by any Indemnitee as the result of credit having been extended, suspended or terminated under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the administration of such credit, or in connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated or any actions or failures to act in connection with, or arising out of the disposition or utilization of the Collateral, excluding in all cases, claims, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities to the extent resulting from such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or fraud or bad faith.

 

14.                               WHAT IS AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

 

·                  Payment. You do not pay any principal, interest, fees, costs or other Secured Obligations under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other related Loan Documents on the due date; or

 

·                  Covenant. Any of You fail to perform any covenant or Secured Obligations under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other related Loan Documents, and You fail to cure such breach (to the extent that such breach is capable of being cured) within ten (10) days after the earlier of (i) We give You written notice or (ii) Your actual knowledge of such default; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by You be cured within such ten

 

26


 

(10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then You shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Advances shall be made during such cure period); or

 

·                  Misrepresentations. Any of You or any Person acting for any of You makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any Excluded Agreement or in any writing delivered to Us or to induce Us to enter this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any Excluded Agreement, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made, provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representation, warranty or statement that already is qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; or

 

·                  Bankruptcy; Attachment; Other.

 

·                  Any of You (i) assigns Your assets for the benefit of Your creditors, (ii) becomes insolvent or becomes unable to pay Your debts as they become due, or becomes unable to pay or perform Your obligations under the Loan Documents or Excluded Agreements, (iii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iv) files any petition, answer, or document seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation pertinent to such circumstances, (v) seeks or consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, or liquidator of itself or of all or any substantial part of its assets or property, (vi) ceases operation of Your business as Your business has normally been conducted, or terminates substantially all of Your employees, or (vii) have Your directors or majority shareholders take any action initiating any of the foregoing actions described in this paragraph; or

 

·                  Either (i) forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the commencement of an involuntary action against any of You seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, without such action being dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting Your operations or the business being stayed; or (ii) a stay of any such order or proceeding shall thereafter be set aside and the action setting it aside shall not be timely appealed; or (iii) any of You shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against You in any such proceedings; or (iv) the court in which such proceedings are pending shall enter a decree or order granting the relief sought in any such proceedings; or

 

·                  Forty-five (45) days shall have expired after the appointment, without Your consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of any of You or of all or any substantial part of the properties of any of You without such appointment being vacated; or

 

27


 

·                  Agreements with Us. The occurrence of any default under any other Loan Document, any Excluded Agreement, or any other agreement between any of You and/or any of Your Subsidiaries and Us (other than any default embodied in or covered by any clause of this Section 14) and such default continues for more than twenty (20) days after the earlier of (i) We have given notice of such default to You, or (ii) You have actual knowledge of such default; or

 

·                  Other Agreements. The occurrence of any default (other than any default embodied in or covered by any other clause of this Section 14) that has not been cured or waived within any applicable grace period under any lease, loan, or other agreement or obligation of any of You involving any Indebtedness which aggregates more than $1,000,000; or

 

·                  Judgments. The entry of (a) any judgment or arbitration award against any of You involving a judgement or an award in excess of $1,000,000 or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that is not  covered by insurance by a solvent insurance carrier that has confirmed coverage in writing, has not been, discharged, bonded or stayed on appeal within thirty (30) days; or (b) any judgment or arbitration award against You in which You are enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented from conducting all or any material part of Your business or affairs; or

 

·                  Change of Control. Except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement, the occurrence of any event or transaction, including the sale or exchange of outstanding shares of Your capital stock or the capital stock of any of Your Subsidiaries, or series of related events or transactions, resulting in (a) the holders of such outstanding capital stock immediately before consummation of such event or transaction, or series of related events or transactions, do not, immediately after consummation of such event or transaction or series of related events or transactions, retain, directly or indirectly, capital stock representing at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving Person of such event or transaction or series of related events or transactions, in each case without regard to whether You or any of Your Subsidiaries are the surviving Person, (b) any Person or “group” (other than a Person that is a stockholder on the Closing Date) shall obtain “beneficial ownership” (as such terms are defined under Section 13d-3 of and Regulation 13D under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), either directly or indirectly, of more than 40% of Your outstanding capital stock having the right to vote for the election of directors under ordinary circumstances and such Person or “group” beneficially owns more of such stock than the aggregate amount held by Persons or “groups” that were held stock entitled to vote on the Closing Date), or (c) except in connection with a transaction expressly permitted by this Agreement, You cease to own and control all of the economic and voting rights associated with all of the outstanding capital stock of Your Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, Your issuance of capital stock in an initial public offering or to venture capital or private equity firms in connection with a bona fide round of equity financing (including the conversion of lndebtedness in connection with such equity financing) for capital raising purposes shall not be deemed an Event of Default under this paragraph; or

 

·                  Investor Support. We have determined, in Our good faith judgment, that it is the intention of Your current equity investors to not continue to fund, or arrange for the funding of, You

 

28


 

in the amounts and timeframe reasonably necessary to enable You to satisfy the Secured Obligations as they become due and payable; or

 

·                  Officers. The individuals holding the offices of Your Chief Executive Officer, President, or Chief Financial Officer as of the Closing Date shall for any reason cease to hold such offices or be actively engaged in Your day-to-day management, unless an interim replacement acceptable to Your board of directors is appointed within ninety (90) days of such cessation and a non-interim successor acceptable to Your board of directors is appointed within one hundred eighty (180) days of such cessation; or

 

·                  Guaranty Documents. (a) Any guaranty of any Secured Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any guaranty of the Secured Obligations or any Event of Default occurs under any security agreement or other agreement between Us and any Guarantor; (c) any event or circumstance described in paragraphs 3 through 8 of this Section 14 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (d) the death, liquidation, administration, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor (as applicable).

 

15.                               WHAT HAPPENS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, We can at Our option (or in the case of the fourth and fifth paragraphs below, Collateral Agent may), and without notice to any of You:

 

·                  Terminate Our commitment to make any future Advances under this Agreement;

 

·                  Terminate Our obligation to permit the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by You to Us to remain outstanding;

 

·                  Recover all sums due and accelerate and demand payment of all or any part of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by any of You to Us and declare them to be immediately due and payable (provided, that upon the occurrence of a default of the type described in the fifth paragraph of Section 14 (i.e. “Bankruptcy; Attachment; Other”), the Promissory Notes and all of the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by any of You to Us shall automatically be accelerated and made immediately due and payable, in each case without any further notice or act);

 

·                  Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with the account debtors of any of You for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Collateral Agent reasonably considers to be advisable;

 

·                  Enter the premises of any of You, without notice and process of law and in compliance with Your security requirements, to remove and repossess the Collateral without being liable to any of You for damages due to the repossession, except those resulting from Our or Our assignees’ negligence and charge You for the cost of repossession, storing and shipping the Collateral. With respect to any premises that any of You own, You hereby grant to Collateral Agent a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy

 

29


 

the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Our rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise; and

 

·                  Pursue any other remedy permitted by law, equity or otherwise.

 

·                  Upon and after an Event of Default, the unpaid principal and accrued interest on the Promissory Notes and Advances and all outstanding principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by any of You to Us, including all professional fees and expenses, shall thereafter bear interest at the Default Rate.

 

In an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Collateral Agent may exercise all rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or otherwise available to it under the UCC and other applicable law, including the right to release, hold, sell, lease, liquidate, collect, realize upon, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral and the right to occupy, utilize, process and commingle the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, each of You hereby grants to Collateral Agent a license and right, to use, without charge, the labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature of any of You, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral. In connection with Our exercise of Our rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each of the rights of any of You under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Our benefit. All Our rights and remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive.

 

In addition to the power of attorney granted by each of You to Collateral Agent in Section 12, effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each of You hereby irrevocably appoints Collateral Agent (and any of its designated officers, agents, attorneys or employees) as Your true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Receivables or notify account debtors of its security interest in the Receivables; (b) endorse Your name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into its possession; (c) sign Your name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Receivable, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Receivables, verifications of Receivables, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Your policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the Accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Collateral Agent determines to be reasonable. Collateral Agent’s appointment as the attorney in fact for each of You, and each and every one of Collateral Agent’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations have been Paid in Full.

 

16.                               WHAT HAPPENS IF YOU ARE IN DEFAULT AND WE EXERCISE OUR REMEDIES

 

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Collateral Agent may, at any time or from time to time, apply, collect, liquidate, sell in one or more sales, lease or otherwise dispose of, any or all of the Collateral, in its then condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing, in such order as it may elect. Any such sale may be made either at public or private sale at the place of business of any of You or elsewhere. Each of You agrees that any such public

 

30


 

or private sale may occur upon Collateral Agent’s ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to You. Collateral Agent may require any of You to assemble the Collateral and make it available to it at a place it designates that is reasonably convenient to it. The proceeds of any sale, disposition or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied in the following order of priorities:

 

First, to Us in an amount sufficient to pay in full Our costs and professionals’ and advisors’ fees and expenses;

 

Second, to Us in an amount equal to the then unpaid amount of all the principal, interest, fees, costs or other amounts owed by any of You to Us, in such order and priority as We may choose in Our sole discretion (provided that all amounts applied to any category of Secured Obligations relating to the Advances or other amounts that are based on Lenders’ Pro Rata Shares shall be allocated between Lenders based on their respective Pro Rata Shares, and all amounts applied to any other category of Secured Obligations shall be applied pro rata to each of Us based on Our respective portion thereof); and

 

Finally, after the Payment in Full of the Secured Obligations, to any creditor holding a junior Lien on the Collateral, or to any of You or Your representatives or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

17.                               CROSS-GUARANTY

 

Cross-Guaranty. Each of You hereby agrees that You are jointly and severally liable for, and hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to Us and Our respective successors and assigns, the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of all Secured Obligations owed or hereafter owing to Us by the other of You. Each of You agrees that Your guaranty obligation hereunder is a continuing guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, that Your obligations under this Section shall not be discharged until payment and performance, in full, of the Secured Obligations has occurred, and that Your obligations under this Section shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by:

 

·                  the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any of You are or may become a party;

 

·                  the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section) or any other Loan Document or the waiver or consent by Us with respect to any of the provisions thereof;

 

·                  the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect Our Lien against, any security for the Secured Obligations or any action, or the absence of any action, by Us in respect thereof (including the release of any such security);

 

·                  the insolvency of any of You; or

 

31


 

·                  any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.

 

Each of You shall be regarded, and shall be in the same position, as principal debtor with respect to the Secured Obligations guaranteed hereunder.

 

Waivers. Each of You expressly waives all rights any of You may have now or in the future under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity, or otherwise, to compel Us to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the Secured Obligations guaranteed hereunder against the other of You, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, You. It is agreed among each of You and Us that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Section and such waivers, We would decline to enter into this Agreement.

 

Benefit of Guaranty. Each of You agrees that the provisions of this Section are for Our benefit and the benefit of Our respective successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Person and Us, the obligations of such Person under the Loan Documents.

 

Waiver of Subrogation, Etc. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, and except as set forth herein, each of You hereby expressly and irrevocably waives any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor. Each of You acknowledges and agrees that this waiver is intended to benefit Us and shall not limit or otherwise affect Your liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Section, and that We and Our respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section.

 

Election of Remedies. If We may, under applicable law, proceed to realize Our benefits under any of the Loan Documents giving Us a Lien upon any Collateral, whether owned by any of You or by any other Person, either by judicial foreclosure or by non-judicial sale or enforcement, We may, at Our sole option, determine which of Our remedies or rights We may pursue without affecting any of Our rights and remedies under this Section. If, in the exercise of any of Our rights and remedies, We shall forfeit any of Our rights or remedies, including Our right to enter a deficiency judgment against any of You or any other Person, whether because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each of You hereby consents to such action by Us and waives any claim based upon such action, even if such action by Us shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that any of You might otherwise have had but for such action by Us. Any election of remedies that results in the denial or impairment of any right of Ours to seek a deficiency judgment against any of You shall not impair the respective obligations of the rest of You to pay the full amount of the Secured Obligations. In the event We shall bid at any foreclosure or trustee’s sale or at any private sale permitted by law or the Loan Documents, We may bid all or less than the amount  of the Secured Obligations and the amount of such bid need not be paid by Us but shall be credited against the Secured Obligations. The amount of the successful bid at any such sale, whether We are or any other party is the successful bidder, shall be conclusively deemed to be the fair market value of the Collateral and the difference between

 

32


 

such bid amount and the remaining balance of the Secured Obligations shall be conclusively deemed to be the amount of the Secured Obligations guaranteed under this Section, notwithstanding that any present or future law or court decision or ruling may have the effect of reducing the amount of any deficiency claim to which We might otherwise be entitled but for such bidding at any such sale.

 

Limitation. Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, the liability of each of You under this Section (which liability is in any event in addition to amounts for which You are primarily liable under this Agreement) shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the greater of: (a) the net amount of the amounts advanced to the other of You under this Agreement and then re-loaned or otherwise transferred to, or for the benefit of, the other of You; and (b) the amount that could be claimed by Us from the other of You under this Section without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, Your right of contribution and indemnification from the other of You under this Section.

 

Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations.

 

·                  To the extent that any of You shall make a payment under this Section of all or any of the Secured Obligations (a “Guarantor Payment”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by such Person, exceeds the amount that such Person would otherwise have paid if each of You had paid the aggregate Secured Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Person’s Allocable Amount (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of all of You as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following Payment in Full of the Secured Obligations, such Person shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, the other of You for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

 

·                  As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any of You shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Person under this section without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.

 

·                  This subsection is intended only to define the relative rights of each of You and nothing set forth in this subsection is intended to or shall impair the obligations of each of You, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including subsection “Cross-Guaranty” above. Nothing contained in this subsection shall limit the liability of any of You to pay the Advances made directly or indirectly to You and accrued interest, fees and expenses with respect thereto, for which You shall be primarily liable.

 

33


 

·                  The Parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Person to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

 

·                  The rights of the indemnifying Persons against other Persons under this subsection shall be exercisable upon the Payment in Full of the Secured Obligations.

 

Liability Cumulative. The liability of each of You under this Section is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each of You to Us under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which You are a party or in respect of any Secured Obligations or obligation of each of You, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary.

 

18.                               DOCUMENTS YOU WILL PROVIDE US

 

Upon signing this Agreement You will provide Us with each of the following documents on or before the Closing Date:

 

·                  Executed originals of this Agreement, and all other documents and instruments that We may reasonably require;

 

·                  Executed originals of the English Share Charge.

 

·                  Secretary’s certificate of incumbency and authority for each of You;

 

·                  Certified copy of resolutions of each of Your boards of directors approving this Agreement, the associated Warrant Agreement(s) and the other Loan Documents and the transactions evidenced by this Agreement, the associated Warrant Agreement(s) and the other Loan Documents;

 

·                  Certified copy of Certificate of lncorporation/Formation and By-Laws for each of You, as amended through the Closing Date;

 

·                  A certificate of good standing from the State of incorporation of each of You, and similar certificates from all other jurisdictions where any of Your Subsidiaries do business and where the failure to be qualified, individually or collectively, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

·                  Certified copy resolutions of the board of directors and shareholders of the English Subsidiary approving amendments to the English Subsidiary’s articles of association;

 

·                  A certificate of the director of the English Subsidiary confirming, amongst other things (i) the up to date shareholding of the English Subsidiary and (ii) either:

 

·                  a statement confirming that:

 

34


 

·                  each member of the group has complied with the relevant timeframe with any notice it has received pursuant to Part 21A of the Companies Act 2006 from You; and

 

·                  no “warning notice” or “restrictions notice” (in each case as defined in Schedule lB of the Companies Act 2006) has been issued in respect of those shares,

 

together with a copy of the “PSC register” (within the meaning of section 790C(l0) of the Companies Act 2006) of the English Subsidiary, which is certified by an authorised signatory of the English Subsidiary to be correct, complete and not amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement; or

 

·                  a certificate of an authorised signatory of the English Subsidiary certifying that it is not required to comply with Part 21A of the Companies Act 2006;

 

·                  Original share certificate(s) to the extent not held by the Working Capital Lender and undated stock transfer forms in respect of the English Subsidiary’s shares;

 

·                  Receipt by Us from You of a bona-fide executed term sheet in which You have agreed to issue and sale additional shares of Your preferred stock for aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $25,000,000 (excluding any amounts received upon conversion or cancellation of indebtedness).

 

·                  Your budget and business plan of the current fiscal year;

 

·                  Executed Certificate of Perfection, attached as Exhibit C;

 

·                  Executed Managerial Assistance Acknowledgement Letter, attached as Exhibit F;

 

·                  Executed original of the Collateral Agency Agreement, executed by Us;

 

·                  A favorable written opinion of Your legal counsel, addressed to Us and dated on the Closing Date, covering such matters relating to You and the Loan Documents as We shall reasonably request; and

 

·                  Any such other documents as We may reasonably request.

 

You will provide Us with each of the following documents on or before the Commitment Date:

 

·                  Payment of the Facility Fee for the Commitment Amount as denoted in the Table of Terms;

 

Until Payment in Full of the Secured Obligations, each of You shall provide Us with:

 

Financial Statements. Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, You will provide Us with (a) a consolidated, unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows, and an unaudited balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments) accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies, and (b) copies of all board packages delivered to the board of directors of any of You in connection with

 

35


 

board meetings or otherwise which may be redacted for highly confidential information and protected and privileged information. Within one hundred eighty (180) days of the end of each fiscal year end, You will provide Us with audited financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis accompanied by an audit report and an unqualified opinion of an independent certified public accountant. Within five (5) Business Days of approval thereof by Your board of directors, but in any event no later than sixty (60) days following the end of each fiscal year, each of You will provide Us a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year. Each of You will provide Us any additional information (including, but not limited to, tax returns, income statements, balance sheets and names of principal creditors) as We reasonably believe are necessary to evaluate the continuing ability of each of You to meet Your financial obligations to Us. These statements should be emailed to Us at ##########@##################.com, or upon Our prior approval, sent by facsimile or mail to Us at the address listed in the Table of Terms.

 

Following Your initial public offering, if applicable, any financial statement required to be furnished pursuant to this Section 18 shall be deemed to have been furnished on the date on which You have filed such financial statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and is available on the EDGAR website on the Internet at www.sec.gov or any successor government website that is freely and readily available to Us without charge provided, that You shall give notice of any such filing to Us. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall deliver paper or electronic copies of any such financial statement to the Us if We request You to furnish such paper or electronic copies until written notice to cease delivering such paper or electronic copies is given by Us.

 

Other Information. (a) Within five (5) Business Days after the closing of any equity financing, or extension of an existing round of equity financing, occurring after the Closing Date, in which You issue preferred stock or other securities You will provide Us with copies of the fully executed equity financing documents, including without limitation the related stock purchase agreement, investors rights agreement, voting agreement, amended or restated Certificates of Incorporation, current capitalization table and other related documents and (b) within thirty (30) days after completion You shall provide Us with any 409A Valuation Reports or other similar reports prepared for You.

 

Certificate of Compliance. Within five (5) Business Days after the end of each calendar quarter, each of You will provide Us with a Certificate of Compliance in the form attached as Exhibit D.

 

19.                               [RESERVED)

 

This section reserved.

 

36


 

20.                               OTHER LEGAL PROVISIONS YOU WILL ABIDE BY

 

Continuation of Security Interest. This is a continuing agreement and the grant of the security interest and Lien hereunder or any other Loan Document shall remain in full force and effect and all of Our rights, powers and remedies shall continue to exist until the Payment in Full of all Secured Obligations. We shall file a termination statement or discharge document, as applicable, and provide proof of filing to You promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) after the Payment in Full of the Secured Obligations, reassigning to You, without recourse except for Our acts, the Collateral and all rights conveyed hereby and returning possession of the Collateral to You. Our rights, powers and remedies shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given by statute or rule of law and are cumulative. The exercise of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies provided herein or in any other Loan Document shall not be construed as a waiver of or election of remedies with respect to any of Our other rights, powers and remedies.

 

Entire Agreement. This Agreement and associated Promissory Notes supersede all other oral or written agreements or understandings between the Parties concerning the transactions contemplated hereby. ANY AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR A PROMISSORY NOTE MAY ONLY BE ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH A DOCUMENT WITH SIGNATURES FROM EACH OF THE PARTIES TO SUCH DOCUMENT (AND FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, ANY AMENDMENT OF ANY PROMISSORY MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE LENDER TO WHICH SUCH PROMISSORY NOTE WAS ISSUED).

 

Headings. Headings used in this Agreement are for reference and convenience of the Parties only and shall have no substantive effect in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

No Waiver. No action taken by Us or You will be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement or Promissory Note. The waiver by Us of a breach of any provision of this Agreement or a Promissory Note will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

Survival of Obligations. The indemnification, obligations, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, any Promissory Note or in any document delivered in connection with those agreements are for the benefit of the Parties and survive the execution, delivery, expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

Tax Indemnification . You agree to pay, and to hold Us harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all excise, sales, or other similar taxes (excluding taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise taxes, branch profits taxes, or taxes) that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Any withholding taxes paid by You with respect to obligations You owe to Us under this Agreement, any Note and the Warrant Agreements shall be treated as paid by You, to Us, for all purposes of the applicable agreements provided such taxes are remitted to the appropriate governmental authority.

 

Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on each of You and Your permitted assigns (if any). None

 

37


 

of You shall assign Your obligations under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other Loan Documents without Our express prior written consent, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no effect. Each of You acknowledges and understands that We may sell and assign all or part of Our respective interests hereunder and under the Promissory Note(s) and all other related Loan Documents to any person or entity to be known as assignee. After such assignment the term “We,” “Us,” and “Our” (and “Lender” if the assignor is assigning any of its interests as a Lender, and “Collateral Agent” if the assignor is the Collateral Agent) as used in the Loan Documents will mean and include such assignee, and such assignee will be vested with all Our rights, powers and remedies hereunder (including, as applicable, as a Lender or as Collateral Agent) and shall have Our duties with respect to the interest that each of You have granted Us (including, as applicable, as a Lender or as Collateral Agent); but with respect to any such interest not so transferred, We shall retain all rights, powers and remedies. No such assignment will relieve any of You of any of Your obligations. We agree that in the event of any transfer of the Promissory Note(s), We will denote on the Promissory Note a notation as to the portion of the principal and interest of the Promissory Note(s), which shall have been paid at the time of such transfer and the date of the transfer.

 

Consent To Jurisdiction And Venue. All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or any of the other Loan Documents may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each Party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts; and (d) irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement, the Promissory Notes or the other Loan Documents. Service of process on any Party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either Party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

Mutual Waiver Of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the Parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the Parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY ANY OF YOU AGAINST US OR OUR ASSIGNEE OR BY US OR OUR ASSIGNEE AGAINST ANY OF YOU. IN THE EVENT THAT THE FOREGOING JURY TRIAL WAIVER IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW ORF ACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL, AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, BE DETERMINED BY JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE (“REFERENCE”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT. THE REFEREE

 

38


 

SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE LAWFUL SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST  COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE SHALL ALSO DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE CLAIMS WILL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY. THIS WAIVER EXTENDS TO ALL SUCH CLAIMS, INCLUDING CLAIMS THAT INVOLVE PERSONS OTHER THAN ANY OF YOU AND US; CLAIMS THAT ARISE OUT OF OR ARE IN ANY WAY CONNECTED TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN YOU AND US; AND ANY CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, BREACH OF CONTRACT, SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, OR ANY EQUITABLE OR LEGAL RELIEF OF ANY KIND, ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE EXCLUDED AGREEMENTS.

 

Professional Fees. Each of You promises to pay or reimburse on demand, any and all reasonable professional fees and expenses incurred by Us whether before or after the execution of this Agreement in connection with or related to: the Loan Documents, the Excluded Agreements, or the Secured Obligations; the administration, collection, or enforcement of the Secured Obligations; amendment or modification of the Loan Documents and the Excluded Agreements; any waiver, consent, release, or termination under the Loan Documents or Excluded Agreements; the protection, preservation, sale, lease, liquidation, inspection, audit or disposition of, or other action related to, the Collateral or the exercise of remedies with respect to the Collateral; or any legal, litigation, administrative, arbitration, or out of court proceeding in connection with or related to any of You or the Collateral, and any appeal or review thereof; and any bankruptcy, restructuring, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, workout, foreclosure, or other action related to any of You, the Collateral, the Loan Documents, or the Excluded Agreements, including representing Us in any adversary proceeding or contested matter commenced or continued by or on behalf of the estate of any of You, and any appeal or review thereof. Our professional fees and expenses shall include fees or expenses for Our attorneys, accountants, auditors, auctioneers, liquidators, appraisers, investment advisors, environmental and management consultants, or experts engaged by Us in connection with the foregoing. The promise of each of You to pay all of Our reasonable professional fees and expenses is part of the Secured Obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, You shall not be liable for any professional fees or expenses incurred by Us to the extent (i) arising from any Indemnified Person’s gross negligence, violations or alleged violations of law or willful misconduct, or (ii) arising in connection with Our assignment, sale or participation of all or any portion of Our rights and obligations under this Agreement, Loan Documents or any Excluded Agreement, unless such assignment or sale is in connection with the exercise of Our remedies in connection with an Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing.

 

Revival of Secured Obligations. This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective if any petition is filed by or against any of You for liquidation or reorganization, if any of You become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, if a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or any significant part of the assets of any of You, or if any payment or transfer of Collateral is recovered from Us. The Loan Documents,

 

39


 

the Secured Obligations and Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral shall continue to be effective, or shall be revived or reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations or any transfer of Collateral to Us, or any part thereof is rescinded, avoided or avoidable, reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by, or is recovered from, Us or by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment, performance, or transfer of Collateral had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, avoided, avoidable, restored, returned, or recovered, the Loan Documents and the Secured Obligations shall be deemed, without any further action or documentation, to have been revived and reinstated except to the extent of the full, final, and indefeasible payment to Us in cash.

 

Notices. Any notice, request or other communication to any of the Parties by any other will be given in writing and deemed received upon the earliest of (1) actual receipt, (2) three (3) days after mailing if mailed postage prepaid by regular or airmail to Us or You, at the address set out in the Table of Terms, and (3) one (1) day after it is sent by courier or overnight delivery.

 

Applicable Law. This Agreement and any Promissory Note will have been made, executed and delivered in the State of California and will be governed and construed for all purposes in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding conflict of laws principles that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Signatures. This Agreement and any Promissory Note may be executed and delivered by facsimile or transmitted electronically in either Tagged Image Format Files (“TIFF”) or Portable Document Format (“PDF”) and, upon such delivery, the facsimile, TIFF or PDF signature, as applicable, will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

 

Confidentiality. All financial information and other non-public information (other than any such information contained in periodic reports filed by any of You with the Securities and Exchange Commission) disclosed by any of You to Us shall be considered confidential for purposes of this Agreement. In handling any confidential information, We will exercise the same degree of care that We exercise for Our own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made (i) to Our subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with their business with any of You (provided they agree to abide by the provisions hereof), (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Loans (provided, however, We shall use best efforts in obtaining such prospective transferee’s agreement of the terms of this provision and any purchaser shall be agreeing to assume the obligations hereunder and therefore agreeing to abide by the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the provisions of this Section), (iii) as We deem necessary or appropriate to any bank, financial institution or other similar entity, provided, however, that such bank, financial institution or other similar entity agrees in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such information, (iv) to S&P, Moody’s, Fitch and/or other ratings agency, as We deem necessary or appropriate, provided, however, that such financial institution or ratings agency shall be informed of the confidentiality of such, (v) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order, (vi) to

 

40


 

the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (vii) as required in connection with Our examination or audit and (viii) as We consider appropriate exercising remedies under this Agreement after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default. Confidential information does not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in Our possession when disclosed to Us, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Us, in each case through no fault of Our own; or (b) is disclosed to Us by a third party, if We do not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Notwithstanding the above, each of You hereby consents to the use by Us of the company name and logo of any of You for advertising, promotional and marketing purposes only. Such use may reference the type of credit facility but will not indicate the amount of the credit facility without Your prior written approval.

 

Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement. This Agreement is subject to the Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement by and between Us and the Working Capital Lender.

 

21.          DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

 

Account” means any “account,” as such term is defined in the UCC, which any of You now own or acquire or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest and in any event, shall include, without limitation, all accounts receivable, book debts and other forms of obligations (other than forms of obligations evidenced by Chattel Paper, Documents or Instruments) that any of You now own, receive or acquire or belongs or is owed or becomes belonging or owing to any of You (including, without limitation, under any trade name, style or division thereof) whether arising out of goods sold or services that any of You render or from any other transaction, whether or not the same involves the sale of goods or services by any of You (including, without limitation, any such obligation that may be characterized as an account or contract right under the UCC) and all of any of Your rights in, to and under all purchase orders or receipts now owned or acquired by any of You for goods or services, and all of any of Your rights to any goods represented by any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, unpaid seller’s rights of rescission, replevin, reclamation and stoppage in transit and rights to returned, reclaimed or repossessed goods), and all monies due or to become due to any of You under all purchase orders and contracts for the sale of goods or the performance of services or both by any of You or in connection with any other transaction (whether or not yet earned by performance on the part of any of You), now in existence or occurring, including, without limitation, the right to receive the proceeds of said purchase orders and contracts, and all collateral security and guarantees of any kind given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Advance” has the meaning given to it in Section 1.

 

Advance Date” means, with respect to each specific Advance, the day on which We make such Advance to You.

 

Advance Request” means any request for an Advance to be executed and delivered from time to time by You to Us in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B.

 

41


 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners, and members.

 

Agreement” has the meaning given to it in the Preamble.

 

Availability Period” has the meaning set forth in the Table of Terms.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are authorized or required by law or other government action to close.

 

Cash” means all cash, money, currency, and liquid funds, wherever held, which any of You own now, hold or acquire any right, title, or interest in.

 

Chattel Paper” means any “chattel paper,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

Closing Date” means March 1, 2019.

 

Collateral” has the meaning given to it in Section 8.

 

Collateral Agency Agreement” means that Collateral Agency Agreement entered into among Us as of the Closing Date, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Collateral Agent” has the meaning given to it in the preamble.

 

Commitment Amount” has the meaning set forth in the Table of Terms.

 

Commitment Date” means the date on which the Part 1 Milestone is satisfied and the Part 1 Commitment Amount is available for borrowing.

 

Commitment Increase Request Notice” has the meaning given to it in Section 3.

 

Copyright License” means any written agreement granting to any of You any right to use any Copyright or Copyright registration in which agreement You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest.

 

Copyrights” means all of the following now owned or acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest: (i) all copyrights and copyright rights, whether registered or unregistered, held pursuant to the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or of any other country, or pursuant to any convention or treaty; (ii) all registrations of, applications for registration and recordings of any copyright rights in the United States Copyright Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country; (iii) all continuations, renewals or extensions of any copyrights and any registrations thereof; and (iv) any copyright registrations to be issued under any pending applications.

 

42


 

Default” means any event that, with the passage of time or notice or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate” has the meaning given to it in Section 7.

 

Deposit Accounts” means any “deposit accounts,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

Documents” means any “documents,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or commonwealth thereof or the District of Columbia other than any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

End of Term Payment” has the meaning set forth in the Table of Terms.

 

English Share Charge” means the share charge granted by Casper Sleep, Inc in favour of the Collateral Agent in respect of the shares in the English Subsidiary.

 

English Subsidiary” means Casper Sleep Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 10049954.

 

Equipment” means any “equipment,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and any and all additions, upgrades, substitutions and replacements thereto or thereof, together with all attachments, components, parts, accessions and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto, now owned or hereafter acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning given to it in Section 14.

 

Excluded Accounts” has the meaning given to it in Section 12.

 

Excluded Agreements” means (i) the Warrant Agreement; and (ii) any stock purchase agreement, options, or other warrants to acquire, or agreements governing the rights of, any capital stock or other equity security, or any common stock, preferred stock, or equity security issued to or purchased by Us or Our nominee or assignee.

 

Facility Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Table of Terms.

 

Fixtures” means any “fixtures,” as such term is defined in the UCC, together with any of Your right, title and interest in and to all extensions, improvements, betterments, renewals, substitutes, and replacements thereof, and all additions and appurtenances thereto any, now owned or hereafter acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

43


 

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary and includes any Subsidiary (whether or not a Domestic Subsidiary) of a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

 

General Intangibles” means any “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and, in any event, includes proprietary or confidential information (other than Intellectual Property); business records and materials (other than Intellectual Property); customer lists; interests in partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies and other business associations; permits; claims in or under insurance policies (including unearned premiums and retrospective premium adjustments); and rights to receive tax refunds and other payments and rights of indemnification, now owned or acquired by any of You or in which any of You may now or hereafter have any interest.

 

Goods” means any “goods,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

Guarantor” means any Person who from time to time may guaranty or provide collateral or other credit support for all or any portion of the Secured Obligations.

 

Indebtedness” means, of any Person, at any date, without duplication and without regard to whether matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent: (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services; (iv) all obligations of such Person as lessee under capital leases; (v) all obligations of such Person to reimburse or prepay any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance, or similar instrument, whether drawn or undrawn; (vi) all obligations of such Person to purchase securities which arise out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar securities; (vii) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, exchange, convert or otherwise acquire for value any capital stock of such Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, now or hereafter outstanding, except to the extent that (A) such obligations remain performable solely at the option of such Person or (B) any such exchange or conversion is made solely for such capital stock; (viii) all obligations to repurchase assets previously sold (including any obligation to repurchase any accounts or chattel paper under any factoring, receivables purchase, or similar arrangement); (ix) obligations of such Person under interest rate swap, cap, collar or similar hedging arrangements; and (x) all obligations of others of any type described in clause (i) through clause (ix) above guaranteed by such Person.

 

lndemnitee” has the meaning given to it in Section 13.

 

Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding in respect of bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, receivership, dissolution or assignment for the benefit of creditors, in each of the foregoing events whether under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership or similar law.

 

44


 

Instruments” means any “instrument,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

Intellectual Property” means all Copyrights; Trademarks; Patents; Licenses; source codes; trade secrets; inventions (whether or not patented or patentable); technical information, processes, designs, knowledge and know-how; data bases; models; drawings; websites, domain names, and URL’s, and all applications therefor and reissues, extensions, or renewals thereof; together with the rights to sue for past, present, or future infringement of Intellectual Property and the goodwill associated with the foregoing.

 

Inventory” means any “inventory,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest, and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all Goods and personal property that are held by or on any of Your behalf for sale or lease or are furnished or are to be furnished under a contract of service or that constitute raw materials, work in process or materials used or consumed or to be used or consumed in any of Your businesses, or the processing, packaging, promotion, delivery or shipping of the same, and all finished goods, whether or not the same is in transit or in any of Your constructive, actual or exclusive possession or is held by others for any of Your account, including, without limitation, all property covered by purchase orders and contracts with suppliers and all goods billed and held by suppliers and all such property that may be in the possession or custody of any carriers, forwarding agents, truckers, warehousemen, vendors, selling agents or other Persons.

 

Investment” means any beneficial ownership (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) of any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

Investment Property” means any “investment property,” as such term is defined in the UCC, and includes any certificated security, uncertificated security, money market funds, bonds, mutual funds, and U.S. Treasury bills and notes now owned or hereafter acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

 

Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement in substantially the form attached as Exhibit E.

 

Letter of Credit Rights” means any “letter of credit rights,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest, including any right to payment under any letter of credit.

 

License” means any Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other license of rights or interests now held or acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest and any renewals or extensions thereof.

 

Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, levy, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise, against any property, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature of a security interest, and the filing of any financing statement

 

45


 

(other than a precautionary financing statement with respect to a lease that is not in the nature of a security interest) under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction.

 

Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Promissory Notes, all UCC Financing Statements, the Collateral Agency Agreement and applications for registration in connection with the Collateral, and any other documents executed in connection with the Secured Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, including those documents described on the Schedule of Documents attached hereto as Schedule 2, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated; provided, that the Loan Documents shall not include any of the Excluded Agreements.

 

Loan Term” has the meaning set forth in the Table of Terms.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of any of You or all of You as a whole, (ii) the ability of any of You to perform the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents or Our ability to enforce any of Our rights and remedies with respect to the Secured Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or (iii) the Collateral or Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

 

Material Foreign Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary with (a) total assets that represent more than 20% of Your consolidated total assets or (b) gross revenues that represent more than 20% of Your consolidated gross revenues during any fiscal year.

 

Merger Event” means (i) any reorganization, consolidation or merger (or similar transaction or series of transactions) by any of You or any of Your subsidiaries, with or into any other Person; (ii) any transaction, including the sale or exchange of outstanding shares of Your capital stock, or the capital stock of any of Your Subsidiaries, in which the holders of such outstanding capital stock of the affected corporation immediately before consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions, retain capital stock representing at least 50.0% of the voting power of the surviving corporation of such transaction or series of related transactions (or the parent corporation of such surviving corporation if such surviving corporation is wholly owned by such parent corporation), in each case without regard to whether You or any of Your subsidiaries are the surviving corporation, or (iii) the sale, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of Your assets, or the assets of any of Your subsidiaries.

 

OFAC” means the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

Paid in Full” means, with respect to the Secured Obligations, that: (a) all of such Secured Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification or reimbursement obligations not yet due and payable, or (ii) other obligations which, by their terms, survive termination of the documents relating to such Secured Obligations) have been paid, performed or discharged in full (with all such Secured Obligations consisting of monetary or payment obligations having been paid in full in cash or cash equivalents), regardless of whether any such amounts are allowed or allowable in any Insolvency Proceeding, and (b) no Person has any further right to obtain any Advances or

 

46


 

other extensions of credit hereunder. “Payment in Full” and words of like import shall have a correlative meaning.

 

Part 1 Milestone” means that You have issued and sold additional shares of Your preferred stock since February I, 2019, for aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $25,000,000 (excluding any amounts received upon conversion or cancellation of indebtedness).

 

Part Exposure” means, as of any time of determination with respect to any Lender with respect to any Part, the sum of(a) the unfunded Commitment Amount of such Lender with respect to such Part and (b) the aggregate amount of such Lender’s portion of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances under such Part.

 

Parts” has the meaning given to it in Section 3.

 

Patent License” means any written agreement granting to You any right with respect to any invention or Patent in which You now hold or acquire any interest.

 

Patents “ means all of the following now owned or acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or acquire any interest: (a) all patents, or rights corresponding thereto, issued or registered in the United States or any other country, (b) all applications for patents, or rights corresponding thereto in, the United States or any other country; (c) all reissues, reexaminations, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, or extensions of the foregoing patents and/or applications; (d) all patents to be issued under any of the foregoing applications; and (e) all foreign counterparts of the foregoing patents and/or applications.

 

Patriot Act” means the USA PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005.

 

Permitted Indebtedness” means (a) Indebtedness of any of You in favor of Us; (b) Indebtedness existing at the Closing Date and disclosed on Schedule 1; (c) Indebtedness incurred for the acquisition of services, supplies or inventory on normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business; (d) subject to the Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement, the Square One Facility in amount not to exceed the Senior Debt Cap (as defined in the Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement) or if the Square One Facility is replaced, Indebtedness under the Working Capital Loan Facility so long as the aggregate outstanding amount thereof (including advances, bank services, letters of credit, contingent obligations and the like) does not at any time exceed Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) in the aggregate of which advances other than bank services (which bank services shall include corporate credit cards, letters of credit and contingent obligations); (e) [reserved]; (f) Subordinated Indebtedness, (g) Indebtedness consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest rate cap or collar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (but not for speculative purposes) and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; (h) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 at any time, provided that both at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom; (i) reimbursement obligations under corporate credit cards incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $3,500,000 at any given time; (ii) Indebtedness under (1) letters of credit backstopped by a letter of credit or similar undertaking issued under the Working Capital Facility,

 

47


 

or which otherwise reduce the amount available under the Working Capital Facility’s Ancillary Services Sublimit (as defined in the Working Capital Facility) and (2) any other letters of credit (other than those issued under the Working Capital Facility), provided that the aggregate amounts under this clause (2) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding; (k) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any item of Permitted Indebtedness (a) though (k) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased; (l) Indebtedness consisting of intercompany journal entries made in connection with cost sharing or transfer pricing transactions, provided that all such transactions are cashless and (m) Indebtedness that constitutes a Permitted Investment.

 

Permitted Investment” means (a) Investments that are in existence on the Closing Date and disclosed on Schedule 1; (b) Investments in domestic certificates of deposit issued by, and other domestic investments with, financial institutions organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof, having at least One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) in capital and a rating of at least “investment grade” or “A” by Moody’s or any successor rating agency; (c) Investments in marketable obligations of the United States of America and in open market commercial paper given the highest credit rating by a national credit agency and maturing not more than one year from the creation thereof; (d) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, temporary advances to employees to cover incidental expenses to be incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $50,000 at any time; (e) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; (t) Investments made by any of You in or to any Subsidiary, provided that Investments in or to any Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or a Guarantor shall be limited to (1) Investments described on Schedule 1 or (2) made after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (2) not to exceed $6,000,000 during any fiscal year; provided, further that: (A) in the case of any Investment made in the form of a loan or advance to a Subsidiary other than You, such Subsidiary shall have executed and delivered to You, prior to any such loan or advance being made, a demand note (each, an “lntercompany Note”) to evidence any such intercompany indebtedness owing at any time by such Subsidiary to You, which Intercompany Note shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Us and shall be pledged and delivered to Us as additional Collateral for the Secured Obligations; (B) each of You and such Subsidiary shall record all intercompany transactions on its books and records in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Us; (C) in the case of such Investments that consist of a intercompany loan or advance made by You to such Subsidiary, at the time of such Investment and after giving effect thereto, each of You and such Subsidiary shall be Solvent; and (D) no Event of Default would occur and be continuing after giving effect to any such proposed intercompany Investment that consists of a loan or advance; (g) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year; and (h) Investments corresponding to amounts in item (h) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, consisting of intercompany journal entries made in connection with cost sharing or transfer pricing transactions, provided that all such transactions are cashless.

 

Permitted Liens” means any and all of the following: (i) Liens in favor of Collateral Agent; (ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that such Liens do not have priority over any of the Liens of Collateral Agent and You maintain adequate reserves in

 

48


 

accordance with GAAP; (iii) Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, artisans, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons arising in the ordinary course of Your business and imposed without action of such parties, provided that the payment thereof is not yet required and that such Liens do not have priority over any of the Liens of Collateral Agent; (iv) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances which do not constitute an Event of Default hereunder; (v) the following deposits, to the extent made in the ordinary course of Your business: deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than Liens arising under ERISA or environmental Liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds; (vi) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums; (vii) [reserved]; (viii) Liens in favor of the Working Capital Lender arising under the Working Capital Loan Facility, subject to the Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement; (ix) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods; (x) Liens in favor of financial institutions arising in connection with deposit or securities accounts held at such financial institutions, provided that such Liens only secure fees and service charges and customary chargebacks or reversals of credits associated with such accounts; (xi) Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed on Schedule 1; (xii) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i), (vi), (vii) and (viii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced (as may have been reduced by any payment thereon) does not increase; (xiii) Lien securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clauses (i) and G) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness so long as such Liens are limited to Cash collateral accounts in amounts equal to or less than the amount of such Indebtedness (provided You will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a subordinated account control agreement with regard to the Cash collateral accounts (which shall not apply to your American Express credit cards)); (xiv) non-exclusive licenses or non-perpetual exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties with respect to geographic area, fields of use and customized products for specific customers that would not result in a transfer of title of the licensed property under applicable law, all given in the ordinary course of Your business; and (xv) Liens in favor of custom and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure the payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of good.

 

Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation, other entity or government (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal, local, foreign, or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof).

 

Prepayment Fee” has the meaning given to it in Section 9.

 

Pro Rata Share” means, as of any date of determination with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make all or a portion of any Advance under any Part or such Lender’s right to receive payments

 

49


 

of interest, fees, and principal with respect to such Part or Advances under such Part and with respect to all other computations and other matters related to such Part or Advances thereunder, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Part Exposure of such Lender with respect to such Part by (b) the aggregate Part Exposure of all Lenders with respect to such Part.

 

Proceeds” means “proceeds,” as such term is defined in the UCC and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, (a) any and all Accounts, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Cash or other proceeds payable to any of You from time to time in respect of the Collateral, (b) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to any of You from time to time with respect to any of the Collateral, (c) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to any of You from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any governmental authority (or any Person acting under color of governmental authority), (d) the proceeds, damages, or recovery based on any claim of any of You against third parties (i) for past, present or future infringement of any Copyright, Copyright License, Patent or Patent License, or (ii) for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark or Trademark License or for injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark, Trademark registration or Trademark licensed under any Trademark License; and (e) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

 

Promissory Note” has the meaning given to it in Section 2.

 

PT” means Pacific Time.

 

Receivables” means (i) all of any of the Accounts, Instruments, Documents, Cash, Chattel Paper, Supporting Obligations, letters of credit, proceeds of a letter of credit, and Letter of Credit Rights of any of You, and (ii) all customer lists, software, and related business records.

 

Secured Obligations” means Your joint and several obligations to repay to Us all Advances (whether or not evidenced by any Promissory Note), together with all principal, interest, fees, costs, professional fees and expenses, and other liabilities or obligations for monetary amounts owed by any of You to Us, including the indemnity and insurance obligations in Sections l 0, 13 and 20 hereof and including such amounts as may accrue or be incurred before or after default or workout or the commencement of any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy, receivership or reorganization by or against any of You, whether due or to become due, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, contingent or non-contingent, and all covenants and duties of any kind or nature, present or future, arising under this Agreement, the Promissory Notes, or any of the other Loan Documents, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, whether or not such obligations are partially or fully secured by the value of Collateral; provided, that the Secured Obligations shall not include any of the Indebtedness or obligations of any of You arising under or in connection with the Excluded Agreements.

 

Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person; (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not

 

50


 

believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities (such as litigation, guaranties and pension plan liabilities) at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, represents the amount that can be reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Square One Facility” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2016, by and between You and Pacific Western Bank, a California state chartered bank, together with its successors and assigns (“Pacific Western Bank”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2017, that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2018, that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2018, and that certain Fourth Amendment and Joinder to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, as the same may be further amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (i) approved by Us and (ii) subordinated to the Secured Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Us, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, subordination of such Indebtedness in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Secured Obligations, the subordination of the priority of any Lien at any time securing such Indebtedness to Collateral Agent’s Liens in Your assets and properties, and the subordination of the rights of the holder of such Indebtedness to enforce its junior Lien following an Event of Default hereunder pursuant to a written subordination agreement approved by Us.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

Supporting Obligations” means any “supporting obligations,” as such term is defined in the UCC, now owned or acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest.

 

Table of Terms” means the table of terms on Pages l through 6 of this Agreement.

 

TPC” means TriplePoint Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

TPVG” means TriplePoint Venture Growth BOC Corp., a Maryland corporation.

 

Trademark License” means any written agreement granting to You any right to use any Trademark or Trademark registration now owned or hereafter acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest.

 

Trademarks” means all of the following property now owned or hereafter acquired by any of You or in which any of You now hold or hereafter acquire any interest: (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, prints and labels on which any of the foregoing have appeared or appear, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all

 

51


 

registrations and recordings thereof, and any applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof and (b) reissues, extensions or renewals thereof.

 

Trading with the Enemy Act” means the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States of America (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.).

 

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in the State of California; provided, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Collateral Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as the same is, from time to time, in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, from time to time, in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions. Unless otherwise defined herein or in the other Loan Documents terms that are defined in the UCC and used herein or in the other Loan Documents shall have the meanings given to them in the UCC.

 

Upon Request and Additional Approval” has the meaning given to it in Section 3.

 

Warrant Agreements” means each of the Warrant Agreements dated the date hereof between You and each Lender and issued in connection with this Agreement and any other warrant agreement between You and any Lender issued in connection with this Agreement.

 

Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement” means (a) that certain Subordination Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and between Us and Pacific Western Bank as the Working Capital Lender or (b) in the event of a new Working Capital Lender, an intercreditor agreement entered into between Us (or Collateral Agent on behalf of Us) and the Working Capital Lender on terms acceptable to Us in Our sole discretion.

 

Working Capital Lender” means (a) Pacific Western Bank so long as the Square One Facility is in place or (b) a commercial bank regularly engaged in the business of lending money (excluding venture capital lenders, non-bank venture capital lenders, investment banking or similar institutions which sometimes engage in lending activities but which are primarily engaged in investments in equity securities) party to a Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Working Capital Loan Facility” means the Square One Facility in amount not to exceed the Senior Debt Cap (as defined in the Working Capital Intercreditor Agreement) or any replacement formula based revolving line of credit provided by the Working Capital Lender entered into on or after the Closing Date pursuant to which the Working Capital Lender makes advances based on the value of Your Accounts in an amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time.

 

Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement or any Annex or Schedule hereto to a “Section,” “subsection,” “Exhibit,” “Annex,” or “Schedule” shall refer to the corresponding Section, subsection, Exhibit, Annex, or Schedule in or to this Agreement. The terms “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole,

 

52


 

including all Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules, and not to any particular Section, subsection or other subdivision.

 

Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” the word “or” is not exclusive; references to Persons include their respective successors and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent permitted by this Agreement and the Loan Documents) or, in the case of governmental Persons, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; and all references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any accounting term used in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall have the meaning customarily given such term in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

 

(Signatures to Follow)

 

53


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

You:  CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

Signature:

/s/ Greg MacFarlane

 

Print Name:

Greg Macfarlane

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

You:  CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC

 

Signature:

/s/ Greg MacFarlane

 

Print Name:

Greg Macfarlane

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

You:  CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

Signature:

/s/ Greg MacFarlane

 

Print Name:

Greg Macfarlane

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

54


 

Accepted in Menlo Park, California:

 

LENDERS:

TPVG:  TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDCCORP.

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Andrew Olson

 

Print Name:

Andrew Olson

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

TPC:  TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Andrew Olson

 

Print Name:

Andrew Olson

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

COLLATERAL AGENT:

TRIPLEPOINT VENTURE GROWTH BDCCORP.

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Andrew Olson

 

Print Name:

Andrew Olson

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PLAIN ENGLISH GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 


 

Table of Exhibits and Schedules

 

Exhibit A

Promissory Note

 

 

Exhibit B

Advance Request

 

 

Exhibit C

Certificate of Perfection

 

 

Exhibit D

Certificate of Compliance

 

 

Exhibit E

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

 

Exhibit F

Managerial Assistance Acknowledgement Letter

 

 

Schedule 1

Existing Indebtedness, Liens and Investments

 

 

Schedule 2

Schedule of Documents

 

56


 

by any Person, including any Person participating in any capacity in any Advance(s) under this Promissory Note.

 

This Promissory Note has been negotiated and delivered to Lender and is payable in the State of California. This Promissory Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, excluding any conflicts of law rules or principles that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

[Signature Page to Promissory Note to Follow]

 

57


 

BORROWER:

You:  CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

Signature:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

You:  CASPER SLEEP RETAIL LLC

 

Signature:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

You:  CASPER SCIENCE LLC

 

Signature:

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

58





Exhibit 10.8

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.             Purposes of the Plan.  The purposes of this Plan are:

 

·                                          to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

·                                          to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

·                                          to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

2.             Definitions.  As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a)           “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4.

 

(b)           “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

(c)           “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

 

(d)           “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan.  The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(e)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f)            “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)            Change in Ownership of the Company.  A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 


 

(ii)           Change in Effective Control of the Company.  If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12 month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)          Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets.  A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(g)           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

(h)           “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(i)            “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(j)            “Company” means Casper Sleep Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

2


 

(k)           “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

 

(l)            “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(m)          “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 

(n)           “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(o)           “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(p)           “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased.  The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

 

(q)           “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)            If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)           If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii)          In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

3


 

(r)            “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(s)            “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(t)            “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(u)           “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

 

(v)           “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(w)          “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.  Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(x)           “Plan” means this 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(y)           “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

 

(z)           “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9.  Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

(aa)         “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(bb)         “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(cc)         “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13.

 

(dd)         “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(ee)         “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

 

3.             Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

(a)           Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 1,748,088 Shares.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

4


 

(b)           Lapsed Awards.  If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan.  Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan.  To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

 

(c)           Share Reserve.  The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

4.             Administration of the Plan.

 

(a)           Procedure.

 

(i)            Multiple Administrative Bodies.  Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

(ii)           Other Administration.  Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

(b)           Powers of the Administrator.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)            to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)           to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

 

5


 

(iii)          to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)          to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

(v)           to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

(vi)          to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

 

(vii)         to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(viii)        to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

 

(ix)          to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c)), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

 

(x)           to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

 

(xi)          to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(xii)         to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

 

(xiii)        to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

(c)           Effect of Administrator’s Decision.  The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

 

5.             Eligibility.  Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6


 

6.             Stock Options.

 

(a)           Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b)           Option Agreement.  Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(c)           Limitations.  Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)           Term of Option.  The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than 10 years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(e)           Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

 

(i)            Exercise Price.  The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.  In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

 

(ii)           Waiting Period and Exercise Dates.  At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

7


 

(iii)          Form of Consideration.  The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant.  Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.  In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

(f)            Exercise of Option.

 

(i)            Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder.  Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding).  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13.

 

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(ii)           Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider.  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested

 

8


 

on the date of termination.  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three months following the Participant’s termination.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan.  If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iii)          Disability of Participant.  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination.  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan.  If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iv)          Death of Participant.  If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator.  If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

7.             Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)           Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b)           Number of Shares.  The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(c)           Exercise Price and Other Terms.  The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be

 

9


 

no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.  Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(d)           Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.  Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(e)           Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights.  A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(f)            Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount.  Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

(i)            the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

(ii)           the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

 

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

8.             Restricted Stock.

 

(a)           Grant of Restricted Stock.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b)           Restricted Stock Agreement.  Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

(c)           Transferability.  Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d)           Other Restrictions.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

10


 

(e)           Removal of Restrictions.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine.  The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

(f)            Voting Rights.  During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

(g)           Dividends and Other Distributions.  During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise.  If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

(h)           Return of Restricted Stock to the Company.  On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

9.             Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a)           Grant.  Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator.  After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(b)           Vesting Criteria and Other Terms.  The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant.  The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of the Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(c)           Earning Restricted Stock Units.  Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

 

(d)           Form and Timing of Payment.  Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

(e)           Cancellation.  On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

11


 

10.          Compliance With Code Section 409A.  Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.  The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.  To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

11.          Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations.  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.  A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary.  For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

12.          Limited Transferability of Awards.

 

(a)           Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.

 

(b)           Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h- 1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to

 

(i)            persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

 

12


 

13.          Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

 

(a)           Adjustments.  In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award.

 

(b)           Dissolution or Liquidation.  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c)           Merger or Change in Control.  In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing.  In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

 

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.  In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify

 

13


 

the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

For the purposes of this Section 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

14.          Tax Withholding.

 

(a)           Withholding Requirements.  Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

(b)           Withholding Arrangements.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation): (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company

 

14


 

already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld.  The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

15.          No Effect on Employment or Service.  Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

16.          Date of Grant.  The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

17.          Term of Plan.  Subject to Section 21, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of 10 years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

18.          Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

(a)           Amendment and Termination.  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b)           Stockholder Approval.  The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)           Effect of Amendment or Termination.  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.  Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

19.          Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

 

(a)           Legal Compliance.  Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply

 

15


 

with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)           Investment Representations.  As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

20.          Inability to Obtain Authority.  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

21.          Stockholder Approval.  The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.  Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

22.          Information to Participants.  Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is 500 or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information.  The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential.  If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

16


 

APPENDIX A TO

 

CASPER SLEEP INC. 2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(for California residents only, to the extent required by 25102(o))

 

This Appendix A to the Casper Sleep Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan shall apply only to the Participants who are residents of the State of California and who are receiving an Award under the Plan.  Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Appendix A. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Administrator amends this Appendix A or the Administrator otherwise provides.

 

(a)           The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant thereof.

 

(b)           Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.  If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

(c)           If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, such Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than 30 days following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three months following the Participant’s termination.

 

(d)           If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six months following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination.

 

(e)           If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six months following the date of the Participant’s death, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, personal representative, or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with

 


 

the laws of descent and distribution.  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination.

 

(f)            No Award shall be granted to a resident of California more than 10 years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

 

(g)           In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

 

(h)           This Appendix A shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Administrator shall have the authority to amend this Appendix A in accordance with Section 18 of the Plan.

 





Exhibit 10.9

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.                                      Purposes of the Plan.  The purposes of this Plan are:

 

·                                          to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

·                                          to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

·                                          to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

2.                                      Definitions.  As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a)                                 Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4.

 

(b)                                 Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

(c)                                  Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

 

(d)                                 Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan.  The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(e)                                  Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f)                                   Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                     Change in Ownership of the Company.  A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 


 

(ii)                                  Change in Effective Control of the Company.  If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12 month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)                               Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets.  A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12 month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(g)                                  Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

(h)                                 Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(i)                                     Common Stock” means the Class B common stock of the Company.

 

(j)                                    Company” means Casper Sleep Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

2


 

(k)                                 Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

 

(l)                                     Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(m)                             Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 

(n)                                 Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(o)                                 Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(p)                                 Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased.  The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

 

(q)                                 Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                     If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)                                  If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii)                               In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

3


 

(r)                                    Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(s)                                   Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(t)                                    Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(u)                                 Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

 

(v)                                 Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(w)                               Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.  Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(x)                                 Plan” means this 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(y)                                 Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

 

(z)                                  Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9.  Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

(aa)                          Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(bb)                          Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(cc)                            Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13.

 

(dd)                          Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(ee)                            Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

 

3.                                      Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

(a)                                 Stock Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of Section 13, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is (i) 1,200,109 shares of Class B Common Stock, plus (ii) a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to (A) the number of shares of the Class A Common Stock subject to stock options or

 

4


 

similar awards granted under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) that, after the date of the adoption of the Plan (the “Effective Date”), expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and (B) to the number of shares of the Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to stock option awards granted under the 2014 Plan that, after the Effective Date, are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, provided that, the maximum number of shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clause (ii) will not exceed 1,535,984 shares of Class B Common Stock.  The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

(b)                                 Lapsed Awards.  If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated).  Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan.  Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan.  To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

 

(c)                                  Share Reserve.  The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

4.                                      Administration of the Plan.

 

(a)                                 Procedure.

 

(i)                                     Multiple Administrative Bodies.  Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

(ii)                                  Other Administration.  Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

5


 

(b)                                 Powers of the Administrator.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)                                     to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)                                  to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                               to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                              to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

(v)                                 to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder.  Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

(vi)                              to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

 

(vii)                           to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(viii)                        to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

 

(ix)                              to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c)), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

 

(x)                                 to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

 

(xi)                              to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(xii)                           to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

 

(xiii)                        to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

6


 

(c)                                  Effect of Administrator’s Decision.  The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

 

5.                                      EligibilityNonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6.                                      Stock Options.

 

(a)                                 Grant of Options.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b)                                 Option Agreement.  Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(c)                                  Limitations.  Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)                                 Term of Option.  The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than 10 years from the date of grant thereof.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(e)                                  Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

 

(i)                                     Exercise Price.  The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.  In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date

 

7


 

of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

 

(ii)                                  Waiting Period and Exercise Dates.  At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

(iii)                               Form of Consideration.  The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant.  Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.  In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

 

(f)                                   Exercise of Option.

 

(i)                                     Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder.  Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding).  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13.

 

8


 

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(ii)                                  Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider.  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination.  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three months following the Participant’s termination.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan.  If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iii)                               Disability of Participant.  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination.  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan.  If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iv)                              Death of Participant.  If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator.  If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

9


 

7.                                      Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)                                 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b)                                 Number of Shares.  The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(c)                                  Exercise Price and Other Terms.  The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.  Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(d)                                 Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.  Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(e)                                  Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights.  A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(f)                                   Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount.  Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

(i)                                     the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

(ii)                                  the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

 

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

8.                                      Restricted Stock.

 

(a)                                 Grant of Restricted Stock.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b)                                 Restricted Stock Agreement.  Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares

 

10


 

granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

(c)                                  Transferability.  Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d)                                 Other Restrictions.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

(e)                                  Removal of Restrictions.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine.  The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

(f)                                   Voting Rights.  During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

(g)                                  Dividends and Other Distributions.  During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise.  If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

(h)                                 Return of Restricted Stock to the Company.  On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

9.                                      Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a)                                 Grant.  Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator.  After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(b)                                 Vesting Criteria and Other TermsThe Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant.  The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of the Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

11


 

(c)                                  Earning Restricted Stock Units.  Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

 

(d)                                 Form and Timing of PaymentPayment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

(e)                                  Cancellation.  On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

10.                               Compliance With Code Section 409A.  Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.  The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.  To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

11.                               Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations.  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.  A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary.  For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

12.                               Limited Transferability of Awards.

 

(a)                                 Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.

 

(b)                                 Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the

 

12


 

Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

 

13.                               Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

 

(a)                                 Adjustments.  In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award.

 

(b)                                 Dissolution or Liquidation.  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c)                                  Merger or Change in Control.  In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing.  In taking any of

 

13


 

the actions permitted under this Section 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

 

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.  In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

For the purposes of this Section 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

14


 

14.                               Tax Withholding.

 

(a)                                 Withholding Requirements.  Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

(b)                                 Withholding Arrangements.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation): (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld.  The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

15.                               No Effect on Employment or Service.  Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

16.                               Date of Grant.  The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

17.                               Term of Plan.  Subject to Section 21, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board.  Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of 10 years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

18.                               Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

(a)                                 Amendment and Termination.  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

15


 

(b)                                 Stockholder Approval.  The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)                                  Effect of Amendment or Termination.  No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.  Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

19.                               Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

 

(a)                                 Legal Compliance.  Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b)                                 Investment Representations.  As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

20.                               Inability to Obtain Authority.  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

21.                               Stockholder Approval.  The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.  Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

22.                               Information to Participants.  Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is 500 or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information.  The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information

 

16


 

to be provided pursuant to this section confidential.  If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

17


 

APPENDIX A

 

TO

 

CASPER SLEEP INC. 2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(for California residents only, to the extent required by 25102(o))

 

This Appendix A to the Casper Sleep Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan shall apply only to the Participants who are residents of the State of California and who are receiving an Award under the Plan.  Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Appendix A.  Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Administrator amends this Appendix A or the Administrator otherwise provides.

 

(a)                                 The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant thereof.

 

(b)                                 Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.  If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, such Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than 30 days following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three months following the Participant’s termination.

 

(d)                                 If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six months following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination.

 

(e)                                  If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six months following the date of the Participant’s death, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, personal representative, or by the

 


 

person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 12 months following the Participant’s termination.

 

(f)                                   No Award shall be granted to a resident of California more than 10 years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

 

(g)                                  In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

 

(h)                                 This Appendix A shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Administrator shall have the authority to amend this Appendix A in accordance with Section 18 of the Plan.

 





Exhibit 10.12

GRAPHIC

2019 Bonus Program Mechanics Purpose: Generally program design remains the same as 2018:

 

GRAPHIC

 Remind me… What is the difference between NoP Revenue and Net Revenue?

 

GRAPHIC

 Gross Revenue Selling price on the website Revenue Net of Promotions (NoP) Cash paid to Casper Net Revenue Net Revenue

 

GRAPHIC

 Remind me… What is EBITDA?

 

GRAPHIC

Sales COGS Expenses Every single person who works at Casper, has the ability to impact our protability Gross Revenue Net Revenue Gross Prot EBITDA

 

GRAPHIC

 Remind me… How can I impact EBITDA?

 

GRAPHIC

1 — Drive more sales! 2 — Improve Gross Prot margin 4 — Do more with the resources we have 5 — Prioritize your time against our goals 3 — Help your team stick to its expense budget

 

GRAPHIC

 2019 Bonus Target by Level • Level Bonus Target Level Bonus Target

 

GRAPHIC

 2019 Financial Targets Net Revenue Payout Curve Bonus Pool Funded North America Europe Global 100% $496m $39m $535m

 

GRAPHIC

 EBITDA Multiplier *NEW Months of positive EBITDA Multiplier 1 80%

 

GRAPHIC

 Bonus Pool Funding Examples • • •

 

GRAPHIC

The Fine Print Casper will fund its annual bonus pool to be distributed to eligible employees based upon the Company's performance.There are 2 financial targets: Net Revenue and EBITDA If Casper achieves threshold on Net Revenue then the bonus pool is funded at 50%. If Casper achieves target on Net Revenue then the bonus pool is funded at 100%. If Casper achieves maximum on Net Revenue then the bonus pool is funded at 150%. Bonus funding is interpolated between threshold, target and maximum. If Casper does not achieve threshold on its financial targets then no bonus pool will be funded for the year. Once achievement against Net Revenue is determined payout funding will then be modified by the number of months of positive EBITDA achievement. If Casper hits the minimum threshold for funding the pool. an employee's individual bonus will be split CEO & select Executive Direct Reports: 100% based on company funding Select CEO Executive Direct Reports: 75%-25% between Company and Department Performance All other employees: 50%-50% between Company and Department/Employee Performance: (i) 50% based on Company financial performance and (ii) 50% based on your manager's assessment of your contributions to the company, department and individual goals; target must be achieved at threshold or better to fund bonuses,regardless of individual performance and contribution. Overall,bonuses are not guaranteed and this program is discretionary-not statutory. We reserve the right to adjust bonus payouts based on individual performance and contribution; additionally,if there is a catastrophic economic event (or like/similar circumstance) that impacts our business,we also have the discretion to make changes to the bonus program and payout construct at any time during the year. All roles are assigned a bonus level. Bonus level correlates to a %of base salary for eligible roles. This% of base represents the bonus opportunity at target. The bonus program is an annual program aligned with the company's fiscal year which runs from January through December

 

GRAPHIC

Even More Fine Print Eligibility: -Eligible Participants:All full-time regular and part-time regular employees in good standing worldwide,with the exception of CX/PC Specialists and retail store employees who have a specialized bonus program. You must be actively employed and in good standing on the day bonus payouts are issued to be eligible;if you resign prior, you are no longer eligible to receive a bonus. -Contractors, freelancers and interns are not eligible to participate. - CX and PC Specialists will participate in a function-specific bonus program as well that will have a total company performance component. Information distributed separately. - Retail Store employees will not participate in the HQ bonus program -Leaves of Absence: employees on LOA will eligible for a pro-rata bonus paid upon return to employment with the Company. Bonus Payment: - If you join the organization after January 1, 2019,your bonus for 2019 will be prorated by day to your hire date - In order to participate in the 2019 bonus program (pro-rata) your start date must be prior to October 1, 2019 - If you are promoted during the year, your bonus level changes, and your bonus for the full year will be calculated based on your new salary and bonus level - ex or Retail Employees who transfer into a position that is no longer eligible for their function specific plan will be prorated to their transfer date - In good standing means your performance is satisfactory or better;if you have received feedback-in writing -that your performance is not meeting expectations or you have violated company policies/standards of conduct as defined in our employee handbook,you may be ineligible to receive a bonus. Employees rated Off Track become ineligible for any bonus. The bonus construct and participation in the 2019 Casper bonus program does not guarantee continued employment with the company and is not an employment contract Bonus construct and information about bonus or financial figures is confidential and proprietary;these materials may not be shared or distributed in any manner;please do not reproduce this document or share it outside of the company.

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

 

Casper Sleep Inc.

 

June 4, 2019

 

Emilie Arel

 

 

Dear Emilie,

 

We are pleased to offer you a position with Casper Sleep Inc. (the “Company”) as President and Chief Commercial Officer, reporting to Philip Krim, Chief Executive Officer.

 

Annual Base Salary.  If you decide to accept the Company’s offer of employment, you will receive an annual salary of $500,000, less applicable withholdings and deductions, which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures.  Assuming you remain employed by the Company, your salary will increase, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, to an annual salary of $600,000 for the year 2020, effective at the same time as increases are effective for all employees in Q1 2020.

 

Annual Discretionary Bonus.  In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) at the time that the Company makes decisions regarding discretionary bonuses for employees.  Any Annual Bonus paid will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors, which will utilize the same Company-wide metrics in determining your bonus as compared to other senior executives of the Company.  The Annual Bonus will be contingent on, among other things, the Company’s overall performance and your personal goals being met.  If you have given notice of resignation or your employment terminates for any reason before the payment date for an Annual Bonus, you will not receive any bonus.  The bonus payment date for an Annual Bonus is typically in the first quarter of the following calendar year.  Bonus compensation is not prorated for the period worked if your employment terminates prior to the payment date for a bonus.  Any award of an Annual Bonus in a prior year does not guarantee a future bonus.

 

Guaranteed Bonus Payments.  Provided your employment is not earlier terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below) or by you without Good Reason (as defined below), for performance year 2019, your Annual Bonus will be no less than $500,000, less applicable withholdings and deductions, and will be payable in Q1 2020 (your “2019 Guaranteed Bonus”).  For performance year 2020, your Annual Bonus will be no less than $500,000, less applicable withholdings and deductions, and will be payable in Q1 2021 (your “2020 Guaranteed Bonus”).  If you leave the Company’s employ prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the payment date of

 

1


 

the 2020 Guaranteed Bonus, you agree to repay to the Company the full amount the 2020 Guaranteed Bonus (net of taxes) within thirty (30) days of your final day of employment.  However, you shall not be required to repay your 2020 Guaranteed Bonus if your employment is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason.

 

Sign-on Bonus.  In addition to the Annual Bonus, you will be eligible to receive a sign on bonus in the amount of $300,000, less applicable withholdings and deductions, which will be paid in two (2) installments: the first will be $200,000 and the second will be $100,000.  The first installment is payable on the first regular paycheck after your initial date of employment with the Company and the second installment is payable on the date that annual bonuses for the year 2019 are paid by the Company in Q1 2020.  To be eligible to receive each installment, you must be actively employed on the dates that such installments are payable, provided however, that if the Company earlier terminates your employment without Cause or if you terminate your employment for Good Reason, the unpaid installment shall be paid to you in a lump-sum within fourteen (14) days of your final day of employment.  If your employment with the Company ends for any reason prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the first installment (other than due to termination by the Company without Cause or by you for Good Reason), you agree to repay the Company the full amount of the first installment (net of taxes) within thirty (30) days of your final day of employment.  If you leave the Company for any reason prior to the one (1) year anniversary of the second installment (other than due to termination by the Company without Cause or by you for Good Reason), you agree to repay the Company the full amount of the second installment (net of taxes) within thirty (30) days of your final day of employment.

 

Stock Options.  On the Payroll Date (defined below) the Company shall, pursuant to the terms of a Stock Option Agreement (the “Stock Option Agreement”) grant you an option to purchase 570,000 of the Company’s Common Stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Option”). 142,500 of the shares subject to the Option shall vest twelve (12) months after the date of the grant (the “Initial Vesting Date”).  No shares shall vest before the Initial Vesting Date, and no rights to any vesting shall be earned or accrued prior to such date. 382,500 of the remaining 427,500 shares subject to the Option shall vest monthly over the 36 months after the Initial Vesting Date in equal monthly amounts, subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Agreement and the Company’s Stock Option Plan in effect as of the date of the grant. 45,000 of the remaining 427,500 shares subject to the Option shall vest monthly beginning 36 months after the Initial Vesting Date in equal monthly amounts, subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Stock Option Agreement and the Company’s Stock Option Plan in effect as of the date of the grant.  If (A) the Option is specifically assumed by an acquirer in a Change in Control (as defined in the Stock Option Agreement) and (B) your employment with the Company ceases as a result of a termination by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Stock Option Agreement) or by you for Good Reason (as defined in the Stock Option Agreement), in each case, within twelve (12) months after the effective date of such Change in Control (as defined in the Stock Option Agreement), then fifty percent (50%) of the remaining unvested shares subject to the Option shall become immediately vested.

 

Post-IPO: Total Compensation.  After the Company completes an initial public offering of its capital stock, your total annual compensation targets (cash, annual bonus and annual equity awards) shall be determined based upon a good faith and reasonable comparison to similar

 

2


 

positions among no less than twelve (12) peer companies selected by the Company’s compensation committee (to be established) in its sole discretion.

 

Benefits.  As an employee, you are also eligible to receive certain employee benefits including health, eye, and dental insurance.  You will be eligible to participate in such benefits and paid-time off policies on the terms and conditions as are no less favorable than for other senior executives, which the Company may modify from time to time in its sole discretion.

 

Monthly Allowance.  You will receive a monthly allowance to cover your work commute and in-town overnight meals and hospitality in the amount of $8,000.  This allowance is construed as income to you under IRS regulations and will be grossed up for tax purposes and paid through our payroll system in the first payroll cycle each month in arrears, beginning in August 2019 (assuming a Monday, July 15, 2019 start date).  If your employment with the Company terminates, for any reason or no reason, payment of this allowance will cease the month prior to your termination date.

 

Outside Activities.  You may serve as a member of the board of directors or as an advisor to a maximum of two (2) outside business, trade association, community or charitable organizations subject to the annual notice to the Company’s Board of Directors; provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of your duties to the Company or present any conflict of interest.

 

Severance.  If (i) you are terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or if you terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined below) and (ii) there has been no Change in Control (as defined below) and (iii) you sign a separation agreement and general waiver and release in favor of the Company and its affiliates, in substantially the form attached hereto (the “Separation Agreement”) within 60 days following your termination, then, in addition to any outstanding payments owed pursuant to this agreement, the Company will pay you a “Severance Payment” equal to (x) the gross amount of your then annualized base salary plus (y) the gross amount of your premium payments to continue benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) (provided you timely elect to continue such benefits and you have not yet secured other employment that offers a qualifying health plan) plus (z) if the Company’s shares do not then trade on a public stock exchange, the amount of your target Annual Bonus.  The Severance Payment will be paid in equal monthly installments, less applicable withholdings and deductions, over a twelve (12) month period commencing on the Payment Date.  The Company will provide you with the Separation Agreement within seven (7) days of your termination.

 

Alternatively, if you meet the requirements above to receive the Severance Payment and there has been a Change in Control, the Company will pay you an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Severance Payment (as defined above) plus (y) the amount of your target Annual Bonus.  Such sum shall be payable in one lump-sum payment on the Payment Date (as defined below).

 

Definitions.  For purposes of this letter (except the section above regarding Stock Options):

 

“Cause” means: (i) your willful and continued failure to substantially perform your assigned duties; (ii) the commission of a criminal act by you, whether or not performed in the workplace, that subjects or, if generally known, would subject the Company to significant damage

 

3


 

to its business opportunities or reputation (as determined by the Company’s in its sole discretion); (iii) the conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a misdemeanor involving dishonesty or breach of trust; (iv) material misconduct in connection with the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, fraud, unethical conduct or any violation of the Company’s policies, rules and standards; (v) your willful and improper disclosure of any confidential information or trade secrets; (vi) any material breach of the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement or other agreement between you and the Company; or (vii) your failure to cooperate in good faith, in any material respect, with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested your cooperation.  No act or omission by you shall constitute “Cause” hereunder unless the Board of Directors has provided you written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure such act or omission, to the extent such act or omission is subject to cure as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, acting reasonably.

 

“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                     Change in Ownership of the Company.  A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(ii)                                  Change in Effective Control of the Company.  If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12 month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election.  For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)                               Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets.  A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12 month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.  For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

4


 

For purposes of this definition of “Change in Control,” persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

“Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following without your express written consent: (A) material diminution of your duties, authority, title or reporting relationship (i.e., if you no longer report to the Chief Executive Officer), (B) any breach in any material respect of the Company’s obligations in this letter or in any other written agreement with you, (C) required relocation of your principal place of employment by more than 25 miles; provided that in the case of (A) or (B), you provide the Company with adequate written notice of such diminution or breach within 90 days of the occurrence of such event, and, if such event is capable of cure, the Company fails to cure such failure within thirty (30) days of the notice.

 

“Payment Date” means the tenth day following the effective date of the Separation Agreement, provided however that if the period of time to consider the release spans two calendar years, then the Payment Date shall be the later of the first business day of such second calendar year or the tenth day following the execution of the Separation Agreement.

 

At-Will Employment.  The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and fruitful relationship.  Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment, subject to the terms of this agreement.  As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason.  Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.  We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two (2) weeks’ notice.

 

Background Check and Employment Verification.  The Company has completed its background investigation and/or reference checks with respect to your potential employment.

 

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States.  Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

5


 

Competition.  We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed.  It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the material duties of your position and you represent that such is the case.  Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting, or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company.  Similarly, you agree not to bring any third-party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that you will not in any way utilize any such information in performing your duties for the Company.

 

Company Rules.  As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and standards as adopted by the Company in its sole discretion.  You will be specifically required to sign an acknowledgment that you have read and that you understand the Company’s rules of conduct, which are included in the Company Handbook.

 

Indemnification.  Company shall defend and indemnify you for acts committed in the course and scope of employment to the fullest extent provided by applicable law, provided you have not acted in bad faith in bad faith or in substantial disregard of any material Company policy in connection with the event triggering indemnification.  The Company agrees to advance your legal fees and expenses incurred that are covered by such indemnification (you agree to repay such amounts in the event it is ultimately determined that you are not entitled to be indemnified).  This paragraph will survive the termination of your employment.  The Company will include you as a beneficiary of an industry-standard directors and officers insurance policy.

 

At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement.  As a condition of your employment, you will also be required to sign and comply with an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement, which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of proprietary information.

 

Choice of Law.  This offer letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

 

Starting Date and Entire Agreement.  To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below.  A duplicate original is enclosed for your records.  You must also sign and complete the attached general statement regarding overtime pay required by the State of New York.  If you accept our offer, your anticipated payroll date is June 30, 2019 (the “Payroll Date”) and your first day of active employment service in our offices is expected to be July 15, 2019 or such other date as is mutually agreed.  This letter, along with the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement, and any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your interviews or

 

6


 

relocation negotiations, whether written or oral.  This letter, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and you.

 

Attorneys’ Fees.  You will be eligible for the reimbursement of reasonable and documented legal fees in connection with the review and finalization of this offer letter and At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement.

 

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Casper Sleep Inc.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

I accept the Company’s offer of employment:

 

Signature:

 

Printed Name: Emilie Arel

 

Date:

 

Enclosures

Duplicate Original Letter

At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement

Employee Handbook

New York Wage Notice For Exempt Employees

 

7





Exhibit 10.14

 

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AND
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made by and between Casper Sleep Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and                  (the “Executive”) dated as of [    ], 2020 (the “Effective Date”).  For purposes of this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently an employee of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to the best interests of its shareholders to foster the continuous employment of key management personnel, including the Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that the interests of the Company can be best satisfied by agreeing to make certain payments to the Executive if the Executive’s employment terminates in certain circumstances either before or following a Change in Control as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)                                           Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: (i) the Executive’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) the Executive’s commission of or attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) the Executive’s material violation of any contract or agreement between the Company and the Executive or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) the Executive’s material failure to comply with the written polices or rules of the Company; (v) the Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; (vi) the Executive’s material failure or neglect to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of the failure; (vii) the Executive’s willful disregard of any material lawful written instruction from the Company; or (viii) the Executive’s willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any affiliate of the Company; provided that, in the case of (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii) above, if such action or conduct is curable, (A) the Company has provided the Executive written notice within thirty (30) days following the occurrence (or Company’s first knowledge of the occurrence) of any such event; (B) the Executive fails to cure such event within thirty (30) days thereafter; and (C) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause within thirty (30) days following the end of such cure period.

 

(b)                                           Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                     Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one “person”, or more than one person acting

 


 

as a “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (“Person”), directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of the securities of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the securities of the Company outstanding immediately after such acquisition, provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (B) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (C) in respect of an Equity Award held by a particular Executive, any acquisition by the Executive or any group of persons including the Executive (or any entity controlled by the Executive or any group of persons including the Executive); or

 

(ii)                                  Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any consecutive twelve (12)-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board still in office prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii)                               Change in Ownership of All or a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) all or substantially all of the assets from the Company in a transaction requiring shareholder approval.

 

(iv)                              Merger or Reorganization. A consummation of a merger, consolidation or reorganization with or into the Company other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the parent of such corporation) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent of such corporation, as the case may be, outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment or benefit event with respect to any payment or benefit hereunder that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, such transaction or event described in subsections (i), (ii) or (iii) with respect to such payment or benefit will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a “change in control event” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (x) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (y) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the Persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

2


 

The Board shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its sole discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

 

(c)                                            Change in Control Protection Period” shall mean the period beginning on the date of the consummation of the Change in Control and ending on the first anniversary of such Change in Control.

 

(d)                                           Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

 

(e)                                            Equity Awards” shall mean all stock options, restricted stock units and such other equity-based awards granted pursuant to the Company’s equity award plans or agreements.

 

(f)                                             Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(g)                                            Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions without the Executive’s written consent: (i) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that The Executive shall not have “Good Reason” by reason of any diminution in authority or responsibilities following a Change in Control that is attributable solely to any one or more of the following: (A) the Company is instead a subsidiary or other part of the acquiring corporation or surviving corporation of a Change in Control (“Acquiring Company”); (B) the Executive’s authority and responsibilities apply, after the Change in Control, only to the business and operations of the Company and do not extend to other parts of the business or operations of the Acquiring Company; (C) the number of employees reporting the Executive is materially reduced; or (D) immaterial portions of the Executive’s operational authority are, after the Change in Control, integrated with and managed by other parts of the business or operations of the Acquiring Company; (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s annual base compensation opportunity (i.e., base salary and target bonus percentage); or (iii) relocation of the Executive’s principal workplace with the Company by greater than fifty (50) miles, provided that in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, if such event or condition is curable, (A) the Executive has provided the Company written notice at least ninety (90) days following the initial occurrence of any such event or condition, (B) the Company fails to cure such event within thirty (30) days thereafter; and (C) the Executive terminates his or her employment for Good Reason within thirty (30) days following the end of such cure period.

 

(h)                                           Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date.

 

3


 

(i)                                               Termination of Employment” shall mean and be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

2.                                      Term of Agreement.  The term of this Agreement will commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Effective Date; and (ii) the date on which all payments or benefits required to be made or provided hereunder have been made or provided in their entirety (the “Initial Term”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, on the last day of the Initial Term and on each subsequent anniversary thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew and extend for a period of twelve (12) months (each such twelve (12)-month period being a “Renewal Term”) unless written notice of non-renewal is delivered from either party to the other not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then-existing Initial Term or Renewal Term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of two (2) years from the date of such Change in Control, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.

 

3.                                      Company Obligations Upon a Termination of Employment.

 

(a)                                           In General.  Upon the Executive’s Termination of Employment for any reason, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive: (i) any portion of the Executive’s annual base salary through the date of the Termination of Employment (“Date of Termination”) not theretofore paid; (ii) any amounts owed to the Executive for reimbursement of expenses properly incurred by the Executive prior to the Date of Termination in accordance with the Company’s applicable expense reimbursement policy; and (iii) any amount arising from the Executive’s participation in, or benefits under, any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements to which the Executive is entitled at the Date of Termination pursuant to the terms of such plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”).  Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the payments and benefits described in this Section 3(a) shall be the only payments and benefits payable in the event of the Executive’s Termination of Employment for any reason.

 

(b)                                           Severance Payment.

 

(i)                                     In the event the Executive’s Termination of Employment does not occur upon or within the Change in Control Protection Period and such Termination of Employment is (A) by the Company without Cause or (B) by the Executive’s resignation for Good Reason then, subject to Section 3(c), in addition to the payments and benefits described in Section 3(a) above:

 

(1)                                 The Company shall, during the period beginning on the Date of Termination and ending on the twelve (12)-month anniversary of the Date of Termination (the “Severance Period”), pay to the Executive an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination (the “Non-CIC Severance Payment”), subject to Section 3(c);

 

(2)                                 During the Severance Period or, if earlier, the first day on

 

4


 

which the Executive becomes eligible for coverage under any group health plan of another employer or otherwise (the “Continuation Period”), subject to the Executive’s valid election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, either (i) continue to provide to the Executive and the Executive’s dependents or (ii) reimburse the Executive and the Executive’s dependents for, coverage under its group health plan, in each case at the same or reasonably equivalent levels in effect on the Date of Termination and subject to the Executive paying the same cost for such coverage that would have applied had the Executive’s employment not terminated, based on the Executive’s elections in effect on the Date of Termination (the Company’s monthly payment for Executive’s health coverage pursuant to this sentence, the “Company Subsidy”); provided, however, that if (x) any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided is not, or ceases prior to the expiration of the Continuation Period to be, exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), (y) the Company is otherwise unable to continue to cover Employee or Employee’s dependents under its group health plans, or (z) the Company cannot provide such benefit without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then, in any such case, in lieu of such continued benefits or reimbursement, the Company shall instead pay to the Executive a cash amount equal to the Company Subsidy in substantially equal monthly installments over the remaining portion of the Continuation Period on the Company’s first regular payroll date of each calendar month.  For the avoidance of doubt, the COBRA continuation period under Section 4980B of the Code shall run concurrently with the period of continued group health plan coverage pursuant to this Section 3(b)(i)(2).  The continued benefits, reimbursement or cash payments provided for in this Section 3(b)(i)(2) are referred to herein as the “Continued Benefits”);

 

(3)                                 If, and only if, the Executive’s Termination of Employment occurs on or after October 1 of any calendar year, pay to the Executive an amount equal to the annual bonus that the Executive would have been entitled to receive, if any, with respect to the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs had the Executive remained employed through the end of such calendar year, prorated based on the number of days the Executive worked during such calendar year and calculated based on actual achievement of the applicable performance targets relating to such annual bonus (and assuming any individual, personal performance targets are achieved at target, as applicable) (the “Pro Rata Bonus”); and

 

(4)                                 Subject to the provisions of Section 12, (I) the Non-CIC Severance Payment shall be paid in equal installments during the Severance Period at the same time and in the same manner as the Executive’s annual base salary would have been paid had the Executive remained in active employment during the Severance Period in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices in effect on the Date of Termination, and (II) if and as applicable, the Pro Rata Bonus shall be paid when the Executive would have otherwise been paid the annual bonus with respect to the year in which the Date of Termination occurs had the Executive’s employment not terminated (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be on or prior to March 15 of the calendar year following the year in which the Date of Termination occurs).

 

(ii)                                  In the event the Executive’s Termination of Employment occurs upon or within the Change in Control Protection Period and such Termination of Employment is (A) by the Company without Cause or (B) by the Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 3(c), in addition to the payments and benefits described in Section 3(a) above:

 

5


 

(1)                                 The Company shall pay to the Executive a cash lump sum payment within 60 days following such termination of employment an amount equal to the sum of (i) twelve (12) months of the Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination plus (ii) the Executive’s target annual bonus for the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs (the “CIC Severance Payment”), subject to Section 3(c);

 

(2)                                 During the Continuation Period, subject to the Executive’s valid election to continue healthcare coverage under Section 4980B of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Company shall provide the Continued Benefits; and

 

(3)                                 Any outstanding Equity Awards shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable, as applicable, as of the Date of Termination; provided that any Equity Award which is subject to performance-based vesting shall vest based on the greater of: (a) the number of shares that would have vested (if any) if the performance period ended on the date of the Change in Control (based on the actual performance level achieved through such date), or (b) the target award amount; provided that payment or settlement of such Equity Awards may be delayed as provided in the grant documents to the extent required by Section 409A.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits pursuant to Section 3(b)(i) or Section 3(b)(ii), as applicable (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”), shall be conditioned on the Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation a general waiver and release of claims agreement in the form substantially attached hereto as Exhibit A (a “Release”) subject to the terms set forth in Section 12(c).

 

(d)                                 The provisions of this Section 3 shall supersede in their entirety any severance payment provisions in any severance plan, policy, program or other arrangement maintained by the Company.

 

(e)                                  If the Executive is terminated for Cause during the term of this Agreement whether before or after any Change in Control, the Executive shall have no rights or benefits hereunder other than the payments described in Section 3(a) above.

 

4.                                      Mitigation.  The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in Section 3 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in Section 3 be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer or by retirement benefits after the Date of Termination, or otherwise; provided, however, that any loans, advances or other amounts owed by the Executive to the Company may be offset by the Company and its affiliates against amounts payable to the Executive under Section 3.

 

5.                                      Restrictive Covenants.  The Executive and the Company have executed the Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference (the “Restrictive Covenant Agreement”). Nothing in this Agreement or in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement shall be deemed to restrict the Executive’s right to communicate directly with, cooperate with, provide information to, or report possible violations of federal law or regulation to, any governmental agency or entity in accordance with the provisions of and rules

 

6


 

promulgated under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other whistleblower protection provisions of state or federal law or regulation, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission or the U.S. Department of Justice.

 

6.                                      Section 280G.  If any payment or benefit the Executive would receive under this Agreement, when combined with any other payment or benefit the Executive receives pursuant to the Executive’s Termination of Employment (“Payment”), would (a) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (b) but for this Section 6, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be either payable in full or in such lesser amount (with cash payments being reduced by stock option or other equity-based compensation) as would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax, results in the Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. All determinations required to be made under this Section 6, including whether and to what extent the Payment shall be reduced and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm or consulting firm experience in matters regarding Section 280G of the Code as may be designated by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”). The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Executive and the Company at such time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Executive and the Company. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 6, the Accounting Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good-faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.

 

7.                                      Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

8.                                      Successors; Binding Agreement.  The rights of the Company under this Agreement may, without the consent of the Executive, be assigned by the Company, in its sole and unfettered discretion, to any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly, acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place; provided, however, that no such assumption shall relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder; provided, further, that the failure of any such successor to so assume this Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the “Company”

 

7


 

shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise. The Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of the Executive’s rights or obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If the Executive should die while any amount would still be payable hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there is no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 

9.                                      Notices.  Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the Executive at the address set forth below and to the Company at its principal place of business, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

 

10.                               Withholding Taxes.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

11.                               Claw-back Policy.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to cease payment or provision of all benefits under this Agreement to the Executive and the Executive shall reimburse the Company for the full amount of any benefits he or she received under this Agreement in the event the Executive subsequently discloses any of the trade secrets of the Company and its subsidiaries or materially violates any written covenants between the Executive and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Company’s confidentiality policy (or a confidentiality agreement with the Company or any of its subsidiaries), including, without limitation, any provision of the Restrictive Covenant Agreement, or otherwise engages in conduct that may adversely affect the Company or any of its subsidiaries’ reputation or business relations.  In addition to the foregoing, Executive shall also forfeit any right to benefits under this Agreement which have not yet been paid. The Executive acknowledges that the Executive’s incentive compensation payments under this Agreement are and shall be subject to and, when and to the extent applicable, governed by the Company’s compensation claw-back policy, as adopted by the Board and in effect as of or prior to the Executive’s Date of Termination, and that the Company may offset any payments hereunder against amounts owing or recoupable under the claw-back policy, as determined by the Board.

 

12.                               Section 409A.

 

(a)                                           General.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, to the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Company determines that any amounts

 

8


 

payable hereunder will be immediately taxable to the Executive under Section 409A, the Company reserves the right to (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify the Executive for failure to do so) (i) adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt such other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect) that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by this Agreement, to preserve the economic benefits of this Agreement and to avoid less favorable accounting or tax consequences for the Company; and/or (ii) take such other actions it determines to be necessary or appropriate to exempt the amounts payable hereunder from Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes thereunder.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A from the Executive or any other individual to the Company or any of its Affiliates, employees or agents.

 

(b)                                           Separation from Service under Section 409A; Section 409A Compliance. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary: (i) no termination or other similar payments and benefits hereunder shall be payable unless the Executive’s Termination of Employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Department of Treasury Regulations;  (ii) if the Executive is deemed at the time of the Executive’s separation from service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of any termination or other similar payments and benefits to which the Executive may be entitled hereunder (after taking into account all exclusions applicable to such payments or benefits under Section 409A) is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such portion of such payments and benefits shall not be provided to the Executive prior to the earlier of (x) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” with the Company (as such term is defined in the Department of Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A) and (y) the date of the Executive’s death; provided that upon the earlier of such dates, all payments and benefits deferred pursuant to this Section 12(b) shall be paid in a lump sum to the Executive, and any remaining payments and benefits due hereunder shall be provided as otherwise specified herein; (iii) the determination of whether the Executive is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code as of the time of the Executive’s separation from service shall be made by the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 409A (including, without limitation, Section 1.409A-1(i) of the Department of Treasury Regulations and any successor provision thereto); (iv) to the extent that any installment payments under this Agreement are deemed to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, for purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the Department of Treasury Regulations), each such payment that the Executive may be eligible to receive under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate and distinct payment; (v) to the extent that any reimbursements or corresponding in-kind benefits provided to the Executive under this Agreement are deemed to constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, such reimbursements or benefits shall be provided reasonably promptly, but in no event later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, and in any event in accordance with Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) of the Department

 

9


 

of Treasury Regulations; and (vi) the amount of any such payments or expense reimbursements in one calendar year shall not affect the expenses or in-kind benefits eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other calendar year, other than an arrangement providing for the reimbursement of medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and the Executive’s right to such payments or reimbursement of any such expenses shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(c)                                            Release.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A) due under this Agreement as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment are subject to the Executive’s execution and delivery of a Release, (i) the Company shall deliver the Release to the Executive within seven (7) days following the Date of Termination, and the Company’s failure to deliver a Release prior to the expiration of such seven (7) day period shall constitute a waiver of any requirement to execute a Release, and (ii) if the Executive fails to execute the Release on or prior to the Release Expiration Date (as defined below) or timely revokes his acceptance of the Release thereafter, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits otherwise conditioned on the Release.  For purposes of this Section 12(c), “Release Expiration Date” shall mean the date that is twenty-one (21) days following the date upon which the Company timely delivers the Release to the Executive, or, in the event that the Executive’s termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967), the date that is forty-five (45) days following such delivery date.  To the extent that any payments of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) due under this Agreement as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment are delayed pursuant to this Section 12(c), such amounts shall be paid in a lump sum on the first payroll date to occur on or following the sixtieth (60th) day following the Date of Termination.

 

13.                               Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

14.                               Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

 

15.                               Validity.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

16.                               Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in several counterparts, each of

 

10


 

which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

17.                               Arbitration.  The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that any dispute, claim or controversy arising from this Agreement or any benefit provided hereunder shall be governed by the terms of the arbitration provisions set forth in the Restrictive Covenant Agreement.

 

18.                               At-Will Employment Relationship. The Executive’s employment with the Company is at-will and not for any specified period and may be terminated at any time, with or without Cause or advance notice, by either the Executive or the Company. Any change to the at-will employment relationship must be by specific, written agreement signed by the Executive and an authorized representative of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to contradict, modify or alter this at-will relationship.

 

19.                               Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes any prior agreements between the Company and the Executive regarding the subject matter hereof.  There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter herein other than those expressly set forth herein.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

THE EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME]

 





Exhibit 10.15

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

 

Non-employee members of the board of directors (the “Board”) of Casper Sleep Inc. (the “Company”) shall be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation as set forth in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (this “Policy”).  The cash and equity compensation described in this Policy shall be paid or be made, as applicable, automatically and without further action of the Board, to each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Non-Employee Director”) who may be eligible to receive such cash or equity compensation, unless such Non-Employee Director declines the receipt of such cash or equity compensation by written notice to the Company.  This Policy shall become effective after the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) and shall remain in effect until it is revised or rescinded by further action of the Board. This Policy may be amended, modified or terminated by the Board at any time in its sole discretion.  The terms and conditions of this Policy shall supersede any prior cash and/or equity compensation arrangements for service as a member of the Board between the Company and any of its Non-Employee Directors and between any subsidiary of the Company and any of its non-employee directors.

 

1.                                      Cash Compensation.

 

(a)                                 Annual Retainers.  Each Non-Employee Director shall receive an annual retainer of $50,000 for service on the Board.

 

(b)                                 Additional Annual Retainers.  In addition, a Non-Employee Director shall receive the following annual retainers:

 

(i)                   Audit Committee.  A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Audit Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000 for such service.  A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service.

 

(ii)                Compensation Committee.  A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Compensation Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000 for such service.  A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Compensation Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service.

 

(iii)             Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.   A Non-Employee Director serving as Chairperson of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 for such service.  A Non-Employee Director serving as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (other than the Chairperson) shall receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000 for such service.

 

(c)                                  Payment of Retainers.  The annual retainers described in Sections 1(a) and 1(b) shall be earned on a quarterly basis based on a calendar quarter and shall be paid by the Company in arrears not later than the fifteenth day following the end of each calendar quarter.  In the event a Non-Employee Director does not serve as a Non-Employee Director, or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b), for an entire calendar quarter, such Non-Employee Director shall receive a prorated portion of the retainer(s) otherwise payable to such Non-

 


 

Employee Director for such calendar quarter pursuant to Sections 1(a) and 1(b), with such prorated portion determined by multiplying such otherwise payable retainer(s) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during which the Non-Employee Director serves as a Non-Employee Director or in the applicable positions described in Section 1(b) during the applicable calendar quarter and the denominator of which is the number of days in the applicable calendar quarter.

 

2.                                      Equity Compensation.  Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the equity awards described below.  The awards described below shall be granted under and shall be subject to the terms and provisions of the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan or any other applicable Company equity incentive plan then-maintained by the Company (such plan, as may be amended from time to time, the “Equity Plan”) and shall be granted subject to the execution and delivery of award agreements, including attached exhibits, in substantially the forms previously approved by the Board.  All applicable terms of the Equity Plan apply to this Policy as if fully set forth herein, and all equity grants hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms of the Equity Plan.

 

(a)                                 Annual Awards.  Each Non-Employee Director who (i) serves on the Board as of the date of any annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders (an “Annual Meeting”) and (ii) will continue to serve as a Non-Employee Director immediately following such Annual Meeting shall be automatically granted, on the date of such Annual Meeting, an award of restricted stock units that have an aggregate fair value on the date of such Annual Meeting of $175,000 (as determined in accordance with ASC 718 and with the number of shares of common stock underlying such award subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan).  The awards described in this Section 2(a) shall be referred to as the “Annual Awards.”  For the avoidance of doubt, a Non-Employee Director elected for the first time to the Board at an Annual Meeting shall receive only an Annual Award in connection with such election, and shall not receive any Initial Award on the date of such Annual Meeting as well.

 

(b)                                 Initial Awards.  Except as otherwise determined by the Board, each Non-Employee Director who is initially elected or appointed to the Board after the first Annual Meeting following the effectiveness of this Policy on any date other than the date of an Annual Meeting shall be automatically granted, on the date of such Non-Employee Director’s initial election or appointment (such Non-Employee Director’s “Start Date”), an award of restricted stock units that have an aggregate fair value on such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date equal to the product of (i) $175,000 (as determined in accordance with ASC 718) and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is (x) 365 minus (y) the number of days in the period beginning on the date of the Annual Meeting immediately preceding such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date and ending on such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date and the denominator of which is 365 (with the number of shares of common stock underlying each such award subject to adjustment as provided in the Equity Plan). The awards described in this Section 2(b) shall be referred to as “Initial Awards.”  For the avoidance of doubt, no Non-Employee Director shall be granted more than one Initial Award.

 

(c)                                  Termination of Employment of Employee Directors.  Members of the Board who are employees of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company who subsequently terminate their employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company and remain on the Board will not receive an Initial Award pursuant to Section 2(b) above, but to the

 

2


 

extent that they are otherwise eligible, will be eligible to receive, after termination from employment with the Company and any parent or subsidiary of the Company, Annual Awards as described in Section 2(a) above.

 

(d)                                 Vesting of Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors.  Each Annual Award and Initial Award shall vest and become exercisable on the earlier of (i) the day immediately preceding the date of the first Annual Meeting following the date of grant and (ii) the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the Non-Employee Director continuing in service on the Board through the applicable vesting date.  No portion of an Annual Award or Initial Award that is unvested or unexercisable at the time of a Non-Employee Director’s termination of service on the Board shall become vested and exercisable thereafter.  All of a Non-Employee Director’s IPO Awards, Annual Awards and Initial Awards shall vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan), to the extent outstanding at such time.

 

3.                                      Expenses

 

The Company will reimburse each Non-Employee Director for ordinary, necessary and reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses to cover in-person attendance at and participation in Board meetings and meetings of any committee of the Board; provided, that the Non-Employee Director timely submit to the Company appropriate documentation substantiating such expenses in accordance with the Company’s travel and expense policy applicable to directors, as in effect from time to time. To the extent that any taxable reimbursements are provided to any Non-Employee Director, they will be provided in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including, but not limited to, the following provisions: (i) the amount of any such expenses eligible for reimbursement during such individual’s taxable year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense must be made no later than the last day of such individual’s taxable year that immediately follows the taxable year in which the expense was incurred; and (iii) the right to any reimbursement may not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

* * * * *

 

3





Exhibit 10.16

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of [date] between Casper Sleep Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [·], [a member of the Board of Directors/an officer] (“Indemnitee”).

 

WITNESSETH THAT:

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities.  Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions.  At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself.  The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time, of the Company (the “Certificate”) provides for indemnification of the directors and officers of the Company.  Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).  The Certificate and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall neither be deemed a substitute therefor, nor diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

 


 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Certificate and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances and may not be willing to serve as a [director/officer] without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity.  Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve or continue to serve as a [director/officer] from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Indemnity of Indemnitee.  The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time.  In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

(a)                                 Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is or is threatened to be made a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or on behalf of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                                 Proceedings by or on Behalf of the Company.  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is or is threatened to be made a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

(c)                                  Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim,

 

2


 

issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

(d)                                 [Intentionally Omitted].

 

2.                                      Additional Indemnity.  In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is or is threatened to be made a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or on behalf of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee.  The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

3.                                      Contribution.

 

(a)                                 Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, with respect to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee.  The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

(b)                                 Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations that applicable law may require to be considered.  The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding),

 

3


 

on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

(c)                                  The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution that may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                 To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

4.                                      Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

5.                                      Advancement of Expenses.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence such Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay such Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

6.                                      Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.  It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware.  Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

(a)                                 To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.  The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has

 

4


 

requested indemnification.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board:  (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.  For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are the members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding with respect to which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(c)                                  If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c).  The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board.  Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection that shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof.  The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(d)                                 In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall bear the burdens of proof and persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.  Neither the failure of the Company (including its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its directors or independent

 

5


 

legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall constitute a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(e)                                  Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise.  In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.  Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall bear the burdens of proof and persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(f)                                   If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

(g)                                  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to

 

6


 

indemnification), and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(h)                                 The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty.  In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration), it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall bear the burdens of proof and persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(i)                                     The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

7.                                      Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)                                 In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses actually and reasonably incurred is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a).  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

(b)                                 In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

 

(c)                                  If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make

 

7


 

Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading, in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                 In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

 

(e)                                  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee that are actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of such Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

(f)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

8.                                      Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.

 

(a)                                 The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors of the Company or otherwise.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.  To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement with respect to any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

(b)                                 To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or

 

8


 

policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)                                  [Intentionally Omitted].

 

(d)                                 In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(e)                                  The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(f)                                   The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to an Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

9.                                      Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                 for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee;

 

(b)                                 for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c)                                  in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless

 

9


 

(i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

10.                               Duration of Agreement.  All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be or may become subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

11.                               Security.  To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral.  Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

12.                               Enforcement.

 

(a)                                 The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.

 

(b)                                 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)                                  The Company shall not seek from a court or agree to a “bar order” that would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

 

13.                               Definitions.  For the purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                 Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding with respect to which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

10


 

(c)                                  Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(d)                                 Expenses” includes all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, being or preparing to be a witness, or responding or objecting to a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding.  “Expenses” also includes Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.  “Expenses,” however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(e)                                  Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(f)                                   Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or on behalf of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of his or her Corporate Status or any action taken or inaction by such Indemnitee while acting in his or her Corporate Status, whether or not such Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.  “Proceeding” shall include any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or other proceeding pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but shall exclude one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

14.                               Severability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.  In the event that any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the

 

11


 

aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15.                               Modification and Waiver.  No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), and any such waiver shall not constitute a continuing waiver.

 

16.                               Notice By Indemnitee.  Indemnitee agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter that may be subject to the indemnification covered hereunder.  The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation that it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

17.                               Notices.  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, and if unconfirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent:

 

(g)                                  To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

 

(h)                                 To the Company at:

 

Three World Trade Center

175 Greenwich Street, Floor 39

New York, New York 10007

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

18.                               Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19.                               Headings.  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

 

20.                               Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.  The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding

 

12


 

arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”) and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

13


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

CASPER SLEEP INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT]

 





Exhibit 21.1

 

Legal Name

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

 

 

 

Casper Sleep Retail LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Casper Science LLC

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Casper Sleep Limited

 

England and Wales

 

 

 

Casper Sleep SAS

 

France

 

 

 

Casper Sleep GmbH

 

Germany

 

 

 

Casper Sleep (UK) Limited

 

England and Wales

 





Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors
Casper Sleep Inc.:

 

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York
January 10, 2020

 





Exhibit 23.3

 

[Letterhead]

7550 IH 10 West, Suite 400

San Antonio, Texas 78229

Tel 210.348.1000  Fax 210.348.1003

www.frost.com

 

Date: January 8, 2020

 

The Board of Directors

Casper Sleep Inc.

230 Park Ave S

New York, NY 10003

 

Dear Sirs or Madams:

 

We, Frost & Sullivan of 3211 Scott Blvd, #203, Santa Clara, California, 95054, hereby consent to the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “S-1”), and any amendments thereto, of Casper Sleep Inc., and any related prospectuses of (i) our name and all references thereto, (ii) all references to our preparation of an independent overview of the “Global Total Addressable Market (TAM) Assessment for the Sleep Economy” (the “Industry Report”), and (iii) the statement(s) set out in the Schedule hereto. We also hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the S-1.

 

We further consent to the reference to our firm, under the caption “The Sleep Economy” in the S-1, as acting in the capacity of an expert in relation to the preparation of the Industry Report and the matters discussed therein.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

 

/s/ Debbie Wong

 

Name: Debbie Wong

 

Designation: Director

 

For and on behalf of

 

Frost & Sullivan

 

 


 

SCHEDULE 1) The Frost & Sullivan Assessment forecasts the global Sleep Economy to be $432 billion in 2019, growing at a CAGR of 6.3% to $585 billion by 2024, and forecasts the U.S. Sleep Economy to be $79 billion in 2019, growing at a CAGR of 3.6% to $95 billion by 2024. 2) The total market size of the categories and geographies Casper currently addresses is $67 billion in 2019, leaving significant opportunity for growth. [Note: $67 billion figure is calculated by summing the market size of geographies that Casper is currently operating in using F&S report data.] 3) Consumers are increasing their expenditure on wellness. A 2018 report by the Global Wellness Institute estimated the global wellness industry to be $4.2 trillion in 2017, having grown at a 6.4% CAGR since 2015. Sleep is quickly gaining importance as the third pillar of health and wellness alongside fitness and nutrition as people begin to take their sleep and its impact on their health more seriously, accelerating the growth of the Sleep Economy. For example, according to the Frost & Sullivan Assessment, the global consumer mattress industry grew at a 12.8% CAGR from 2014 to 2018 and the global consumer sleep industry grew at a 9.3% CAGR over the same period. 4)

 

5) 6)

 

7) S-1 Cover 8) According to the Frost & Sullivan Assessment, the commercial sector of the Sleep Economy, including hotels, airplanes, and healthcare facilities is also poised for growth, as businesses invest in the sleep experience in commercial and medical environments in response to consumer demand. The Frost & Sullivan Assessment estimates the global commercial sleep market to be $96 billion in 2019, growing at CAGR of 4.6% to $121 billion by 2024. Leading hotel brands are prioritizing the sleep experience by investing in better quality bedding, comfort maximization, and connected in-room sleep innovations. In addition, leading airlines such as American Airlines are expanding their in-flight sleep offerings by providing luxury sleep kits, enhanced bedding, and sleep accessories.